Deprecated: iconv_set_encoding(): Use of iconv.internal_encoding is deprecated in /home/omeka/oelawhk/application/libraries/Zend/Validate/Hostname.php on line 538

Deprecated: iconv_set_encoding(): Use of iconv.internal_encoding is deprecated in /home/omeka/oelawhk/application/libraries/Zend/Validate/Hostname.php on line 634
<![CDATA[Historical Laws of Hong Kong Online]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/browse/page/33?output=rss2 Mon, 08 Jun 2026 08:01:36 +0800 webadmin@lib.hku.hk (Historical Laws of Hong Kong Online) Zend_Feed http://blogs.law.harvard.edu/tech/rss <![CDATA[ADMINISTRATION OF TRUST FUNDS RULES]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2266

Title

ADMINISTRATION OF TRUST FUNDS RULES

Description






SUBSIDIARY LEGISLATION.

ADMINISTRATION OF TRUST FUNDS RULES.

(Cap. 29. section 76).

[27th July, 1934.]

1. These rules may be cited as the Administration of Trust Funds
Rules.

2. Any trustee desiring to pay money to the account of. or to
transfer or deposit shares. stock, or securities into or in the name of. the
Official Trustee under the provisions of the Ordinance relating to the
administration of trust funds, shall file an affidavit setting forth

(a)his own name and address;

(b)the place where he is to be served with any petition or any
notice of any proceeding or order of the court, or of the judge
in chambers, relating to the trust fund;

(e)the amount of money, shares, stock, or securities, which he
proposes to pay or transfer into or deposit in court, to the
credit of the trust;

(d)a short description of the trust and of the instrument creating
it;

(e)the name of the persons interested in or entitled to the fund,
to the best of the knowledge and belief of the trustee; and

the submission of the trustee to answer all such inquiries
relating to the application of the money, shares, stock, or
securities paid in, transferred, or deposited under the
Ordinance as the court or a judge in chambers may think
proper to make or direct.

3. The Official Trustee, on production of an office copy of the
affidavit, shall give the necessary directions for payment, transfer, or
deposit, and place the money, shares, stock, or securities, to the
account of the particular trust; and shall grant a certificate of such
payment, transfer, or deposit.

4. Where it is deemed unnecessary to have the money, or the
dividends or interest of the shares, stock, or securities, invested in the
meantime, the affidavit shall further contain a statement to that effect.
But where the affidavit contains no such statement, the Official Trustee
shall be at liberty to invest, as soon as conveniently may be, the money
paid in or the dividends or interest on the shares, stock, or securities
transferred, and all accumulations thereof, in or upon such investments
and securities as the court may direct or approve, and every such
investment shall be made in the matter of the particular trust:





Provided that where at any time a request in writing, by or on
behalf of any party claiming to be entitled, that such investment may be
discontinued is left with the Official Trustee, he shall be at liberty to
cease making any further investment in the matter of the particular trust
until the court has made some order in that behalf.

5. The trustee, having made the payment, transfer. or deposit, shall
forthwith give notice thereof to the several persons named in his
affidavit as interested in or entitled to the fund.

6. Such persons, or any of them. or the trustee may apply by
petition, or, in a case where the fund does not exceed two thou~ dollars
in value, by summons, respecting the investment payment out, or
distribution of the fund or of the dividends or interest thereof.

7. The trustee shall be served with notice of any application made
to the court or in chambers respecting the fund, or the dividends or
interest thereof, by any person interested therein or entitled thereto.

8. The persons interested in or entitled to the fund shall be served
with notice of any application made by the trustee to the court or in
chambers respecting the fund or the dividends or interest thereof.

9. No petition shall be set down to be heard, and no summons shall
be sealed, until the petitioner or applicant has first named in his petition
or summons a place where he may be served with any petition or
summons or notice of any proceeding or order of the court relating to
the fund.

10. Every petition presented. summons issued. and affidavit filed
under the said provisions shall be intituled in the matter of the
Ordinance and in the matter of the particular trust.
18 of 1934, First Schedule. Citation. Affidavit to be filed by trustee desiring to pay money to account of, or to deposit shares, etc., in name of ,, Official Trustee. (Cap. 29.) Directions for payment of money, etc. Investment of moneys. Notice of payment, etc., to cestui que trust. Applications relating to fund. Notice to trustee of application by cestui que trust. Notice to cestui que trust of application by trustee. Place for service on applicant. Title of petition, etc.

Abstract

18 of 1934, First Schedule. Citation. Affidavit to be filed by trustee desiring to pay money to account of, or to deposit shares, etc., in name of ,, Official Trustee. (Cap. 29.) Directions for payment of money, etc. Investment of moneys. Notice of payment, etc., to cestui que trust. Applications relating to fund. Notice to trustee of application by cestui que trust. Notice to cestui que trust of application by trustee. Place for service on applicant. Title of petition, etc.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2266

Edition

1964

Volume

v3

Subsequent Cap No.

29

Number of Pages

2
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:05:10 +0800
<![CDATA[TRUSTEE ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2265

Title

TRUSTEE ORDINANCE

Description






LAWS OF HONG KONG

TRUSTEE ORDINANCE

CHAPTER 29





CHAPTER 29

TRUSTEE ORDINANCE

ARRANGEMENT OF SECTIONS

Section Page

PART 1

PRELIMINARY

1. Short title ................................. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 5
2. Interpretation............................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 5
3. Application ................................. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 7

PART 11

INVESTMENTS

4. Authorized investments ... ... . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 7
5. Retention of redeemable stocks until redemption ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 8
6. Discretion of trustees ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 8
7. Retention of unauthorized investment ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 8
8. Investment in bearer securities ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 8
9. Loans and investments by trustees not chargeable as breaches of trust ... ... ... 8
10. Liability for loss by reason of improper investment ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 9
11. Powers supplementary to powers of investment ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 9
12. Power to deposit at bank and to pay calls . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 10

PART Ill

GENERAL POWERS OF TRUSTEES AND PERSONAL
REPRESENTATIVES

General Powers

13. Power of trustees for sale to sell by auction. etc. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 11

14. Power to sell subject to depreciatory conditions ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 11

15. Power of trustees to give receipts . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 11

16. Power to do other acts ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 12

17. Powers of trustees of renewable leaseholds to renew and raise money for the

purpose ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 12 18. Power to raise money by
sale, mortgage, etc . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 13

19. Protection to purchasers and mortgagees dealing with trustees ... ... ... .. 13

20. Devolution of powers or trusts ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 13

21. Power to insure ... ... ... ... ... .. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 14

22. Application of insurance money where policy kept up under any trust, power or

obligation ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 14 23. Deposit of documents for
sale custody ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... is

24. Reversionary interests, valuations. and audit ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 15

25. Power to employ agents ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 16







26. Power to concur with others ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 17

27. Power to delegate trusts ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 17





Section...................................... Page
Indemnities

28. Protection against liability in respect of rents and covenants ... ... ... ... 18

29. Protection by means of advertisement ...... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 19

30. Protection in regard to notice ......... ... t . ... ... ... ... ... 20

31. [Repealed] ................................ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 20

32. Implied indemnity of trustees ............. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 20

Maintenance, Advancement and Protective Trusts

33. Power to apply income for maintenance and to accumulate surplus income during

a minority ............................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 21

34..............Power of advancement .......... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 22

35............Protective trusts ............... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 23

PART IV

APPOINTMENT AND DISCHARGE OF TRUSTEES

36.Limitation of the number of trustees ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 24

37.Power of appointing new or additional trustees ... ... ... ... ... ... 24
38.Supplemental provisions as to appointment of trustees ... ... ... ... ... ... 26

39.Evidence as to a vacancy in a trust ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 27

40.Retirement of trustee without a new appointment ... ... ... ... ... ... 27
41.Vesting of trust property in new or continuing trustees ... ... ... ... ... ... 27

PART V

POWERS OF THE COURT

Appointment of new Trustees

42.Power of court to appoint new trustees ... . ... ... ... 29

43.Power to authorize remuneration ... ... . ... ... ... ... ... 29
44.Powers of new trustee appointed by court ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...
29

Vesting Orders

45.Vesting orders of land ..... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 29

46.Orders as to contingent rights of unborn persons ... ... ... ... ... ... 31

47.Vesting order in place of conveyance by infant mortgagee ... ... ... ... 31

48.Vesting order consequential on order for sale or mortgage of land ... ... 31
49.Vesting order consequential on judgment for specific performance. etc. ... ... 31
50. Effect of vesting order 31

51. Power to appoint person to convey ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 32
52. Vesting orders as to stock and thing in action ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 32

53. Vesting orders of charity property 33





54.Vesting orders in relation to infant's beneficial interest ... ... ... ... ... ... 34
55.Orders made upon certain allegations to be conclusive evidence 34

Jurisdiction to make other Order

56. Power of court to authorize dealing with trust property ... ... ... ... ... ... 34
57. Persons entitled to apply for orders ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 35
58. Power to give judgment in absence of a trustee ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 35





Section...................................... Page

59. Power to charge costs on trust estate ..... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 35

60. Power to relieve trustee from personal liability ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 35

61. Power to make beneficiary indemnify for breach of trust ... ... ... ... ... 36

Payment into Court

62. Payment into court by trustees ......... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 36

PART VI

THE JUDICIAL TRUSTEE

63. Power of court on application to appoint judicial trustee ... ... ... ... 36

64. Rules ..................................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 37
65. Definitions ............................ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 38

PART VII

THE OFFICIAL TRUSTEE

66. Appointment of Official Trustee ........ .. 1 ... ... ... ... ... ... 38

67. Payment of trust moneys into bank to credit of Official Trustee ... ... ... ... 38

68. Transfer of trust securities into name of Official Trustee ... ... ... ... ... 39

69. Conveyance of land in trust to Official Trustee ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 39

70. Certificate to be given by Official Trustee ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 39

71. Order for payment, etc. by majority of trustees without concurrence of others ... 39

72. Administration of trust estate ......... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 40

73. Charges upon trust estate administered by Official Trustee ... ... ... ... ... 40

74. General rights and powers of Official Trustee ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 40

75. Limitation of liability of Official Trustee ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 41
76. Rules for administration of trust funds ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 41

PART VIII

TRUST COMPANIES

77. Application by company to be registered as a trust company ... ... ... 41

78. Issue of certificate ...................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 42

79. Register of trust companies to be kept..... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 43

80. Deposit to be held as security ......... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 43

81. Objects ................................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 44

82. Trust company may act as executor ......... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 46

83. Trust company to apply for probate or administration ... ... ... ... ... ... 46
84. Procedure as to petitions, etc . 47







85. Appointment of a company to be a trustee ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 48
86. Joint tenancy ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 48
87. Trust company may act as agent ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 48
88. Security not required ... ... . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 48
89. Trust funds to be kept separate ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 48
90. Investment of trust funds ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 48
91. Investment of trust company's own funds ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 49
92. Loans to trust company officers. etc. prohibited ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 49





Section...................................... Page

93. Borrowing .............................. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 49
94. [Repealed] ................................ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 50

95. Investigation by inspector ............. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 50

96. Special provision as to winding up a trust company ... ... ... ... ... so
97. Personal liability of officers of a trust company ... ... ... ... ... ... 50

98. Offences ............................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 51

99. Not to be guardian or committee ........ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 51

100.Restriction on holding shares in a trust company ... ... ... ... ... ... 51
101.Voluntary winding-up or disposal may be restrained ... ... ... ... ... ... 51

102.Liability and powers of trust company ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 52

103.Registration of a trust company as shareholder, etc. not notice of trust ... ... 52

104.Unclaimed money to be paid into court ... ... . ... ... ... ... ... 52

105.Fees payable by trust companies ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 52

106.Registration of certain banking corporations as trust companies ... ... ... ... 52

107.Limitation of powers of inspectors under section 95 ... ... ... ... ... ... 53
108.Striking off trust company registered under section 106 ... ... ... ... ... ... 53

PART IX

GENERAL PROVISIONS

109.Indemnity ......................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 53

First Schedule. Fees to be paid by Trust Companies to the Registrar of Companies ... 53

Second Schedule. Part I. Overseas Investments ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 54

Part II Hong Kong Investments ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 56





CHAPTER 29

TRUSTEE

To amend the law relating to trustees.

[27 July 1934.]

PART 1

PRELIMINARY

1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Trustee Ordinance.

2. In this Ordinance, unless the context otherwise requires

'authorized investments' means investments authorized by the
instrument, if any, creating the trust for the investment of money
subject to the trust, or by law;

'contingent right' as applied to land includes a contingent or executory
interest, a possibility coupled with an interest, whether the object
of the gift or limitation of the interest of possibility is or is not
ascertained, also a right of entry, whether immediate or future, and
whether vested or contingent;

'convey' and 'conveyance' as applied to any person include the
execution by that person of every necessary or suitable assurance
(including an assent) for conveying, assigning, appointing,
surrendering, or otherwise transferring or disposing of land
whereof he is seised or possessed, or wherein he is entitled to a
contingent right, either for his whole estate or for any less estate,
together with the performance of all formalities required by law for
the validity of the conveyance;

'income' includes rents and profits;

'instrument' includes enactment;

'land' includes land of any tenure, and mines and minerals, whether or
not severed from the surface, buildings or parts of buildings,
whether the division is horizontal, vertical or made in any other





way, and other corporeal hereditaments; also a rent and other
incorporeal hereditaments, and an easement, right, privilege, or
benefit in, over, or derived from land, or an undivided share in land;
and in this definition---minesand minerals' includes any strata or
seam of minerals or substances in or under any land, and powers of
working and getting the same, and an undivided share thereof,

'lunatic' means any person who has been found by due course of law
to be of unsound mind and incapable of managing his affairs;

'mortgage' and 'mortgagee' include and relate to every estate and
interest regarded in equity as merely a security for money, and
every person deriving title under the original mortgagee;

'pay' and 'payment' as applied in relation to stocks and securities and
in connexion with the expression 'into court' include the deposit
or transfer of the same in or into court;

'personal representative' means the executor, original or by
representation, or administrator for the time being of a deceased
person;

'person of unsound mind' means any person, not a minor, who not
having been found to be a lunatic is incapable from infirmity of
mind of managing his own affairs;

'possession' includes receipt of rents and profits or the right to receive
the same, if any; and 'possessed' applies to receipt of income of
and to any vested estate less than a life interest in possession or in
expectancy in any land;

'property' includes movable and immovable property, and any estate,
share and interest in any property, movable or immovable, and any
debt, and any thing in action, and any other right or interest,
whether in possession or not;

'rights' includes estates and interests;

'sale' includes an exchange;

'securities' includes stocks, funds and shares, and so far as relates to
payments into court has the same meaning as in the enactments
relating to funds in court and -securities payable to bearer'
includes securities transferable by delivery or by delivery and
endorsement,

'Stock- includes fully paid up shares, and, so far as relates to vesting
orders made by the court under this Ordinance, includes any fund,
annuity, or security transferable in books kept by any corporation,
company or society, or by instrument or transfer either alone or
accompanied by other formalities, and any share or interest
therein;

'transfer', in relation to stock or securities, includes the performance
and execution of every deed, power of attorney, act, and thing on
the part of the transferor to effect and complete the title in the
transferee;





'trust' does not include the duties incident to an estate conveyed by
way of mortgage, but with this exception the expression 'trust'
and 'trustee' extend to implied and constructive trusts, and to
cases where the trustee has a beneficial interest in the trust
property, and to the duties incident to the office of a personal
representative, and 'trustee' where the context admits includes a
personal representative, and 'new trustee' includes an additional
trustee;

'trust corporation' means the Public Trustee in England or a
corporation appointed by the court in any particular case to be a
trustee (if authorized by its constitution to act as trustee) or any
trust company registered under Part VIII;

'trust for Sale-, in relation to land, means an immediate binding trust for
sale, whether or not exercisable at the request or with the consent
of any person, and with or without power at discretion to postpone
the sale, and 'trustees for sale' means the persons (including a
personal representative) holding land on trust for sale.

3. (1) This Ordinance, except where otherwise expressly provided,
applies to trusts including, so far as this Ordinance applies thereto,
executorships and administratorships constituted or created either
before or after the commencement of this Ordinance.

(2) The powers conferred by this Ordinance on trustees are in
addition to the powers conferred by the instrument, if any, creating the
trust, but those powers, unless otherwise stated, apply if and so far only
as a contrary intention is not expressed in the instrument, if any,
creating the trust, and have effect subject to the terms of that
instrument.

(3) This Ordinance does not affect the legality or validity of
anything done before the commencement of this Ordinance, except as
otherwise expressly provided.

PART 11

INVESTMENTS

4. (1) A trustee may invest any trust funds in his hands, whether at
the time in a state of investment or not

(a)in any investment specified in the Second Schedule;

(b)in any other investment (including deposits in a bank outside
the Colony) which may be authorized by the court on
summary application for that purpose made in chambers.

(2) Any application to the court made under subsection (1)(b) shall
be made by the trustee ex parte and shall be supported by affidavit.





(3) The Governor in Council may from time to time by order
published in the Gazette amend the Second Schedule.

(Replaced, 48 of 1968, s. 2)

5. A trustee may retain until redemption any redeemable stock,
fund, or security which may have been purchased in accordance with
the powers of this Ordinance, or any Ordinance replaced by this
Ordinance.

6. Every power conferred by sections 4 and 5 shall be exercised
according to the discretion of the trustee, but subject to any consent or
direction with respect to the investment of the trust funds, required by
the instrument, if any, creating the trust or by any Ordinance.

7. A trustee shall not be liable for breach of trust by reason only of
his continuing to hold an investment which has ceased to be an
investment authorized by the trust instrument or by the general law.

8. (1) A trustee may, unless expressly prohibited by the instrument
creating the trust, retain or invest in securities payable to bearer which,
if not so payable, would have been authorized investments.

(2) Securities payable to bearer retained or taken as an investment
by a trustee (not being a trust corporation) shall, until sold, be
deposited by him for safe custody and collection of income with a
banker or banking company.

(3) A direction that investments shall be retained or made in the
name of a trustee shall not, for the purposes of this section, be deemed
to be such an express prohibition as aforesaid.

(4) A trustee shall not be responsible for any loss incurred by
reason of such deposit, and any sum payable in respect of such deposit
and collection shall be paid out of the income of the trust property.

9. (1) A trustee lending money on the security of any property on
which he can properly lend shall not be chargeable with breach of trust
by reason only of the proportion borne by the amount of the loan to the
value of the property at the time when the loan was made, if it appears
to the court

(a)that immediately prior to the making of the loan the trustee
obtained a report as to the value of the property made by a
person whom he reasonably believed to be an able practical
surveyor or valuer instructed and employed independently of
any owner of the property. whether such surveyor or valuer
carried on business in the locality where the property is situate
or elsewhere; and (Amended, 48 of 1968,s.3)





(b)that the amount of the loan does not exceed one half of
the value of the property as stated in the report; and
(Amended, 48 of 1968, s. 3)

(c)that the loan was made under the advice of the surveyor or
valuer expressed in the report.

(2) A trustee lending money on the security of any leasehold
property shall not be chargeable with breach of trust only upon the
ground that in making such loan he dispensed either wholly or
partly with the production or investigation of the lessor's title.

(3) A trustee shall not be chargeable with breach of trust only
upon the ground that in effecting the purchase, or in lending money
upon the security, of any property he has accepted a shorter title
than the title which a purchaser is, in the absence of a special
contract, entitled to require, if in the opinion of the court the title
accepted be such as a person acting with prudence and caution
would have accepted.

(4) This section applies to transfers of existing securities as
well as to new securities and to investments made before as well as
after the commencement of this Ordinance.

10. (1) Where a trustee improperly advances trust money on
a mortgage security which would at the time of the investment be a
proper investment in all respects for a smaller sum than is actually
advanced thereon, the security shall be deemed an authorized
investment for the smaller sum, and the trustee shall only be liable to
make good the sum advanced in excess thereof with interest.

(2) This section applies to investments made before as well as
after the commencement of this Ordinance.

11. (1) Trustees lending money on the security of any pro-
perty on which they can lawfully lend may contract that such money
shall not be called in during any period not exceeding 7 years from
the time when the loan was made, provided interest be paid within a
specified time not exceeding 30 days after every half-yearly or other
day on which it becomes due, and provided there be no breach of
any covenant by the mortgagor contained in the instrument of
mortgage or charge for the maintenance and protection of the
property.

(2) On a sale by trustees of land for a term having at least 60
years to run, the trustees may, where the proceeds are liable to be
invested, contract that the payment of any part, not exceeding
two-thirds, of the purchase money shall be secured by mortgage of
the land sold, with or without the security of any other property, but
such mortgage, if any buildings are comprised therein, shall contain
a covenant by the mortgagor to keep such buildings insured against
loss or damage by fire to the full value thereof.

(3) The trustees shall not be bound to obtain any report as to
the value of the land or other property to be comprised in such





mortgage, or any advice as to the making of the loan, and shall not
be liable for any loss which may be incurred by reason only of the
security being insufficient at the date of the mortgage.

(4) Where any securities of a company are subject to a trust,
the trustees may concur in any scheme or arrangement-

(a)for the reconstruction of the company;

(b)for the sate of all or any part of the property and under-
taking of the company to another company;

(e)for the amalgamation of the company with another
company;

(d)for the release, modification, or variation of any rights,
privileges or liabilities attached to the securities or any of
them,

in like manner as if they were entitled to such securities beneficially,
with power to accept any securities of any denomination or descrip-
tion of the reconstructed or purchasing or new company in lieu of or
in exchange for all or any of the first-mentioned securities; and the
trustees shall not be responsible for any loss occasioned by any act
or thing so done in good faith, and may retain any securities so
accepted as aforesaid for any period for which they could have
properly retained the original securities.

(5) If any conditional or preferential right to subscribe for any
securities in any company is offered to trustees in respect of any
holding in such company, they may as to all or any of such
securities, either exercise such right and apply capital money subject
to the trust in payment of the consideration, or renounce such right,
or assign for the best consideration that can be reasonably obtained
the benefit of such right or the title thereto to any person, including
any beneficiary under the trust, without being responsible for any
loss occasioned by any act or thing so done by them in good faith:

Provided that the consideration for any such assignment shall
be held as capital money of the trust.

(6) The powers conferred by this section shall be exercisable
subject to the consent of any person whose consent to a change of
investment is required by law or by the instrument, if any, creating
the trust.

(7) Where the loan referred to in subsection (1), or the sale
referred to in subsection (2), is made under the order of the court,
the powers conferred by those subsections respectively shall apply
only if and as far as the court may by order direct.

12. (1) Trustees may, pending the negotiation and prepara-
tion of any mortgage or charge, or during any other time while an
investment is being sought for, pay any trust money into a bank to a
deposit or other account, and all interest, if any, payable in respect
thereof shall be applied as income.





(2) Trustees may apply capital money subject to a trust in payment
of the calls on any shares subject to the same trust.

PART III

GENERAL POWERS OF TRUSTEES AND PERSONAL REPRESENTATIVES

General Powers

13. (1) Where a trust for sale or a power of sale of property is
vested in a trustee, he may sell or concur with any other person in
selling all or any part of the property, either subject to prior charges or
not, and either together or in lots, by public auction or by private
contract, subject to any such conditions respecting title or evidence of
title or other matter as the trustee thinks fit, with power to vary any
contract for sale, and to buy in at any auction, or to rescind any contract
for sale and to resell without being answerable for any loss.

(2) A trust or power to sell or dispose of land includes a trust or
power to sell or dispose of part thereof, whether the division is
horizontal, vertical, or made in any other way.

14. (1) No sale made by a trustee shall be impeached by any
beneficiary upon the ground that any of the conditions subject to
which the sale was made may have been unnecessarily depreciatory,
unless it also appears that the consideration for the sale was thereby
rendered inadequate.

(2) No sale made by a trustee shall, after the execution of the
conveyance, be impeached as against the purchaser upon the ground
that any of the conditions subject to which the sate was made may have
been unnecessarily depreciatory, unless it appears that the purchaser
was acting in collusion with the trustee at the time when the contract for
sale was made.

(3) No purchaser, upon any sate made by a trustee, shall be at
liberty to make any objection against the title upon any of the grounds
aforesaid.

(4) This section applies to sales made before or after the
commencement of this Ordinance.

15. (1) The receipt in writing of >a trustee for any money,
securities, or other personal property or effects payable, transferable, or
deliverable to him under any trust or power shall be a sufficient
discharge to the person paying, transferring, or delivering the same and
shall effectually exonerate him from seeing to the application or being
answerable for any loss or misapplication thereof.

(2) A receipt in writing for the proceeds of sale or other capital
money arising under a trust for sale of land shall be a sufficient
discharge if it is signed by the person or persons lawfully executing





the conveyance in pursuance of that sale and the person making
payment shall not be liable for any loss or misapplication of those
proceeds or that money. (Replaced, 62 of 1984, s. 63)

(3) This section applies notwithstanding anything to the contrary
in the instrument, if any, creating the trust.

16. A personal representative, or 2 or more trustees acting together,
or, subject to the restrictions imposed in regard to receipts by a sole
trustee not being a trust corporation, a sole acting trustee where by the
instrument, if any, creating the trust, or by statute, a sole trustee is
authorized to execute the trusts and powers reposed in him, may, if and
as he or they think fit

(a)accept any property, before the time at which it is made
transferable or payable; or

(b)sever and apportion any blended trust funds or property; or

(c)pay or allow any debt or claim on any evidence that he or they
think sufficient; or

(d)accept any composition or any security, for any debt, or for
any property, claimed; or

(e)allow any time for payment of any debt; or

(f)compromise, compound, abandon, submit to arbitration, or
otherwise settle any debt, account, claim, or thing whatever
relating to the testator's or intestate's estate or to the trust,

and for any of those purposes may enter into, give, execute and do such
agreements, instruments or composition or arrangement, releases, and
other things as to him or them seem expedient, without being
responsible for any loss occasioned by any act or thing so done by him
or them in good faith.

17. (1) A trustee of any leaseholds for lives or years which are
renewable from time to time either under any covenant or contract, or by
custom or usual practice, may, if he thinks fit, and shall, if thereto
required by any person having any beneficial interest, present or future,
or contingent, in the leaseholds, use his best endeavours to obtain from
time to time a renewed lease of the same hereditaments on the
accustomed and reasonable terms, and for that purpose may from time to
time make or concur in making a surrender of the lease for the time being
subsisting, and do all such other acts as are requisite:

Provided that, where by the terms of the settlement or will the
person in possession for his life or other limited interest is entitled to
enjoy the same without any obligation to renew or to contribute to the
expense of renewal, this section shall not apply unless the consent in
writing of that person is obtained to the renewal on the part of the
trustee.





(2) If money is required to pay for the renewal, the trustee effecting
the renewal may pay the same out of any money then in his hands in
trust for the persons beneficially interested in the lands to be comprised
in the renewal lease, and if he has not in his hands sufficient money for
the purpose he may raise the money required by mortgage of the
hereditaments to be comprised in the renewed lease, or of any other
hereditaments for the time being subject to the uses or trusts to which
those hereditaments are subject, and no person advancing money upon
a mortgage purporting to be under this power shall be bound to see that
the money is wanted, or that no more is raised than is wanted for the
purpose. or otherwise as to the application thereof.

(3) This section applies to trusts created either before or after the
commencement of this Ordinance, but nothing in this section shall
authorize any trustee to do anything which he is in express terms
forbidden to do, or to omit to do anything which he is in express terms
directed to do, by the instrument creating the trust.

18. (1) Where trustees are authorized by the instrument, if any,
creating the trust or by law to. pay or apply capital money subject to the
trust for any purpose or in any manner, they shall have and shall be
deemed always to have had power to raise the money required by sale,
conversion, calling in, or mortgage of all or any part of the trust property
for the time being in possession.

(2) This section applies notwithstanding anything to the contrary
contained in the instrument, if any, creating the trust, but does not apply
to trustees of property held for charitable purposes.

19. No purchaser or mortgagee, paying or advancing money on a
sale or mortgage purporting to be made under any trust or power vested
in trustees, shall be concerned to see that such money is wanted, or that
no more than is wanted is raised, or otherwise as to the application
thereof.

20. (1) Where a power or trust is given to or imposed on 2 or more
trustees jointly, the same may be exercised or performed by the
servivors or survivor of them for the time being.

(2) Until the appointment of new trustees, the personal
representatives or representative for the time being of a sole trustee, or,
where there were 2 or more trustees of the last surviving or continuing
trustee, shall be capable of exercising or performing any power or trust
which was given to, or capable of being exercised by, the sole or last
surviving or continuing trustee, or other the trustees or trustee for the
time being of the trust.

(3) This section takes effect subject to the restrictions imposed in
regard to receipts by a sole trustee, not being a trust corporation.

(4) In this section 'personal representative' does not include an
executor who has renounced or has not proved.





21. (1) A trustee may insure against loss or damage by fire and
typhoon any building or other insurable property to any amount,
including the amount of any insurance already on foot, up to the full
value of the building or property, and pay the premiums for such
insurance out of the income thereof or out of the income of any other
property subject to the same trusts without obtaining the consent of
any person who may be entitled wholly or partly to such income.

(2) This section does not apply to any building or property which a
trustee is bound forthwith to convey absolutely to any beneficiary
upon being requested to do so.

22. (1) Money receivable by trustees or any beneficiary under a
policy of insurance against the loss or damage of any property subject
to a trust, whether by fire or otherwise, shall, where the policy has been
kept up under any trust in that behalf or under any power statutory or
otherwise, or in performance of any covenant or of any obligation
statutory or otherwise, or by a tenant for life impeachable for waste, be
capital money for the purpose of the trust as the case may be.

(2) If any such money is receivable by any person, other than the
trustees of the trust, that person shall use his best endeavours to
recover and receive the money, and shall pay the net residue thereof
after discharging any costs of recovering and receiving it, to the
trustees of the trust, or, if there are no trustees capable of giving a
discharge therefor, into court.

(3) Any such money-

(a)if it was receivable in respect of property held upon trust for
sale, shall be held upon the trusts and subject to the powers
and provisions applicable to money arising by a sale under
such trust;

(h)in any other case, shall be held upon trusts corresponding as
nearly as may be with the trusts affecting the property in
respect of which it was payable.

(4) Such money, or any part thereof, may also be applied by the
trustees, or, if in court, under the direction of the court, in rebuilding,
reinstating, replacing. or repairing the property lost or damaged, but any
such application by the trustees shall be subject to the consent of any
person whose consent is required by the instrument, if any, creating the
trust to the investment of money subject to the trust.

(5) Nothing contained in this section shall prejudice or affect the
right of any person to require any such money or any part thereof to be
applied in rebuilding, reinstating, or repairing the property lost or
damaged, or the right of any mortgagee, lessor. or lessee, whether under
any statute or otherwise.





(6) This section applies to policies effected either before or
after the commencement of this Ordinance, but only to money
received after such commencement.

23. Trustees may deposit any documents held by them relating
to the trust, or to the trust property, with any banker or banking
company or any other company whose business includes the under-
taking of the safe custody of documents, and any sum payable in
respect of such deposit shall be paid out of the income of the trust
property.

24. (1) Where trust property includes any share or interest in
property not vested in the trustees, or the proceeds of sate of any
such property, or any other thing in action, the trustees on the same
falling into possession, or becoming payable or transferable may-

(a)agree or ascertain the amount or value thereof or any part
thereof in such manner as they may think fit;

(b)accept in or towards satisfaction thereof, at the market or
current value, or upon any valuation or estimate of value
which they may think fit, any authorized investments;

(c)allow any deductions for duties, costs, charges and expenses
which they may think proper or reasonable;

(d)execute any release in respect of the premises so as effec-
tually to discharge all accountable parties from all liability
in respect of any matters coming within the scope of such
release,

without being responsible in any such case for any loss occasioned
by any act or thing so done by them in good faith.

(2) The trustees shall not be under any obligation and shall
not be chargeable with any breach of trust by reason of any
omission-

(a)to apply for any stop or other like order upon any
securities or other property out of or on which such share
or interest or other thing in action as aforesaid is derived,
payable or charged; or

(b)to take any proceedings on account of any act, default, or
neglect on the part of the persons in whom such securities
or other property or any of them or any part thereof are
for the time being, or had at any time been, vested,

unless and until required in writing so to do by some person, or the
guardian of some person, beneficially interested under the trust, and
unless also due provision is made to their satisfaction for payment of
the costs of any proceedings required to be taken:

Provided that nothing in this subsection shall relieve the
trustees of the obligation to get in and obtain payment or transfer of
such share or interest or other thing in action on the same falling
into possession.





(3) Trustees may, for the purpose of giving effect to the trust, or
any of the provisions of the instrument, if any, creating the trust or of
any statute, from time to time (by duly qualified agents) ascertain and fix
the value of any trust property in such manner as they think proper, and
any valuation so made in good faith shall be binding upon all persons
interested under the trust.

(4) Trustees may, in their absolute discretion, from time to time, but
not more than once in every year unless the nature of the trust or any
special dealings with the trust property make a more frequent exercise of
the right reasonable, cause the accounts of the trust property to be
examined or audited by an independent accountant, and shall, for that
purpose, produce such vouchers and give such information to him as he
may require; and the costs of such examination or audit, including the
fee of the auditor, shall be paid out of the capital or income of the trust
property, or partly in one way and partly in the other as the trustees, in
their absolute discretion, think fit, but, in default of any direction by the
trustees to the contrary in any special case, costs attributable to capital
shall be borne by capital and those attributable to income by income.

25. (1) Trustees or personal representatives may, instead of acting
personally, employ and pay an agent, whether a solicitor, banker,
stockbroker, or other person, to transact any business or do any act
required to be transacted or done in the execution of the trust, or the
administration of the testator's or intestate's estate, including the receipt
and payment of money, and shall be entitled to be allowed and paid all
charges and expenses so incurred, and shall not be responsible for the
default of any such agent if employed in good faith.

(2) Trustees or personal representatives may appoint any person to
act as their agent or attorney for the purpose of selling, converting,
collecting, getting in, and executing and perfecting insurances of, or
managing or cultivating, or otherwise administering any property,
movable or immovable, subject to the trust or forming part of the
testator's or intestate's estate, in any place outside the Colony, or
executing or exercising any discretion or trust or power vested in them
in relation to any such property, with such ancillary powers, and with
and subject to such provisions and restrictions as they may think fit,
including a power to appoint substitutes, and shall not, by reason only
of their having made Such appointment, be responsible for any loss
arising thereby.

(3) Without prejudice to such general power of appointing agents
as aforesaid

(a)a trustee may appoint a solicitor to be his agent to receive and
give a discharge for any money or valuable consideration or
property receivable by the trustee under the trust, by
permitting the solicitor to have the custody of, and to
produce, a deed having in the body thereof or endorsed
thereon a receipt for such money or valuable consideration





or property. the deed being executed, or the endorsed receipt
being signed, by the person entitled to give a receipt for that
consideration;

(b)a trustee shall not be chargeable with breach of trust by
reason only of his having made or concurred in making any
such appointment; and the production of any such deed by
the solicitor shall have the same statutory validity and effect
as if the person appointing the solicitor had not been a
trustee;

(c)a trustee may appoint a banker or solicitor to be his agent to
receive and give a discharge for any money payable to the
trustee under or by virtue of a policy of insurance, by
permitting the banker or solicitor to have the custody of and
to produce the policy of insurance with a receipt signed by the
trustee, and a trustee shall not be chargeable with a breach of
trust by reason only of his having made or concurred in
making any such appointment:

Provided that nothing in this subsection shall exempt a trustee
from any liability which he would have incurred if this Ordinance and
any enactment replaced by this Ordinance had not been passed, in case
he permits any such money, valuable consideration, or property to
remain in the hands or under the control of the banker or solicitor for a
period longer than is reasonably necessary to enable the banker or
solicitor, as the case may be, to pay or transfer the same to the trustee.
This subsection applies whether the money or valuable consideration or
property was or is received before or after the commencement of this
Ordinance.

26. Where an undivided share in the proceeds of sale of land
directed to be sold, or in any other property, is subject to a trust, or
forms part of the estate of a testator or intestate, the trustees or personal
respresentatives may (without prejudice to the trust for sale affecting
the entirety of the land and the powers of the trustees for sale in
reference thereto) execute or exercise any trust or power vested in them
in relation to such share in conjunction with the persons entitled to or
having power in that half over the other share or shares, and
notwithstanding that any one or more of the trustees or personal
representatives may be entitled to or interested in any such other share,
either in his or their own right or in a fiduciary capacity.

27. (1) Not with standing any rule of law or equity to the contrary, a
trustee may, by power of attorney, delegate for a period not exceeding
12 months the execution or exercise of all or any of the trusts, powers
and discretions vested in him as trustee either alone or jointly with any
other person or persons.

(2) The persons who may be donees of a power of attorney under
this section include a trust corporation but not (unless a trust
corporation) the only other co-trustee of the donor of the power.





(3) An instrument creating a power of attorney under this section
shall be attested by at least one witness.

(4) Before or within 7 days after giving a power of attorney under
this section the donor shall give written notice thereof (specifying the
date on which the power comes into operation and its duration, the
donee of the power, the reason why the power is given and, where some
only are delegated, the trusts, powers and discretions delegated) to

(a)each person (other than himself) if any, who under any
instrument creating the trust has power (whether alone or
jointly) to appoint a new trustee; and

(b)each of the other trustees, if any;

but failure to comply with this subsection shall not, in favour of a
person dealing with the donee of the power, invalidate any act done or
instrument executed by the donee.

(5) The donor of a power of attorney given under this section shall
be liable for acts or defaults of the donee in the same manner as if they
were the acts or defaults of the doner.

(6) For the purpose of executing or exercising the trusts or powers
delegated to him, the donee may exercise any of the powers conferred
on the donor as trustee by statute or by the instrument creating the
trust, including power, for the purpose of the transfer of any inscribed
stock, himself to delegate to an attorney power to transfer but not
including the power of delegation conferred by this section.

(7) The fact that it appears from any power of attorney given under
this section, or from any evidence required for the purposes of any such
power of attorney or otherwise, that in dealing with any stock the donee
of the power is acting in the execution of a trust shall not be deemed for
any purpose to affect any person in whose books the stock is inscribed
or registered with any notice of the trust.

(8)This section applies-

(a)to a personal representative as it applies to a trustee except
that subsection (4) shall apply as if it required notice there
mentioned to be given to each of the other personal
representatives, if any, except any executor who has
renounced probate;

(b)whenever the trusts, powers or discretions in question arose.

(Replaced, 51 of'1972, s. 8)

Indemnities

28. (1) Where a personal representative or trustee liable as such for

(a)any rent, covenant, or agreement reserved by or contained in
any lease; or





(b)any rent, covenant or agreement payable under or contained
in any grant made in consideration of a rentcharge; or

(c)any indemnity given in respect of any rent, covenant or
agreement referred to in either of the foregoing paragraphs,

satisfies all liabilities under the lease or grant which may have accrued,
and been claimed, up to the date of the conveyance hereinafter
mentioned, and, where necessary, sets apart a sufficient fund to answer
any future claim that may be made in respect of any fixed and
ascertained sum which the lessee or grantee agreed to lay out on the
property demised or granted, although the period for laying out the
same may not have arrived, then and in any such case the personal
representative or trustee may convey the property demised or granted
to a purchaser, legatee, devisee or other person entitled to call for a
conveyance thereof and thereafter

(i)he may distribute the residuary estate of the deceased testator
or intestate, or, as the case may be, the trust estate (other than
the fund, if any, set apart as aforesaid) to or amongst the
persons entitled thereto, without appropriating any part, or
any further part, as the case may be, of the estate of the
deceased or of the trust estate to meet any future liability
under the said lease or grant;

(ii) notwithstanding such distribution, he shall not be personally
liable in respect of any subsequent claim under the said lease
or grant.

(2) This section operates without prejudice to the right of the lessor
or grantor, or the persons deriving title under the lessor or grantor, to
follow the assets of the deceased or the trust property into the hands of
the persons amongst whom the same may have been respectively
distributed, and applies notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the
will or other instrument, if any, creating the trust.

(3) In this section 'lease' includes an underlease and an agreement
for a lease or underlease and any instrument giving any such indemnity
as aforesaid or varying the liabilities under the lease; 'grant' applies to
a grant whether the rent is created by limitation, grant, reservation, or
otherwise, and includes an agreement for a grant and any instrument
giving any such indemnity as aforesaid or varying the liabilities under
the grant, lessee and 'grantee', include persons respectively deriving
title under them.

29. (1) With a view to the conveyance to or distribution among the
persons entitled to any movable or immovable property, trustees or
personal representatives may give notice by advertisement in the
Gazette, and such other like notices, including notices elsewhere than in
the Colony, as would, in any special case, have been directed by a court
of competent jurisdiction in an action for





administration, of their intention to make such conveyance or
distribution as aforesaid, and requiring any person interested to
send to the trustees or personal representatives within the time, not
being less than 2 months, fixed in the notice or, where more than one
notice is given, in the last of the notices, particulars of his claim in
respect of the property or any part thereof to which the notice
relates.
(2) At the expiration of the time fixed by the notice the trustees
or personal representatives may convey or distribute the property or
any part thereof to which the notice relates, to or among the persons
entitled thereto, having regard only to the claims, whether formal or
not, of which the trustees or personal representatives then had notice
and shall not, as respects the property so conveyed or distributed,
be liable to any person of whose claim the trustees or personal
representatives have not had notice at the time of conveyance or
distribution; but nothing in this section shall-
(a) prejudice the right of any person to follow the property, or
any property representing the same, into the hands of any
person, other than a purchaser, who may have received it;
or
(b) free the trustees or personal representatives from any
obligation to make searches similar to those which an
intending purchaser would be advised to make or obtain.
(3) This section applies notwithstanding anything to the con-
trary in the will or other instrument, if any, creating the trust.
30. A trustee or personal representative acting for the pur-
ace. poses of more than one trust or estate shall not, in the absence of
fraud, by affected by notice of any instrument, matter, fact or thing
in relation to any particular trust or estate if he has obtained notice
thereof merely by reason of his acting or having acted for the
purposes of another trust or estate.
31. [Repealed, 51 of 1972, s. 81
32. (1) A trustee shall be chargeable only for money and
securities actually received by him notwithstanding his signing any
receipt for the sake of conformity, and shall be answerable and
accountable only for his own acts, receipts, neglects, or defaults,
and not for those of any other trustee, or of any banker, broker,
or other person with whom any trust money or securities may be
deposited, nor for the insufficiency or deficiency of any securities,
nor for any other loss, unless the same happens through his own
wilful default.
(2) A trustee may reimburse himself or pay or discharge out of
the trust premises all expenses incurred in or about the execution of
the trusts or powers.





Maintenance, Advancement and Protective Trusts

33. (1) Where any property is held by trustees in trust for any
person for any interest whatsoever, whether vested or contingent, then,
subject to any prior interests or charges affecting that property

(a)during the infancy of any such person, if his interest so long
continues, the trustees may, at their sole discretion, pay to his
parent or guardian, if any, or otherwise apply for or towards
his maintenance, education or benefit, the whole or such part,
if any, of the income of that property as may, in all the
circumstances, be reasonable, whether or not there is

(i) any other fund applicable to the same purpose; or

(ii) any person bound by law to provide for his
maintenance or education; and

(b)if such person on attaining. years has not a
vested interest in such income, the trustees shall thence-
forth pay the income of that property and of any accretion
thereto under subsection (2) to him, until he either attains a
vested interest therein or dies, or until failure of his
interest:

Provided that, in deciding whether the whole or any part of the
income of the property is during a minority to be paid or applied for the
purposes aforesaid, the trustees shall have regard to the age of the
infant and his requirements and generally to the circumstances of the
case, and in particular to what other income, if any, is applicable for the
same purposes; and where trustees have notice that the income of more
than one fund is applicable for those purposes, then, so far as
practicable, unless the entire income of the funds is paid or applied as
aforesaid or the court otherwise directs, a proportionate part only of the
income of each fund shall be so paid or applied.

(2) During the infancy of any such person, if his interest so long
continues, the trustees shall accumulate all the residue of that income in
the way of compound interest by investing the same and the resulting
income thereof from time to time in authorized investments, and shall
hold those accumulations as follows

(a) if any such person-

(i) attains the age @P 21 years or- maries under that



age; and his interest in such income during his infancy or
until his marriage is a vested interest; or

(ii) on attaining, years or on marriage

under that age becomes entitled to the property from
which such income arose absolutely;

the trustees shall hold the accumulations in trust for such
person absolutely, and so that the receipt of such person
after marriage, and though still an infant, shall be a good
discharge; and





(b)in any other case the trustees shall, notwithstanding that such
person had a vested interest in such income, hold the
accumulations as an accretion to the capital of the property
from which such accumulations arose, and as one fund with
such capital for all purposes;

but the trustees may, at any time during the infancy of such person if
his interest so long Continues, apply those accumulations, or any part
thereof, as if they were income arising in the then current year.

(3) This section applies in the case of a contingent interest only if
the limitation or trust carries the intermediate income of the property,
but it applies to a future or contingent legacy by the parent of, or a
person standing in loco parentis to, the legatee, if and for such period
as, under the general law, the legacy carries interest for the maintenance
of the legatee, and in any such case as last aforesaid the rate of interest
shall (if the income available is sufficient, and subject to any rules of
court to the contrary) be $5 per cent per annum.

(4) This section applies to a vested annuity in like manner as if the
annuity were the income of property held by trustees in trust to pay the
income thereof to the annuitant for the same period for which the
annuity is payable, save that in any case accumulations made during the
infancy of the annuitant shall be held in trust for the annuitant or his
personal representatives absolutely.

(5) This section does not apply where the instrument, if any, under
which the interest arises came into operation before the commencement
of this Ordinance.

34. (1) Trustees may at any time or times pay or apply any capital
money subject to a trust, for the advancement or benefit in such manner
as they may, in their absolute discretion, think fit, of any person entitled
to the capital of the trust property or of any share thereof, whether
absolutely or contingently on his attaining any specified age or on the
occurrence of any other event, or subject to a gift over on his death
under any specified age or on the occurrence of any other event, and
whether in possession or in remainder or reversion, and such payment
or application may be made notwithstanding that the interest of such
person is liable to be defeated by the exercise of a power of appointment
or revocation, or to be diminished by the increase of the class to which
he belongs:

Provided that

(a)the money so paid or applied for the advancement or benefit
of any person shall not exceed altogether in amount one-half
of the presumptive or vested share or interest of that person
in the trust property, and

(b)if that person is or becomes absolutely and indefeasibly
entitled to a share in the trust property the money so paid or
applied shall be brought into account as part of such share;
and





(e)no such payment or application shall be made so as to
prejudice any person entitled to any prior life or other
interest, whether vested or contingent, in the money paid
or applied unless such person is in existence and of full age
and consents in writing to such payment or application.

(2) This section applies only where the trust property consists of
money or securities or of property held upon trust for sale calling in and
conversion, and such money or securities, or the proceeds of such sale
calling in and conversion are not by statute or in equity considered as
land.

(3) This section does not apply to trusts constituted or created
before the commencement of this Ordinance.

35. (1) Where any income, including an annuity or other periodical
income payment, is directed to be held on protective trusts for the
benefit of any person (in this section called the principal beneficiary) for
the period of his life or for any less period, then, during the period (in
this section called the trust period) the said income shall, without
prejudice to any prior interest, be held on the following trusts, namely

(a)upon trust for the principal beneficiary during the trust period
or until he, whether before or after the termination of any prior
interest, does or attempts to do or suffers any act or thing, or
until any event happens, other than an advance under any
statutory or express power, whereby, if the said income were
payable during the trust period to the principal beneficiary
absolutely during that period, he would be deprived of the
right to receive the same or any part thereof, in any of which
cases, as well as on the termination of the trust period,
whichever first happens, this trust of the said income shall fail
or determine;

(b)if the trust aforesaid fails or determines during the subsistence
of the trust period, then, during the residue of that period, the
said income shall be held upon trust for the application
thereof for the maintenance or support, or otherwise for the
benefit, of all or any one or more exclusively of the other or
others of the following persons (that is to say)- (Amended,
L.N. 7179)

(i) the principal beneficiary and his or her wife or husband,
if any, and his or her children or more remote issue, if any; or

(ii) if there is no wife or husband or issue of the principal
beneficiary in existence, the principal beneficiary and the
persons who would, if he were actually dead, be entitled to the
trust property or the income thereof or to the annuity fund, if
any, or arrears of the annuity, as the case may be;

as the trustees in their absolute discretion, without being
liable to account for the exercise of such discretion, think fit.





(2) This section does not apply to trusts coming into operation
before the commencement of this Ordinance, and has effect subject to
any variation of the implied trusts aforesaid contained in the instrument
creating the trust.

(3) Nothing in this section operates to validate any trust which
would, if contained in the instrument creating the trust, be liable to be
set aside.

PART IV

APPOINTMENT AND DISCHARGE OF
TRUSTEES

36. (1) Where, at the corn commcenment of this Ordinance there are
more than 4 trustees of a settlement of land or more than 4 trustees
holding land on trust for sale, no new trustees shall (except where as a
result of the appointment the number is reduced to 4 or less) be capable
of being appointed until the number is reduced to less than 4, and
thereafter the number shall not be increased beyond 4.

(2) In the case of settlements and dispositions on trust for sale of
land made or coming into operation after the commencement of this
Ordinance

(a)the number of trustees thereof shall not in any case exceed 4,
and where more than 4 persons are named as such trustees,
the 4 first named (who are able and willing to act) shall alone
be the trustees, and the other persons named shall not be
trustees unless appointed on the occurrence of a vacancy;

(b)the number of the trustees shall not be increased beyond 4.

(3)The restrictions hereby imposed on the number of trustees

do not apply in the case of land vested in trustees for charitable,
ecclesiastical, or public purposes or where the net proceeds of the
sale of the property are held for like purposes.

37. (1) Where a trustee, either original or substituted, and whether
appointed by a court or otherwise, is dead, or remains out of the Colony
for more than 12 months, or desires to be discharged from all or any of
the trusts or powers reposed in or conferred on him, or refuses or is
unfit to act therein, or is incapable of acting therein, or is an infant, then,
subject to the restrictions imposed by this Ordinance on the number of
trustees

(a)the person or persons nominated for the purpose of
appointing new trustees by the instrument, if any, creating the
trust; or

(b)if there is no such person, or no such person able and willing
to act, then the surviving or continuing trustees or trustee for
the time being, or the personal representatives of the last
surviving or continuing trustee,





may, by writing, appoint one or more other persons (whether or not
being the persons exercising the power) to be a trustee or trustees in the
place of the trustee so deceased, remaining out of the Colony, desiring
to be discharged, refusing, or being unfit or being incapable, or being an
infant as aforesaid.



(2) Where a trustee has been removed under a power contained in
the instrument creating the trust, a new trustee or new trustees may be
appointed in the place of the trustee who is removed, as if he were dead,
or, in the case of a corporation, as if the corporation desired to be
discharged from the trust, and the provisions of this section shall apply
accordingly, but subject to the restrictions imposed by this Ordinance
on the number of trustees.

(3) Where a corporation being a trustee is or has been dissolved,
either before or after the commencement of this Ordinance. then, for the
purposes of this section and of any enactment replaced thereby, the
corporation shall be deemed to be and to have been from the date of the
dissolution incapable of acting in the trusts or powers reposed in or
conferred on the corporation.

(4) The power of appointment given by subsection (1) or any
similar previous enactment to the personal representatives of a last
surviving or continuing trustee shall be and shall be deemed always to
have been exercisable by the executors for the time being (whether
original or by representation) of such surviving or continuing trustee
who have proved the will of their testator or by the administrators for
the time being of such trustee without the concurrence of any executor
who has renounced or has not proved.

(5) But a sole or last surviving executor intending to renounce, or
all the executors where they all intend to renounce, shall have and shall
be deemed always to have had power, at any time before renouncing
probate, to exercise the power of appointment given by this section, or
by any similar previous enactment, if willing to act for that purpose and
without thereby accepting the office of executor.

(6) Where a sole trustee, other than a trust corporation, is or has
been originally appointed to act in a trust, or where, in the case of any
trust, there are not more than 3 trustees (none of them being a trust
corporation) either original or substituted and whether appointed by the
court or otherwise, then and in any such case

(a)the person or persons nominated for the purpose of
appointing new trustees by the instrument, if any, creating
the trust; or

(b)if there is no such person, or no such person able and willing
to act, then the trustee or trustees for the time being,

may, by writing, appoint another person or other persons to be an
additional trustee or additional trustees, but it shall not be obligatory to
appoint any additional trustee, unless the instrument, if any, creating
the trust, or any statutory enactment provides to the contrary, nor shall
the number of trustees be increased beyond 4 by virtue of any such
appointment.





(7) Every new trustee appointed under this section, as well before
as after all the trust property becomes by law, or by assurance, or
otherwise, vested in him, shall have the same powers, authorities, and
discretions, and may in all respects act as if he had been originally
appointed a trustee by the instrument, if any, creating the trust.

(8) The provisions of this section relating to a trustee who is dead
include the case of a person nominated trustee in a will but dying before
the testator, and those relative to a continuing trustee include a refusing
or retiring trustee, if willing to act in the execution of the provisions of
this section.

(9) Where a lunatic or person of unsound mind, being a trustee, is
also entitled in possession to some beneficial interest in the trust
property, no appointment of a new trustee in his place shall be made by
the continuing trustees or trustee, under this section, unless leave has
been given by the court to make the appointment.

38. (1) On the appointment of a trustee for the whole or any part of
trust property

(a)the number of trustees may, subject to the restrictions
imposed by this Ordinance on the number of trustees, be
increased; and

(b)a separate set of trustees, not exceeding 4 may be appointed
for any part of the trust property held on trusts distinct from
those relating to any other part or parts of the trust property,
notwithstanding that no new trustees or trustee are or is to be
appointed for other parts of the trust property, and any
existing trustee may be appointed or remain one of such
separate set of trustees, or, if only one trustee was originally
appointed, then, save as hereinafter provided, one separate
trustee may be appointed; and

(c)it shall not be obligatory, save as hereinafter provided, to
appoint more than one new trustee where only one trustee
was originally appointed, or to fill up the original number of
trustees where more than 2 trustees were originally appointed,
but, except where only one trustee was originally appointed,
and a sole trustee when appointed will be able to give valid
receipts for all capital money, a trustee shall not be discharged
from his trust unless there will be either a trust corporation or
at least 2 individuals to act as trustees to perform the trust;
and

(d)any assurance or thing requisite for vesting the trust
property, or any part thereof, in a sole trustee, ro jointly in the
persons who are the trustees, shall be executed or done.

(2) Nothing in this Ordinance shall authorize the appointment of a
sole trustee, not being a trust corporation, where the trustee, when
appointed would not be able to give valid receipts for all capital money
arising under the trust.





39. (1) A statement, contained in any instrument coming into
operation after the commencement of this Ordinance by which a new
trustee is appointed for any purpose connected with land, to the effect
that a trustee has remained out of the Colony for more than 12 months
or refuses or is unfit to act, or is incapable of acting, or that he is not
entitled to a beneficial interest in the trust property in possession, shall,
in favour of a purchaser of a legal estate, be conclusive evidence of the
matter stated.

(2) In favour of such purchaser any appointment of a new trustee
depending on that statement, and any vesting declaration, express or
implied, consequent on the appointment, shall be valid.

40. (1) Where a trustee is desirous 5 of being discharged from the
trust, and after his discharge there will be either a trust corporation or at
least 2 individuals to act as trustees to perform the trust, then, if such
trustee as aforesaid by deed declares that he is desirous of being
discharged from the trust, and if his cotrustees and such other person, if
any, as is empowered to appoint trustees, by deed consent to the
discharge of the trustee, and to the vesting in the co-trustees alone of
the trust property, the trustee desirous of being discharged shall be
deemed to have retired from the trust, and shall, by the deed, be
discharged therefrorn under this Ordinance, without any new trustee
being appointed in his place.

(2) Any assurance or thing requisite for vesting the trust property
in the continuing trustees along shall be executed or done.

41. (1) Where by a deed anew trustee is appointed to perform any
trust, then

(a)if the deed contains a declaration by the appointor to the
effect that any estate or interest in any land subject to the
trust, or in any chattel so subject, or the right to recover or
receive any debt or other thing in action so subject, shall vest
in the persons who by virtue of the deed become or are the
trustees for performing the trust, the deed shall operate,
without any conveyance or assignment, to vest in those
persons as joint tenants and for the purposes of the trust the
estate, interest or right to which the declaration relates; and

(b)if the deed is made after the commencement of this Ordinance
and does not contain such a declaration, the deed shall,
subject to any express provision to the contrary therein
contained, operate as if it had contained such a declaration by
the appointor extending to all the estates, interests and rights
with respect to which a declaration could have been made.

(2) Where by a deed a retiring trustee is discharged under the
statutory power without a new trustee being appointed, then





(a)if the deed contains such a declaration as aforesaid by the
retiring and continuing trustees, and by the other person, if
any, empowered to appoint trustees, the deed shall, without
any conveyance or assignment, operate to vest in the
continuing trustees alone, as joint tenants, and for the
purposes of the trust, the estate, interest or right to which the
declaration relates; and

(b)if the deed is made after the commencement of this Ordinance
and does not contain such a declaration, the deed shall,
subject to any express provision to the contrary therein
contained, operate as if it had contained such a declaration by
such person as aforesaid extending to all the estates, interests
and rights with respect to which a declaration could have been
made.

(3) An express vesting declaration, whether made before or after
the commencement of this Ordinance, shall, notwithstanding that the
estate, interest or right to be vested is not expressly referred to, and
provided that the other statutory requirements were or are complied
with, operate and be deemed always to have operated (but without
prejudice to any express provision to the contrary contained in the deed
of appointment or discharge) to vest in the persons respectively referred
to in subsections (1) and (2), as the case may require, such estates,
interests and rights as are capable of being and ought to be vested in
those persons.

(4) This section does not extend-

(a)to land conveyed by way of mortgage for securing money
subject to the trust, except land conveyed on trust for
securing debentures or debenture stock;

(b)to land held under a lease which contains any convenant,
condition or agreement against assignment or disposing of the
land without licence or consent, unless, prior to the execution
of the deed containing expressly or impliedly the vesting
declaration, the requisite licence or consent has been
obtained. or unless, by virtue of any statute or rule of law, the
vesting declaration, express or implied, would not operate as a
breach of convenant or give rise to a forfeiture;

(e)to any share, stock, annuity or property which is only
transferable in books kept by'a company or other body, or in
manner directed by or under any enactment.

In this subsection 'lease' includes an underlease and an
agreement for a lease or underlease.

(5) For purposes of registration of the deed, the person or persons
making the declaration, expressly or impliedly, shall be deemed the
conveying party or parties, and the conveyance shall be deemed to be
made by him or them under a power conferred by this Ordinance.





(6) This section applies to deeds of appointment or discharge
executed on or after 1 July 190 1.

PART V

POWERS OF THE COURT

Appointment of new Trustees

42. (1) The court may, whenever it is expedient to appoint a new
trustee or new trustees, and it is found inexpedient, difficult or
impracticable so to do without the assistance of the court, make an order
appointing a new trustee or new trustees either in substitution for or in
addition to any existing trustee or trustees, or although there is no
existing trustee. In particular and without prejudice to the generality of
the foregoing provision, the court may make an order appointing a new
trustee in substitution for a trustee who is sentenced to a term of
imprisonment or is a lunatic or a person of unsound mind or is a
bankrupt or is a corporation which is in liquidation or has been
dissolved.

(2) An order under this section, and any consequential vesting
order or conveyance, shall not operate further or otherwise as a
discharge to any former or continuing trustee than an appointment of
new trustees under any power for that purpose contained in any
instrument would have operated.

(3) Nothing in this section gives power to appoint an executor or
administrator.

43. Where the court appoints a corporation, other than the Public
Trustee in England, to be a trustee either solely or jointly with another
person, the court may authorize the corporation to charge such
remuneration for its services as trustee as the court may think fit.

44. Every trustee appointed by a court of competent jurisdiction
shall, as well before as after the trust property becomes by law, or by
assurance, or otherwise, vested in him, have the same powers,
authorities, and discretions, and may in all respects act as if he had been
originally appointed a trustee by the instrument, if any, creating the
trust.

Vesting Orders

45. In any of the following cases, namely-

(a)where the court appoints or has appointed a trustee, or where
a trustee has been appointed out of court under any statutory
or express power;

(b)where a trustee entitled to or possessed of any land or
interest therein, whether by way of mortgage or otherwise,





or entitled to a contingent right therein, either solely or
jointly with any other person-
(i) is under disability; or
(ii) is out of the jurisdiction of the court; or
(iii) cannot be found, or, being a corporation, has been
dissolved;

(c)where it is uncertain who was the survivor of 2 or more
trustees jointly entitled to or possessed of any interest in
land;

(d)where it is uncertain whether the last trustee known to have
been entitled to or possessed of any interest in land is living
or dead;

(e)where there is no personal representative of a deceased
trustee who was entitled to or possessed of any interest in
land, or where it is uncertain who is the personal represent-
ative of a deceased trustee who was entitled to or possessed
of any interest in land;

(f)where a trustee jointly or solely entitled to or possessed of
any interest in land, or entitled to a contingent right
therein, has been required, by or on behalf of a person
entitled to require a conveyance of the land or interest or a
release of the right, to convey the land or interest or to
release the right, and has wilfully refused or neglected to
convey the land or interest or release the right for 28 days
after the date of the requirement;

(g)where land or any interest therein is vested in a trustee
whether by way of mortgage or otherwise, and it appears
to the court to be expedient,

the court may make an order (in this Ordinance called a vesting
order) vesting the land or interest therein in any such person in any
such manner and for any such estate or interest as the court may
direct, or releasing or disposing of the contingent right to such
person as the court may direct:

Provided that-
(i) where the order is consequential on the appointment of a
trustee the land or interest therein shall be vested for such
estate as the court may direct in the persons who on the
appointment are the trustees; and
(ii)where the order relates to a trustee entitled or formerly
entitled jointly with another person, and such trustee is
under disability or out of the jurisdiction of the court
or cannot be found, or being a corporation has been
dissolved, the land, interest or right shall be vested in such
other person who remains entitled, either alone or with any
other person the court may appoint.





46. Where any interest in land is subject to a contingent right in an
unborn person or class of unborn persons who, on coming into
existence would, in respect thereof, become entitled to or possessed of
that interest on any trust, the court may make an order releasing the land
or interest therein from the contingent right, or may make an order
vesting in any person the estate or interest to or of which the unborn
person or class of unborn persons would, on coming into existence, be
entitled or possessed in the land.

47. Where any person entitled to or possessed of any interest in
land, or entitled to a contingent right in land, by way of security for
money, is an infant, the court may make an order vesting or releasing or
disposing of the interest in the land or the right in like manner as in the
case of a trustee under disability.

48. Where any court gives a judgment or makes an order directing
the sale or mortgage of any land, every person who is entitled to or
possessed of any interest in the land, or entitled to a contingent right
therein, and is a party to the action or proceeding in which the judgment
or order is given or made or is otherwise bound by the judgment or
order, shall be deemed to be so entitled or possessed, as the case may
be, as a trustee for the purposes of this Ordinance, and the court may, if
it thinks expedient, make an order vesting the land or any part thereof for
such estate or interest as the court thinks fit in the purchaser or
mortgagee or in any other person.

49. Where a judgment is given for the specific performance of a
contract concerning any interest in land, or for sate or exchange of any
interest in land, or generally where any judgment is given for the
conveyance of any interest in land either in cases arising out of the
doctrine of election or otherwise, the court may declare

(a)that any of the parties to the action are trustees of any interest
in the land or any part thereof within the meaning of this
Ordinance; or

(b)that the interests of unborn persons who might claim under
any party to the action, or under the will or voluntary
settlement of any deceased person who was during his
lifetime a party to the contract or transaction concerning
which the judgment is given, are the interests of persons who,
on coming into existence, would be trustees within the
meaning of this Ordinance,

and thereupon the court may make a vesting order relating to the rights
of those persons, born and unborn, as if they had been trustees.

50. A vesting order under any of the foregoing provisions shall in
the case of a vesting order consequential on the appointment of a
trustee, have the same effect





(a)as if the persons who before the appointment were the
trustees, if any, had duly executed all proper conveyances
of the land for such estate or interest as the court directs;
or

(b)if there is no such person, or no such person of full
capacity, as if such person had existed and been of full
capacity and had duly executed all proper conveyances of
the land for such estate or interest as the court directs,

and shall in every other case have the same effect as if the trustee, or
other person or description or class of persons to whose rights or
supposed rights the said provisions respectively relate had been an
ascertained and existing person of full capacity, and had executed a
conveyance or release to the effect intended by the order.

51. In all cases where a vesting order can be made under any of
the foregoing provisions, the court may, if it is more convenient,
appoint a person to convey the land or any interest therein or release
the contingent right, and a conveyance or release by that person in
conformity with the order shall have the same effect as an order
under the appropriate provision.

52.(1) In any of the following cases, namely-

(a)where the court appoints or has appointed a trustee, or
where a trustee has been appointed out of court under any
statutory or express power;

(b)where a trustee entitled, whether by way of mortgage or
otherwise, alone or jointly with another person to stock or
to a thing in action-
(i) is under disability; or
(ii) is out of the jurisdiction of the court; or
(iii) cannot be found, or, being a corporation, has been
dissolved; or
(iv) neglects or refuses to transfer stock or receive the
dividends or income thereof, or to sue for or recover a
thing in action, according to the direction of the person
absolutely entitled thereto for 28 days next after a request
in writing has been made to him by the person so entitled;
or
(v) neglects or refuses to transfer stock or receive the
dividends or income thereof, or to sue for or recover a
thing in action for 28 days next after an order of the court
for that purpose has been served on him;

(c)where it is uncertain whether a trustee entitled alone or
jointly with another person to stock or to a thing in action
is alive or dead;

(d)where stock is standing in the name of a deceased person
whose personal representative is under disability;





(e)where stock or a thing in action is vested in a trustee whether
by way of mortgage or otherwise and it appears to the court to
be expedient,

the court may make an order vesting the right to transfer or call for a
transfer of stock, or to receive the dividends or income thereof, or to sue
for or recover the thing in action, in any such person as the court may
appoint:

Provided that

(i)where the order is consequential on the appointment of a
trustee, the right shall be vested in the persons who, on the
appointment, are the trustees; and

(ii) where the person whose right is dealt with by the order was
entitled jointly with another person, the right shall be vested
in that last-mentioned person either alone or jointly with any
other person whom the court may appoint.

(2) In all cases where a vesting order can be made under this
section, the court may, if it is more convenient, appoint some proper
person to make or join in making the transfer:

Provided that the person appointed to make or join in making a
transfer of stock shall be some proper officer of the bank, or the
company or society whose stock is to be transferred.

(3) The person in whom the right to transfer or call for the transfer
of any stock. is vested by an order of the court under this Ordinance
may transfer the stock to himself or any other person, according to the
order, and all companies, banks and societies shall obey every order
under this section according to its tenor.

(4) After notice in writing of an order under this section it shall not
be lawful for any company, bank or society to transfer any stock to
which the order relates or to pay any dividends thereon except in
accordance with the order.

(5) The court may make declarations and give directions
concerning the manner in which the right to transfer any stock or thing
in action vested under the provisions of this Ordinance is to be
exercised.

(6) The provisions of this Ordinance as to vesting orders shall
apply to shares in ships registered under the enactments relating to
merchant shipping as if they were stock.

53. The powers conferred by this Ordinance as to vesting orders
may be exercised for vesting any interest in land, stock or thing in action
in any trustee of a charity or society over which the court would have
jurisdiction upon action duly instituted, whether the appointment of the
trustee was made by instrument under a power or by the court under its
general or statutory jurisdiction.





54. Where an infant is beneficially entitled to any property, the
court may, with a view to the application of the capital or income thereof
for the maintenance, education or benefit of the infant, make an order

(a)appointing a person to convey such property; or

(b)in the case of stock, or a thing in action, vesting in any person
the right to transfer or call for a transfer of such stock, or to
receive the dividends or income thereof, or to sue for and
recover such thing in action, upon such terms as the court
may think fit.

55. Where a vesting order is made as to any land under this
Ordinance founded on an allegation of any of the following matters
namely

(a)the personal incapacity of a trustee or mortgagee; or

(b)that a trustee or mortgagee or the personal representative of
or other person deriving title under a trustee or mortgagee is
out of the jurisdiction of the court or cannot be found, or
being a corporation has been dissolved; or

(c)that it is uncertain which of 2 or more trustees, or which of 2
or more persons interested in a mortgage, was the survivor; or

(d)that it is uncertain whether the last trustee or the personal
representative of or other person deriving title under a trustee
or mortgagee, or the last surviving person interested in a
mortgage is living or dead, or

(e)that any trustee or mortgagee has died intestate without
leaving a person beneficially interested under the intestacy or
has died and it is not known who is his personal
representative or the person interested,

the fact that the order has been so made shall be conclusive evidence of
the matter so alleged in any court upon any question as to the validity
of the order, but this section does not prevent the court from directing a
reconveyance or surrender or the payment of costs occasioned by any
such order if improperly obtained.

Jurisdiction to make other Order

56. (1) Where in the management or administration of any properly
vested in trustees. any sale, lease, mortgage, surrender, release, or other
disposition, or any purchase, investment, acquisition, expenditure, or
other transaction, is in the opinion of the court expedient, but the same
cannot be effected by reason of the absence of any power for that
purpose vested in the trustees by the trust instrument, if any, or by law,
the court may by order confer upon the trustees, either generally or in
any particular instance, the necessary power for the purpose, on such
terms, and subject to such provisions





and conditions, if any, as the court may think fit and may direct in
what manner any money authorized to be expended. and the costs of
any transaction. are to be paid or borne as between capital and
income.

(2) The court may, from time to time, rescind or vary any
order under this section, or may make any new or further order.

(3) An application to the court under this section maybe made
by the trustees, or by any of them. or by any person beneficially
interested under the trust.

57. (1) An order under this Ordinance for the appointment of
a new trustee or concerning any interest in land, stock. or thing in
action subject to a trust. may be made on the application of any,
person beneficially interested in the land. stock, or thing in action,
whether under disability or not, or on the application of any person
duly appointed trustee thereof.

(2) An order under this Ordinance concerning any interest in
land, stock, or thing in action subject to a mortgage may be made on
the application of any person beneficially interested in the equity of
redemption, whether under disability or not, or of any person
interested in the money secured by the mortgage.

58. Where in any action the court is satisfied that diligent
search has been made for any person who. in the character of
trustee, is made a defendant in any action, to serve him with a
process of the court, and that he cannot be found. the court may
hear and determine the action and give judgment therein against
that person in his character of a trustee as if he had been duly served,
or had entered an appearance in the action, and had also appeared
by his solicitor at the hearing, but without prejudice to any interest
he may have in the matters in question in the action in any other
character.

59. The court may order the costs and expenses of and incident
to any application for an order appointing a new trustee, or for a
vesting order, or of and incident to any such order, or any convey-
ance or transfer in pursuance thereof, to be raised and paid out of
the property in respect whereof the same is made, or out of the
income thereof, or to be borne and paid in such manner and by such
persons as to the court may seem just.

60. If it appears to the court that a trustee, whether appointed
by the court or otherwise, is or may be personally liable for any
breach of trust, whether the transaction alleged to be a breach of
trust occurred before or after the commencement of this Ordinance,
but has acted honestly and reasonably. and ought fairly to be
excused for the breach of trust and for omitting to obtain the
directions of the court in the matter in which he committed such
breach, then the court may relieve him either wholly or partly from
personal liability for the same.





61. (1) Where a trustee commits a breach of trust at the instigation
or request or with the consent in writing of a beneficiary, the court may,
if it thinks fit. make such order as to the court seems just, for
impounding all or any part of the interest of the beneficiary in the trust
estate by way of indemnity to the trustee or persons claiming through
him. (Amended, 27 of 1971, s. 15)

(2) This section applies to breaches of trust committed as well
before as after the commencement of this Ordinance.

Payment into Court

62. (1) Trustees, or the majority of trustees, having in their hands
or under their control money or securities belonging to a trust, may pay
the same into court. and the same shall, subject to the rules of court, be
dealt with according to the orders of the court.

(2) The receipt or certificate of the proper officer shall be a
sufficient discharge to trustees for the money or securities so paid into
court.

(3) Where money or securities is or are vested in any persons as
trustees, and the majority are desirous of paying the same into court,
but the concurrence of the other or others cannot be obtained, the court
may order the payment into court to be made by the majority without
the concurrence of the other or others.

(4) Where any such money or securities is or are deposited with
any banker, broker, or other depositary, the court may order payment or
delivery of the money or securities to the majority of the trustees for the
purpose of payment into court.

(5) Every transfer, payment and delivery made in pursuance of any
such order shall be valid and take effect as if the same had been made
on the authority or by the act of all the persons entitled to the money
and securities so transferred. paid or delivered.

PART VI

THE JUDICIAL
TRUSTEE

63. (1) Where application is made to the court by or on behalf of the
person creating or intending to create a trust, or by or on behalf of a
trustee or beneficiary, the court may, in its discretion, appoint a person
(in this Part called a judicial trustee) to be a trustee of that trust, either
jointly with any other person or as sole trustee, and, if sufficient cause
is shown, in place of all or any existing trustees.

(2) The administration of the property of a deceased person,
whether a testator or intestate, shall be a trust, and the executor or
administrator a trustee. within the meaning of this Part.





(3) Any fit and proper person nominated for the purpose in the
application may be appointed a judicial trustee, and, in the absence of
such nomination, or if the court is not satisfied of the fitness of a person
so nominated, an official of the court may be appointed, and in any case
a judicial trustee shall be subject to the control and supervision of the
court as an officer thereof.

(4) The court may. either on request or without request, give to a
judicial trustee any general or special directions in regard to the trust or
the administration thereof.

(5) There may be paid to the judicial trustee out of the trust
property such remuneration, not exceeding any prescribed limits, as the
court may assign in each case. subject to any rules under this Part
respecting the application of such remuneration where the judicial
trustee is an official of the court, and the remuneration so assigned to
any judicial trustee shall, save as the court may for special reasons
otherwise order, cover all his work and personal outlay.

(6) Once in every year the accounts of every trust of which a
judicial trustee has been appointed shall be audited, and a report
thereon made to the court by such persons as may be prescribed, and, in
any case where the court shall so direct, an inquiry into the
administration by a judicial trustee of any trust, or into any dealing or
transaction of a judicial trustee, shall be made in such manner as may be
prescribed.

64. The Chief Justice may with the approval of the Legislative
Council make rules for carrying into effect this Part of this Ordinance
and especially to prescribe or provide for

(a)requiring judicial trustees, who are not officials of the court, to
give security for the due application of any trust property
under their control;

(b)the safety of the trust property, and the custody thereof,

(c)the remuneration of judicial trustees and the fees to be taken
under this Part so as to cover the expenses of the
administration of this Part, and the payment of such
remuneration and fees out of the trust property, and, where
the judicial trustee is an official of the court, the application of
the remuneration and fees payable to him;

(d)dispensing with formal proof of facts in proper cases;

(e)facilitating the discharge by the court of administrative duties
under this Part without judicial proceedings and otherwise
regulating procedure under this Part and making it simple and
inexpensive;

(f) the suspension or removal of any judicial trustee, and the
succession of another person to the office of any judicial
trustee who may cease to hold office, and the vesting in such
person of any trust property,





(g)the classes of trusts in which officials of the court are not to
be judicial trustees, or are to be so temporarily or
conditionally;

(h)the procedure to be followed where the judicial trustee is
executor or administrator;

(i)preventing the employment by judicial trustees of other
persons at the expense of the trust, except in cases of strict
necessity;

(j)filing and auditing of the accounts of any trust of which a
judicial trustee has been appointed.

65. In this Part-

,,official of the court- means the holder of such paid office in or
connected with the court as may be prescribed;

'prescribed' means prescribed by rules made under this Part.

PART VII

THE OFFICIAL TRUSTEE

66. (1) For the purpose of carrying into effect the provisions of this
Part, it shall be lawful for the Governor to appoint a fit and proper
person to be Official Trustee:

Provided that, until such appointment is made, the Registrar
General shall ex officio exercise all the powers, privileges and
discretions, and discharge the duties required to be performed by the
Official Trustee under this Ordinance.

(2) The said office shall have perpetual succession, and all lands or
any interest therein. and all moneys. stocks, and securities and land
which may be vested in the Official Trustee under this Part shall be
deemed to be vested in the Official Trustee for the time being. without
any further transfer or conveyance.

67. (1) Trustees, or the majority of trustees, having in their hands or
under their control any moneys belonging to any trust, shall be at
liberty, on filing in the Registry of the court an affidavit shortly
describing the instrument creating the trust. according to the best of
their knowledge and belief, to pay the same, with the consent of the
Official Trustee and in accordance with such directions as they may
receive for the purpose from him. into the court. and the said trust
moneys shall be paid through the Treasury into a bank authorized by
the Governor on deposit bearing interest, or otherwise, to the account of
the Official Trustee (by his official designation) in the matter of the
particular trust (describing the same by the names of the parties. as
accurately as may be. for the purpose of distinguishing it). in trust to
attend the orders of the court.





(2) Any trust moneys paid into a bank pursuant to subsection (1)
which

(a)remain unclaimed for a period of 5 years from the last making
of any order of the Court in relation thereto,. or

(b)if no such order shall have been made. remain unclaimed for a
period of 5 years from the date of payment into the bank,

shall be transferred by the Official Trustee to the general revenue of the
Colony. (Added, 71 of 1971, s. 3)

68. Trustees, or the majority of trustees. having any securities
standing in their names in the books of any public company or
corporation established in the Colony, or in the names of any deceased
persons of whom they are personal representatives, upon any trust,
shall be at liberty, on filing such affidavit as aforesaid, to transfer such
securities, with such consent and in accordance with such directions as
aforesaid, into the name of the Official Trustee (by his official
designation) or to deposit the same in his name in such bank as
aforesaid in the matter of the particular trust (describing the same as
aforesaid), in trust to attend the orders of the court.

69. Trustees, or the majority of trustees, in whom any land within
the Colony is or becomes vested upon any trust, shall be at liberty, on
filing such affidavit as aforesaid, to convey such land, with such
consent and in accordance with such directions as aforesaid, to the
Official Trustee, in trust to attend the orders of the court.

70. In every such case as aforesaid, the certificate of the Official
Trustee for the moneys so paid. or of the transfer or deposit of such
securities, or of the conveyance of such land shall be a sufficient
discharge to such trustees for the moneys so paid. or the stocks or
securities so transferred or deposited. or the land so conveyed as
aforesaid.

71. (1) Where any moneys or securities, or any land, are or is vested
in any persons as trustees, and the majority of them are desirous of
paying, transferring, depositing, or conveying the same as aforesaid, but
the concurrence of the other or others cannot be obtained, the court
may order the payment. transfer. deposit, or conveyance to be made by
the majority without the concurrence of the other or others; and where
any such moneys or securities are deposited with any banker, broker, or
other depositary, the court may order payment or delivery of the moneys
or securities to the majority of the trustees for the purpose of payment
into court.

(2) Every payment, transfer, deposit, delivery, and conveyance
made in pursuance of any such order shall be valid and take effect as if
the same had been made on the authority or by the act of all the persons
entitled to the moneys, securities, or land so paid, transferred,
deposited, delivered, or conveyed.





72. (1) Such orders as may seem fit shall be made by the court in
respect of the trust estate and for the investment and payment of any
such moneys or of any dividends or interest on any such securities, and
for the transfer and delivery out of any such securities, and for the
administration of any such trust generally, upon a petition to be
presented in a summary way to the court by such party or parties as to
the court may appear to be competent and necessary in that behalf, and
service of such petition shall be made on such person or persons as the
court may see fit and direct.

(2) Every order made upon any such petition shall have the same
authority and effect, and shall be enforced in the same manner, as if the
same had been made in an action regularly instituted in the court.

(3) If in any case it appears that the trust estate cannot be safely
administered without the institution of one or more action or actions, the
court may direct any such action or actions to be instituted.

73. (1) There shall be imposed and levied, for the use of the Crown,
upon every trust estate administered under this Part a charge equivalent
to the following percentage of the net value of the trust estate 10 per
cent where the value of the trust estate does not exceed $100,000, or,
where the value exceeds $100,000, 10 per cent on the first 5 100,000 and
5 per cent on the excess.

(2) The said charge shall constitute a primary lien upon the trust
estate, and shall be levied, in the case of trust moneys deposited in a
bank, by an order of the court, authorizing the payment thereof to the
Official Trustee for the use of the Crown, and in the case of securities or
land, by sale, mortgage, or otherwise as the court may direct, and in case
of any such sale. or mortgage, the court may, by the same or any further
order, empower the Official Trustee to execute all instruments necessary
for carrying out this provision, and instruments so executed shall be as
valid and effectual to all intents and purposes as if the same had been
executed by all persons who, but for this provision, would have been
necessary parties thereto.

(3) There shall also be imposed and levied, for the use of the
Crown, upon every such estate a charge equivalent to 5 per cent of the
annual revenue of the trust estate. The Official Trustee shall deduct
such charge in making up the annual accounts of the estate.

(Amended, 27 of 1985, s. 2)

74. (1) In the administration of any trust estate, the Official Trustee
shall have and may exercise all the rights and powers conferred upon
trustees by this Ordinance, so far as they are applicable to such trust
estate.

(2) The Official Trustee may, subject to any rules that may be made
under section 76, employ for the purposes of any trust such solicitors,
bankers, accountants, brokers or other persons, as he may consider
necessary. and, in determining the persons to be employed





in relation to any trust, he shall have regard to the interests of the trust,
but subject to this he shall, whenever practicable, take into
consideration the wishes of the creator of the trust and of the other
trustees (if any) and of the beneficiaries, either expressed or implied by
the practice of the creator of the trust, or in the previous management of
the trust.

75. The Official Trustee shall incur no personal liability by reason
of any securities being transferred into his name as aforesaid, or by
reason of any land being conveyed to him as aforesaid, or by reason of
any loss accruing to any trust estate in his hands, otherwise than by his
own wilful neglect or default:

Provided that nothing in this Part shall be deemed to affect any
rights or remedies against the trust estate or any cestui que trust or any
person other than the Official Trustee and the trustees so discharged as
aforesaid.

76. The Governor in Council may make rules providing for the
administration of trust funds.

(Replaced, 9 of 1950, Schedule)

PART VIII

TRUST COMPANIES

77. (1) Any company incorporated in Hong Kong (not being a
private company within the meaning of section 29 of the Companies
Ordinance) may apply in writing to the Registrar of Companies to be
registered as a trust company under this Part.

(2) A company which makes an application under subsection (1)
shall be eligible to be registered under this Part if, but only if

(a)the objects of the company as set out in its memorandum and
articles of association are restricted to some or all of the
objects set out in section 8 1,

(b)the issued share capital of the company is not less than
$1,000,000;

(c)in the case of a company having an issued share capital of
$1,000,000 that capital is bona fide fully paid up for a cash
consideration and, in the case of a company having an issued
share capital exceeding $1,000,000 at least $1,000,000 of that
capital is bona fide paid up for a cash consideration;

(d)the board of directors has been duly appointed in accordance
with the articles of association of the company;

(e) the company has either-

(i) deposited with the Director of Accounting Services
investments specified in the Second Schedule (other than
those specified in paragraphs 7, 14, 15, 17 and 19) to the value
of not less than $500,000; or





(ii) deposited in the name of the Director of Accounting
Services with a finance company that is a subsidiary of a bank
licensed under section of the Banking Ordinance a sum not
less than 5500,000 and lodged a receipt issued by the finance
company for that amount with the Director of Accounting
Services; and

the company is able to meet its obligations. apart from its
liability to its shareholders, without taking into account the
investments or sum deposited under paragraph (e).
(Amended, L.N. 16177)

(3)For the purposes of subsection (2)-

(a)'finance company' means a company whose principal
business involves the receiving on deposit of money, whether
repayable to depositors with or without interest or other
consideration, and the lending of that money, or a substantial
part of that money, to borrowers on terms that the money is
repayable to the company or its nominee with interest or at a
premium or with consideration in money or money's worth, but
does not include a bank licensed under the Banking Ordinance;

(b)section 2(4), (5) and (6) of the Companies Ordinance shall apply
as if each reference in those subsections to 'a company- or
'first-mentioned company' were read as a reference to a
finance company and as if each reference in those subsections
to 'another company- or 'other company' were read as a
reference to a bank licensed under Section of the Banking
Ordinance.

(4) A trust company registered under this Ordinance before the
date of commencement* of the Trustee (Amendment) Ordinance 1975
which has not previously complied with the requirements as to eligibility
for registration as a trust company as set out in subsection (2) of this
section shall. within 9 months after that date. comply with those
requirements to the satisfaction of the Registrar of Companies.
(Amended, 90 of'1975, s. 2)

(5) Notwithstanding section 7 of the Companies Ordinance, a trust
company to which subsection (4) applies may, within the period of 9
months referred to in that subsection, alter any condition contained in
its memorandum of association to such extent as may be required to
enable it to comply with the requirements of subsection (2). (Added, 90
of 1975 s. 2)

(Replaced, 23 of 1975, s. 2)

78. (1) On the receipt of an application under section 77, the
Registrar of Companies shall make such inquiry as he deems necessary,
and, if satisfied that all the requirements of section 77 have been
complied with, shall register the company applying for registration as a
trust company in the register prescribed by section 79 and shall issue to
it a certificate that the company is registered as a





trust company, and thereupon the company shall be invested with all
the powers, privileges and immunities and shall be subject to all the
liabilities imposed by this Part.

(2) Notice of the issue of such certificate shall be published by the
Registrar of Companies in the Gazette for 4 consecutive weeks next
following the issue.

(3) If the Registrar of Companies is not satisfied that all the
requirements of section 77 have been complied with. he shall refuse to
register the company as a trust company:

Provided that the company may appeal from such refusal to the
Governor in Council, whose decision shall be final.

79. There shall be kept in the office of the Registrar of Companies a
register, to be called the -Register of Trust Companies', in which shall
be entered the names of all trust companies registered under this
Ordinance, together with such other particulars as the Registrar of
Companies may think necessary.

80. (1) From the time of the issue to any company of a certificate
under section 78 the investments or the sum of money deposited under
section 77 shall be held as security for the depositors and creditors of
the company and for the faithful execution of all trusts which may be
accepted by or imposed upon the company and for its obligations
generally. (Amended, 23 of 1975, s. 3)

(2) If at any time, by reason of the decline in value of any
investments so held by the Director of Accounting Services or of
increase of the gross liabilities of any trust company. the Registrar of
Companies is of opinion that additional security ought to be furnished
by the trust company. he may order the company to make, within a
period to be stated in the order, a further deposit of investments (being
investments contemplated by section 77(2)(e)) of a specified value with
the Director of Accounting Services: (Amended, 23 of 1975, s. 3)

Provided that the company may appeal from such order to the
Governor in Council, whose decision shall be final.

(3) A trust company may, with the approval of the Director of
Accounting Services and subject to such terms as he may specify

(a) substitute-

(i) other investments contemplated by sub-paragraph (i) of
paragraph (e) of section 77(2) for all or any of the investments
deposited with the Director of Accounting Services under
that sub-paragraph; or

(ii) a sum of money, as contemplated by sub-paragraph (ii)
of that paragraph, for the investments so deposited; or

(b)if the company has deposited a sum of money under sub-
paragraph (ii) of paragraph (e) of section 77(2), withdraw the
sum and either





(i) deposit it with another finance company; or

(ii) substitute for the sum of money so withdrawn
investments contemplated by sub-paragraph (i) of that
paragraph. (Replaced, 23 of 1975, s. 3)

(4) All money accruing by way of dividends or interest in respect
of investments deposited with the Director of Accounting Services or in
respect of sums deposited with a finance company under this Part shall
be paid to the trust company which made the deposit. (Replaced, 23 of
1975, s. 3)

(Amended, L.N. 16177)

81. (1) The objects of a trust company may be some or all of, but
shall not exceed the following

(a)to accept and execute the offices of executor, administrator,
trustee, receiver, receiver and manager, assignee, liquidator,
guardian of the property of infants, committee of the estates of
lunatics, or other like office of a fiduciary nature;

(b)to act as attorney or agent for the collection, receipt and
payment of money and for winding up estates and for the sale
or purchase of any movable or immovable property;

(e)to act as agent for the management and control of movable and
immovable property for and on behalf of the owners thereof or
for or on behalf of executors, administrators or trustees;

(d)to act as investing and financial agent for and on behalf of
executors, administrators, and trustees or any other persons
whatsoever and to receive money in trust for investment and
to allow interest thereon until invested; and to undertake for
and on behalf of executors, administrators and trustees or any
other persons whatsoever the negotiation of loans of all
descriptions and the procuring and lending of money on the
security of any description of property immovable or movable
or without taking any security on such terms as may be
arranged, and to advance and lend moneys to protect any
estate, trust or property entrusted to the company as aforesaid
and to charge interest upon any such advances:

Provided that nothing herein contained shall be held
either to restrict or extend the powers of the company as
trustee or agent under the terms of any trust or agency that
may be conferred upon it;

(e)to take securities of such nature as are deemed expedient for
any moneys owing to the company,

(f)to be the custodian on such terms as are agreed upon of any
moneys, securities. jewellery, plate or other valuable property
and of papers, documents, deeds, wills, debentures and other
evidence of title or indebtedness;





(g)to receive and manage any sinking, redemption. guarantee
or any other special fund or deposit and to act as agent for
countersigning, registering or otherwise ascertaining and
certifying to the genuineness of any issue of shares, stocks,
bonds, debentures or other securities for money of any
government, municipal or other corporate body or of any
association, whether incorporated or not, duly authorized
to issue and make such issue and to hold any such
securities as agent or trustee and to act generally as agent
for any such government, municipal or corporate body or
association;

(h)to acquire and hold immovable property for the actual use
and occupation of the company or any of its officers and
servants and to erect, construct. enlarge, alter and main-
tain any buildings necessary or convenient for the said
purposes and to sell or otherwise dispose of any such
immovable property if not required for the said purposes;

(i)to hold land which having been mortgaged to the company
is acquired by it for the protection of its investments; and
from time to time sell, mortgage, lease or otherwise dispose
thereof,

(j)to deposit the moneys of the company not immediately
required with any bank or banks at interest until such
moneys can be more permanently invested and to invest
the moneys of the company in accordance with the provi-
sions of section 91;

(k)to borrow moneys and secure the repayment thereof with
interest in accordance with the provisions of section 93;

(I)to receive and collect such remuneration for its services as
is agreed upon or as fixed or allowed from time to time
by law and all usual and customary charges. costs and
expenses;

(m)to support and subscribe to any charitable or public object
and any institution, society or club which may be for the
benefit of the company or its employees or may be con-
nected with any town or place where the company carries
on business; to give pensions, gratuities or charitable aid to
any person or persons who may serve or have served the
company or to the wives, children or other relatives of such
persons; to make payments towards insurance and to form
and contribute to provident and benefit funds for the
benefit of any persons employed by the company:

Provided that no such subscription, gift, payment or
contribution shall be given or made, except out of profits
of the company available for distribution as dividend;

(n)to acquire and undertake the whole or any part of the
business of any person or company of a like nature to any





business which a trust company is authorized to carry on and
in consideration for such acquisition to undertake all or any of
the liabilities of such person or company and to issue shares
to such person or company;

(o)to do all such other things as are incidental or conductive to
the attainment of the beforementioned objects or any of them;

(p)to carry out all or any of the objects aforesaid either within or
outside the Colony and by or through trustees, agents or
otherwise and either alone or in conjunction with others.
(Added, 48 of 1968, s. 4)

(Amended, 24 of 1950,
Schedule)

(2) Nothing in this section shall be construed to authorize any trust
company to engage in the business of banking or of insurance or the
business of a deposit, provident or benefit society.

(3) No trust company shall carry on any business or execute any
office other than the businesses or offices included in the objects set
out in subsection (1).

(4) For the avoidance of doubt it is hereby declared that nothing in
subsection (1) shall be construed so as to restrict. or at any time to have
restricted, a trust company to carrying out its objects within the Colony
only. (Added, 48 of 1968, s. 4)

82. If at any time a trust company shall be appointed executor of the
will of any testator, it shall be lawful for the company to apply to the
court for probate of the will and if probate be granted, to exercise and
discharge all the powers and duties of an executor.

83. (1) If and whenever any person shall be entitled to apply for
probate of the will of any testator without leave being reserved to any
other person to apply for probate. it shall be lawful for such person,
whether absent from the Colony or not, and notwithstanding the
provisions of any other enactment, instead of himself applying for such
probate, to authorize a trust company to apply to the court for a grant of
administration with the will annexed of the estate of such testator, and
such grant may be made to the trust company upon its own application,
when so authorized, but the provisions of this section shall not apply to
any case in which a will provides that a company shall not act as
executor or in the trusts thereof.

(2) If and whenever any person shall be entitled to apply for letters
of administration with the will of any testator annexed of the estate of
such testator, it shall be lawful for such person, whether absent from the
Colony or not. and notwithstanding the provisions of any other
enactment, to authorize a trust company, either alone, or jointly with any
other person, to apply to the court for a grant of letters of administration
with the will annexed of the estate of such testator, and such grant may
be made to the company upon its own





application when so authorized. but the provisions of this section shall
not apply to a case in which a will provides that a company shall not act
as executor, or in the trusts thereof.

(3) It shall be lawful for any person or persons entitled to apply for
administration of the estate of any intestate. whether such person or
persons be absent from the colony or not. and notwithstanding the
provisions of any other enactment. to authorize a trust company to
apply to the court for such letters of administration. either alone or
jointly with any other person. and administration of the estate of any
such intestate may be granted to the company either alone or jointly as
aforesaid, upon its own application. when so authorized.

(4) For the purposes of any application to the court for letters of
administration to the estate of any deceased person. the court shall
consider a trust company, when authorized as aforesaid. to be in law
entitled, equally with any other person or class of persons to apply for
and obtain a grant. but a trust company, being so entitled, shall not on
that account alone, be preferred to the widower, widow, or next-of-kin of
any intestate.

(5) No grant of probate or of letters of administration shall be
granted to a syndic or nominee on behalf of a trust company.

(6) where any person entitled to apply for probate or letters of
administration has authorized a trust company to apply for a grant in
favour of the company under subsection (1) or (2) and the court has
subsequently made such a grant, all property, functions, powers,
authorities, discretions and rights vested in or conferred on that person
by the will or by law shall, on the making of the grant and without
conveyance or assignment or the execution of any other instrument,
become vested in and exercisable by the company as fully and
effectually as if it had been named as executor under the will. (Added, 23
of 1975, s. 4)

84. (1) In all cases in which a trust company is empowered under
this Part to apply for probate or letters of administration, and petition,
declaration, account or affidavit or other necessary document may be
made or sworn by any officer of the company duly authorized by the
company in that behalf.

(2) Any officer of the company appointed by a trust company for
that purpose may, on behalf of the company, sign any petition, account
or statement, take any oath, swear any affidavit. make any declaration,
verify any act, give personal attendance at any court or place, and do
any act or thing whatsoever. which may require to be signed, taken,
sworn, made, verified, given, or done on behalf of the company:

Provided that nothing in this Part contained shall confer upon any
person, not otherwise entitled thereto, any right to appear or be beard
before or in any court on behalf of the company or to do any act
whatsoever on behalf of the company which could otherwise be
lawfully done only by a barrister or by a solicitor.





85. In all cases in which the court or any person or persons
has or have power to appoint a trustee, whether as an original or
new or additional trustee, to perform any legal trust or duty a trust
company may be appointed in the same manner as if the company
were a private individual:

Provided that-

(a)no trust company shall be appointed in any case in which
the instrument creating the trust, or the power authorizing
the appointment, forbids the appointment of a company;

(b)nothing in this section shall be deemed to derogate from
the provisions of sections 38 and 40. (Added, 24 of 1950,
Schedule)

86. A trust company, acting in a fiduciary capacity, shall be
capable of acquiring and holding any property in joint tenancy in
the same manner as if it were a private individual.

87. It shall be lawful fora trust company to act under any deed
or instrument by which the company is appointed agent or attorney
for any person, and all the powers conferred upon the company by
any such deed or instrument may be exercised by such officer of the
company as the company may appoint for that purpose:

Provided that nothing in this section shall be deemed to
authorize any person to confer upon a trust company any power
which may not lawfully be delegated by him.

88. (1) Notwithstanding the provisions of any other enact-
ment, no trust company to which a grant of letters of administration
has been made shall be required to furnish security for the due
administration of the estate.

(2) Notwithstanding the provisions of any other enactment,
no trust company appointed by the court to perform the duties of
receiver, guardian, committee or any other office or trust shall be
required to furnish security for the due performance of such duties.

89. All moneys, property and securities received or held by any
trust company in a fiduciary capacity shall always be kept distinct
from those of the company and in separate accounts, and so marked
in the books of the company for each particular trust as always to
be distinguished from any other in the registers and other books of
account to be kept by the company, so that at no time shall trust
moneys form part of or be mixed with the general assets of the
company; and all investments made by the company as trustee shall
be so designated that the trusts to which such investments belong
can be readily identified at any time.

90. (1) A trust company may invest trust moneys in its hands
in or upon any securities in which private trustees may by law invest
trust moneys and may from time to time vary any such investment
for others of the same nature:





Provided that the company shall not in any case invest the moneys
of any trust in or upon securities prohibited by the instrument creating
the trust. and whenever any special directions are given in any order,
judgment, decree or will or in any other instrument creating the trustee
to the particular class or kind of securities or property in or upon which
any investment shall be made, the company shall follow such directions.
The company may also, in its discretion, retain and continue any
investment and securities coming into its possession in any fiduciary
capacity.

(2) No trust company shall directly or indirectly invest any trust
moneys otherwise than in accordance with the provisions of subsection
(1).

91. (1) A trust company may invest moneys forming part of its own
capital or reserve or accumulated profits--

(a)in or upon any securities in or upon which private trustees
may by law invest trust moneys; and

(b)in or upon such other securities as the Governor in Council
may from time to time approve.

(2) A trust company may acquire and hold immovable property for
the actual use and occupation of itself or of any of its officers or
servants and may sell and dispose of the same.

(3) A trust company may, for the protection of its investments,
acquire land which has been mortgaged to it, but shall sell any land so
acquired within 3 years after the acquisition thereof, unless such time is
extended by the Governor in Council.

(4) No trust company shall directly or indirectly invest any of its
moneys otherwise than in accordance with subsections (1), (2) and (3):

Provided that nothing in this section shall be deemed to prevent
the acceptance by a trust company of any securities whatsoever to
secure the payment of a debt previously contracted in good faith; but
any security so acquired by the company which it would otherwise be
prohibited from taking or holding shall, within 2 years from the time of
its acquisition, or within such further time as may be allowed by the
Registrar of Companies, be sold or disposed of.

92. No loan shall be made by any trust company to any director or
other officer or servant thereof or to any company or firm in the
management of which any such director or other officer or servant is
actively engaged. If any loan is made in contravention of this section, all
directors and officers of the company who made the loan or assented
thereto shall be jointly and severally liable to the company for the
amount thereof with interest.

93. (1) For the purpose of attaining the objects of the company as
set out in section 81 (or such of them as the company may have
adopted), and for no other purpose, a trust company may from





time to time borrow money provided that the aggregate of the sums of
money borrowed shall at no time exceed the amount of the company's
capital for the time being paid up.

(2) Moneys borrowed by a trust company shall not be secured, by
debenture or otherwise, on its capital or general undertaking, but may be
secured on any of the company's property (not being property held by it
on any trust), other than the securities deposited by it with the Director
of Accounting Services under the provisions of this Part. (Amended, 9
of 1950, Schedule and L.N. 161177)

94. [Repealed, 84 of 1970, s. 2]

95. (1) The Governor in Council may at any time appoint an
inspector to investigate the affairs and management of any trust
company and may prescribe the manner in, and the extent to, which the
investigation shall be conducted.

(2) It shall be the duty of all officers and servants of the company to
produce for examination by the inspector all books, accounts. vouchers
and other documents in their custody or control in relation to matters
under investigation, and to answer truly all inquiries addressed to them
by the inspector respecting any matter affecting the affairs of the
company.

(3) The inspector shall make a report of his investigation to the
Chief Secretary.

(4) All expenses of and incidental to any such investigation shall
be paid by the company, if the Governor in Council so directs.

96. (1) The court may order the winding up of a trust company in
accordance with the Companies Ordinance, and the provisions of that
Ordinance shall apply accordingly subject however to the modification
that the company may also be ordered to be wound up on application
made by the Attorney General if

(a)the company has made default in complying with a
requirement of this Part and such default has continued for a
period of 2 months after notice of default has been served
upon the company, or

(h)from the consideration of the report of an inspector appointed
under secion 95 it appears that the company has committed a
breach of trust.

(2) Upon the winding up of a trust company every person who has
been a director of the company at any time within the period of 2 years
immediately preceding the commencement of the winding up shall be
liable for the balance unpaid on every share which he may have
transferred during such 2 years.

97. Where a trust company holds the office of executor.
administrator or trustee, every person employed by the company to
discharge any of the duties of such office shall. in respect of the





duties entrusted to him, be personally responsible to the court and be
subject to the process of the court, as though he had been personally
appointed to such office.

98. (1) Any director. officer or servant of a trust company who
wilfully and with intent to defraud neglects to make any entry in the
books of the company which it is his duty to make shall be guilty of a
misdemeanor.

(2) Any director, officer or servant of a trust company, who wilfully
and with intent to defraud makes or abets the making of any false entry
in the books of the company. or subscribes or exhibits any false
document with intent to deceive any person appointed under this Part
to investigate the affairs and management of the company shall he
guilty of a misdemeanor.

(3) Any director, officer or servant of a trust company who refuses
to produce for examination to any person appointed under this Part to
investigate the affairs and management of the company all books and
documents relevant to such investigation which are in his custody or
control shall be guilty of a misdemeanor.

(Amended, 23 of1975, s. 5)

99. No trust company shall be appointed to be guardian of the
person of an infant or committee of the person of a lunatic.

100. (1) No member of a trust company shall at any time hold shares
in the capital of the company to an amount exceeding onefifth of the
issued capital of the company for the time being.

(2) Subsection (1) does not apply, to a trust company that [s the
subsidiary of a bank licensed under section of the Banking Ordinance.
(Added, 23 of'1975, s. 6)

(3) For the purposes of subsection (2) of this section. section 2(4),
(5) and (6) qf the Companies Ordinance shall apply as if each reference
in those subsections to 'a company- or---thefirstmentioned company'
were read as a reference to a trust company and as if each reference in
those subsections to -another company' or 'other company' were read
as a reference to a bank licensed under section X of the Banking
Ordinance. (Added, 23 of 1975 s. 6)

101. So long as any estate in respect of which a trust company is
trustee shall remain in whole or in part unadministered, it shall not be
lawful to proceed to wind up the company voluntarily, unless with the
sanction of the court, and it shall be lawful for any person interested in
such estate, or who may have any claim in respect thereof, to apply to
the court in a summary way by motion to restrain any director or any
shareholder from disposing of any shares which such director or
shareholder may hold in the company or to restrain the winding up
voluntarily of the company; and the court shall have power to make
such order as it deems Just.





102. Subject to the provisions of this Part, the liability of every trust
company to the person or persons interested in any estate held by the
company as executor, administrator, trustee, receiver, liquidator,
assignee, guardian or committee or in any other official or business
capacity shall be the same as if the estate had been held by a private
person in the like capacity; and the powers of the company shall be the
same as those of a private person in the like capacity.

103. Neither the application by a trust company for registration as a
member or shareholder in the books of any company or corporation nor
the entry of the name of a trust company in the books of any company
or corporation shall constitute notice of trust, and no company or
corporation shall be entitled to object to enter the name of a trust
company on its books by reason only that the company may be or is a
trustee, and, in dealings with property, the fact that the person or one of
the persons dealt with is a trust company shall not of itself constitute
notice of a trust.

104. All money and securities which shall remain in the hands of a
trust company, as trustee, unclaimed by the person entitled to the same
for a period of 6 years after the time when the same shall have become
payable to such person (except where payment has been restrained by
order of a court of competent jurisdiction), together with such interest. if
any, as shall have been received by the company in respect thereof, less
any commission or other charges properly chargeable by the company,
shall be paid by the company into court under and in accordance with
section 62:

Provided that it shall not be necessary for the company to comply
with the provisions of this section more often than once in any year nor
shall it be necessary for the company to obtain the concurrence or
consent of any person to such payment into court.

105. (1) There shall be paid by every trust company to the Registrar
of Companies, in respect of the matters mentioned in the First Schedule,
the several fees specified therein. (Amended, 48 qf 1968,s.5)

(2) All such fees shall be paid by the Registrar of Companies into
the Treasury.

(3) It shall be lawful for the Governor from time to time, by
notification in the gazette to add to or alter the First Schedule.
(Amended, 48 of 1968, s. 5, and 72 of 1973, s. 2)

106. (1) Notwithstanding the foregoing. any company lawfully
carrying on banking business in the Colony and having a capital (in
stock or shares) for the time being issued of not less than 54,000,000 (of
which not less than 51,600.000 shall have been paid up in cash) may
with the consent of the Governor be registered as a trust company:





Provided that the Governor shall not give such consent unless he
is satisfied that the extent and nature of the company's business in the
Colony is sufficient to justify such special registration.

(2) Consent of the Governor under subsection (1) shall be notified
to the Registrar of Companies who shall register the company in the
register prescribed by section 79, issue to it a certificate that the
company is registered as a trust company, and publish notice thereof in
the Gazette for 4 consecutive weeks next following such issue.

(3) The provisions of sections 77, 78, 80, 81, 91, 92, 93, 96 and 100
shall not apply to such company or to such registration, but subject to
such exceptions and to the provisions of the succeeding section the
said company shall be invested with all the powers, privileges and
immunities and shall be subject to all the liabilities imposed by this Part.

(Replaced, 24 of 1950 Schedule. Amended, 72 of 1973 s. 2)

107. The powers of investigation conferred upon inspectors under
section 95 shall in the case of a corporation registered as a trust
company under section 106 be limited to the trust business of the
corporation.

(Added, 17 of 1939 s. 2)

108. On application made by the Attorney General the court may
order that any corporation registered under the provisions of section 106
as a trust company shall be struck off the register of trust companies if it
ceases to be qualified for registration under that section or if from the
consideration of the report of an inspector appointed under section 95 it
appears that the corporation has committed a breach of trust, and the
court may appoint a new trustee, or new trustees, for any trust property
held by the corporation.

(Added, 17 qf 1939, s. 2)

PART IX

GENERAL PROVISIONS

109. This Ordinance, and every order purporting to be made under
this Ordinance, shall be a complete indemnity to any bank and to all
persons for any acts done pursuant thereto, and it shall not be
necessary for any bank or person to inquire concerning the propriety of
the order, or whether the court by which the order was made had
jurisdiction to make it.

FIRST SCHEDULE [s. 105.1

FEES TO BE PAID BY TRUST COMPANIES TO THE
REGISTRAR OF COMPANIES

1.On application for registration under section 77 520.00
2.For certificate of registration under section 78-





(a).where the authorized capital does not exceed $500,000 $100.00
(b).where the authorized capital exceeds 5500.000 but does not
exceed 51,000,000 ..............5300.00
(c).where the authorized capital exceeds $1,000,000 5600.00

Amended 48 of 1968, s. 6: L.N. 195170 and 27 of 1985. s. 3)

SECOND SCHEDULE (s.
4.1

PART I

OVERSEAS INVESTMENTS

(a) (i) Defence Bonds,

(ii) National Savings Certificates,

(iii) deposits in the Post Office Savings Bank,

(iv) ordinary deposits in a trustee savings bank.
of the United Kingdom,

(b)Ulster Savings Certificates.

(c)deposits in a bank or a department thereof certified under section 9(3) of
the Finance Act 1956.

2. Securities issued by Her Majesty's Government in the United Kingdom. the
Government of Northern Ireland or the Government of the Isle of Man. not being
securities falling within paragraph 1 of this Schedule and being fixed-interest
securities registered in the United Kingdom or the Isle of Man, Treasury Bills, Tax
Reserve Certificates or any variable-interest securities issued by Her Majesty's
Government in the United Kingdom and registered in the United Kingdom.

(Amended, L.N.
28/84)

3. Any securities the payment of interest on which is guaranteed by Her
Majesty's Government in the United Kingdom or the Government of Northern
Ireland.

4. Fixed-interest securities issued in the United Kingdom by any public
authority or nationalized industry or undertaking in the United Kingdom.

5. Securities issued in the United Kingdom by the government of a territory
within the Commonwealth outside the United Kingdom or by any public or local
authority within such a territory. being securities registered in the United Kingdom
and in respect of which the rate of interest is fixed or is variable by reference to
one or more of the following

(a)the Bank of England's former minimum lending rate:

(b)the average rate of discount on allotment on 9 1 -day Treasury bills;

(c)a yield on 9 ]-day Treasury bills:

(d)a London sterling inter-bank offered rate:

(e)a London sterling certificate of deposit rate.
the base rate of one or more of the London clearing banks.

(Replaced, L.N.
28,84)







6. Fixed-interest securities issued in the United Kingdom by the International
Bank for Reconstruction and Development. being securities registered in the
United Kingdom.

7.[Deleted L.N. 28,841

8.Stock of the Bank of Ireland.

9. Debentures issued by the Agricultural Mortgage Corporation Limited or the
Scottish Agricultural Securities Corporation Limited being companies registered in
the United Kingdom.

10. Loans to any authority to which this paragraph applies charged on all or
any of the revenues of the authority or on a fund into which all or any of those
revenues are payable, any fixed-interest securities issued in the United Kingdom by
any such authority for the purpose of borrowing money so charged. and deposits
with





any such authority by way of temporary loan made on the giving of a receipt for
the loan by the treasurer or other similar officer of the authority and on the giving
of an undertaking by the authority that, if requested to charge the loan as aforesaid.
it will either comply with the request or repay the loan.

This paragraph applies to the following authorities--

(a)any local authority in the United Kingdom;

(b)any authority all the members of which are appointed or elected by one
or more local authorities in the United Kingdom;

(c)any authority the majority of the members of which are appointed or
elected by one or more local authorities in the United Kingdom. being an
authority which by virtue of any enactment has power to issue a precept
to a local authority in England and Wales. or a requisition to a local
authority in Scotland, or to the expenses of which, by virtue of any
enactment. a local authority in the United Kingdom is or can be required
to contribute:

(d)the Receiver for the Metropolitan Police District or a combined police
authority (within the meaning of the Police Act 1946);

(e)the Belfast City and District Water Commissioner.

11. Debentures or the guaranteed or preference stock of any incorporated
company, being statutory water undertakers within the meaning of the Water Act
1945, or any corresponding enactment in force in Northern Ireland. and having
during each of the 10 years immediately preceding the calendar year in which the
investment was made paid a dividend of not less than 5per cent on its ordinary
shares.

12. Deposits by way of special investment in a trustee savings bank or in a
department (not being a department certified under section 9(3) of the Finance
Act 1956) of a bank any other department of which is so certified.

13. Deposits in a building society designated under section 1 of the House
Purchase and Housing Act 1959.

14. First legal mortgages of freehold property in England and Wales or
Northern Ireland and of leasehold property in those countries of which the
unexpired term at the time of investment is not less than 60 years, and loans on
heritable security in Scotland.

Amended L.N. 176/70)

15. Perpetual rent-charges charged on land in England and Wales or Northern
Ireland and fee-farm rents (not being rent-charges) issuing out of such land. and
feuduties or ground annuals in Scotland.

Amended L.N, 176/70)

15A. Securities issued in the United Kingdom by

(a)the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development or by the
European Investment Bank or by the European Coal and Steel
Community, being securities registered in the United Kingdom: or

(b) the Inter-American Development Bank. being securities in respect of
which the rate of interest is variable by reference to one or more of the following

(i) the Bank of England's former minimum lending rate;

(ii) the average rate of discount on allotment on 9 1 -day Treasury bills:







(iii)a yield on 91-day Treasury bills.,

(iv)a London sterling inter-bank offered rate;

(v)a London sterling certificate of deposit rate:

(vi)the base rate of one or more of the London clearing banks.

(Added, L.N. 28,84) 15B.
Securities issued in the United Kingdom by any authority to which paragraph 10
applies for the purpose of borrowing money charged on all or any of the revenues
of the authority or on a fund into which all or any of those revenues are payable
and being securities in respect of which the rate of interest is variable by reference
to one or more of the following

(a)the Bank of England's former minimum lending rate;

(b)the average rate of discount on allotment on 91-day Treasury, bills:

(c)a yield on 9 1 -day Treasury bills;

(d)a London sterling inter-bank offered rate;





(e)a London sterling certificate of deposit rate;
the base rate of one or more of the London clearing banks.

(Added, L.N. 28184)

15C. Securities issued in the United Kingdom by a company incorporated in
the United Kingdom, being securities registered in the United Kingdom and not
being securities Falling within any other paragraph of this Part; but the securities
mentioned in this paragraph do not include

(a)securities the price of which is not quoted on a recognized stock exchange
within the meaning of the Prevention of Fraud (Investments) Act 1958,
or the Belfast Stock Exchange;

(h)shares or debenture stock not fully paid up (except shares or debenture
stock which by the terms of issue are required to be fully paid up within 9
months of the date of issue);

(e)shares or debentures of an incorporated company of which the total issued
and paid up share capital is less than $ 10,000,000-,

(d)shares or debentures of an incorporated company which has not in each of
the 5 years immediately preceding the calendar year in which the
investment is made paid a dividend wholly in cash (except to the extent
that the shareholders have opted to accept it other than wholly in cash)
on all the shares issued by the company. excluding any shares issued after
the dividend was declared and any shares which by their terms of issue did
not rank for the dividend for that year:

Provided that a company Formed-

(i) to take over the business of another company or other companies;
or

(ii) to acquire the securities of. or control of. another company or
other companies,

or for either of those purposes and for other purposes shall be deemed to
have paid a dividend in any year in which such a dividend has been paid by
the other company or all the other companies, as the case may be.

(Added, L.N. 28184)

1 15D Bills, notes and bonds issued by the Government of the United States of
America.

(Added, L.N. 28184)

15E. (1) Units. securities or other rights and interests issued

(a)under a unit trust situated; or

(b) by a mutual fund corporation incorporated,
in a country outside Hong Kong and authorized by the Securities Commission in

Hong Kong.

(2) -Securities-, -unit trust- and 'mutual fund corporation- have the same
meanings as in the Securities Ordinance.

(Added, L.N. 28/84)

PART II

HONG KONG INVESTMENTS







16. Any Government securities of the Colony.

17. First legal mortgages of property. including an undivided share in property,
in the Colony held under Crown lease of which the unexpired term at the time of
investment is not less than 50 years, excluding any, term for which the Crown
lease can be renewed.

18. Deposits held in Hong Kong or in any other place by a bank. other than
an unincorporated bank. licensed under the Banking Ordinance.

(Replaced, L.N. M 76)





19. Any securities issued by companies incorporated in Hong Kong which the
following conditions

(a)the issued and paid up share capital of the company is not less than
HK$100,000,000 or its equivalent at the date the investment is made;
Amended L.N. 28/84)

(h)the securities. in the case of shares or debenture stock. in which a trustee
seeks to invest are fully paid up

(c)at the date the investment is made the securities are listed on a stock
exchange approved or deemed to have been approved under the Securities
Ordinance; and ( Replaced, 23 of 19 75. s. 7 1

(d)the company has in each of the 5 Years immediately preceding the
calendar year in which the investment is made paid a dividend wholly in
cash (except to the extent that the shareholders have opted to accept it
other than wholly in cash) on all the shares issued by the company,
excluding any shares issued after the dividend was declared and any shares
which by their terms of issue did not rank for the dividend for that year.
Amended L.N. 28 84)

For the purposes of sub-paragraph (cl) a company formed

(i)to take over the business of another company or other companies: or

(ii) to acquire the securities of. or control of. another company or other
companies.

or for either of those purposes and for other purposes shall be deemed to have paid
a dividend as mentioned in that sub-paragraph in any year in which such a dividend
has been paid by the other company or all the other companies, as the case may
be.

20. Any securities issued by the Hong Kong Building and Loan Agency
Limited, the payment of which is guaranteed by the Government.

21. Any securities issued by the Mass Transit Railway Corporation which are
either charged on the property undertaking and revenue of the Corporation. or any
part thereof. or guaranteed by, the Government. Added 36 of 1975, s- 31)

22.(1) Any deposit with a licensed deposit-taking company in Hong Kong.

(2) ---Deposit-and---licenseddeposit-taking company--- have the same
meanings
as in the Deposit Ordinanee

L.N. 28/84 23. (
1) Any certificate of deposit issued by a licensed bank or licensed deposittaking
company in Hong Kong.

(2) -Certificate of deposit ---licensedbank--- and ---licenseddeposit-taking
company--- have the same meanings as in the P~. -'s A 'II taking Companies
Ordinance

Added L.N. 28 84)

24. ( 1) Any units or other rights and interests issued under a unit trust
situated in Hong Kong and authorized by the Securities Commission on..



(2)---Unittrust--- has the same meaning as in the Securities Ordinance.

(Added L.N. 28 84)


(Second Schedule added 48 of 1968. s. 7)
Originally 18 of 1934. (Cap. 29, 1950.) 17 of 1939. 9 of 1950. 22 of 1950. 24 of 1950. 31 of 1965. 48 of 1968. 84 of 1970. L.N. 176/70. L.N. 195/70. 27 of 1971. 71 of 1971. 51 of 1972. 72 of 1973. 23 of 1975. 36 of 1975. 90 of 1975. L.N. 313/76. L.N. 16/77. L.N. 7/79. 2 of 1983. L.N. 28/84. 62 of 1984. 27 of 1985. Short title. Interpretation. [cf.1925 c. 19, s. 68.] Application. 1925 c. 19, s. 69. Authorized investments. Second Schedule. Retention of redeemable stocks until redemption. [cf.1925 c. 19, s. 2.] Discretion of trustees. 1925 c. 19, s. 3. Retention of unauthorized investment. 1925 c. 19, s. 4. Investment in bearer securities. 1925 c. 19, s. 7. Loans and investments by trustees not chargeable as breaches of trust. 1925 c. 19, s. 8. Liability for loss by reason of improper investment. 1925 c. 19, s. 9. Powers supplementary to powers of investment. 1925 c. 19, s. 10. Power to deposit at bank and to pay calls. 1925 c. 19, s. 11. Power of trustees for sale to sell by auction, etc. 1925 c. 19, s. 12. Power to sell subject to depreciatory conditions. 1925 c. 19, s. 13. Power of trustees to give receipts. 1925 c. 19, s. 14. Power to do other acts. 1925 c. 19, s. 15. Powers of trustees of renewable leaseholds to renew and raise money for the purpose. 1893 c. 53, s. 19. Power to raise money by sale, mortgage, etc. 1925 c. 19, s. 16. Protection to purchasers and mortgagees dealing with trustees. 1925 c. 19, s. 17. Devolution of powers or trusts. 1925 c. 19, s. 18. Power to insure. 1925 c. 19, s. 19. Application of insurance money where policy kept up under any trust, power or obligation. 1925 c. 19, s. 20. Deposit of documents for safe custody. 1925 c. 19, s. 21. Reversionary interests, valuations, and audit. 1925 c. 19, s. 22. Power to employ agents. 1925 c. 19, s. 23. Power to concur with others. 1925 c. 19, s. 24. Power to delegate trusts. [cf. 1971 c. 27, s. 9. & cf. 1925 c. 19, s. 25.] Protection against liability in respect of rents and covenants. 1925 c. 19, s. 26. Protection by means of advertisement. 1925 c. 19, s. 27. Protection in regard to notice. 1925 c. 19, s. 28. Implied indemnity of trustees. 1925 c. 19, s. 30. Power to apply income for maintenance and to accumulate surplus income during a minority. 1925 c. 19, s. 31. Power of advancement. 1925 c. 19, s. 32. Protective trusts. 1925 c. 19, s. 33. Limitation of the number of trustees. 1925 c. 19, s. 34. Power of appointing new or additional trustees. 1925 c. 19, s. 36. Supplemental provisions as to appointment of trustees. 1925 c. 19, s. 37. Evidence as to a vacancy in a trust. 1925 c. 19, s. 38. Retirement of trustee without a new appointment. 1925 c. 19, s. 39. Vesting of trust property in new or continuing trustees. 1925 c. 19, s. 40. Power of court to appoint new trustees. 1925 c. 19, s. 41. Power to authorize remuneration. 1925 c. 19, s. 42. Powers of new trustee appointed by court. 1925 c. 19, s. 43. Vesting orders of land. 1925 c. 19, s. 44. Orders as to contingent rights of unborn persons. 1925 c. 19, s. 45. Vesting order in place of conveyance by infant mortgagee. 1925 c. 19, s. 46. Vesting order consequential on order for sale or mortgage of land. 1925 c. 19, s. 47. Vesting order consequential on judgment for specific performance, etc. 1925 c. 19, s. 48. Effect of vesting order. 1925 c. 19, s. 49. Power to appoint person to convey. 1925 c. 19, s. 50. Vesting orders as to stock and thing in action. 1925 c. 19, s. 51. Vesting orders of charity property. 1925 c. 19, s. 52. Vesting orders in relation to infant's beneficial interest. 1925 c. 19, s. 53. Orders made upon certain allegations to be conclusive evidence. 1925 c. 19, s. 55. Power of court to authorize dealing with trust property. 1925 c. 19, s. 57. Persons entitled to apply for orders. 1925 c. 19, s. 58. Power to give judgment in absence of a trustee. 1925 c. 19, s. 59. Power to charge costs on trust estate. 1925 c. 19, s. 60. Power to relieve trustee from personal liability. 1925 c. 19, s. 61. Power to make beneficiary indemnify for breach of trust. 1925 c. 19, s. 62. Payment into court by trustees. 1925 c. 19, s. 63. Power of court on application to appoint judicial trustee. 1896 c. 35, s. 1. Rules. 1896 c. 35, s. 4. Definitions. 1896 c. 35, s. 5. Appointment of Official Trustee. Payment of trust moneys into bank to credit of Official Trustee. 1847 c. 96, s. 1; 1893 c. 53, c. 42. Transfer of trust securities into name of Official Trustee. 1847 c. 96, s. 1. Conveyance of land in trust to Official Trustee. 1847 c. 96, s. 1. Certificate to be given by Official Trustee. 1847 c. 96, s. 1. Order for payment, etc. by majority of trustees without concurrence of others. 1893 c. 53, s. 42. Administration of trust estate. 1847 c. 96, s. 2. Charges upon trust estate administered by Official Trustee. General rights and powers of Official Trustee. 1906 c. 55, s. 11(2). Limitation of liability of Official Trustee. Rules for administration of trust funds. Application by company to be registered as a trust company. (Cap. 32.) Second Schedule. (Cap. 155.) (Cap.155.)(Cap.32.)(Cap.155.)(23of 1975.)[*1.7.75] (Cap.32.) Issue of certificate. Register of trust companies to be kept. Deposit to be held as security. Objects. Trust company may act as executor. Trust company to apply for probate or administration. Procedure as to petitions, etc. Appointment of a company to be a trustee. Joint tenancy. Trust company may act as agent. Security not required. Trust funds to be kept separate. Investment of trust funds. Investment of trust company's own funds. Loans to trust company officers,etc.prohibited. Borrowing. Investigation by inspector. Special provision as to winding up a trust company,(Cap.32.) Personal liability of officers of a company. Offences. Not to be guardian or committee. Restriction on holding shares in a trust company. (Cap. 155.) (Cap.32.) (Cap.155.) Voluntary winding-up or disposal may be restrained. Liability and powers of trust company. Registration of a trust company as shareholder, etc. not notice of trust. Unclaimed money to be paid into court. Fees payable by trust companies. First Schedule. Registration of certain banking corporation as trust companies. Limitation of powers of inspectors under section 95. Striking off trust company registered under section 106. Indemnity.1925 c.19.s.66. Trustee Investments Act 1961.First Schedule, Parts I & II. (1956 c. 54.) (1946 c. 46.)(1945 c. 42.)(1956 c. 54.)(1959 c. 33.) (1958 c. 45.) (Cap. 333.) (Cap. 155.) (Cap. 333.) (Cap. 328.) (Cap. 328.) (Cap. 333.)

Abstract

Originally 18 of 1934. (Cap. 29, 1950.) 17 of 1939. 9 of 1950. 22 of 1950. 24 of 1950. 31 of 1965. 48 of 1968. 84 of 1970. L.N. 176/70. L.N. 195/70. 27 of 1971. 71 of 1971. 51 of 1972. 72 of 1973. 23 of 1975. 36 of 1975. 90 of 1975. L.N. 313/76. L.N. 16/77. L.N. 7/79. 2 of 1983. L.N. 28/84. 62 of 1984. 27 of 1985. Short title. Interpretation. [cf.1925 c. 19, s. 68.] Application. 1925 c. 19, s. 69. Authorized investments. Second Schedule. Retention of redeemable stocks until redemption. [cf.1925 c. 19, s. 2.] Discretion of trustees. 1925 c. 19, s. 3. Retention of unauthorized investment. 1925 c. 19, s. 4. Investment in bearer securities. 1925 c. 19, s. 7. Loans and investments by trustees not chargeable as breaches of trust. 1925 c. 19, s. 8. Liability for loss by reason of improper investment. 1925 c. 19, s. 9. Powers supplementary to powers of investment. 1925 c. 19, s. 10. Power to deposit at bank and to pay calls. 1925 c. 19, s. 11. Power of trustees for sale to sell by auction, etc. 1925 c. 19, s. 12. Power to sell subject to depreciatory conditions. 1925 c. 19, s. 13. Power of trustees to give receipts. 1925 c. 19, s. 14. Power to do other acts. 1925 c. 19, s. 15. Powers of trustees of renewable leaseholds to renew and raise money for the purpose. 1893 c. 53, s. 19. Power to raise money by sale, mortgage, etc. 1925 c. 19, s. 16. Protection to purchasers and mortgagees dealing with trustees. 1925 c. 19, s. 17. Devolution of powers or trusts. 1925 c. 19, s. 18. Power to insure. 1925 c. 19, s. 19. Application of insurance money where policy kept up under any trust, power or obligation. 1925 c. 19, s. 20. Deposit of documents for safe custody. 1925 c. 19, s. 21. Reversionary interests, valuations, and audit. 1925 c. 19, s. 22. Power to employ agents. 1925 c. 19, s. 23. Power to concur with others. 1925 c. 19, s. 24. Power to delegate trusts. [cf. 1971 c. 27, s. 9. & cf. 1925 c. 19, s. 25.] Protection against liability in respect of rents and covenants. 1925 c. 19, s. 26. Protection by means of advertisement. 1925 c. 19, s. 27. Protection in regard to notice. 1925 c. 19, s. 28. Implied indemnity of trustees. 1925 c. 19, s. 30. Power to apply income for maintenance and to accumulate surplus income during a minority. 1925 c. 19, s. 31. Power of advancement. 1925 c. 19, s. 32. Protective trusts. 1925 c. 19, s. 33. Limitation of the number of trustees. 1925 c. 19, s. 34. Power of appointing new or additional trustees. 1925 c. 19, s. 36. Supplemental provisions as to appointment of trustees. 1925 c. 19, s. 37. Evidence as to a vacancy in a trust. 1925 c. 19, s. 38. Retirement of trustee without a new appointment. 1925 c. 19, s. 39. Vesting of trust property in new or continuing trustees. 1925 c. 19, s. 40. Power of court to appoint new trustees. 1925 c. 19, s. 41. Power to authorize remuneration. 1925 c. 19, s. 42. Powers of new trustee appointed by court. 1925 c. 19, s. 43. Vesting orders of land. 1925 c. 19, s. 44. Orders as to contingent rights of unborn persons. 1925 c. 19, s. 45. Vesting order in place of conveyance by infant mortgagee. 1925 c. 19, s. 46. Vesting order consequential on order for sale or mortgage of land. 1925 c. 19, s. 47. Vesting order consequential on judgment for specific performance, etc. 1925 c. 19, s. 48. Effect of vesting order. 1925 c. 19, s. 49. Power to appoint person to convey. 1925 c. 19, s. 50. Vesting orders as to stock and thing in action. 1925 c. 19, s. 51. Vesting orders of charity property. 1925 c. 19, s. 52. Vesting orders in relation to infant's beneficial interest. 1925 c. 19, s. 53. Orders made upon certain allegations to be conclusive evidence. 1925 c. 19, s. 55. Power of court to authorize dealing with trust property. 1925 c. 19, s. 57. Persons entitled to apply for orders. 1925 c. 19, s. 58. Power to give judgment in absence of a trustee. 1925 c. 19, s. 59. Power to charge costs on trust estate. 1925 c. 19, s. 60. Power to relieve trustee from personal liability. 1925 c. 19, s. 61. Power to make beneficiary indemnify for breach of trust. 1925 c. 19, s. 62. Payment into court by trustees. 1925 c. 19, s. 63. Power of court on application to appoint judicial trustee. 1896 c. 35, s. 1. Rules. 1896 c. 35, s. 4. Definitions. 1896 c. 35, s. 5. Appointment of Official Trustee. Payment of trust moneys into bank to credit of Official Trustee. 1847 c. 96, s. 1; 1893 c. 53, c. 42. Transfer of trust securities into name of Official Trustee. 1847 c. 96, s. 1. Conveyance of land in trust to Official Trustee. 1847 c. 96, s. 1. Certificate to be given by Official Trustee. 1847 c. 96, s. 1. Order for payment, etc. by majority of trustees without concurrence of others. 1893 c. 53, s. 42. Administration of trust estate. 1847 c. 96, s. 2. Charges upon trust estate administered by Official Trustee. General rights and powers of Official Trustee. 1906 c. 55, s. 11(2). Limitation of liability of Official Trustee. Rules for administration of trust funds. Application by company to be registered as a trust company. (Cap. 32.) Second Schedule. (Cap. 155.) (Cap.155.)(Cap.32.)(Cap.155.)(23of 1975.)[*1.7.75] (Cap.32.) Issue of certificate. Register of trust companies to be kept. Deposit to be held as security. Objects. Trust company may act as executor. Trust company to apply for probate or administration. Procedure as to petitions, etc. Appointment of a company to be a trustee. Joint tenancy. Trust company may act as agent. Security not required. Trust funds to be kept separate. Investment of trust funds. Investment of trust company's own funds. Loans to trust company officers,etc.prohibited. Borrowing. Investigation by inspector. Special provision as to winding up a trust company,(Cap.32.) Personal liability of officers of a company. Offences. Not to be guardian or committee. Restriction on holding shares in a trust company. (Cap. 155.) (Cap.32.) (Cap.155.) Voluntary winding-up or disposal may be restrained. Liability and powers of trust company. Registration of a trust company as shareholder, etc. not notice of trust. Unclaimed money to be paid into court. Fees payable by trust companies. First Schedule. Registration of certain banking corporation as trust companies. Limitation of powers of inspectors under section 95. Striking off trust company registered under section 106. Indemnity.1925 c.19.s.66. Trustee Investments Act 1961.First Schedule, Parts I & II. (1956 c. 54.) (1946 c. 46.)(1945 c. 42.)(1956 c. 54.)(1959 c. 33.) (1958 c. 45.) (Cap. 333.) (Cap. 155.) (Cap. 333.) (Cap. 328.) (Cap. 328.) (Cap. 333.)

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2265

Edition

1964

Volume

v3

Subsequent Cap No.

29

Number of Pages

58
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:05:09 +0800
<![CDATA[CROWN LAND REGULATIONS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2264

Title

CROWN LAND REGULATIONS

Description






CROWN LAND REGULATIONS
(Cap. 28, section 19)
[1st October 1972]

L.N. 158 of 1972 L.N. 33 of 1974, L.N. 320 of 1976, R. Ed. 1976, L.N. 94 of 1986, L.N. 32 of
1989

1. Citation

These regulations may be cited as the Crown Land Regulations.

2. Fees for licences in Hong Kong,

Kowloon and New Kowloon

(1) The fee payable for a licence to occupy Crown land in an area specified in
column 2 of Part I of Schedule I, for a purpose not specified in column 2 of Part II of
that Schedule, shall be that specified in column 3 of Part I of that Schedule
(hereinafter referred to as the 'urban area standard rate').

(2) The fee payable for a licence to occupy Crown land for a purpose specified
in column 2 of Part II of Schedule I, shall be that specified in column 3 of Part 11 of
that Schedule.

(3) Except in the case of a licence to occupy Crown land for the purpose
mentioned in item 7, 15, 18 or 19 of Part II of Schedule 1 or as otherwise provided,
the minimun fee for a licence to occupy Crown land in Hong Kong, Kowloon and
New Kowloon shall be $10. (L.N.33 of 1974)

(4) For the purpose of item 1 of Part II of Schedule I the decision of the
Authority as to whether other cultivation is 1 st Class or 2nd Class shall be final.

(5) For the purpose of item 9 of Part II of Schedule I, the decision of the
Authority as to whether any land will be or is being used for nonprofit-making,
charitable or welfare purposes shall be final.



3. Fees for licences in the New Territories

(1) The fee payable for a licence to occupy Crown land in the New Territories
(excluding New Kowloon) for a purpose not specified in column 2 of Part 11 of
Schedule 2, shall be that specified in Part 1 of that Schedule (hereinafter referred to
as the 'New Territories standard rate').

(2) The fee payable for a licence to occupy Crown land in the New Territories
(excluding New Kowloon) for a purpose specified in column 2 of Part II of Schedule
2, shall be that specified in column 3 of Part II of that Schedule.





(3) Except in the case of a licence to occupy Crown land for the purpose
mentioned in item 6, 9, 14, 17 or 18 of Part II of Schedule 2 or as otherwise provided,
the minimum fee for a licence to occupy Crown land in the New Territories shall be
$5. (L.N. 33 of 1974)

(4) For the purpose of item 9 of Part II of Schedule 2, the decision of the
Authority as to whether any land will be or is being used for nonprofit-making,
charitable or welfare purposes shall be final.

4. Duplicate licences

The Authority may, if satisfied that a licence issued under the Ordinance has
been lost or destroyed, issue a duplicate thereof upon payment of a fee of $5.

5. Calculation of fees

If a fee payable under these regulations includes

(a)a number of cents less than 50, the number of cents shall be
disregarded;

(b)50 or more cents, such number of cents shall be regarded as one extra
dollar.

6. Boundaries of districts

(1) The boundaries of any district specified in any Schedule shall be those
shown on a map signed by the Director of Buildings and Lands and lodged in the
Buildings and Lands Department. (L.N. 94 of 1986)

(2) Any such map may be inspected free of charge during office hours by any
person.

SCHEDULE I m 21

PANT I

URBAN AREA STANDARD RATES

Item District Fee

1 Hong Kong-
(a) Northern Sector from Shau Kei Wan to Kennedy
Town (inclusive) ............$10 per sq. metre per annum.
(b) Chai Wan and Aberdeen ...$5 per sq. metre per annum
(c) Village areas ...........$2.50 per sq. metre per annum
(d) Remainder of District ...$1.00 per sq. metre per annum,
.............................(L.N. 320 of 1976)





Item District Fee

2.Kowloon $10 per sq. metre per annum
(L.N. 320 of 1976)
3.New Kowloon-
(a) West of Sha Tin Pass Road (including Hong Kong
Airport) ...................$10 per sq. metre per annum
(b) East of Sha Tin Pass Road to Kwun Tong $10 per sq. metre per annum
(e) Cha Kwo Ling ...........$5 per sq. metre per annum
(d) Yau Tong ...............$5 per sq. metre per annum.
(e) Lei Yue Mun ............$2.50 per sq. metre per annum,
............................(L.N. 320 of 1976)

PART II
SPECIAL
RATES

Item Purpose Fee

1...........................Cultivation-
(a) Pleasure garden and flower growing $1,250 per hectare per annum
(b) Grass growing .........$250 per hectare per annum
(c) Other cultivation- 1 st class $1,250 per hectare per annum
2nd class .................$625 per hectare per annum
(d) Temporary building erected on area (a), (b) or (c) $1.00 per sq. metre per annum
...........................(Minimum fee $20 per annum)
...........................(L.N. 320 of 1976)
2...........................Drying Ground (including any building permitted
thereon) ..................1 of Urban Area Standard Rate
3...........................Excavation Permit No fee
...........................(L.N. 33 of 1974)
4...........................Filling Station (including any building permitted thereon
and any tank associated therewith)-
(a) One outlet-
(i) Central Town ..........$3,000 per annum
(ii) Town .................$2,500 per annum
(iii) Suburb ............$2,000 per annum
(iv) Country ..............$1,500 per annum
(b) Each additional outlet 5500 per annum
5...........................Government building (including any land connected
therewith) ................Open market rental value

6..............Harbour service kiosk ......................................... $120
per annum
7..............Military encroachment $1.00 per annum

8. Miscellaneous encroachment considered by the

Authority to be of a minor nature......................... ......
$20 per annum

9............................Non-profit-making, charitable and welfare purposes
(including any building permitted thereon) $10 per annum





Item Purpose Fee

10. Pier .................... of Urban Area Standard Rate

11. Playground (including any building permitted thereon)- $250 per annum

12. Removal permit (for removal of earth, turf or stone) Variable rate, as determined by
.............................the Authority
13. Shipbreaking ............$10 per ship per day (Minimum
.............................fee $250)
14. Slipway .................i of Urban Area Standard Rate

15. Utihty-

(a) Poles (for overhead lines), underground cables and

mains ...................No fee

(b) Pylons (for overhead lines) having an envelope area

being an area of land used for the base and

foundations of the pylon tower including any
additional area of land overhung by any structures

or fixtures attached to the pylon tower ............... $10 per sq. metre
of pylon

envelope area per annum,

(e) Any pipeline or cable laid through Government

tunnels .....................$6 per 10 rum diameter per metre
.............................per annum
.............................(L.N. 32 of 1989)
16. Vehicle Parking-
(a) Covered-
(i) not exceeding 60 M2 .....1 of Urban Area Standard Rate
(ii) exceeding 60 in 2 ......Urban Area Standard Rate

(b) Open (including any building permitted thereon not

exceeding 10 M2) .......1 of Urban Area Standard Rate
........................(L.N. 320 of 1976)

17.Water Supply (including intakes, pipelines, wells,

reservoirs, pumphouses, etc.)--

(a) Agricultural ...................................... $20 per annum per
installation

(b) Domestic, industrial and commercial $100 per annum. per
installation

18.Works Contract (area occupied in connection with a

Public Works Contract) .....No fee
19...........................Dumping No fee

(L.N. 33 of 1974)

SCHEDULE 2 [reg. 3]

PART I







NEW TERRITORIES STANDARD RATE

30 cents per sq. metre per annum,





PART II

SPECIAL RATES

Item Purpose Fee
1. Cultivation-

(a) Pleasure Garden ........$1,250 per hectare per annum
(b) Unimproved grazing and grass cutting 50 cents per hectare or part
............................thereof per annum
(c) Cultivation (including flower and grass growing, fish
pond, threshing floor, salt pan and like use) $20 per hectare per annum
(d) Temporary building erected on (a), (b) or (c) 30 cents per sq. metre per annum
............................(L.N. 320 of 1976)
2.Drying Ground (including any building permitted
thereon) ...................$1,250 per hectare per annum

(L.N. 320 of 1976)

3.Excavation permit No fee
............................(L.N. 33 of 1974)
4.Filling Station (including any building permitted thereon
and any tank associated therewith)-
(a) One outlet .............$1,500.00 per annum
(b) Each additional outlet .$500 per annum
5.Government building (including any land connected
therewith) .................Open market rental value
6.Military encroachment $1.00 per annum
7.Miscellaneous encroachment considered by the
Authority to be of a minor nature $10.00 per annum
8.Motor boat service kiosk $120.00 per annum
9.Non-profit-making, charitable and welfare purposes
(including any building permitted thereon) $1.00 per annum
10.Pier or slipway 10 cents per sq. metre per annum
............................(L.N. 320 of 1976)

11.Playground (including any building permitted thereon) $250.00 per annum

12.Removal permit (for removal of earth, turf or stone) Variable rate, as determined by
the Authority

13.Shipbreaking ......................................... $10.00 per
ship per day
............................(Minimum fee $250.00)

14. Utility

(a) Poles (for overhead lines), underground cables and

mains ..................No fee

(b) Pylons (for overhead lines) having an envelope area
being an area of land used for the base and
foundations of the pylon tower including any
additional area of land overhung by any structures
or fixtures attached to the pylon tower $10 per sq. metre of pylon

envelope area per annum

Abstract



Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2264

Edition

1964

Volume

v3

Subsequent Cap No.

28

Number of Pages

6
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:05:08 +0800
<![CDATA[CROWN LAND ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2263

Title

CROWN LAND ORDINANCE

Description






LAWS OF HONG KONG

CROWN LAND ORDINANCE

CHAPTER 28





CHAPTER 28

CROWN LAND ORDINANCE

ARRANGEMENT OF SECTIONS

Section Page
PART I

PRELIMINARY
1. Short title ... ... ... ... ..... ... ... ... ... ... ... 2

2. Interpretation ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 2
3. Designation of Authorities ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 3

PART II

OCCUPATION OF UNLEASED
LAND

4. Occupation of unleased land ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 3
5. Issue and validity of licences ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...... 3
6. Unlawful occupation of leased land ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 3
6A. Presumption... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 4
7. Prohibition of removal of earth, turf or stone from unleased land ... ... .. 5

PART III

EXCAVATIONS IN UNLEASED
LAND

8. Control of excavations in unleased land ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... .. 5
9. Reinstatement of unleased land after excavation ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 5
10. Provision of safety facilities in connexion with excavation ... ... ... ... ... 6

PART IV

SUMMARY REMEDY FOR BREACHES OF CROWN LEASES AND
LICENCES

11. Duty of lessee or licensee to notify Authority of unlawful structure ... ... 6

12. Demolition of unlawful structures ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 7

13. Power of entry and inspection ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...

PART V

PRIVATE
STREETS

14. Vesting of private streets in the Crown ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 9
15. No action to lie in respect of extinguishment of rights in private street ... ... 9

PART VI

GENERAL
15A.Power of approval by Governor in Council in Crown leases ... ... ... ... 9
16. Obstruction ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 9
16A.False statements ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 9
16B.Evidence by certificate ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... . ... ... 10
17. Use of force ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 10
18. No claim to lie against the Government or Authority ... ... ... ... ... ... 10
18A.Delegation ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 10
19. Regulations ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 10






20.Saving ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 11

Schedule. Designated Authorities ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 11





CHAPTER 28

CROWN LAND

To provide for matters relating to Crown land.

[1 October 1972.]

PART I

PRELIMINARY

1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Crown Land Ordinance.

2. In this Ordinance, unless the context otherwise requires

'authorized person' means any public officer, or other person, acting on
the direction of the Authority given under section 6(2), (2A) or
(4A) or section 12(2) and any public officer or other person
assisting any such public officer or other person; (Amended, 56 of
1979, s. 2)

'excavation permit means an excavation permit issued under section 8;

leased land' means land which is(a) held under a Crown lease; or (b)
vested in a person by an Ordinance;

'lessee' means a person holding leased land;

'licence' means a licence issued under section 5;

'licensee' means a person occupying land under a licence or under a
licence or permit granted or issued under any other Ordinance;

'licensing authority' means the Authority empowered by section 5 to
issue a licence;

,,occupy' includes use, inhabit, be in possession of, enjoy, erect or
maintain a structure on or over, and place or maintain anything on,
land;

'private street means a street or part of a street on leased land;

',structure' includes a stilt, platform, fence and any other thing erected
on or over land;

'unleased land' means land which is not leased land;

'urban area' means Hong Kong Island, Kowloon and New Kowloon.





3. (1) For the purpose of the provisions of this Ordinance specified
in the first column of the Schedule the Authority shall, in the areas
specified in the second column of that Schedule, be the person or public
officer specified in respect thereof in the third column of that Schedule.
(Amended, 23 of 1973, s. 36)

(2) The Governor may by notice in the Gazette amend the Schedule.

PART II

OCCUPATION OF UNLEASED LAND

4. Unleased land shall not be occupied except under a licence or a
deed or memorandum of appropriation.

5. (1) The Authority may, on payment of the appropriate prescribed
fee, issue a licence to occupy unleased land.

(2) Subject to subsection (3), a licence shall be valid for the period
specified therein and may be renewed for such period as the licensing
authority thinks fit.

(3) A licence may be terminated by the licensing authority by
giving such notice as may be specified in the licence.

6. (1) Subject to subsection (2A), if unleased land is occupied,
otherwise than under a licence or a deed or memorandum of
appropriation, the Authority may cause a notice, requiring the
occupation of the land to cease before such date as may be specified in
the notice, to be posted in one or more places- (Amended, 56 of 1979, s.
3)

(a)on or near the land; or

(b)on any property or structure on the land.

(2) If the occupation of unleased land does not cease as required
by a notice under subsection (1), any public officer, or other person,
acting on the direction of the Authority may, with the assistance of
such other public officers or other persons as may be necessary

(a)remove from the land the persons (if any) thereon; and

(b)take possession of any property or structure on the land.

(2A) Notwithstanding subsection (1), where

(a)a structure is being erected on or over unleased land,
otherwise than under a licence or a deed or memorandum of
appropriation; or

(b)a structure has been erected on unleased land, otherwise than
under a licence or a deed or memorandum of appropriation,
and the Authority is reasonably satisfied that the structure is
not being habitually and bona fide used,





any public officer, or other person, acting on the direction of the
Authority may, with the assistance of such other public officers or other
persons as may be necessary, and without giving any notice

(i) remove from the structure any person or property therein;

(ii) demolish the structure; and

(iii) take possession of such property and of any property resulting
from the demolition of the structure. (Added 56 of 1979, s. 3)

(3) Any property or structure of which possession is taken under
subsection (2)(b) or subsection (2A)(iii) shall become the property of the
Crown free from the rights of any person and may be demolished or
otherwise dealt with as the Authority thinks fit. (Amended, 56 of 1979, s.
3)

(4) Any person occupying unleased land, otherwise than under a
licence or a deed or memorandum of appropriation, who without
reasonable excuse does not cease to occupy the same as required by a
notice under subsection (1) shall be guilty of an offence and shall be
liable on conviction to a fine of 510,000 and to imprisonment for 6
months.

(4A) Any person who

(a)is engaged in any way in the erection of a structure on
unleased land; or

(b)arranges or directs the erection of a structure on unleased land,

being a structure being erected otherwise than under a licence or a deed
or memorandum of appropriation, shall be guilty of an offence and shall
be liable on conviction

(i) where the offender has been engaged in any way in, or has
arranged or directed, the erection of the structure for the
purpose of disposing of the structure for gain for himself or
another, to a fine of $50,000 and to imprisonment for 1 year;
and

(ii) in any other case, to a fine of $10,000 and to imprisonment for 6
months. (Added, 56 of 1979, s. 3. Amended, 46 of 1982,s.2)

(5) The Authority may recover from any person convicted of an
offence under subsection (4) or (4A) any cost incurred in or arising out
of the demolition of any property or structure under subsection (M) or
(3) and the exercise of the powers conferred by this section. (Amended,
56 of 1979, s. 3)

6A. In any proceedings for an offence under paragraph (a) or (b) of
section 6(4A) in respect of any structure, any person who is proved to
have done any act specified in paragraph (a) or (b) of that section shall,
until the contrary is proved, be presumed to have done so for the
purpose of disposing of that structure for gain.

(Added, 46 of 1982, s. 3)





7. (1) No person shall extract or remove earth, turf or stone from
unleased land except under and in accordance with a removal permit
issued under this section.

(2) The Authority may issue a removal permit authorizing the
extraction and removal of earth, turf or stone from unleased land.

(3) A removal permit shall be valid for the period specified therein,
but the Authority may extend the period for which the permit is valid.

(4) Any person who contravenes subsection (1) shall be guilty of
an offence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine of $5,000 and to
imprisonment for 6 months.

PART III

EXCAVATIONS IN UNLEASED LAND

8. (1) Except under and in accordance with a prospecting licence,
mining licence or sand removal permit, a person shall not make or
maintain any excavation in unleased land, except under and in
accordance with an excavation permit issued under this section.

(2) The Authority may issue an excavation permit authorizing the
making of excavations in unleased land.

(3) An excavation permit shall be valid for the period specified
therein, but the Authority may extend the period for which the permit is
valid.

(4) Any person who contravenes subsection (1) shall be guilty of
an offence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine of $5,000 and to
imprisonment for 6 months.

(5) The Authority may, if any person makes or maintains an
excavation in unleased land, without an excavation permit, carry out
such works as he considers necessary to reinstate and make good the
land on which the excavation is made or maintained and any other land
the reinstatement and making good of which is, in his opinion,
necessary in consequence of the excavation and may recover the cost
of any work carried out by him under this subsection from the person
who made or maintained the excavation.

9. (1) A person who makes an excavation in unleased land under an
excavation permit shall, before the expiry of the permit, reinstate and
make good the land as required by any conditions of the permit.

(2) If any unleased land is not reinstated and made good in
accordance with subsection (1) either

(a) before the expiry of the permit; or

(b) as required by any conditions of the permit,





as the case may be, the Authority may carry out such work as he
considers necessary to reinstate and make good the land, and any other
land the reinstatement and making good of which is, in his opinion,
necessary in consequence of the excavation, notwithstanding that the
works for the carrying out of which the excavation was made have not
been completed.

(3) The Authority may recover from the person to whom the
excavation permit was issued

(a)the, cost of any work carried out by the Authority under
subsection (2); and

(b)the cost of work carried out by the Authority to reinstate and
make good any unleased land if the necessity for such work

(i) arises within 12 months after the completion of work for
the reinstatement and making good of the land under this
section; and

(ii) is attributable to any fault on the part of such person or
his servants or agents.

10. If any condition of an excavation permit requiring the provision
of facilities for the safety or convenience of the public is contravened,
the Authority may provide such facilities and recover the cost thereof
from the person to whom the permit was issued.

PART IV

SUMMARY REMEDY FOR BREACHES OF CROWN
LEASES AND LICENCES
'(Replaced, 56 of 1979, s. 4)

11. (1) If it comes to the knowledge of a lessee or licensee that, in
breach of the Crown lease or licence, a structure

(a)is being erected or placed on the land or on any building on
the land; or

(b)has been erected or placed thereon since 22 October 1965,

otherwise than by him or on his behalf, the lessee or licensee shall
notify the Authority within 48 hours.

(2) Any person who without reasonable excuse contravenes
subsection (1) shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable on
conviction to a fine of 51,000.

(3) In proceedings for an offence under subsection (2), the lessee
or licensee shall be presumed to have known that the structure was
being or had been erected or placed on the land, unless he proves that
he did not know, and could not reasonably have known, of the same.





12. (1) If-

(a)a structure is being or has been erected or placed on leased
land, or on land occupied under a licence, or on any building
on such land, in breach of a Crown lease or licence; or

(b)a structure on leased land or land occupied under a licence,
being a structure which by virtue of a covenant, condition or
stipulation in a Crown lease or licence can be used only for
agricultural purposes

(i) is being used for any other purpose in breach of that
covenant, condition or stipulation; and

(ii) the use for that other purpose is not authorized by any
permission granted, or does not appear in any survey or
record made, by the Authority before the date* on which the
Crown Land (Amendment) Ordinance 1979 came into
operation,

the Authority may, by notice in writing served on the lessee or licensee,
require him

(i) in a case to which paragraph (a) applies, to demolish the
structure;

(ii) in a case to which paragraph (b) applies, to discontinue such
use and, if the Authority thinks it appropriate, to restore the
structure so that it may be used for agricultural purposes,

before such date as may be specified in the notice. (Replaced, 56 of
1979,s.5)

(2) If a lessee or licensee does not comply with a notice served on
him under subsection (1), any public officer, or other person, acting on
the direction of the Authority may, with the assistance of such other
public officers or other persons as may be necessary, enter on the land
and

(a)in a case to which subsection (1)(a) applies, demolish the
structure;

(b)in a case to which subsection (1)(b) applies, demolish the
structure or, if the Authority thinks fit, carry out such works
as may be necessary to restore the structure so that it may be
used for agricultural purposes. (Amended, 56 of 1979,s.5)

(3) A lessee or licensee (for the purpose of complying xtith a notice
under subsection (1)) and (for the purpose of subsection (2)) any
authorized person may

(a)remove from the structure any person or property therein; and

(b)take possession of such property and of any property
resulting from the demolition of the structure.





(4) Any property of which possession is taken under subsection
(3)(b) by an authorized person shall become the property of the Crown
free from the rights of any person and, subject to subsection (5), may be
dealt with as the Authority thinks fit.

(5)The Governor may order that-

(a)the whole or a part of any property which has become the
property of the Crown under subsection (4); or

(b)the whole or a part of the value of any such property,

shall be delivered or paid to any person who appears to him to have a
moral claim thereto.

(6) The Authority may recover from the lessee or licensee any cost
incurred in or arising out of the demolition of a structure under
subsection (2) and of the exercise of the powers conferred by
subsection (3).

(7)A notice under subsection (1) may be served by-

(a)delivering it to the lessee or licensee;

(b)posting it to him by registered post addressed to his last place
of business or residence known to the Authority; or

(c)posting the notice in or on the land or structure to which the
notice relates.

(8) The powers conferred by this section are in addition to and not
in derogation from the powers conferred on the Crown by the Crown
Rights (Re-entry and Vesting Remedies) Ordinance. (Added, 56 of 1979, s.
5)

13. For the purpose of------

(a)ascertaining whether there has been a breach of a Crown lease
or licence for the purposes of section 12(1); or

(b)carrying out any work or interviewing any person prior to the
clearance of any land or the demolition of any structure on
leased land or land occupied under a licence in accordance
with the powers conferred by this Ordinance,

any public officer authorized in writing by the Authority may, on
production of his authority, enter and inspect the land and any
structure thereon at any reasonable time and may also carry out

(i) any interview or investigation;

(ii) any screening, or affixing of numbers on structures. for the
purpose of establishing eligibility of persons for public
housing; and

(iii) any computation of compensation and allowances for any
industrial, commercial or agricultural undertaking.

(Replaced, 56 of 1979, s. 6)





PART V

PRIVATE STREETS

14. (1) If a Crown lease, or an agreement for surrender relating to
leased land, contains a provision that the lessee shall, when required,
hand back any private street to the Crown free of cost, the Authority
may, by notice in the Gazette declare the private street, or such part
thereof as may be specified in the notice, to be a public street.

(2) The Authority shall, within 7 days after the publication of a
notice under subsection (1), register a copy thereof in the Land Office
together with a plan showing the land declared by such notice to be a
public street.

(3) Upon the registration under subsection (2) in the Land Office of
a copy of a notice published under subsection (1)

(a)all rights and obligations of the lessee in, upon or over the
private street, or the part of the private street specified in the
notice, shall be extinguished; and

(b)the private street, or such part of the private street, shall vest
in the Crown free from the rights of any person in the same
manner and to the same effect as if it had been surrendered to
the Crown.

15. No action shall be brought or continued, and no compensation
shall be payable, in respect of the extinguishment under section 14(3) of
the rights of any person in, upon or over the private street or such part
of the private street.

PART VI

GENERAL

15A. Where any Crown lease contains a condition to the effect that
any matter or thing may not be done without the approval or consent of
the Governor in Council, the condition shall be deemed to include a
provision that the power of the Governor in Council to grant approval or
give consent may be exercised by the Governor.

(Added, 72 of 1973, s. 2)

16. Any person who obstructs an authorized person exercising any
power, performing any duty, or carrying out any function, under this
Ordinance shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable on conviction
to a fine of $5,000 and to imprisonment for 6 months.

16A. Any person who makes a statement

(a)in reply to any question put to him under or for the purposes of
this Ordinance; or





(b)in any document required by, under or for the purposes of this
Ordinance,

which he knows to be false or misleading in a material particular shall be
guilty of an offence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine of $2,000
and to imprisonment for 6 months.

(Added, 56 of 1979, s. 7)

16B In any proceedings for an offence under this Ordinance, a
certificate having attached thereto a map relating to any land in respect
of which the offence is alleged to have been committed and purporting
to be signed by an Estate Surveyor and certifying that

(a) the land as shown on the map is unleased land, and

(b) (i) no licence, deed or memorandum of appropriation has been
granted authorizing erection of a structure on the land; or

(ii) no removal permit has been granted authorizing the
extraction and removal of earth, turf or stone from the land; or

(iii) no excavation licence has been granted authorizing the
making or maintaining of any excavation in the land,

shall be admitted in evidence on its production without further proof
and

(A)until the contrary is proved it shall be presumed that the
certificate was signed by an Estate Surveyor; and

(B)the certificate and the map attached thereto shall be prima facie
evidence of the facts contained therein.

(Added, 46 of 1982, s. 4)

17. An authorized person may use such force as may be necessary
for the exercise of any power. the performance of any duty. or the
carrying out of any function, under this Ordinance.

18. (1) Neither the Government nor the Authority shall be liable for
any loss or damage suffered by any person in consequence of anything
done under section 6. 8 or 12 by the Authority.

(2) In this section. 'Authority' includes any authorized person.

18A. An Authority under this Ordinance may delegate any of its
powers and functions to any public officer or class of public officer.

(A (Added 23 of'] 9 73, s.
36 1

19. The Governor in Council may make regulations for all or any of
the following purposes

(a)prescribing anything which is to be or may be prescribed
under this Ordinance;

(b)providing for applications for licences or copies of licences;





(c)fixing fees for the issue of copies of licences;

(d)empowering any public officer to determine whether land
occupied or to be occupied under a licence is being or will be
occupied for non-profit making, charitable or welfare purposes;

(e)generally, for the better carrying out of this Ordinance.

20. Nothing in this Ordinance shall affect the rights or powers of
the Crown or any public officer under any other law.

SCHEDULE Is. 3.1

DESIGNATED
AUTHORITIES

In this Schedule, railway and means 'and the fence or. other boundary
marks indicating !be limits of for the kowloon G-

'Housing Authority estate- means land vested in the Housing Authority
which the Housing Authority has control and management.

Section Area Authority


5(1) Urban area. Director of except for railway land /air
and Housing Authority estates.
General Manager of the Kowloon Canton
Railway, in the case of railway land.
New Territories, except Director of Lands. except for railway land
New Kowloon. or Housing Authority estates.

General Manager of the Kowloon Canton
Railway, in the case fo failway land

6(1) Urban area. Director of Lands, the Urban Council or the
6(2) Housing Authority.
6(2A)
6(3) New Territories, exceptDirector of Lands or the Housing Authority.

6(4A) and New Kowloon.
6(5)

7(2) Urban area. Director of Lands.
7(3)
8(2) New Territories, except
8(3) New Kowloon. case of streets maintained by the
8(5) Development Department
9(2)
9(3) and Director of Lands in the case of unleased
10 land and streets, other than streets main-
tained by the Engineering Development
Department
11(1)Urban area. The Director of Housing.
New Territories, except Director of Lands or the Director of
New Kowloon. Housing.
12(1)Urban area. Director of Lands or the Director of
12(2)Housing.
12(4)
12(6)New Territories, except Director of Lands or the Director of
12(7) and New Kowloon. Housing.
13
14(1) and Urban area and New Director of Lands.

14(2) Territories.

(Amended, 23 of 1973, s. 36; L.N 94174; L.N. 113174; L.N. 269176; 56 of
1979, s. 8; L.N. 347181; L.N. 370181 and L.N. 76182)
Originally 54 of 1972. 23 of 1973. 72 of 1973. L.N. 94/74. L.N. 113/74. L.N. 269/76. 56 of 1979. L.N. 347/81. L.N. 370/81. L.N. 76/82. 46 of 1982. L.N. 186/72. Short title. Interpretation. Designation of Authorities. Schedule. Occupation of unleased land. Issue and validity of licences. Unlawful occupation of unleased land. Presumption. Prohibition of removal of earth, turf or stone from unleased land. Control of excavations in unleased land. Reinstatement of unleased land after excavation. Provision of safety facilities in connexion with excavation. Duty of lessee or licensee to notify Authority of unlawful structure. Demolition of unlawful structures. (56 of 1979.) [*20.7.79.] (Cap. 126.) Power of entry and inspection. Vesting of private streets in the Crown. No action to lie in respect of extinguishment or rights in private street. Power of approval by Governor in Council in Crown leases. Obstruction. False statements. Evidence by certificate. Use of force. No claim to lie against the Government or Authority. Delegation. Regulations. Saving.

Abstract

Originally 54 of 1972. 23 of 1973. 72 of 1973. L.N. 94/74. L.N. 113/74. L.N. 269/76. 56 of 1979. L.N. 347/81. L.N. 370/81. L.N. 76/82. 46 of 1982. L.N. 186/72. Short title. Interpretation. Designation of Authorities. Schedule. Occupation of unleased land. Issue and validity of licences. Unlawful occupation of unleased land. Presumption. Prohibition of removal of earth, turf or stone from unleased land. Control of excavations in unleased land. Reinstatement of unleased land after excavation. Provision of safety facilities in connexion with excavation. Duty of lessee or licensee to notify Authority of unlawful structure. Demolition of unlawful structures. (56 of 1979.) [*20.7.79.] (Cap. 126.) Power of entry and inspection. Vesting of private streets in the Crown. No action to lie in respect of extinguishment or rights in private street. Power of approval by Governor in Council in Crown leases. Obstruction. False statements. Evidence by certificate. Use of force. No claim to lie against the Government or Authority. Delegation. Regulations. Saving.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2263

Edition

1964

Volume

v3

Subsequent Cap No.

28

Number of Pages

12
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:05:08 +0800
<![CDATA[SALE OF LAND BY AUCTION ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2262

Title

SALE OF LAND BY AUCTION ORDINANCE

Description






LAWS OF HONG KONG

SALE OF LAND BY AUCTION ORDINANCE

CHAPTER 27





CHAPTER 27.

SALE OF LAND BY AUCTION

To amend the law as to sales of land by public auction.

[12th July. 1886.]

WHEREAS it is desirable to assimilate the law of the Colony relating to
the sale of land by public auction to the law of England on the
same subject:

1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Sale of Land by Auction
Ordinance.

(Amended, 5 of 1924, s. 6)

2. In this Ordinance, unless the context otherwise requires- means
any person selling by public auction any land, whether in lots or
otherwise;

'land' means any interest in any messuages, lands, or tenements of
whatever tenure within the Colony.

3. (1) The particulars or conditions of sale by auction of any land
shall state whether such land will be sold without reserve, or subject to
a reserved price, or whether a right to bid is reserved. (2) If it is stated
that such land will be sold without reserve or to that effect, then it shall
not be lawful for the seller to employ any person to bid at such sale or
for the auctioneer to take knowingly any bidding from any such person.

4. Where any sale by auction of land is declared, either in the
particulars or conditions of such sale. to be subject to a right for the
seller to bid, it shall be lawful for the seller or any one person on his
behalf to bid at such auction in such manner as he may think proper.

5. No opening of the bidding on any sale by auction of land under
or by virtue of any order of the Supreme Court shall be allowed, and the
highest bona fide bidder at such sale, provided he has bid a sum equal
to or higher than the reserved price, if any, shall be declared and allowed
the purchaser, unless the court or judge. on the ground of fraud or
improper conduct in the management of the sale, on the application of
any person interested in the land (such application to be made to the
court or judge before the Registrar's certificate of the result of the sale
has become binding), either opens the biddings, holding such bidder
bound by his bidding, or discharges him from being the purchaser, and
orders the land to be re-sold, on such terms as to costs of otherwise as
the

court or judge may think fit. (Amended, 50 of 1911, s. 4)

6. Except as aforesaid, nothing in this Ordinance shall affect any
sale of land made under or by virtue of any order of court.

(Amended, 50 of 1911, and 62 of 1911, Schedule)
Originally 13 of 1886. (Cap. 27, 1950.) 50 of 1911. 62 of 1911. 5 of 1924. Preamble. Short title. 30 & 31 Vict. c. 48, s. 1. Interpretation. 30 & 31 Vict. c. 48, s. 3. Rule respecting sales without reserve. 30 & 31 Vict. c. 48, s. 5. Sale subject to right of seller to bid. 30 & 31 Vict. c. 48, s. 6. Discontinuance of practice of opening biddings by order of court, except on ground of fraud. 30 & 31 Vict. c. 48, s. 7. Sales by order of court. 30 & 31 Vict. c. 48, s. 8.

Abstract

Originally 13 of 1886. (Cap. 27, 1950.) 50 of 1911. 62 of 1911. 5 of 1924. Preamble. Short title. 30 & 31 Vict. c. 48, s. 1. Interpretation. 30 & 31 Vict. c. 48, s. 3. Rule respecting sales without reserve. 30 & 31 Vict. c. 48, s. 5. Sale subject to right of seller to bid. 30 & 31 Vict. c. 48, s. 6. Discontinuance of practice of opening biddings by order of court, except on ground of fraud. 30 & 31 Vict. c. 48, s. 7. Sales by order of court. 30 & 31 Vict. c. 48, s. 8.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2262

Edition

1964

Volume

v3

Subsequent Cap No.

27

Number of Pages

2
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:05:07 +0800
<![CDATA[SALE OF GOODS ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2261

Title

SALE OF GOODS ORDINANCE

Description






LAWS OF HONG KONG

SALE OF GOODS ORDINANCE

CHAPTER 26





CHAPTER 26

SALE OF GOODS ORDINANCE

ARRANGEMENT OF SECTIONS

Section...................................... Page

1. Short title ............. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 3
2. Interpretation ............................. ... ... ... 3

PART I
FORMATION OF THE
CONTRACT
Contract of sale

3. Sale and agreement to sell .............. ... ... ... ... ... ... 4
4. Capacity to buy and sell ................... ... ... ... ... ... ... 5

Formalities of contract

5. Mode of making contract of sale ......... ... ... ... .... ... ... 5

6. [Repealed]

SUBJECT-MATTER of
contract

7. Existing or future goods ................... ... ... ... ... ... ... 5
8. Goods which have perished ............... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 6

9. Goods perishing before sale but after agreement to sell ... ... ... ... ... 6

Price

10. Ascertainment of price ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 6
11. Agreement to sell at valuation ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 6

Conditions and warranties
12. Stipulations as to time ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 6
13. When condition to be treated as warranty ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 6
14. Implied undertaking as to title, etc . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 7
15. Sale by description ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 7
16. Implied undertakings as to quality or fitness ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 8

Sale by sample

17. Sale by sample.................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... . 9

PART 11
EFFECTS OF THE CONTRACT
Transfer of property as between seller and buyer

18..................Goods must be ascertained ... 9

19. Property passes when intended to pas, ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 9
20. Rules for ascertaining intention ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 9
21. Reservation of right of disposal ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 10
22. Risk prima facie passes with property ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 10

Transfer of title

23. Sale by person not owner ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 11

24. Market overt ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 11

25. Sale under voidable title ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 11

26. (Repealed]

27. Seller or buyer in possession after sale ... .. ... ... ... ... ... 11

28. Effect of writ of execution ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 12





section PART M, Page

PERFORMANCE OF THE
CONTRACT

29. Duties of seller and buyer ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 12

30. Payment and delivery are concurrent conditions ... ... ... ... ... 12

31. Rules as to delivery ..... ... 1 ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 12
32. Delivery of wrong quantity ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 13
33. Delivery by instalments .. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 13

34. Delivery to carrier ......... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 14

35. Risk where goods are delivered at distant place ... ... ... ... ... 14

36. Buyer's right of examining goods ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 14

37. Acceptance of goods ...... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 14

38. Buyer not bound to return rejected goods ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 14

39. liability of buyer for neglecting or refusing to take delivery of goods ... is

PART IV

RIGHTS OF UNPAID SELLER AGAINST THE GOODS

40. Definition of unpaid seller ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... is

41. Unpaid seller's rights ...... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... is
42. Withholding delivery ..... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... is

Unpaid seller's lien

43. Unpaid seller's lien......... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... is

44. Part delivery .................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 16

45. Termination of lien.......... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 16

stoppage in transitu

46. Right of stoppage in transitu ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 16

47. Duration of transit ......... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 16

48. How stoppage in transitu is effected ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 17

Re-sale by buyer or seller

49. Effect of sub-sale or pledge by buyer ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 17

50. Sale not generally rescinded by lien or stoppage in transitu ... ... ... 17

PART V

ACTIONS FOR BREACH OF THE
CONTRACT

Remedies of seller

51.Action for price ............... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 18







52. Damages for non-acceptance ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 18

Remedies of buyer

53. Damages for non-delivery ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 18
54. Specific performance ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 19
55. Remedies for breach of warranty ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 19
56. Interest and special damages ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 19

PART VI

SUPPLEMENTAR
Y

57. Exclusion of implied terms and conditions ........ ... ... ... ... 20

57A CONFLICT OF LAWS . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...

58. Reasonable time a question of fact ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 21

59. Right, etc., enforceable by action ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 21

60. Auction sale ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 21

61. Reservation of right to bid ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 22

62. Saving ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 22





CHAPTER 26

SALE OF GOODS

To codify the law relating to the sale of goods.

[1st August, 1896.]

1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Sale of Goods Ordinance.

(Amended, 5 of 1924, s. 6)

2. (1) In this Ordinance, unless the context otherwise requires

'action' includes suit, counterclaim, and set-off
'business' includes a profession and the activities of any, Govern-
Department or the Urban Council ftbody or authority-, (Added, 58
of 1977, s. 2)

'buyer' means a person who buys or agrees to buy goods;

'contract for the international sale of goods' means a contract of sale of
goods made by parties lose places of business (or, if re

reside
nces



they have none, habitual s) are in different countries and in the
case of which one of the following conditions is satisfied

(a)the contract involves the sale of goods which are at the time of
the conclusion of the contract in the course of carriage or will
be carried from one country to another;

(b)the acts constituting the offer and acceptance have been
effected in different c countries or

(c)delivery of the good is to be made in the country other than
that within which the acts constituting the offer and the
acceptance have been effected; (Added, 58 of 1977, s.2)

'contract of sale' includes an agreement to sell as well as a sale;

'delivery' means voluntary transfer of possession from one person to
another;

'document of title to goods' includes any bill of lading, dock
warrant, warehouse keeper's certificate, and warrant or order for the
delivery of goods, and any other document used in the ordinary
course of business as proof of the possession or control of goods,
or authorizing or purporting to authorize, either by indorsement or
by delivery, the possessor of the document to transfer or receive
goods thereby represented;

'fault' means wrongful act or default;





'future goods' means goods to be manufactured or acquired by the
seller after the making of the contract of sale;

'goods' includes all chattels personal other than things in action and
money. The term includes emblements, industrial growing crops,
and things attached to or forming part of the land which are agreed
to be severed before sale or under the contract of sale;

'plaintiff' includes a defendant counterclaiming;

'property' means the general property in goods, and not merely a
special property;

'quality of goods' includes their state or condition;

.'sale' includes a bargain and sale as well as a sale and delivery;

'seller' means a person who sells or agrees to sell goods;

'specific goods' means goods identified and agreed upon at the time a
contract of sale is made;

'warranty' means an agreement with reference to goods which are the
subject of a contract of sale, but collateral to the main purpose of
such contract, the breach of which gives rise to a claim for
damages, but not to a right to reject the goods and treat the
contract as repudiated.

(2) A thing is deemed to be done 'in good faith' when it is in fact
done honestly, whether it is done negligently or not. (Amended, 8 of
1912, s. 47)

(3) A person is deemed to be insolvent who either has ceased to
pay his debts in the ordinary course of business or cannot pay his debts
as they become due, whether he has committed an act of bankruptcy or
not and whether he has been adjudged bankrupt or not. (Amended, 8 of
1912, s. 47)

(4) Goods are in a 'deliverable state' when they are in such a state
that the buyer would, under the contract, be bound to take delivery of
them. (Amended, 8 of 1912, s. 47)

(5) Goods of any kind are of merchantable quality within the
meaning of this Ordinance if they are as fit for the purpose or purposes
for which goods of that kind are commonly bought as it is reasonable to
expect having regard to any description applied to them, the price (if
relevant) and all the other relevant circumstances; and any reference in
this Ordinance to unmerchantable goods shall be construed
accordingly. (Added, 58 of 1977, s. 2)

PART I

FORMATION OF THE CONTRACT
Contract of sale

3. (1) A contract of sale of goods is a contract whereby the seller
transfers or agrees to transfer the property in goods to the





buyer for a money consideration, called the price. There may be a
contract of sale between one part owner and another.

(2) A contract of sale may be absolute or conditional.

(3) Where under a contract of sale the property in the goods is
transferred from the seller to the buyer, the contract is called a sale; but
where the transfer of the property in the goods is to take place at a
future time or subject to some condition thereafter to be fulfilled, the
contract is called an agreement to sell.

(4) An agreement to sell becomes a sale when the time elapses or
the conditions are fulfilled subject to which the property in the goods is
to be transferred.

4. (1) Capacity to buy and sell is regulated by the general law
concerning capacity to contract, and to transfer and acquire property:

Provided that where necessaries are sold and delivered to an infant
or minor, or to a person who, by reason of mental incapacity or
drunkenness, is incompetent to contract, he must pay a reasonable price
therefor.

(2) In this section, 'necessaries' means goods suitable to the
condition in life of such infant or minor or other person, and to his
actual requirements at the time of the sale and delivery.

Formalities of contract

5. Subject to the provisions of this Ordinance and of any enactment
in that behalf, a contract of sale may be made in writing (either with or
without seal), or by word of mouth, or partly in writing and partly by
word of mouth, or may be implied from the conduct of the parties:

Provided that nothing in this section shall affect the law relating to
corporations.

6. [Repealed, 58 of 1977, s. 3]

Subject-matter of contract

7. (1) The goods which form the subject of a contract of sale may
be either existing goods, owned or possessed by the seller, or goods to
be manufactured or acquired by the seller after the making of the
contract of sale, in this Ordinance called 'future goods---.

(2) There may be a contract for the sale of goods, the acquisition of
which by the seller depends upon a contingency which may or may not
happen.

(3) Where by a contract of sale the seller purports to effect a
present sale of future goods, the contract operates as an agreement to
sell the goods.





8. Where there is a contract for the sale of specific goods, and the
goods, without the knowledge of the seller, have perished at the time
when the contract is made, the contract is void.

9. Where there is an agreement to sell specific goods, and
subsequently the goods, without any fault on the part of the seller or
buyer, perish before the risk passes to the buyer, the agreement is
thereby avoided.

Price

10. (1) The price in a contract of sale may be fixed by the contract,
or may be left to be fixed in manner thereby agreed, or may be
determined by the course of dealing between the parties.

(2) Where the price is not determined in accordance with the
foregoing provisions, the buyer must pay a reasonable price. What is a
reasonable price is a question of fact dependent on the circumstances of
each particular case.

11. (1) Where there is an agreement to sell goods on the terms that
the price is to be fixed by the valuation of a third party, and such third
party cannot or does not make such valuation, the agreement is
avoided:

Provided that if the goods or any part thereof have been delivered
to and appropriated by the buyer, he must pay a reasonable price
therefor.

(2) Where such third party is prevented from making the valuation
by the fault of the seller or buyer, the party not in fault may maintain an
action for damages against the party in fault.

Conditions and warranties

12. (1) Unless a different intention appears from the terms of the
contract, stipulations as to time of payment are not deemed to be of the
essence of a contract of sale. Whether any other stipulation as to time is
of the essence of the contract or not depends on the terms of the
contract.

(2) In a contract of sale, 'month' means prima facie calendar
month.

13. (1) Where a contract of sale is subject to any condition to be
fulfilled by the seller, the buyer may waive the condition, or may elect to
treat the breach of such condition as a breach of warranty, and not as a
ground for treating the contract as repudiated.

(2) Whether a stipulation in a contract of sale is a condition, the
breach of which may give rise to a right to treat the contract as
repudiated, or a warranty, the breach of which may give rise to a claim
for damages but not a right to reject the goods and treat the contract as
repudiated, depends in each case on the construction of





the contract. A stipulation may be a condition, though called a warranty
in the contract.

(3) Where a contract of sale is not severable, rable, and the buyer
has accepted the goods or part thereof, the breach of any condition to
be fulfilled by the seller can only be treated as a breach of warranty, and
not as a ground for rejecting the goods and treating the contract as
repudiated, unless there is a term of the contract, express or implied, to
that effect. (Amended, 47 of 1969, s. 5)

(4) Nothing in this section shall affect the case of any condition or
warranty, fulfilment of which is excused by law by reason of
impossibility or otherwise.

14. (1) In every contract of sale, other than one to which subsection
(2) applies, there is

(a)an implied condition on the part of the seller that in the case of
the sale, he has a right sell the goods, and in the case of an
agreement to sell, he will have a right to sell the goods at the,
time when the property to pass: and

(b)an implied warranty that the goods are free, and will remain free
until the time when the property is to pass, from any charge or
encumbrance not disclosed or known to the buyer before the
contract is made and that the buyer will enjoy quiet possession
of the goods except so far as it may be disturbed by the owner
or other person entitled to the benefit of any charge or
encumbrance so disclosed or known.

(2) In a contract of sale, in the case of which there appears from the
contract or is to be inferred from the circumstances of the contract an
intention that the seller should transfer only such title as he or a third
person may have, there is

(a)an implied warranty that all charges or encumbrances known to
the seller and not known to the buyer have been disclosed to
the buyer before the contract is made; and

(b) an implied warranty that neither-

(i) the seller; nor

(ii) in a case where the parties to the contract intend that
the seller should transfer only such title as a third person may
have, that person; nor

(iii) anyone claiming through or under the seller or that third
person otherwise than under a charge or encumbrance
disclosed or known to the buyer before the contract is made,

will disturb the buyer's quiet possession of the goods.
(Replaced, 58 of 1977, s. 4)

15. (1) Where there is a contract for the sale of goods by
description, there is an implied condition that the goods shall





correspond with the description; and if the sale is by sample, as well as
by description, it is not sufficient that the bulk of the goods
corresponds with the sample if the goods do not also correspond with
the description.

(2) A sale of goods shall not be prevented from being a sale by
description by reason only that, being exposed for sale or hire, they are
selected by the buyer. (Added, 58 of 1977, s. 5)

16. (1) Except as provided by this section, and section 17, and
subject to the provisions of any other enactment, there is no implied
condition or warranty as to the quality or fitness for any particular
purpose of goods supplied under a contract of sale.

(2) Where the seller sells goods in the course of a business, there is
an implied condition that the goods supplied under the contract are of
merchantable quality, except that there is no such condition

(a)as regards defects specifically drawn to the buyer's attention
before the contract is made; or

(b)if the buyer examines the goods before the contract is made, as
regards defects which that examination ought to reveal.

(3) Where the seller sells goods in the course of a business and the
buyer, expressly or by implication, makes known to the seller any
particular purpose for which the goods are being bought, there is an
implied condition that the goods supplied under the contract are
reasonably fit for that purpose, whether or not that is a purpose for
which such goods are commonly supplied, except where the
circumstances show that the buyer does not rely, or that it is
unreasonable for him to rely, on the seller's skill or judgment.

(4) An implied condition or warranty as to quality or fitness for a
particular purpose may be annexed to a contract of sale by usage.

(5) Subsections (1), (2), (3) and (4) apply to a sale by a person who
in the course of a business is acting as agent for another as they apply
to a sale by a principal in the course of a business, except where that
other is not selling in the course of a business and either the buyer
knows that fact or reasonable steps are taken to bring it to the notice of
the buyer before the contract is made.

(6) In the application of subsection (3) to an agreement for the sale
of goods under which the purchase price or part of it is payable by
instalments any reference to the seller shall include a reference to the
person by whom any antecedent negotiations are conducted.

(7) In subsection (6) -antecedent negotiations' means any
negotiations or arrangements with the buyer whereby he was induced
to make the agreement or which otherwise promoted the transaction to
which the agreement relates.

(Replaced, 58 of 1977, s. 6)





Sale by sample

17. (1) A contract of sale is a contract for sale by sample where
there is a term in the contract, express or implied, to that effect.

(2) In the case of a contract for sale by sample-

(a)there is an implied condition that the bulk shall correspond
with the sample in quality;

(b)there is an implied condition that the buyer shall have a
reasonable opportunity of comparing the bulk with the sample;

(c)there is an implied condition that the goods shall be free from
any defect, rendering them unmerchantable, which would not
be apparent on reasonable examination of the sample.

PART II

EFFECTS OF THE CONTRACT

Transfer of property as between seller and buyer

18. Where there is a contract for the sale of unascertained goods
no property in the goods is transferred to the buyer unless and until the
goods are ascertained.

19. (1) Where there is a contract for the sale of specific or
ascertained goods, the property in them is transferred to the buyer at
such time as the parties to the contract intend it to be transferred.

(2) For the purpose of ascertaining the intention of the parties,
regard shall be had to the terms of the contract, the conduct of the
parties, and the circumstances of the case.

20. Unless a different intention appears, the following are rules for
ascertaining the intention of the parties as to the time at which the
property in the goods is to pass to the buyer

Rule 1. Where there is an unconditional contract for the sale of
specific goods in a deliverable state, the property in the goods passes to
the buyer when the contract is made, and it is immaterial whether the
time of payment or the time of delivery, or both, be postponed.

Rule 2. Where there is a contract for the sale of specific goods and
the seller is bound to do something to the goods, for the purpose of
putting them into a deliverable state, the property does not pass until
such thing be done, and the buyer has notice thereof.

Rule 3. Where there is a contract for the sale of specific goods in a
deliverable state, but the seller is bound to weigh, measure, test, or do
some other act or thing with reference to the goods for the





purpose of ascertaining the price, the property does not pass until such
act or thing be done, and the buyer has notice thereof.

Rule 4. When goods are delivered to the buyer on approval or 'on
sale or return- or other similar terms, the property therein passes to the
buyer

(a)when he signifies his approval or acceptance to the seller or
does any other act adopting the transaction;

(b)if he does not signify his approval or acceptance to the seller
but retains the goods without giving notice of rejection, then,
if a time has been fixed for the return of the goods, on the
expiration of such time, and if no time has been fixed, on the
expiration of a reasonable time. What is a reasonable time is a
question of fact.

Rule 5. (1) Where there is a contract for the sale of unascertained
or future goods by description, and goods of that description, and in a
deliverable state, are unconditionally appropriated to the contract, either
by the seller with the assent of the buyer, or by the buyer with the
assent of the seller, the property in the goods thereupon passes to the
buyer. Such assent may be express or implied, and may be given either
before or after the appropriation is made.

(2) Where, in pursuance of the contract, the seller delivers the
goods to the buyer or to a carrier or other bailee (whether named by the
buyer or not) for the purpose of transmission to the buyer, and does not
reserve the right of disposal, he is deemed to have unconditionally
appropriated the goods to the contract.

21. (1) Where there is a contract for the sale of specific goods, or
where goods are subsequently appropriated to the contract, the seller
may, by the terms of the contract or appropriation, reserve the right of
disposal of the goods until certain conditions are fulfilled. In such case,
notwithstanding the delivery of the goods to the buyer, or to a carrier or
other bailee for the purpose of transmission to the buyer, the property in
the goods does not pass to the buyer until the conditions imposed by
the seller are fulfilled.

(2) Where goods are shipped, and by the bill of lading the goods
are deliverable to the order of the seller or his agent, the seller is prima
facie deemed to reserve the right of disposal.

(3) Where the seller of Goods draws on the buyer for the price, and
transmits the bill of exchange and bill of lading to the buyer together to
secure acceptance or payment of the bill of exchange, the buyer is
bound to return the bill of lading if he does not honour the bill of
exchange, and if he wrongfully retains the bill of lading the property in
the goods does not pass to him.

22. Unless otherwise agreed, the goods remain at the seller's risk
until the property therein is transferred to the buyer, but when the
property therein is transferred to the buyer the goods are at the buyer's
risk, whether delivery has been made or not:





Provided that where delivery has been delayed through the fault of
either seller or buyer, the goods are at the risk of the party in fault as
regards any loss which might not have occurred but for such fault:

Provided, also, that nothing in this section shall affect the duties or
liabilities of either seller or buyer as a bailee of the goods of the other
party.

Transfer of title

23. (1) Subject to the provisions of this Ordinance, where goods are
sold by a person who is not the owner thereof, and who does not sell
them under the authority or with the consent of the owner, the buyer
acquires no better title to the goods than the seller had, unless the
owner of the goods is by his conduct precluded from denying the
seller's authority to sell.

(2)Provided, also, that nothing in this Ordinance shall affect-

(a)the provisions of the Factors Ordinance, or any enactment
enabling the apparent owner of goods to dispose of them as if
he were the true owner thereof; or (Amended, 8 of 1912,s.47)

(b)the validity of any contract of sale under any special common
law or statutory power of sale or under the order of a court of
competent jurisdiction.

24. (1) Where goods are openly sold in a shop or market in the
Colony, in the ordinary course of the business of such shop or market,
the buyer acquires a good title to the goods, provided he buys them in
good faith and without notice of any defect or want of title on the part of
the seller.

(2)[Deleted, 58 of 1977, s. 7]

25. When the seller of goods has a voidable title thereto, but his
title has not been avoided at the time of the sale, the buyer acquires a
good title to the goods, provided he buys them in good faith and
without notice of the seller's defect of title.

26. [Repealed, 21 of 1970, s. 351

27. (1) Where a person having sold goods continues or is in
possession of the goods, or of the documents of title to the goods, the
delivery or transfer by that person, or by a mercantile agent acting for
him, of the goods or documents of title, under any sale, pledge, or other
disposition thereof, to any person receiving the same in good faith and
without notice of the previous sale, shall have the same effect as if the
person making the delivery or transfer were expressly authorized by
the owner of the goods to make the same.





(2) Where a person having bought or agreed to buy goods obtains,
with the consent of the seller, possession of the goods or the
documents of title to the goods, the delivery or transfer by that person,
or by a mercantile agent acting for him, of the goods or documents of
title, under any sale, pledge, or other disposition thereof, to any person
receiving the same in good faith and without notice of any lien or other
right of the original seller in respect of the goods, shall have the same
effect as if the person making the delivery or transfer were a mercantile
agent in possession of the goods or documents of title with the consent
of the owner.

(3) In this section, 'mercantile agent has the same meaning as in the
Factors Ordinance. (Amended, 8 of 1912, s. 47, and 5 of 1924,s.13)
28. (1) writ of fieri facias or other writ of execution against h

goods shall bind A bind the [c property in the goods of the execution
debtor as from the time when the writ is delivered to the bailiff to be
executed; for the better manifestation of such time, it shall be the duty of
the bailiff without fee, upon the receipt of any such writ to indorse upon
the back thereof the hour, day, month, and year

,c the

when he re received same:

Provide that such writ shall prejudice the title to such goods
acquired by any pers in good faith and for valuable consideration,
unless such person ha at the time when he acquired his title, notice that
such writ, or any other er writ by virtue of which the goods of the
execution debtor might seized or attached, had been delivered to and
remained unexecuted the hands of the bailiff

(2) In this section, ba bailiff includes any officer charged with the
enforcement of a writ of ex execuion (Amended, 5 of 1924, s. 13)

PART HI

PERFORMANCE OF THE
CONTRACT

29. It is the duty of the seller to deliver the goods, and of the buyer
to accept and pay for them, in accordance with the terms of the contract
of sale.

30. Unless otherwise agreed, delivery of the goods and payment of
the price are concurrent conditions, that is to say, the seller must be
ready and willing to give possession of the goods to the buyer in
exchange for the price, and the buyer must be ready and willing to pay
the price in exchange for possession of the goods.

31. (1) Whether it is for the buyer to take possession of the goods
or for the seller to send them to the buyer is a question depending in
each case on the contract, express or implied, between the parties. Apart
from any such contract, express or implied, the place of delivery is the
seller's place of business, if he has one, and if not his residence:





Provided that, if the contract is for the sale of specific goods,
which, to the knowledge of the parties when the contract is made,
are in some other place, then that place is the place of delivery.

(2) Where under the contract of sale the seller is bound to
send the goods to the buyer, but no time for sending them is fixed,
the seller is bound to send them within a reasonable time.

(3) Where the goods at the time of sale are in the possession of
a third person, there is no delivery by seller to buyer unless and until
such third person acknowledges to the buyer that he holds the goods
on his behalf:

Provided that nothing in this section shall affect the operation
of the issue or transfer of any document of title to goods.

(4) Demand or tender of delivery may be treated as ineffectual
unless made at a reasonable hour. What is a reasonable hour is a
question of fact.

(5) Unless otherwise agreed, the expenses of and incidental to
putting the goods into a deliverable state must be borne by the seller.

32. (1) Where the seller delivers to the buyer a quantity of
goods less than he contracted to sell, the buyer may reject them, but
if the buyer accepts the goods so delivered, he must pay for them at
the contract rate.

(2) Where the seller delivers to the buyer a quantity of goods
larger than he contracted to sell, the buyer may accept the goods
included in the contract and reject the rest, or he may reject the
whole. If the buyer accepts the whole of the goods so delivered he
must pay for them at the contract rate.

(3) Where the seller delivers to the buyer the goods he con-
tracted to sell mixed with goods of a different description not
included in the contract the buyer may accept the goods which are
in accordance with the contract and reject the rest, or he may reject
the whole.

(4) The provisions of this section are subject to any usage of
trade, special agreement, or course of dealing between the parties.

33. (1) Unless otherwise agreed, the buyer of goods is not
bound to accept delivery thereof by instalments.

(2) Where there is a contract for the sale of goods to be de-
livered by stated instalments, which are to be separately paid for,
and the seller makes defective deliveries in respect of one or more
instalments, or the buyer neglects or refuses to take delivery of or
pay for one or more instalments, it is a question in each case depend-
ing on the terms of the contract and the circumstances of the case,
whether the breach of contract is a repudiation of the whole con~
or whether it is a severable breach giving rise to a claim for compen-
sation but not to a right to treat the whole contract as repudiated.





34. (1) Where, in pursuance of a contract of sale, the seller is
authorized or required to send the goods to the buyer, delivery of the
goods to a carrier, whether named by the buyer or not, for the pur-
pose of transmission to the buyer is prima facie deemed to be a
delivery of the goods to the buyer.

(2) Unless otherwise authorized by the buyer, the seller must
make such contract with the carrier on behalf of the buyer as may be
reasonable having regard to the nature of the goods and the other
circumstances of the case. If the seller omits to do so, and the goods
are lost or damaged in course of transit, the buyer may decline to
treat the delivery to the carrier as a delivery to himself, or may hold
the seller responsible in damages.

(3) Unless otherwise agreed, where goods are sent by the seller
to the buyer by a route involving sea transit, in circumstances in
which it is usual to insure, the seller must give such notice to the
buyer as may enable him to insure them during their sea transit,
and, if the seller fails to do so, the goods shall be deemed to be at
his risk during such sea transit.

35. Where the seller of goods agrees to deliver them at his own
risk at a place other than that where they are when sold, the buyer
must, nevertheless, unless otherwise agreed, take any risk of deteri-
oration in the goods necessarily incident to the course of transit.

36. (1) Where goods are delivered to the buyer, which he has
not previously examined, he is not deemed to have accepted them
unless and until he has had a reasonable opportunity of examining
them for the purpose of ascertaining whether they are in conformity
with the contract.

(2) Unless otherwise agreed, when the seller tenders delivery
of goods to the buyer, he is bound, on request, to afford the buyer a
reasonable opportunity of examining the goods for the purpose of
ascertaining whether they are in conformity with the contract.

37. The buyer is deemed to have accepted the goods when he
intimates to the seller that he has accepted them, or (except where
section 36 otherwise provides) when the goods have been delivered
to him, and he does any act in relation to them which is inconsistent
with the ownership of the seller, or when after the lapse of a reason-
able time, he retains the goods without intimating to the seller that
he has rejected them.
(Amended, 47 of 1969, s. 5)

38. Unless otherwise agreed, where goods are delivered to the
buyer, and he refuses to accept them, having the right to do so, he is
not bound to return them to the seller, but it is sufficient if he
intimates to the seller that he refuses to accept them.





39. When the seller is ready and willing to deliver the goods and
requests the buyer to take delivery, and the buyer does not within a
reasonable time after such request take delivery of the goods, he is
liable to the seller for any loss occasioned by his neglect or refusal to
take delivery, and also for a reasonable charge for the care and custody
of the goods:

Provided that nothing in this section shall affect the rights of the
seller where the neglect or refusal of the buyer to take delivery amounts
to a repudiation of the contract.

PART IV

RIGHTS OF UNPAID SELLER AGAINST THE
GOODS

40. (1) The seller of goods is deemed to be an unpaid seller within
the meaning of this Ordinance

(a)when the whole of the price has not been paid or tendered;

(b)when a bill of exchange or other negotiable instrument has
been received as conditional payment, and the condition on
which it was received has not been fulfilled by reason of the
dishonour of the instrument or otherwise.

(2) In this Part, 'seller' includes any person who is in the position
of a seller, as, for instance, an agent of the seller to whom the bill of
lading has been indorsed, or a consignor or agent who has himself paid,
or is directly responsible for, the price. (Amended, 5 of 1924, s. 13)

41. Subject to the provisions of this Ordinance and of any
enactment in that behalf, notwithstanding that the property in the goods
may have passed to the buyer, the unpaid seller of goods as such, has
by implication of law

(a)a lien on the goods or right to retain them for the price while
he is in possession of them;

(b)in case of the insolvency of the buyer, a right of stopping the
goods in transitu after he has parted with the possession of
them;

(c) a right of re-sale as limited by this Ordinance.

42. Where the property in goods has not passed to the buyer, the
unpaid seller has, in addition to his other remedies, a right of
withholding delivery similar to and co-extensive with his rights of lien
and stoppage in transitu where the property has passed to the buyer.

Unpaid seller's lien

43. (1) Subject to the provisions of this Ordinance, the unpaid seller
of goods who is in possession of them is entitled to retain possession of
them until payment or tender of the price in the following cases, namely





(a)where the goods have been sold without any stipulation as to
credit;

(b)where the goods have been sold on credit, but the term of
credit has expired;

(c)where the buyer becomes insolvent.

(2) The seller may exercise his right of lien notwithstanding that he
is in possession of the goods as agent or bailee for the buyer.

44. Where an unpaid seller has made part delivery of the goods, he
may exercise his right of lien or retention on the remainder, unless such
part delivery has been made in such circumstances as to show an
agreement to waive the lien or right of retention.

45. (1) The unpaid seller of goods loses his lien or right of retention
thereon

(a)when he delivers the goods to a carrier or other bailee for the
purpose of transmission to the buyer, without reserving the
right of disposal of the goods;

(b)when the buyer or his agent lawfully obtains possession of
the goods;

(c)by waiver thereof.

(2) The unpaid seller of goods, having a lien or right of retention
thereon, does not lose his lien or right of retention by reason only that
he has obtained judgment for the price of the goods.

Stoppage in transitu

46. Subject to the provisions of this Ordinance, when the buyer of
goods becomes insolvent, the unpaid seller who has parted with the
possession of the goods has the right of stopping them in transitu, that
is to say, he may resume possession of the goods as long as they are in
course of transit, and may retain them until payment or tender of the
price.

47. (1) Goods are deemed to be in course of transit from the time
when they are delivered to a carrier by land or water, or other bailee for
the purpose of transmission to the buyer, until the buyer, or his agent in
that behalf, takes delivery of them from such carrier or other bailee.

(2) If the buyer or his agent in that behalf obtains delivery of the
goods before their arrival at the appointed destination, the transit is at
an end.

(3) If, after the arrival of the goods at the appointed destination, the
carrier or other bailee acknowledges to the buyer, or his agent, that he
holds the goods on his behalf and continues in possession of them as
bailee for the buyer or his agent, the transit is at an end, and it is
immaterial that a further destination for the goods may have been
indicated by the buyer.





(4) If the goods are rejected by the buyer, and the carrier or other
bailee continues in possession of them, the transit is not deemed to be
at an end, even if the seller has refused to receive them back.

(5) When goods are delivered to a ship chartered by the buyer, it is
a question depending on the circumstances of the particular case
whether they are in the possession of the master as a carrier, or as agent
to the buyer.

(6) Where the carrier or other bailee wrongfully refuses to deliver
the goods to the buyer or his agent in that behalf, the transit is deemed
to be at an end.

(7) Where part delivery of the goods has been made to the buyer or
his agent in that behalf, the remainder of the goods may be stopped in
transitu, unless such part delivery has been made in such circumstances
as to show an agreement to give up possession of the whole of the
goods.

48. (1) The unpaid seller may exercise his right of stopping in
transitu either by taking actual possession of the goods or by giving
notice of his claim to the carrier or other bailee in whose possession the
goods are. Such notice may be given either to the person in actual
possession of the goods or to his principal. In the latter case the notice,
to be effectual, must be given at such time and in such circumstances
that the principal, by the exercise of reasonable diligence, may
communicate it to his servant or agent in time to prevent a delivery to
the buyer.

(2) When notice of stoppage in transitu is given by the seller to the
carrier or other bailee in possession of the goods, he must re-deliver the
goods to, or according to the directions of, the seller. The expenses of
such re-delivery must be borne by the seller.

Re-sale by buyer or seller

49. Subject to the provisions of this Ordinance, the unpaid seller's
right of lien or retention or stoppage in transitu is not affected by any
sale or other disposition of the goods which the buyer may have made,
unless the seller has assented thereto:

Provided that where a document of title to goods has been lawfully
transferred to any person as buyer or owner of the goods, and that
person transfers the document to a person who takes the document in
good faith and for valuable consideration, then, if such last-mentioned
transfer was by way of sale, the unpaid seller's right of lien or retention
or stoppage in transitu is defeated, and if such last mentioned transfer
was by way of pledge or other disposition for value, the unpaid seller's
right of lien or retention or stoppage in transitu can only be exercised
subject to the rights of the transferee.

50. (1) Subject to the provisions of this section, a contract of sale is
not rescinded by the mere exercise by an unpaid seller of his right of lien
or retention or stoppage in transitu.





(2) Where an unpaid seller who has exercised his right of lien or
retention or stoppage in transitu re-sells the goods, the buyer acquires
a good title thereto as against the original buyer.

(3) Where the goods are of a perishable nature, or where the
unpaid seller gives notice to the buyer of his intention to re-sell, and the
buyer does not within a reasonable time pay or tender the price, the
unpaid seller may re-sell the goods and recover from the original buyer
damages for any loss occasioned by his breach of contract.

(4) Where the seller expressly reserves a right of re-sale in case the
buyer should make default, and on the buyer making default, re-sells the
goods, the original contract of sale is thereby rescinded, but without
prejudice to any claim the seller may have for damages.

PART V

ACTIONS FOR BREACH OF THE CONTRACT

Remedies of seller

51. (1) Where, under a contract of sale, the property in the goods
has passed to the buyer, and the buyer wrongfully neglects or refuses
to pay for the goods according to the terms of the contract, the seller
may maintain an action against him for the price of the goods.

(2) Where, under a contract of sale, the price is payable on a day
certain irrespective of delivery, and the buyer wrongfully neglects or
refuses to pay such price, the seller may maintain an action for the price,
although the property in the goods has not passed, and the goods have
not been appropriated to the contract.

52. (1) Where the buyer wrongfully neglects or refuses to accept
and pay for the goods, the seller may maintain an action against him for
damages for non-acceptance.

(2) The measure of damages is the estimated loss directly and
naturally resulting, in the ordinary course of events, from the buyer's
breach of contract.

(3) Where there is an available market for the goods in question, the
measure of damages is prima facie to be ascertained by the difference
between the contract price and the market or current price at the time or
times when the goods ought to have been accepted, or, if no time was
fixed for acceptance, then at the time of the neglect or refusal to accept.

Remedies of buyer

53. (1) Where the seller wrongfully neglects or refuses to deliver-
the goods to the buyer, the buyer may maintain an action against the
seller for damages for non-delivery.





(2) The measure of damages is the estimated loss directly and
naturally resulting, in the ordinary course of events, from the seller's
breach of contract.

(3) Where there is an available market for the goods in question, the
measure of damages is prima facie to be ascertained by the difference
between the contract price and the market or current price of the goods
at the time or times when they ought to have been delivered, or, if no
time was fixed for delivery, then at the time of the neglect or refusal to
deliver.

54. In any action for breach of contract to deliver specific or
ascertained goods, the court may, if it thinks fit, on the application of the
plaintiff, by its judgment direct that the contract shall be performed
specifically, without giving the defendant the option of retaining the
goods on payment of damages. The judgment may be unconditional, or
on such terms and conditions as to damages, payment of the price, and
otherwise, as to the court may seem just. The application by the plaintiff
may be made at any time before judgment.

55. (1) Where there is a breach of warranty by the seller, or where
the buyer elects, or is compelled, to treat any breach of a condition on
the part of the seller as a breach of warranty, the buyer is not, by reason
only of such breach of warranty, entitled to reject the goods; but he may

(a)set up against the seller the breach of warranty in diminution
or extinction of the price; or

(b)maintain an action against the seller for damages for the
breach of warranty.

(2) The measure of damages for breach of warranty is the estimated
loss directly and naturally resulting, in the ordinary course of events,
from the breach of warranty.

(3) In the case of breach of warranty of quality, such loss is prima
facie the difference between the value of the goods at the time of
delivery to the buyer and the value they would have had if they had
answered to the warranty.

(4) The fact that the buyer has set up the breach of warranty in
diminution or extinction of the price does not prevent him from
maintaining an action for the same breach of warranty if he has suffered
further damage.

56. Nothing in this Ordinance shall affect the right of the buyer or
the seller to recover interest or special damages in any case where by
law interest or special damages may be recoverable, or to recover money
paid where the consideration for the payment of it has failed.





PART VI

SUPPLEMENTARY

57. (1) Subject to subsections (2) to (11) where any right, duty or
liability would arise under a contract of sale of goods by implication of
law, it may be negatived or varied by express agreement, or by the
course of dealing between the parties, or by usage if the usage is such
as to bind both parties to the contract.

(2) An express condition or warranty does not negative a condition
or warranty implied by this Ordinance unless inconsistent therewith.

(3) In the case of a contract of sale of goods, any term of that or
any other contract exempting 1 from all or any of the provisions of
section 14 shall be void.

(4) In the case of a contract of sale of goods, any term of that or any
other contract exempting from all or any of the provisions of ~on 15, 16
or 17 shall be void in the case of a consumer sale and shall, in any other
case, not be enforceable to the extent that it is shown that it would not
be fair or reasonable to allow reliance on the term.

(5) In determining for the 1 purposes of subsection (4) whether or
not reliance on any such term. would be fair or reasonable regard shall
be had to all the circumstances of the case and in particular to the
following matters

(a)the strength of the bargaining positions of the seller and
buyer relative to each other taking into account, among other
things, the availability of suitable alternative products and
sources of supply;

(b)whether the buyer received an inducement to agree to the
term or in accepting it d an opportunity of buying the goods or
suitable alternatives without it from any source of supply;

(c)whether the buyer knew c or ought reasonably to have known
of the existence and ex. extent of the term (having regard,
among other things, to any custom of the trade and any
previous course of dealing g between the parties);

(d)where the term exempts from all or any of the provisions of
section 15, 16 or 17 if some condition is not complied with,
whether it was reasonable at the time of the contract to expect
that compliance with that condition would be practicable;

(e)whether the goods were e manufactured. processed, or
adapted to the special or order of the buyer.

(6) Subsection (5) shall not p prevent the court from holding, in
accordance with any rule of law, that a term which purports to exclude
or restrict any of the proyisions of section 15, 16 or 17 is not a term of
the contract.





(7)In this section 'consumer sales means a sale of goods

competitive

(other than a sale by auction or by tender) by a seller in the course of
a business where the goods

(a)are of a type ordinarily bought for private use or consumption;
and

(b)are sold to a person who does not buy or hold himself out as
buying them in the course a business.

(8) The onus of proving hat a sale c falls to be treated for the
purposes of this section as not being a consumer sale shall lie on the
party so contending.

(9) Any reference in this section to a term exempting from all or any
of the provisions of any section of this Ordinance is a reference to a term
which purports to exclude or restrict, or has the effect of excluding or
restricting, the operation of all or any of the provisions of that section, or
the exercise of a right lit conferred by any provision of that section, or
any liability of the seller for breach of a condition or warranty implied by
any provision of that section.

(10) It is hereby declare 'at any reference in this section to a

declared the

term of a contract includes a reference to a term which although not
contained in a contract is incorporated in the contract by another
term of the contract.

(11) This section is subject section 62(5).

(Replaced, 58 of 1977, s. 8)

57A.

Where the proper law of a contract for the sale of goods
would, apart from a term that it should be the law of some other
country or a termlike effect be the law of Hong Kong, or
where any such contract contains a term which purports to substitute,
or has the effect of substituting, provisions of the law of some other
country for all or any of the provisions of sections 14 to 17 and 57,
those sections shall notwithstanding that term but subject to section

62(5), apply to the contract. (Added, 58 of 1977, s. 9)

58. Where, by this Ordinance. any reference is made to a
reasonable time, the question what is a reasonable time is a question of
fact.

59. Where any right, duty, or liability is declared by this Ordinance,
it may, unless otherwise provided by this Ordinance, be enforced by
action.

60. In the case of a sale by auction-

(a)where goods are put up for sale by auction in lots, each lot is
prima facie deemed to be the subject of a separate contract of
sale;

(b)a sale by auction is complete when the auctioneer announces
its completion by the fall of the hammer, or in other customary
manner. Until such announcement is made any bidder may
retract his bid;





(c)where a sale by auction is not notified to be subject to a right
to bid on behalf of the seller, it shall not be lawful for the seller
to bid himself or to employ any person to bid at such sale, or
for the auctioneer knowingly to take any bid from the seller or
any such person. Any sale contravening this rule may be
treated as fraudulent by the buyer;

(d)a sale by auction may be notified to be subject to a reserve or
upset price, and a right to bid may also be reserved expressly
by or on behalf of the seller.

61. Where a right to bid is expressly reserved, but not otherwise,
the seller, or any one person on his behalf, may bid at the auction.

62. (1) The rules in bankruptcy relating to contracts of sale shall
continue to apply thereto, notwithstanding anything in this Ordinance.

(2) The rules of the common law, including the law merchant, save
in so far as they are inconsistent with the express provisions of this
Ordinance, and in particular the rules relating to the law of principal and
agent, and the effect of fraud, misrepresentation, duress or coercion,
mistake, or other invalidating cause, shall continue to apply to contracts
for the sale of goods.

(3) Nothing in this Ordinance or in any repeal effected thereby shall
affect the enactments relating to bills of sale, or any enactment relating
to the sale of goods which is not expressly repealed by this Ordinance.

(4) The provisions of this Ordinance relating to contracts of sale do
not apply to any transaction in the form of a contract of sale which is
intended to operate by way of mortgage, pledge, charge, or other
security.

(5) Nothing in section 57 or 57A shall prevent the parties to a
contract for !Binterational sale of goods from negativing or
varying any rig right duty orwhich would otherwise arise by
implication of law under ctions 14 to 17 (Added, 58 of 1977, S. 10)

(6) The amendments of this Ordinance made by the Sale of Goods
(Amendment) Ordinance 1977 shall not apply to contracts to which this
Ordinance applies which were entered into prior to the date of
commencement of that Ordinance; and all such contracts shall continue
to be governed by the provisions of this Ordinance in operation
immediately prior to the date of commencement of the Sale of Goods
(Amendment) Ordinance 1977. (Added, 58 of 1977, S. 10)

Note. The following Imperial Statutes and parts thereof so far as they were
applicable in Hong Kong were repealed by this Ordinance

1 James 1, c.21. An Act against Brokers.
29 Car. 2, c.3. The Statute of Frauds, sections 15 and 16.
9 Geo. 4, c. 14.The Statute of Frauds Amendment Act, 1828, section 7.
Originally 7 of 1896. (Cap. 26, 1950.) 50 of 1911. 8 of 1912. 5 of 1924. 47 of 1969. 21 of 1970. 58 of 1977. 1893 c. 71. Short title. Interpretation. 1973 c. 13, s. 7(1). 1973 c. 13, s. 7(2). Sale and agreement to sell. Capacity to buy and sell. Mode of making contract of sale. Existing or future goods. Goods which have perished. Goods perishing before sale but after agreement to sell. Ascertainment of price. Agreement to sell at valuation. Stipulations as to time. When condition to be treated as warranty. Implied undertaking as to title etc. 1973 c. 13, s. 1. Sale by description. 1973 c. 13, s. 2. Implied undertakings as to quality or fitness. 1973 c. 13, s. 3. Sale by sample. Goods must be ascertained. Property passes when intended to pass. Rules for ascertaining intention. Reservation of right of disposal. Risk prima facie passes with property. Sale by person not owner. (Cap. 48.) Market overt. Sale under voidable title. Seller or buyer in possession after sale. (Cap. 48.) Effect of writ of execution. Duties of seller and buyer. Payment and delivery are concurrent conditions. Rules as to delivery. Delivery of wrong quantity. Delivery by instalments. Delivery to carrier. Risk where goods are delivered at distant place. Buyer's right of examining goods. Acceptance of goods. Buyer not bound to return rejected goods. Liability of buyer for neglecting or refusing to take delivery of goods. Definition of unpaid seller. Unpaid seller's rights. Withholding delivery. Unpaid seller's lien. Part delivery. Termination of lien. Right of stoppage in transitu. Duration of transit. How stoppage in transitu is effected. Effect of sub-sale or pledge by buyer. Sale not generally rescinded by lien or stoppage in transitu. Action for price. Damages for non-acceptance. Damages for non-delivery. Specific performance. Remedies for breach of warranty. Interest and special damages. Exclusion of implied terms and conditions. 1973 c. 13, s. 4. Conflict of laws. 1973 c. 13, s. 5. Reasonable time a question of fact. Right, etc., enforceable by action. Auction sale. Reservation of right to bid. Saving. 1973 c. 13, s. 6. (58 of 1977.)

Abstract

Originally 7 of 1896. (Cap. 26, 1950.) 50 of 1911. 8 of 1912. 5 of 1924. 47 of 1969. 21 of 1970. 58 of 1977. 1893 c. 71. Short title. Interpretation. 1973 c. 13, s. 7(1). 1973 c. 13, s. 7(2). Sale and agreement to sell. Capacity to buy and sell. Mode of making contract of sale. Existing or future goods. Goods which have perished. Goods perishing before sale but after agreement to sell. Ascertainment of price. Agreement to sell at valuation. Stipulations as to time. When condition to be treated as warranty. Implied undertaking as to title etc. 1973 c. 13, s. 1. Sale by description. 1973 c. 13, s. 2. Implied undertakings as to quality or fitness. 1973 c. 13, s. 3. Sale by sample. Goods must be ascertained. Property passes when intended to pass. Rules for ascertaining intention. Reservation of right of disposal. Risk prima facie passes with property. Sale by person not owner. (Cap. 48.) Market overt. Sale under voidable title. Seller or buyer in possession after sale. (Cap. 48.) Effect of writ of execution. Duties of seller and buyer. Payment and delivery are concurrent conditions. Rules as to delivery. Delivery of wrong quantity. Delivery by instalments. Delivery to carrier. Risk where goods are delivered at distant place. Buyer's right of examining goods. Acceptance of goods. Buyer not bound to return rejected goods. Liability of buyer for neglecting or refusing to take delivery of goods. Definition of unpaid seller. Unpaid seller's rights. Withholding delivery. Unpaid seller's lien. Part delivery. Termination of lien. Right of stoppage in transitu. Duration of transit. How stoppage in transitu is effected. Effect of sub-sale or pledge by buyer. Sale not generally rescinded by lien or stoppage in transitu. Action for price. Damages for non-acceptance. Damages for non-delivery. Specific performance. Remedies for breach of warranty. Interest and special damages. Exclusion of implied terms and conditions. 1973 c. 13, s. 4. Conflict of laws. 1973 c. 13, s. 5. Reasonable time a question of fact. Right, etc., enforceable by action. Auction sale. Reservation of right to bid. Saving. 1973 c. 13, s. 6. (58 of 1977.)

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2261

Edition

1964

Volume

v3

Subsequent Cap No.

26

Number of Pages

23
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:05:06 +0800
<![CDATA[LABOUR TRIBUNAL (SUITORS' FUNDS) RULES]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2260

Title

LABOUR TRIBUNAL (SUITORS' FUNDS) RULES

Description






LABOUR TRIBUNAL (SUITORS' FUNDS) RULES

(Cap. 25, section 45)

[27th October, 1978.]

1. These rules may be cited as the Labour Tribunal (Suitors'
Funds) Rules.

2. In these rules, unless the context otherwise requires-

'funds' means money standing in or to be placed to the registrar's
account;

'order' means an award or order of the tribunal or, in case of an
appeal, of the Court, and includes any allocation by a presiding
officer of the amount of an award;

'presiding officer' means a presiding officer appointed under the
Ordinance;

'registrar' means the Registrar of the Labour Tribunal;

'tribunal' means the Labour Tribunal.

3. (1) All funds to be paid into the tribunal shall be paid to
the registrar.

(2) Except where the circumstances otherwise require, the
registrar shall pay any funds paid into the tribunal to an account
which may be interest earning or not (to be called the Labour
Tribunal Suitors' Funds Account) at such bank as the Director of
Accounting Services shall direct.

4. (1) The registrar shall give a receipt to any person by
whom funds are paid into the tribunal.

(2) A receipt given under this rule shall be as nearly as may be
in Form 1 in the Schedule hereto and shall contain particulars suffi-
cient to identify the payment to which it relates and a statement of
such of the following circumstances as may be applicable-
(a)paid in on behalf of defendant (name ofparty) in satisfaction
of claim of the above-named (name of party);
(b) paid in under order dated theday of 19

(e)paid in to security for costs account on behalf of (name of
party).

5. (1) The registrar shall keep appropriate accounts in respect
of all funds paid into the tribunal and of all dealings relating
thereto.

(2) No account kept by the registrar under this rule shall be
credited with any sum by way of interest.





6. (1) Funds paid into the tribunal shall not be paid out
except by direction of a presiding officer or in pursuance of an
order, and every such direction or order shall specify in full the name
of every person to whom payment is to be made:

Provided that-
(i) in the case of payment to a firm, it shall be sufficient to
state the business name of such firm;
(ii) in the case of payment to partners, payment may be made
to any one or more of such partners or to the survivor of
them, as the case may be.

(2) Funds paid into the tribunal may be paid out by cheque or
in cash as the registrar may direct and, in the case of payment by
cheque, the cheque shall be signed by the registrar and such other
person as the registrar may authorize in writing.

(3) Payment out may be made at the offices of the tribunal on
any week-day, not being a Saturday or general holiday, between the
hours of 10.00 a.m. and 1.00 p.m. and between the hours of 2.00 p.m.
and 4.00 p.m.; and on any Saturday (not being a general holiday)
between the hours of 10.00 a.m. and 12 noon.

7. Where the registrar is satisfied that any person entitled
under rule 6 to payment out of funds has died, the registrar may pay
out such funds (or any portion thereof remaining unpaid at the date
of the death of the deceased) as follows-
(a)the registrar may pay out such funds to the legal personal
representatives of the deceased or, if it appears that any
such personal representative has died, to the survivor or
survivors of them;
(b)where it appears to the registrar that the deceased died
intestate having assets not exceeding the value of $5,000
including the amount of such funds, and if administration
has not been granted in respect of his estate, the registrar
may pay out such funds to the person who (being the
spouse, child, father, mother, brother or sister of the
deceased) would have the prior right to a grant of admini-
stration of the estate, upon a declaration by such person
in Form 2 in the Schedule hereto.

8. The registrar shall, at the end of each financial year or so
soon thereafter as may be practicable, pay into the general revenue
of Hong Kong any interest that has been credited to the Labour
Tribunal Suitors' Funds Account.

9. (1) Where any funds paid into the tribunal in respect of an
order remain unclaimed for a period of five years after the date of
such order, the Chief Justice may, on application by the registrar,
direct that such funds shall be paid into the general revenue of
Hong Kong.





(2) Before giving any direction under paragraph (1), the Chief
Justice may direct that such notice, if any, as he thinks necessary
shall be given in such manner and to such persons as he may so
direct.

10. (1) The registrar shall in each year cause to be prepared
for the period of twelve months ending on the 31st March in that
year a statement of the accounts kept by him under rule 5, and such
statement shall-
(a)include a receipts and payments account and a statement
of assets and liabilities; and
(b)be signed by the Registrar of the Supreme Court.

(2) All accounts kept by the registrar under rule 5 and the
statement of account prepared under paragraph (1) shall be audited
by the Director of Audit who shall, subject to such report as he
thinks fit, certify the statement.

SCHEDULE

FoRm 1 [rule 4(2).]

LABOUR TRIBUNAL (SUITORS FUNDS) RULES

Receipt

IN THE LABOUR TRIBUNAL

(Title of cause or matter. No. of 19
Ledger account
(if the same as the cause, state as above).
Received from the sum of

(Signature)

Registrar.
Dated this day of 19

FoRm 2 [rule 7.]

LABOUR TRIBUNAL (SUITORS' FuNi)s) RULES

Declaration

IN THE LABOUR TRIBUNAL

(Title of cause or matter. No. of 19

Ledger account

(if the same as the cause, state as above).

I (name and address of applicant) solemnly and sincerely declare that I am
the (degree of relationship) and next or one of the next of kin of (name of
deceased) and that 1 am entitled to take out administration to his estate and to
receive the sum of $ directed to be paid to him by the order
dated the 19





And I further declare that the total value of the assets of the deceased
including the above sum does not exceed 55,000, and I certify that the death-bed
and funeral expenses of the deceased have been paid: and I make this solemn
declaration conscientiously believing the same to be true and by virtue of the
provisions of the Oaths and Declarations Ordinance, Chapter 11.

(Signature of applicant)

Declared at

Before me this day of 19

(Signature)

Justice, notary public.
or other authorized officer.
L.N. 249/78. Citation. Interpretation. Payment into the tribunal. Registrar to give receipt. Schedule, Form 1. Registrar to keep accounts. Payment out of funds in the tribunal. Payment out on death of person entitled. Schedule, Form 2. Transfer of interest to general revenue. Transfer of unclaimed funds to general revenue. Annual statement of accounts and audit.

Abstract

L.N. 249/78. Citation. Interpretation. Payment into the tribunal. Registrar to give receipt. Schedule, Form 1. Registrar to keep accounts. Payment out of funds in the tribunal. Payment out on death of person entitled. Schedule, Form 2. Transfer of interest to general revenue. Transfer of unclaimed funds to general revenue. Annual statement of accounts and audit.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2260

Edition

1964

Volume

v3

Subsequent Cap No.

25

Number of Pages

4
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:05:06 +0800
<![CDATA[LABOUR TRIBUNAL (FORMS) RULES]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2259

Title

LABOUR TRIBUNAL (FORMS) RULES

Description






LABOUR TRIBUNAL (FORMS) RULES

(Cap. 25, section 45)

[1 March 1973.]

1. These rules may be cited as the Labour Tribunal (Forms) Rules.

2. The forms contained in the Schedule may be used in the tribunal
with such variations as the circumstances may require.

SCHEDULE [rule 2.]

FORM 1


LABOUR TRIBUNAL
ORDINANCE

(Chapter 25)

TITLE TO CLAIM: GENERAL FORM


Claim No. of 19


between (a)............................................................... ........................ Claimant(S)


and

(b).............................................
......................................... Defendant(s)


Note: (a)Insert full name and address of each claimant and, in the case of a
representative claim, the name and address of each person
represented.


(b) Insert full name and address of each defendant.






FORM 2 [s. 11.]


LABOUR TRIBUNAL
ORDINANCE
(Chapter 25)


FORM OF CLAIM


(title as in Form ]

TO THE DEFENDANT.

The claimant claims the amount of

particulars of the grounds for which and the manner in which it is calculated are
set out as follows:

(a) I. The grounds for the claim are:


................................
...........................
...............................................................................

(b) 2. The amount of claim is calculated as follows:

................................

.....................................
Dated this
day of .............................19


.......of

Filed this .day of 19


Registrar.


Note: (a) Set out sufficient particulars to inform the defendant of the grounds
for the claim.

(b) Set out in full the manner in which the amount of claim is calculated
and whether it includes any interest or expenses.

(c) This claim must be signed by each claimant or person represented
before the date of hearing.






FORM 3 Is. 13.1



LABOUR TRIBUNAL
ORDINANCE
(Chapter 25)
NOTICE OF PLACE AND DAY FIXED FOR HEARING


[title as in Form 1]


TO THE
DEFENDANT.
M :

TAKE NOTICE that this claim has been made by the claimant against you and


will be heard at a tribunal to be held at


before ..........Presiding Officer, on the day

..at

AND TAKE NOTICE that if you do not attend at the time and place mentioned,
U , the claim will be heard in your absence and such award or order may be made
in



your absence as the tribunal thinks fit.

Dated this ..........day of 19

Registrar.




(a) This notice and a copy of the claim was served by me on ........................

.......................................... at on
the .day


of ........19


............................................................

(Signature of recipient of (Signature of process server).
claim and notice).

Delete whichever is not applicable.




Labour Tribunal Ordinance.





FORM 4



LABOUR TRIBUNAL
ORDINANCE
(Chapter 25)


NOTICE OF NEW PLACE AND NEW DAY FIXED FOR HEARING


[title as in Form 1]

To THE
DEFENDANT.


TAKE NOTICE that this claim will be heard at ..............................................



on the ..................day of 19 at and



any previous notice of the place and date of bearing is hereby cancelled.


Dated this ...........day of 19



Registrar.






This notice was served by me on at

on the ..day of ......19


(Signature of recipient of notice).(Signature of process server).


Delete whichever
is not

Note: (a)Service shall be effected in accordance with section 13(2) of the

Labour Tribunal Ordinance.






FORM 5 rule 7.1


LABOUR TRIBUNAL ORDINANCE

(Chapter 25)

NOTICE OF DAY OF HEARING BY COURT TO WHICH CLAIM
HAS BEEN TRANSFERRED

In the 'High/District Court of Hong Kong


[title as in Form]

TO ALL PARTIES INTERESTED.


TAKE NOTICE that this claim has been transferred to this Court and will be


heard at .....on the ....day of ...19


at ....* a.m./p.m.

Dated this .............day of 19



Registrar,
*Supreme CourilDistrict Court.



This notice was served by me on at
........................

on the ..day of ......19


....................(.Signature.
ce) ......................... Signature . . . .. of . process
.. server .



Delete whichever is not applicable.






Note: (a)Service shall be effected in accordance with the Labour Tribunal
(General) Rules.






FORM 6 [s. 14(1) & (Gen.)



LABOUR TRIBUNAL ORDINANCE
(Chapter 25)

SUMMARY OF FACTS

[title as in Form ]


TO THE PRESIDING OFFICER.
:

tribunal officer, on the .............day



of .......19 ..received a copy of this claim from the registrar

and have inquired into the facts thereof, a summary of which is set out in the



following:

1. By a contract of employment made *orally/in writing, *(a copy of which


is attached) on the ..............day of 19


the claimant(s) agreed *to serve/employ the defendant(s) as
on the following terms:

(a) ........................................................................................

(b) ........................................................................................


(d) ........................................................................................


2. *The claimants) were dismissed from the services of the defendant(s) on


the ......day of .........19



3. *The dismissal was made *orally/in writing *(a copy of which is


attached).


4. *The defendant(s) left the services of the on the


day of
................................. 19





5..........................*The defendant(s) gave *no notice,
days' notice to the


claimants).

6..........................*The claimant(s) became ill on the day of



and informed the defendant(s) *or ally/in
writing

*(a copy of which is attached) of *his/their illness and the opinion of


*his/their medical advisor *(a copy of which is attached) he/they


would be unable to resume work for days.

7. *The following facts are agreed by the claimant(s) and the
defendant(s):


(a) ............
........................................................



(b)....................................................................... 1

(C) ........................................................................................

(d) ........................................................................................
)

8. *The claimant(s) dispute(s) the following facts:



(a)
...................................................................



(b) .................................

(c) ........................................................................................

(d)
........................................................................................ (I-

*The defendant(s) dispute(s) the following facts: .......................







(d) ........................................................................................






10. The following facts are, in my opinion, of assistance to the tribunal:

(a)
........................................................................................

(b)
........................................................................................


(c) ..........................................................



(d)
........................................................................................
11. The following persons have refused to be interviewed by me: F


(a) ..........................................................



(b) ........


(C) .......



(d)

12. The following persons have been interviewed by me but have refused to F


*make any statement/ answer any question put to
him:



(a)
........................................................................................

(b)
........................................................................................


(c)
........................................................................................
(in)

(d) ........-

( F)

Dated this ..day of .....19



Tribunal Officer.




is not applicabic.

Note: To be completed in duplicate and delivered to the registrar not later than
24 hours after the completion of the necessary inquiries.






FORM 7

LABOUR TRIBUNAL ORDINANCE
(Chapter 25)


CERTIFICATE OF CONCILIATION

[title as in Form ]


. ..............authorized officer, hereby *certify/report-



*That the following *claimant(s)/defendant(s), having been interviewed by me,


*has/have indicated *his/their refusal to take part in conciliation:

(a) ....................... ......................................................................


2 . ........................................................................................

3 ................................................
...................................... ...........

4.............................................
..................................................

*That the parties to this claim, having taken part in conciliation, have not
been
able to reach any settlement.

*That having interviewed the parties to this claim, 1 am of the opinion that

tAJA conciliation is unlikely to result in a settlement being
reached.

*That having interviewed the parties to this claim, 1 am of the opinion that


conciliation may prejudice the interest of the *claimant(s)/defendant(s).

(b)............Dated this .day of 19




Authorized






*W . ................ tribunal officer, having studied the

above report, certify that it is true and correct.

(b) Dated this .day of .....19



Tribunal Officer.

Delete whichever is not applicable.
6 03 C't

Note: (a) Insert full name of each claimant or person represented, or defendant
who refuses to participate in conciliation.

(b) To be delivered to the registrar not later than 24 hours before the
date fixed for the hearing of the claim.
(c) To be filled and signed by the tribunal officer if the authorized officer
has reported to him on conciliation.

FORM 8 [s. 15(3).]

LABOUR TRIBUNAL ORDINANCE
(Chapter 25)
( A
NOTICE OF ADJOURNMENT

[title as in Form 1

TO THE COMMISSIONER FOR LABOUR.

TAKE NOTICE that it appearing to me that there is a reasonable likelihood

of a settlement of this claim being agreed to by all or some of the parties thereto,

I have ordered that bearing of this claim be adjourned to the day

of ........19 .at .....*a.m./p.m.

Dated this ..day of .....19

Presiding Officer.


Delete whichever is not applicable.






FORM 9 [s. 15

LABOUR TRIBUNAL ORDINANCE
(Chapter 25)


ADVICE OF RESULT OF CONCILIATION


[title as in Form 1]


TO THE PRESIDING OFFICER.


Conciliation has been held by me pursuant to section 15(4) of the Labour

Tribunal Ordinance between the *(following) parties to this claim:


*A settlement has been agreed to by such parties.


*1 am of the opinion that there is no reasonable likelihood of a settlement being

agreed to by such parties.

*The following has resulted from conciliation:


Dated this ..day of .....19

............... .
*Authorized Officerl
for Commissionerfor Labour.


Delete hichever is not applicable.

the date to which hearing has been adjourned.






FORM 10 [s. 15(7).]

LABOUR TRIBUNAL ORDINANCE
(Chapter 25)

CERTIFICATE OF SETTLEMENT

[title as in Form I]
We, .................................................................................................................

.....................
.....................
parties to this claim, hereby agree to a settlement of this claim on the following

P]
terms:

(b)

.......................................
.......................................
The above agreement has been interpreted to us in the .......................................

dialect and understood by us.

Dated this ....day of ....19


............ ---- *
(Signature of Claimant (s)


(Signature of Defendant (s)


Before me,

...............
Authorized Officer.

Filed this ..day of .....19

Registrar.

L.S.
Oin 1. Pt f13 I&)
Note: (a) Insert full names of those parties who agree to the settlement.
J 1 (111) *W S A A 1A Wel. 1 b A
(b) Set out in full the conditions on which the settlement is agreed.

his certificate must be signed by all parties who agree to the
settlement.






FORN4 11 [s. 31(2)(a).]

LABOUR TRIBUNAL ORDINANCE
(Chapter 25)

NOTICE OF REVIEW BY A PRESIDING OFFICER OF
HIS OWN MOTION

[title as in Form 1

TO ALL PARTIES INTERESTED.

TAKE NOTICE that in exercise of the powers conferred by section 31(1) of the

Labour Tribunal Ordinance . ......................................................................................


Presiding Officer, will review the *award/order made on the day

of ......19 .against (a)
*claimant(s)/defendant(s) to this claim.

AND TAKE NOTICE that the review will be heard at ............................................

on the ..day of .....19 .at .....*a.m./p.m.


Dated this ............day of 19
11
.......................Registrar.

..L. S.

(b) This notice was served by me on
..............................................................

at ...................on the ......day of 19


. ................................ .......................................................
(Signature ofrecipient qfnotice). (Signature qI process server).

Delete whichever is not applicable.

Note: (a) Insert full name and address of party against whom awardiorder
was made.


(b) Service shall be effected in the manner prescribed under the Labour
Tribunal (General) Rules.
*W Rig





FORM 12 [s. 31(2)(b).]


LABOUR TRIBUNAL ORDINANCE
(Chapter 25)
NOTICE OF REVIEW BY A PRESIDING OFFICER ON THE
APPLICATION OF A PARTY


[title as in Form 1 ]

1.15

TO ALL PARTIES INTERESTED.

An Application has been made by .................................................................

a party to this claim, for a review under section 31 of the Labour Tribunal

Ordinance of an *award/order made on the day

of .......19 ..in respect of this claim.

TAKE NOTICE that ................ ............. . Presiding Officer,

will review the *award/order at on the day

of ............................... 19 at *a.m.1p.m.


Dated this ..day of .....19

Registrar.



(b) This notice was served by me on

at ...................on the ......day of 19


(Signature ofrecipient o.fnotice). (Signature of process server).


Delete whichever is not applicable.

Note: (a)Insert full name of the party by whom the application has been made.

(b) Service shall be effected in the manner prescribed under the Labour
Tribunal (General) Rules.





FORM 13


LABOUR TRIBUNAL ORDINANCE
(Chapter 25)

APPLICATION FOR REVIEW OF AN *AWARD/ORDER
BY A PARTY


[tifle as in Form ]

To ............PRESIDING OFFICER.



which was heard and determined before you on the day
being dissatisfied with the *award, order


made by you in respect of this claim, hereby, pursuant to section 31(2)(b) of the

Labour Tribunal Ordinance, make application to you to review the *awardiorder.

(b).............Dated this .day of ............... 19


(Signature ol'Applicant).


* Delete whiche~er is not applicable,



Note: Insert full name of the party making application.

(b) An application for a review of an award or order must be made
within 7 days of the award or order.






FORM 14 [s. 32]


LABOUR TRIBUNAL ORDINANCE
(Chapter 25)


APPLICATION FOR LEAVE TO APPEAL ON POINT OF LAW


[title as in Form 1 ]


TO THE HIGH COURT.


I, (a) ...............a party to this claim, pursuant

to section 32 of the Labour Tribunal Ordinance do hereby apply for leave to

appeal against the *award/ order/determi nation by ....................................................

Presiding Officer, made in respect of this claim on the day

of ......19

The grounds on which 1 desire to appeal are that-


*the *award/ order/determi nation is erroneous in point of law in that- (b)

..................................................................................................................

2. ..................................................................................................................
3. ..................................................................................................................

4.......................


*the *award /order/determination is outside the jurisdiction of the tribunal in

that-(e)






Dated this ......... ................ day of 19


(d)..........Lodged this ........... day of 19



Delete whichever is not applicable.

Note.. (a)Insert full name of the party making the application for leave to
appeal.

(b) Set out the point of law in question.

(C) Set out the reasons.

(d )This application must be lodged with the Registrar, Supreme Court,
within 7 days after the date on which the written award/order/
determination appealed against was served.


FORM 15

[Deleted. L.N. 126176]

FORM 15A[(Gen.) rule 8A.]


LABOUR TRIBUNAL ORDINANCE
(Chapter 25)

NOTICE OF DAY FIXED FOR HEARING OF AN APPLICATION
FOR LEAVE TO APPEAL


[title as in Form ]

To (the applicant).

TAKE NOTICE that your application dated 19

for leave to appeal against the *award/order/determi nation of ..................................

............... Presiding Officer, made on the , day






of ...............19 in respect of this claim will be heard

at .............on the ............day of 19

at .............
Dated this ...day of 19


............... ..................................
Registrar, Supreme Court.


L.S.


This notice was served by me on ..............................................................

a t ..................on the ......day of 19


................................................................... ............................................................
(Signature of recipient of notice). (Signature ofprocess server).

D elete whiche~er is not applicable.

Note: (a) Service to be effected in accordance with the Labour Tribunal
(General) Rules.


FORM 16 [(Gen.) rule 9(1)(c).]


LABOUR TRIBUNAL ORDINANCE
(Chapter 25)


NOTICE OF DAY FIXED FOR HEARING OF AN APPEAL


In the Supreme Court of Hong Kong

[title as in Form ]


TO ALL PARTIES INTERESTED.

TAKE NOTICE that leave to appeal against the *award/ order/ determination

of ..........Presiding Officer, made on






the ...day of ........19 .in respect of this claim has

been granted. The grounds of appeal are set out in the application for leave to
l. A A

appeal, a copy of which is annexed hereto.

AND TAKE NOTICE that this appeal will be heard at ....................

on the ..day of ......19 .at .................................

Dated this .............day of 19


Registrar, Supreme Court.

L.S.


This notice was served by me on ..............................................................

at ..........on the ..day of ......19


................................................................... ............................................................
(Signature frecipient qfnotice).(Signature ol-process server).

Delete whichever is not applicable.

Note.. (a) Service to be effected in accordance with the Labour Tribunal
(General) Rules.


FORM 17 [(Gen.) rule 12(1).]


LABOUR TRIBUNAL ORDINANCE
(Chapter 25)

CERTIFICATE OF *AWARD/ORDER

[title as in Form ]

1 . ............certify that (a)

on the ...day of .....................19 obtained against

(b)
............... in the tribunal *the award of

the order for the payment of ...................................................





Dated this .............day of 19
*Registrarl Officer authorized by Presiding,
Officer under rule 12(4) of the Labour
Tribunal (General) Rules.


L.S.
(bn 1 lt 0 A)

TO THE REGISTRAR, DISTRICT COURT.


The above certificate is presented by me for registration in accordance with

rule 12(2) of the Labour Tribunal (General) Rules.


(C) Dated this ...day of 19



..for registration).


The above certificate is registered in the District Court.


Dated this .......day of 19


Registrar, District Court.


L.S.

Delete whichever is not applicable.

Note: (a) Insert full name of party in whose favour the award or order is made.

(b) Insert full name of party against whom the award or order is made.

(c) The award or order must be presented for registration not later than
12 months after the date of the award or order.






FORM 18 [s. 20A.]
LABOUR TRIBUNAL ORDINANCE
(ChapteAPPLICATION FOR RESTORATION OF A CLAIM
[title as in Form 1]
TO THE LABOUR TRIBUNAL.

1, (a) ................ a claimant
to this claim, which was struck out by the tribunal in my absence on the
........................ day of 19 ---hereby, pursuant to section
20A of the Labour Tribunal Ordinance, make application for the restoration of
the claim.
The *reason/reasons for my non-appearance at the hearing *is/are ...................

(b) Dated this .day of ......19

.....
(Signature of Applicant)-

Delete whichewr is not applicable.
Note: (0) Insert full name of the claimant making application.
(b) This application must be made to the tribunal within 7 days after the
hearing or such further period as the tribunal may allow.









FORM 19 [s. 21A.]
LABOUR TRIBUNAL ORDINANCE
(ChapteAPPLICATION TO SET ASIDE AN AWARD/ORDER
flifle as in Form 1]
TO THE LABOUR TRIBUNAL.

1, (a) a defendant
to this claim, which was heard and determined by the tribunal in my absence and
an *award/order made on the .......day of 19
hereby, pursuant to section 21A of the Labour Tribunal Ordinance, make application
to set aside the *awardlorder.
The *reason/reasons for my non-appearance at the hearing *is/are ...................
.................................
.................................

(b) Dated this ..day of .....19

.............
(Signature of Applicant).

Delete whichever is not applicable.
Note: (a)Insert full name of the defendant making application.
(b) This application must be made to the tribunal within 7 days after the
bearing or such further period as the tribunal may allow.





FORM 20 [ss. 20A & 21 A.]

LABOUR TRIBUNAL ORDINANCE
(Chapter 25)

NOTICE OF PLACE AND DAY FIXED FOR HEARING OF
AN APPLICATION TO RESTORE A CLAIM/SET ASIDE
AN .AWARD/ORDER

[title as in Form 1]

TO ALL PARTIES INTERESTED.

An application has been made by (0) ................
a claimant/ defend ant
to this claim. to---

*restore under section 20A of the Labour Tribunal Ordinance a claim which was
struck out

*set aside under section 21A of the Labour Tribunal Ordinance the *award/
order made

in the absence of the applicant on the day of
19 in respect of this claim. The reasons for the non-appearance of the applicant
are set out in the Application, a copy of which is annexed hereto.

TAKE NOTICE that the Application will be heard at a tribunal to be held at .......
.....before .............................................. Presiding
on t c ........day of ......... 19
at ..........*a.m./p.m.

Dated this ..day of 19

Registrar.

L.S.

(b)This notice and a copy of the application was served by me on
at ................................................................................................................................
......................................on
the .day of ................................ --- 19

................................................................. .......................................................
(Signature qfre,-ipient (Signature ofprocess server).
qfnotice and application).

* Delete whichever is not applicable.

Note: (a)Insert full name of the applicant.

(b)Service shall be effected in accordance with section 13(2) of the Labour
Tribunal Ordinance.




1984 L.N. 222/72. L.N. 133/74. L.N. 126/76. L.N.280/81. L.N. 203/82. L.N. 93/84. Citation. Forms. Schedule. L.N. 133/74. L.N. 126/76. L.N. 203/82. L.N. 133/74. L.N. 203/82. L.N. 133/74. L.N. 203/82. L.N. 126/76. L.N. 280/81. L.N. 93/84. L.N. 93/84. L.N. 93/84.

Abstract

L.N. 222/72. L.N. 133/74. L.N. 126/76. L.N.280/81. L.N. 203/82. L.N. 93/84. Citation. Forms. Schedule. L.N. 133/74. L.N. 126/76. L.N. 203/82. L.N. 133/74. L.N. 203/82. L.N. 133/74. L.N. 203/82. L.N. 126/76. L.N. 280/81. L.N. 93/84. L.N. 93/84. L.N. 93/84.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2259

Edition

1964

Volume

v3

Subsequent Cap No.

25

Number of Pages

24
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:05:05 +0800
<![CDATA[LABOUR TRIBUNAL (FEES) RULES]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2258

Title

LABOUR TRIBUNAL (FEES) RULES

Description






LABOUR TRIBUNAL (FEES) RULES

1 LAW


(Cap. 25, section 45)

[26 February 1988]

L.N. 44188

Citation

1. These rules may be cited as the Labour Tribunal (Fees) Rules.

Fees

2. The fees specified in the Schedule shall be payable in respect of all
proceedings taken in the tribunal.

Payment of fees

3. Save as otherwise provided in the Schedule, the fees specified therein shall
be payable either by adhesive stamps or by causing the relevant document to be
franked with the amount of the fee.

Power of registrar

4. The registrar may reduce, remit or defer payment of any fee specified in the
Schedule as he may think fit in any particular case and shall, if he exercises this
power, endorse on the relevant document a note of the reduction, remission or
deferment and of the reasons therefor.

SCHEDULE rule
2
FEES
Filing of Claim and Subpoenas
1 Filing of claim-

where the claim does not exceed $500 10.00

where the claim exceeds $500 but does not exceed $1,000 15.00
where the claim exceeds $ 1,000 but does not exceed $3,000 20,00
where the claim exceeds $3,000 ......25.00

2. Subpoena and copy including service, each witness 10,00
3. Application for review 30.00
4. Application for leave to appeal 30.00

5. Issue of certificate of award or order, including copy .............. 10.00
Each additional copy .................3.50
6. Registration of an award or order with the District Court 15.00





Copies, Certification, Searches

7. Copy of any document (including written award or order) made in the

Registry of the Tribunal and certifying the same, per page 3.00
8. Every search in the Registry of the Tribunal for each document 10.00

9. Photostatic copy of document made in the Registry of the Tribunal and

certification-
(a) for each page or portion of a page ................................................... 3.00

(b) for each page or portion of a page exceeding in size 210 nun x 297 nun such
additional
fee as the
registrar
may fix

10. Translation of any foreign document and certificate, per page in the
discretion
of the
registrar
11. Certifying translation, per page 10.00

Bailiff's Expenses

12. Transportation or conveyance expenses and overtime, according to distance

and time (to he paid in cash) ......in the
....................................discretion
....................................of the
....................................registrar
Miscellaneous

13. Any other matter or proceeding for which no fee has been specified herein in the

discretion
of the
registrar

Abstract



Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2258

Edition

1964

Volume

v3

Subsequent Cap No.

25

Number of Pages

2
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:05:04 +0800
<![CDATA[LABOUR TRIBUNAL (GENERAL) RULES]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2257

Title

LABOUR TRIBUNAL (GENERAL) RULES

Description






LABOUR TRIBUNAL (GENERAL) RULES

(Cap. 25, section 45)

[1 March 1973.]

1. These rules may be cited as the Labour Tribunal (General)
Rules.

2. In these rules, unless the context otherwise requires-

---register'means the Register of Claims kept under rule 4.

3. There shall be a registry for claims which shall be situated
at such place as the Chief Justice may direct.

4. (1) A 'Register of Claims', in such form as the Chief
Justice may direct, shall be maintained in the registry.

(2) The register shall contain such details of all claims and
proceedings in the tribunal as the Chief Justice may direct.

5. (1) Unless otherwise provided by the Ordinance, process
shall be served by a person appointed by the registrar.

(2) Service of process shall be effected by delivering a copy of
the document to the person to be served or by leaving it with some
person for him at his last known place of residence or at his place of
work.

(3) The person effecting the service shall endorse on the copy
of the document retained by him the date and place of service and
the name of the person receiving it and shall sign the endorsement.

6. (1) If reasonable efforts have been made to serve a docu-
ment in accordance with rule 5 and service has not been effected, the
registrar may make an order for substituted service of the document.

(2) Substituted service shall be effected in such manner as the
registrar may direct.

7. (1) Where the tribunal transfers a claim to the High Court
or the District Court under section 10(2) of the Ordinance, the
registrar shall send to the registrar of the court to which the claim is
transferred a certified copy of the entries in the register, and the
documents in his custody, relating to the claim.

(2) The registrar of the court to which the claim is transferred
shall appoint a day for the hearing and send notices in the prescribed
form to all parties interested.

8. A summary of facts shall be-

(a) prepared in the prescribed form in duplicate;





(b)signed by the tribunal officer preparing it; and
(c)delivered to the registrar within 24 hours after the comple-
tion of the inquiries necessary for its preparation or within
such longer period as may be directed by the registrar.

8A. (1) Where an application for leave to appeal is made
under section 32 of the Ordinance-
(a)the registrar shall on the request by any party to the
proceedings and on payment by such party of the appro-
priate fee supply to such party within 7 days of the request
a certified copy of the record of the proceedings; and
(b)the Registrar of the Supreme Court shall-
(i) fix a date and place for the hearing of the applica-
tion; and
(ii) send a notice to the applicant in the prescribed
form of the date and place of hearing.
(2) At the hearing of an application for leave to appeal, the
High Court may with the consent of the applicant alter any ground
of appeal, or insert any new ground of appeal, in the application for
leave to appeal.

9. (1) Where leave to appeal is granted under section 32 of
the Ordinance-
(a)the registrar shall send to the Registrar of the Supreme
Court a copy of the entries in the register and the docu-
ments in his custody relating to the claim, together with a
certified English translation of such entries and docu-
ments;
(b)the Registrar of the Supreme Court shall, on receipt of
such documents, fix a date and place for the hearing of the
appeal; and
(c)the Registrar of the Supreme Court shall send notices in
the prescribed form of the date and place of hearing to be
served on the parties to the claim who are interested in the
appeal.
(2) Save with the permission of the High Court, an appellant
shall not be entitled at the hearing of the appeal to rely on any
ground of appeal not specified in the application for leave to appeal.

10. [Revoked, L.N. 202182]

11. The tribunal may order that the amount of an award or
order shall be paid by such instalments, payable at such times, as the
tribunal may think fit.

12. (1) Where an award or order is made by the tribunal, and
if stay of execution has not been ordered under section 37 of the
Ordinance, the registrar shall, on the application of the party in
whose favour the award or order is made, supply to him a certificate
of award or order in the prescribed form and a copy thereof.





(2) The registrar of the District Court shall, on the production of a
certificate of award or order, and a copy thereof to him within 12 months
after the date of the award or order, register the certificate in the Register
of Actions kept in the District Court.

(3) The registrar of the District Court shall seal and date the copy
certificate and return it to the person producing it.

(4) A presiding officer may at any time authorize an officer attached
to the tribunal, not being below the rank of senior clerical officer, to
discharge the duties of the registrar under paragraph (1).

13. The rate of interest which may be included in the amount of an
award by the tribunal, in exercise of the powers conferred by section 39
of the Ordinance shall be 15%, or such rate as may be fixed by the Chief
Justice-by notice published in the Gazette.
L.N. 220/72. L.N. 131/74. L.N. 127/76. L.N. 279/81. L.N. 202/82. Citation. Interpretation. Registry. Register of Claims. Service. Substituted service. Transfer of claim to High Court or District Court. L.N. 127/76. Form 5. Preparation of summary of facts. Form 6. Procedure on application for leave to appeal. L.N. 127/76. L.N. 202/82. Form 15A. L.N. 131/74. L.N. 202/82. Procedure on appeal from the tribunal. L.N. 131/74. L.N. 202/82. L.N. 127/76. Form 16. Payment of award by instalment. Registration of award or order in District Court. Form 17. L.N. 127/76. L.N. 279/81. Rate of interest. L.N. 202/82.

Abstract

L.N. 220/72. L.N. 131/74. L.N. 127/76. L.N. 279/81. L.N. 202/82. Citation. Interpretation. Registry. Register of Claims. Service. Substituted service. Transfer of claim to High Court or District Court. L.N. 127/76. Form 5. Preparation of summary of facts. Form 6. Procedure on application for leave to appeal. L.N. 127/76. L.N. 202/82. Form 15A. L.N. 131/74. L.N. 202/82. Procedure on appeal from the tribunal. L.N. 131/74. L.N. 202/82. L.N. 127/76. Form 16. Payment of award by instalment. Registration of award or order in District Court. Form 17. L.N. 127/76. L.N. 279/81. Rate of interest. L.N. 202/82.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2257

Edition

1964

Volume

v3

Subsequent Cap No.

25

Number of Pages

3
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:05:03 +0800
<![CDATA[LABOUR TRIBUNAL ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2256

Title

LABOUR TRIBUNAL ORDINANCE

Description






LAWS OF HONG KONG

LABOUR TRIBUNAL ORDINANCE

CHAPTER 25





CHAPTER 25

LABOUR TRIBUNAL ORDINANCE

ARRANGEMENT OF SECTIONS

Section Page

PART I

PRELIMINARY

1. Short title ...........................3
2. Interpretation ........................3

PART I

CONSTITUTION OF
TRIBUNAL

3. Establishment of tribunal .............4
4. Appointment of presiding officers .....4
5. Tribunal officers .....................5
6. Officers of the tribunal ..............5

PART III

JURISDICTION

7. Jurisdiction of tribunal ..............5
8. Power to amend Schedule ...............5
8A. Bankruptcy petitions and petitions for winding up 6
9. Limitation ............................6
10. Declining jurisdiction ...............6

PART IV

COMMENCEMENT OF
PROCEEDINGS

11. Filing claims ........................7
12. Contents of claims ...................7
13. Service of claim and notice of hearing 7
14. Inquiries by tribunal officer ........8
15. Conciliation certificate to be filed .9

PART V

PRACTICE AND
PROCEDURE

16. Presiding officers etc. to prevent delay to the prejudice of claimant 10
17. Place of hearing .....................10
18. Hearing to be in public unless otherwise ordered 10
19. Keeping of summary of evidence, etc . 10
20. Hearing to be informal ...............11





Section.................................... Page
20A....................Failure of claimant to appear at hearing 11
21. Hearing of claim in absence of defendant 11
21A...........Setting aside award or order made in absence of defendant 11
22. Decision to be announced at conclusion of hearing if possible 11

23.................Right of audience ...........................12

24.............Claims may be joined ......................... 12

25.............................Representative claims 13
26................................Joint defendants 13
27....................................Evidence 14
28.....................................Costs 14
29.........................Frivolous or vexatious claims 14
30..................................Adjournments 15

PART VI

REVIEW AND
APPEAL

31..........................Review of awards and orders 15
32........................Leave to appeal on point of law 15
33...................................(Repealed) 16

34.............(Repealed) ................ 16

35.........................Powers of High Court on appeal 16
35A..........................Appeal to Court of Appeal 16
35B...................Powers of the Court of Appeal on appeal 17
36..............................Procedure on appeal 17
37.....................Stay of execution on review or appeal 17

PART VII

MISCELLANEOUS

38.............Awards and orders may be registered in District Court 17
39.........................Interest on claims and awards 18
40................................Payment of award 18
41.....................Interference with witness and perjury 18
42..............................Insulting behaviour 19

43. Punishment of witness for non-attendance and of person for non-production

of document .........................19

44. Punishment for refusal to comply with request by tribunal officer to produce

document and for obstruction of tribunal officer 19
45..........................Chief Justice may make rules 20
45A.........Power of presiding officer to enforce payment of fine, etc . 20

46................Procedure generally ..... 20

Schedule .
........................................................................................................................ 21





CHAPTER 25

LABOUR TRIBUNAL

To establish a tribunal having limited civil jurisdiction, to be known as the Labour
Tribunal, and to make provision for the jurisdiction, procedure, and practice
thereof and for matters connected therewith.

[1March1973] L.N.35of.1973

Originally 16 of 1972 22 of 1973,39 of 1973, 10 of 1974,29 of 1974, L.N. 142 of 1974, L.N.
178 of 1974,92of]975,8of]976,25of]976,54of]977,4]of]979,L.N.377of]90,40of]981,79
of]981,7]of]982,R.Ed.1982,140f1984,50f1986;49of]988.z.,,j37-61~,

PART 1

PRELMINARY

1. Short title

This Ordinance may be cited as the Labour Tribunal Ordinance.

2. Interpretation

In this Ordinance, unless the context otherwise requires-

,authorized officer' means a public officer who has been authorized by the
Commissioner under section 6(5) to assist in conciliation under this Ordinance;

'claim' means a proceeding before the tribunal between a claimant and a defendant;

'claimant' means a person seeking relief other than

(a)a defendant entering a counterclaim; and

(b)a person who is being represented in a representative claim;

'Commissioner' means the Commissioner for Labour; (Amended L.N. 142 of 1974)

'conciliation' means a discussion or action initiated or undertaken by an authorized
officer for the purpose of reaching a settlement of a claim;

'contract of employment' means

(a)an agreement, whether express or implied by law, whereby one person
agrees to employ another and that other agrees to serve his employer
as an employee whether payment is to be on a price, task or time basis
and wherever the services are to be rendered; and





(b)a contract of apprenticeship;

'defendant' means a person against whom relief is sought by a claimant other than

(a)a claimant against whom relief is sought by way of counterclaim;

(b)a person who is being represented in a representative claim;

,,employee' means a person who has agreed to serve as an employee under a
contract of employment;

'party' means a claimant or defendant and any person joined as a third party;

'presiding officer'' means a presiding officer appointed under section 4;

'registrar' means the Registrar of the Labour Tribunal;

'representative claim' means a claim brought in the name of one claimant on behalf
of himself and one or more other claimants;

'tribunal' means the Labour Tribunal established by section 3 and a presiding
officer appointed under section 4;

'tribunal officer' means a tribunal officer appointed under section 5.

PART 11

CONSTITUTION OF TRIBUNAL

3. Establishment of tribunal

(1) There is hereby established a tribunal to be known as the Labour Tribunal
which shall be a court of record with such jurisdiction and powers as are conferred
on it by this and any other Ordinance.

(2) All proceedings in the tribunal shall be heard and determined by a presiding
officer sitting alone.

(3) The tribunal shall have a seal of a design approved by the Chief Justice, and
all awards, summonses, and other processes of the tribunal shall be sealed therewith.

4. Appointment of presiding officers

(1) The Governor may appoint one or more presiding officers, who shall
constitute the tribunal.

(2) Subject to subsection (3), an appointment made under subsection (1) may
be given retrospective effect.

(3) No person appointed as presiding officer shall discharge any judicial
function before the date of the instrument by which he is appointed or before the
requirements of section 17 of the Oaths and Declarations Ordinance

(Cap. 11) have been fulfilled. (Amended 22 of 1973s.2) (cf. Cap. 336 s. 4)





5. Tribunal officers

The Governor may appoint such number of tribunal officers as he may think fit,
who shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as are conferred on them by
this and any other Ordinance.

6. Officers of the tribunal

(1) There shall be attached to the tribunal a registrar and such number of deputy
or assistant registrars, bailiffs, clerks, interpreters and other officers as the Governor
may consider necessary.

(2) In addition to the powers and duties conferred or imposed by this and any
other Ordinance, the registrar, any deputy or assistant registrar, bailiff, clerk,
interpreter and other officer attached to the tribunal may exercise such powers and
perform such duties, insofar as the same are applicable to the business of the
tribunal, as those exercised or performed by the Registrar, deputy registrar, assistant
registrar, bailiff, clerk, interpreter or other officer attached to the Supreme Court.
(Amended 92 of 1975 s. 58)

(3) Any act which under this or any other enactment is required or authorized
to be done by the registrar may be performed by a deputy registrar or assistant
registrar of the tribunal and any process of the tribunal may be executed by any
bailiff thereof notwithstanding that it may have been directed personally to some
other bailiff.

(4) In exercise of his powers and performance of his duties under this
Ordinance, a person to whom this section applies shall be subject to the same
liabilities and penalties and have the benefit of the same protection as attached by
virtue of the Supreme Court Ordinance (Cap. 4) to a person exercising or performing
similar powers or duties under that Ordinance.

(5) The Commissioner may authorize any public officer to assist in conciliation
under this Ordinance.

PART III

JURISDICTION

7. Jurisdiction of tribunal

(1) The tribunal shall have jurisdiction to inquire into, hear and determine the
claims specified in the Schedule.

(2) Save as is provided in this Ordinance, no claim within the jurisdiction of the
tribunal shall be actionable in any court in Hong Kong.

8. Power to amend Schedule

The Legislative Council may, by resolution, amend the Schedule.





8A. Bankruptcy petitions and petitions for winding up

(1) The tribunal shall not have jurisdiction to inquire into, hear or determine

(a)any claim brought by way of a bankruptcy petition under the
Bankruptcy Ordinance (Cap. 6) or by way of a petition for winding up
under the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32); or

(b)any claim submitted to proof in a bankruptcy or winding up under
those Ordinances.

(2) An order of a court made on or after 1 March 1973 on a petition mentioned in
subsection (1), and anything done under the order, including any decision on a claim
submitted to proof, shall not be invalid by reason only that the claim upon which the
petition was founded or the claim submitted to proof was within the jurisdiction of
the tribunal.

(Added 40 of 1981 s. 2)

9. Limitation

(1) Subject to subsection (2), the tribunal shall not have jurisdiction to inquire
into or determine a claim or part of a claim if the cause of action arose more than 12
months before the date on which the claim is filed, unless the parties to the claim, by
a memorandum signed by them and filed with the registrar, have agreed that the
tribunal shall have jurisdiction. (Amended 41 of 1979s.2)

(2) When the cause of action in a claim arose partly before and partly after the
12 month period of limitation prescribed by subsection (1), the tribunal may, with the
consent of the parties, sever that part of the claim over which it has no jurisdiction
and hear and determine the part over which it has jurisdiction. (Amended41of 1979s.2)

(3), Nothing in this section shall preclude the institution of proceedings in the
High Court or in the District Court in respect of a claim which, by reason of the
expiration of the limitation period prescribed by subsection (1), is not actionable in
accordance with this Ordinance.

10. Declining jurisdiction

(1) The tribunal may, at any stage of proceedings, if it is of the opinion that for
any reason the claim should not be heard and determined by it, decline jurisdiction.

(2) The tribunal may, when it declines jurisdiction under subsection (1), transfer
the claim to the High Court or the District Court, in such manner as may be
prescribed.





PART IV

COMMENCEMENT OF
PROCEEDINGS

11. Filing claims

(1) A proceeding in the tribunal shall be commenced by filing a claim with
the register.

(2) Subject to subsection (3), a claim shall be in writing in the prescribed form, in
either the English or Chinese language, and shall be signed by the claimant.

(3) The registrar may permit a claim to be made orally and shall cause it to be
reduced to writing, in the language in which it is made, and shall supply a copy
thereof to the claimant.

(4) Subject to subsection (5), a claim shall be signed by each claimant and
person represented as being correct to the best of his knowledge and belief

(5) In any joint or representative claim

(a)the registrar may permit the claim to be filed if it has not been signed
by all the claimants or persons represented named therein on
condition that all such claimants or persons will do so before the date
of hearing; and

(b)the name of a claimant or person who has not so signed the claim
before it is heard may, if the presiding officer so directs, be struck out
of the claim and the amount of the claim reduced accordingly.

12. Contents of claims

A claim shall contain

(a)the name and address of each claimant, and, in the case of a
representative claim, the name and address of each person
represented;

(b)the name and address of each defendant;

(c)the sum of money claimed by each claimant or person represented;

(d)such particulars of the claim as shall be reasonably sufficient to inform
the defendant of the grounds for the claim and of the manner in which
the amount claimed by each claimant or person represented has been
calculated.

13. Service of claim and notice of bearing

(1) The registrar shall, when a claim has been filed

(a)fix a place and date for hearing of the claim which shall, unless the
parties otherwise agree, be not earlier than 10 days nor later than 30
days from the filing of the claim; and





(b)cause a copy of the claim, together with a notice in the prescribed
form of the date and place of hearing, to be served on every
defendant to the claim in the manner prescribed under subsection (2).

(2) Service of a copy of the claim and of a notice of hearing

(a)shall be carried out by such person as may be appointed by the
registrar for this purpose; and

(b)shall be effected-

(i) by delivering them personally to the defendant;

(ii) by leaving them with some person for him at his last known place
of residence or at his place of business; or

(iii) in such other manner as may be directed by the registrar.

(3) The registrar shall, if the presiding officer has specified a period under
section 14(2)(b) or (e), and the registrar has been notified, fix a new date of hearing
to take account of that period and notify the defendant of the new date of hearing in
the manner prescribed by subsection (2).

14. Inquiries by tribunal officer

(1) When a claim has been filed, the registrar shall forward a copy thereof to a
tribunal officer, who shall prepare a summary of facts relating to the claim.

(2) The tribunal officer shall, if he is unable to complete the inquiries necessary
for the preparation of the summary of facts relating to the claim within 10 days from
the filing of the claim, forthwith so inform the presiding officer, who shall, subject to
section 16, direct the tribunal officer to

(a)cease to inquire further into the facts of the claim and prepare the
summary of facts;

(b)complete the inquiries within such further period as may be specified
by the presiding officer; or

(c)continue his inquiries and report thereon to the presiding officer
within such period as may be specified by the presiding officer,

and shall notify the registrar of any period specified by him under paragraph (b) or
(c).

(3) A summary of facts prepared by a tribunal officer shall, in addition to any
other information which he considers will be of assistance to the tribunal, set out
such facts as appear to him to be agreed by all or any of the parties and such facts
as appear to him to be in dispute between any of the parties.

(4) For the purpose of preparing a summary of facts, a tribunal officer shall
have power to

(a)interview at any reasonable time any person, including a party, and
record a statement from him;

(b)enter and inspect at any reasonable time any premises in which a
party is or has been employed and to examine any part of the
premises and any machinery, fittings or equipment therein; and





(e)require any person to produce at any reasonable time any records,
books of account or other documents which the tribunal officer may
reasonably consider to be relevant to the claim, and to examine and
make copies of such records, books of account or other documents.

(5) A person who is interviewed by a tribunal officer shall not be compelled to
make a statement or to answer any question put to him but the tribunal officer shall
record in his summary of facts if any person has refused to be interviewed or to
answer any question put to him.

(6) A person who makes a statement to a tribunal officer shall be entitled to
read such statement or, if he is illiterate or if the statement is written in a language
which he does not understand, to have the statement read out to him in a language
which he does understand and to correct any errors therein.

(7) A statement made to a tribunal officer may be admitted as evidence of all
matters therein if it is produced before the tribunal by the tribunal officer who
recorded it and contains a statement by him that subsection (6) was complied with at
the time when the statement was recorded.

15. Conciliation certificate to be filed

(1) The tribunal shall not hear a claim until a certificate in the prescribed form
signed by a tribunal officer or an authorized officer is filed or produced to the effect
that

(a)one or more of the parties has refused to take part in conciliation;

(b)conciliation has been attempted but no settlement has been reached;

(c)conciliation is unlikely to result in a settlement being reached; or

(d)conciliation may prejudice the interests of a party.

(2) A certificate under subsection (1) shall be filed with or produced to the
tribunal not later than 24 hours before the date fixed for the hearing of the claim.

(3) During the hearing of a claim the tribunal may, subject to sections 16 and 30,
adjourn the claim and notify the Commissioner in the prescribed form of the
adjournment and the reason therefor if (Amended L.N. 377 of 1980)

(a)the tribunal is of the opinion that there is a reasonable likelihood of a
settlement of the claim; and

(b)all parties to the claim have agreed to an adjournment for the purpose
of conciliation.

(4) The Commissioner may, when he has been notified of an adjournment
pursuant to subsection (3), hold conciliation between such of the parties to the claim
as are willing to take part.





(5) The Commissioner may, if after such conciliation the parties reach a
settlement of the claim or if he is of the opinion that there is no reasonable
likelihood of such a settlement, so advise the tribunal in the prescribed form.
(6) The Commissioner shall, unless he has earlier advised the tribunal
under subsection (5), advise the tribunal as to what, if any, progress has been
made in the conciliation not less than 24 hours before the date to which the
claim has been adjourned.
(7) If a settlement of a claim is reached, whether as a result of conciliation
or not, the terms of the settlement shall be reduced to writing in the prescribed
form and signed by the parties to the settlement.
(8) A settlement, which has been reduced to writing and signed by the
parties thereto, shall be filed in the tribunal.
(9) A settlement filed under subsection (8) shall be treated for all purposes
as if it were an award of the tribunal.

PART V

PRACTICE AND PROCEDURE

16. Presiding officers etc. to prevent delay
to the prejudice of claimant
Every presiding officer, registrar, deputy or assistant registrar, tribunal
officer and authorized officer shall ensure that there is no avoidable delay in the
determination of a claim and shall have regard to any proceedings in any other
court which may result in judgments to the prejudice of the claimant.

17. Place of hearing
A presiding officer shall sit for the disposal of the business of the tribunal
at such places and times as, having regard to the convenience of the parties and
witnesses, he may think fit.

18. Hearing to he in public unless otherwise ordered
The hearing of a claim shall be conducted in public unless the presiding
officer considers that in the interests of justice the hearing or any part thereof
should be in private, in which case he shall order accordingly.

19. Keeping of summary of evidence, etc.
The presiding officer shall keep a summary of the evidence, submissions or
statements made or given and of any point of law raised at the hearing and of
his decision on such point of law.
(Amended 18 of 1974 s. 7)





20. Hearing to he informal

(1) The hearing of a claim shall be conducted in an informal manner.
(2) The presiding officer may subpoena witnesses, order the production of
any document, record, book of account or other exhibit and put to a party or
witness such questions as he may think fit.
(3) The presiding officer shall investigate any matter which he may
consider relevant to the claim, whether or not it has been raised by a party.

20A. Failure of claimant to appear at hearing

(1) If, upon the hearing of a claim, the claimant does not appear, the
tribunal may strike out the claim, without prejudice, however, to the restoration
thereof by the tribunal, on the application of the claimant, on such terms as it
thinks just.
(2) An application under subsection (1) shall be made within 7 days after
the hearing or such further period as the tribunal may allow.
(Added 14 of 1984 s. 2)

21. Hearing of claim in absence of defendant
If a defendant who has been duly served with a copy of the claim and a
notice of hearing fails to appear at the hearing, by himself or by a person
authorized by the tribunal to appear on his behalf, the tribunal may, if it is of
the opinion that the facts relating to the claim are sufficiently established, hear
and determine the claim and make such award or order as it may think fit,
notwithstanding the absence of the defendant.

21A.Setting aside award or order made
in absence of defendant

(1) Any award or order made by the tribunal under section 21 in the
absence of a defendant at a hearing may be set aside by the tribunal, on the
application of the defendant, on such terms as it thinks just.
(2) An application under subsection (1) shall be made within 7 days after
the hearing or such further period as the tribunal may allow.
(Added 14 of 1984 s. 3)

22. Decision to he announced at conclusion
of bearing if possible

(1) The presiding officer shall deliver his determination of a claim and
make such award or order thereon as he may think fit as soon as possible after
the conclusion of the hearing of the claim.





(2) The reasons for an award or order may be given orally or in writing as the
presiding officer may think fit.

(3) A presiding officer shall, when he has made an award or order orally, reduce
it to writing as soon as possible, and in any case not later than 14 days after the date
of the award or order.

(4) Every written award or order shall be served by the registrar on the parties,
and it shall not be necessary for the party in whose favour an award or order has
been made to prove that it reached the party to be served.

(Replaced 25 of 1976 s. 2)

(5) Service of a written award or order under subsection (4) shall be effected

(a) by delivering it personally to the party to be served;

(b)by leaving it with some person for him at his last known place of
residence or at his place of business; or

(c)in such other manner as the registrar thinks fit. (Added 25 of
1976s.2)

23. Right of audience

(1) The following persons shall have a right of audience before the tribunal

(a) a claimant or defendant;

(b) a tribunal officer;

(e) an authorized officer;

(d)an officer or servant of an unincorporated or incorporated company
or a member of a partnership, if the company or partnership is a party;
and

(e)with the leave of the tribunal, an office bearer of a registered trade
union or of an association of employers who is authorized in writing
by a claimant or defendant to appear as his representative.

(2) No barrister or solicitor, unless he is acting on his own behalf as a claimant
or a defendant, shall have a right of audience before the tribunal.

24. Claims may be joined

(1) If 2 or more claims are filed and it appears to the tribunal that

(a) a common question of law or fact arises in both or all of them;

(b) the claims arise out of the same cause of action; or

(e) it would be in the interests of justice,
the tribunal may order that such claims be joined.

(2) The power conferred by this section may be exercised notwithstanding that
an inquiry into or hearing of one or more of the claims has been commenced.





25. Representative claims

(1) Subject to subsection (2), if 2 or more persons have claims against the same
defendant, such claims may be brought in the name of one of such persons as the
representative of some or all of them.

(2) The tribunal may, if at any stage of the proceedings, it considers that the
bringing of a representative claim may prejudice the defendant, order that the claims
of all or any of the persons represented shall be inquired into separately.

(3) Each person represented in a representative claim shall be deemed to have
authorized the representative on his behalf to

(a)call and give evidence and make submissions to the tribunal on any
matter arising during the inquiry into the claim;

(b) file affidavits, statements or other documents;

(c) agree to a summary of facts prepared by a tribunal officer;

(d) agree to an adjournment or change of venue;

(e) agree to the holding of and to take part in conciliation;
agree to a settlement of the claim on such terms as he may think
fit;

(g)consent to the tribunal having jurisdiction over a claim pursuant to
section 9;

(h)amend the claim in respect of all or any of the individual claims or to
abandon the claim; and

(i)act generally in as full and free a manner as such claimant could act
himself.

(4) The authority deemed to be given to a representative by subsection (3) shall
not be withdrawn save by leave of the tribunal.

(5) In making an award in respect of a representative claim the tribunal may
allocate such part of the award to each person represented as it thinks fit and the
amount so allocated shall, for the purposes of section 38 of the Bankruptcy
Ordinance (Cap. 6) and section 265 of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32) (which
provide for prior payment in bankruptcy and winding-up of certain debts), be
considered as a separate award.

(6) The tribunal may, at any time before making an award, grant leave to any
person to join as a person represented in a claim on such terms as it may think fit.

(7) The tribunal may cause public notice to be given, in such manner as it may
think fit, of the particulars of a representative claim which has been filed and of the
date and place which have been fixed for the hearing of the claim.

26. Joint defendants

(1) If 2 or more persons are defendants to a claim, as partners or otherwise, it
shall be sufficient to serve any of them with process and an award





may be obtained and execution issued against any person so served
notwithstanding that any other persons jointly liable may not have been served or
been a party or may not be within the jurisdiction of the tribunal.

(2) If an award is made against a person in accordance with subsection (1) and
is satisfied by that person, he shall be entitled to recover in the tribunal contribution
from any other person jointly liable with him.

(3) An award obtained against a person in respect of his liability jointly with
any other person shall not release such other person from liability under the award.

(4) A person who is sued in respect of his liability jointly with any other person
may set up any defence or counterclaim which he would have been entitled to set up
if all the persons liable had been made defendants.

(5) If 2 or more persons are joined as defendants, the claimant may obtain an
award against any one or more of the defendants and may enforce the award without
prejudice to his right to proceed with the action against any other defendant.

27. Evidence

(1) The tribunal may at any time during the hearing of a claim allow a witness or
a party to give evidence on oath or unsworn.

(2) The rules of evidence shall not apply to proceedings in the tribunal, which
may receive any evidence which it considers relevant.

28. Costs

(1) Subject to subsection (2), the tribunal may award to a party costs and
expenses, which may include

(a)any reasonable expenses necessarily incurred and any loss of salary
or wages suffered by that party; and

(b)any reasonable sum paid to a witness for the expenses necessarily
incurred and any loss of salary or wages suffered by him,

in attending a hearing of the tribunal or in being interviewed by a tribunal officer.

(2) In making an award of costs under this section, the tribunal shall include a
direction as to the amount to be paid by each party who is so liable to pay costs.

(3) An award of costs shall be enforceable in the same way as any other award
made by the tribunal.

29. Frivolous or vexatious claims

The tribunal may at any time dismiss a claim which it considers to be frivolous
or vexatious on such terms as to payment of costs as it may think fit.





30. Adjournments

The tribunal may, if it is of the opinion that an adjournment of the hearing of a
claim may result in prejudice to a party because of the disposal or loss of control of
assets by a defendant, grant an adjournment only on payment into the tribunal of
such sum of money, or the giving of such other security for the payment of the
amount of any award, as the tribunal may think sufficient.

PART VI

REVIEW AND
APPEAL

31. Review of awards and orders

(1) Except where a party has filed an application for leave to appeal and does
not agree to withdraw the application, a presiding officer may, within 14 days from
the date of an award or order given or made by him, review the award or order and
on such review may re-open and re-hear the claim wholly or in part and may call or
hear fresh evidence and may confirm, vary or reverse his previous award or order.
(Amended 29 of 1974 s. 2)

(2) The power conferred by subsection (1) may be exercised

(a) by a presiding officer of his own motion, on notice in the prescribed
form to all parties;

(b) on the application of a party within 7 days, on notice in the
prescribed form to all other parties.

(3) The exercise of the power conferred by subsection (1) shall not operate as a
bar to appeal by a party against the award or order or thereafter against the
determination of the review.

(4) On the application of a party for a review of an award or order, the presiding
officer, having regard to the possibility of assets which may be available to satisfy
an award being disposed of to the prejudice of any part, may make such order
regarding payment into the tribunal, giving of security or otherwise as he may think
fit.

(5) A presiding officer may transfer the hearing and consideration of a review to
another presiding officer who shall have all the powers and functions which he
would have if he had originally heard the claim and had prepared the record of
proceedings.

32. Leave to appeal on point of law

(1) If any party is dissatisfied with an award, order or determination by the
tribunal on the grounds that the award, order or determination is

(a) erroneous in point of law; or

(b) outside the jurisdiction of the tribunal,





such party may, within 7 days after the date on which the award, order or
determination was served on him, or within such extended time as may be allowed by
the Registrar of the Supreme Court on good cause, apply to the High Court for leave
to appeal and the High Court may grant such leave. (Amended 71 of 1982 s. 2)

(2) An application for leave to appeal under this section shall be

(a)in the prescribed form which shall set out the grounds of appeal and
the reasons in support of such grounds; and

(b)lodged with the Registrar of the Supreme Court.

(3) A refusal by the High Court to grant leave to appeal shall be final.

(Replaced 29 of 1974 s. 3. Amended 79 of 1981 s.9)

33. (Repealed 25 of 1976 s. 4)

34. (Repealed 79 of 1981 s. 9)

35. Powers of High Court on appeal

(1) On an appeal for which it has granted leave under section 32, the High
Court may

(a)allow the appeal;

(b)dismiss the appeal; or

(c)remit the matter to the tribunal with such directions as it thinks fit,
which may include a direction to the tribunal for a new hearing.

(2) On an appeal for which it has granted leave under section 32, the High Court
may

(a)draw any inference of fact; and

(b) make such order as to costs and expenses as it thinks fit,
but may not

(i) reverse or vary any determination made by the tribunal on questions
of fact; or

(ii) receive further evidence.

(3) Subject to section 35A, the decision of the High Court shall be final.
(Replaced 79 of 1981 s. 9)

(Replaced 25 of 1976 s. 5. Amended 79of 1981 s.9;49of 1988s.3)

35A. Appeal to Court of Appeal

(1) If any party is dissatisfied with a decision of the High Court on an appeal
heard by leave given under section 32, such party may, within 7 days after the date
of the decision, apply to the Court of Appeal for leave to appeal and, if the Court of
Appeal considers that a question of law of general public importance is involved, it
may grant leave. (Amended 49 of 1988 s.3)





(2) An application for leave to appeal under this section shall be

(a)in the prescribed form, setting out the question of law; and

(b)odged with the Registrar of the Supreme Court.

(3) A refusal by the Court of Appeal to grant leave to appeal shall be final.

(Added 79 of 1981 s. 9)

35B. Powers of the Court of Appeal on appeal

On an appeal under section 35A, the Court of Appeal may

(a) allow the appeal;

(b) dismiss the appeal; or

(c)remit the matter to the tribunal with such directions as it thinks fit,
which may include a direction to the tribunal for a new hearing,

and may make such order as to costs as it thinks fit.
(Added 79of 1981s.9. Amended 49 of 1988 s.3)

36. Procedure on appeal

1 Subject to this Part, an appeal from the tribunal shall be brought in such manner
and shall be subject to such conditions as shall be prescribed.

(Amended 29 of 1974 s. 6)

37. Stay of execution on review or appeal

Neither a decision by a presiding officer to exercise his power of review under
section 31 nor the filing of an application for leave to appeal under section 32 or 35A
shall operate as a stay of execution of an award or order unless the presiding officer,
the High Court or Court of Appeal, as the case may be, otherwise orders and any
stay of execution may be subject to such conditions as to costs, payment into the
tribunal, the giving of security or otherwise as the presiding officer, the High Court
or Court of Appeal may think fit.

(Replaced 29 of 1974 s. 7. Amended 25 of 1976 s. 6; 79 of 1981s.9)

PART VII

MISCELLANEOUS

38. Awards and orders may be registered in District Court

A final award or order of the tribunal may be registered in such manner as may
be prescribed, in the District Court and shall, on such registration, become for all
purposes a judgment of the District Court and, subject to section 40, may





be enforced accordingly, notwithstanding that amount for which an award or order
has been given is beyond the jurisdiction of the District Court.

39. Interest on claims and awards

(1) The tribunal may include in the amount of an award interest at the rate
specified in subsection (4) on the whole or any part of the amount claimed for the
whole or any part of the period between the date when the cause of action arose and
the date of the award.

(2) The powers conferred by subsection (1) may be exercised

(a) whether or not interest is expressly claimed;

(b)at any time after the date of the award if it appears to the tribunal that
the failure to claim or to award interest was through inadvertence; and

(c) if an award is made ex parte against the defendant.

(3) An award shall carry interest at the rate specified in subsection (4) on the
aggregate amount thereof, or on such part thereof as for the time being remains
unsatisfied, from the date of the award until satisfaction.

(4) The rate of interest specified for the purpose of subsections (1) and (3) shall
be the rate fixed by the Chief Justice by notice in the Gazette under section 50 of the
District Court Ordinance (Cap. 336). (Added 5 of 1986 s.2)

(Amended 5 of 1986 s. 2)

40. Payment of award

(1) In a joint or representative claim the amount of an award or order shall be
paid into the tribunal and shall be allocated amongst such parties to the claim and in
such amounts as a presiding officer, who shall where possible be the presiding
officer who heard the claim, may think fit.

(2) When money is paid into the tribunal by a defendant, in full or part
discharge of an award or order made against him, the defendant shall be deemed to
have satisfied his liability under the award or order to the extent of the amount so
paid and shall not be liable to any claimant as to the manner in which such money is
allocated by the tribunal.

41. Interference with witness and perjury

(1) No person shall by threats, persuasion or otherwise induce a witness or a
party not to give evidence in any hearing before the tribunal.

(2) Any person who contravenes subsection (1) shall be guilty of an offence
and on conviction before a judge in the District Court shall be liable to a fine of
$5,000 and to imprisonment for 6 months.





(3) If in any proceedings before the tribunal, it appears to the presiding
officer that-
(a) a person has acted in contravention of subsection (1); or
(b) a witness or party has wilfully given false testimony,
the presiding officer may order such person, witness or party to appear before a
judge in the District Court and to be dealt with by him-
(i) in accordance with subsection (2) in the case of a person ordered
to appear under paragraph (a); and
(ii) in accordance with section 21 of the District Court Ordinance
(Cap. 336) in the case of a witness or party ordered to appear
under paragraph (b).

42. Insulting behaviour

If any person, in a hearing before the tribunal,-
(a)uses a threatening or insulting expression to or concerning or in
the presence of the presiding officer; or
(b)behaves in an insulting manner or wilfully interrupts the
proceedings,
the presiding officer may summarily sentence the offender to a fine of $500 and
to imprisonment for 2 months.
(Replaced 29 of 1974 s. 8)

43.Punishment of witness for non-attendance and
of person for non-production of document

Any person who, without reasonable excuse, fails to comply with-
(a)a subpoena served on him under section 20(2) to appear before
the tribunal as a witness; or
(b)an order under section 20(2) to produce any document, record,
book of account or other exhibit,
shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable on summary conviction to a fine
of $1,000.

44.Punishment for refusal to comply with request
by tribunal officer to produce document and
for obstruction of tribunal officer

Subject to section 14(5), any person who-
(a)refuses, without reasonable excuse, to comply with a lawful
request made by a tribunal officer for the production to him of
any records, books of account or other documents; or





(b) wilfully obstructs a tribunal officer in the carrying out of any

duty under section 14,

shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable on summary conviction to a fine
of $5,000.

45. Chief Justice may make rules

The Chief Justice may make rules

(a) regulating the procedure for

(i)applying for review, and the hearing of such applications, under
section 3 1;

(ii)applying for leave to appeal, and the hearing of such
applications, under sections 32 and 35A; (Amended 25 of
1976s.7)

(iii)the hearing of appeals under sections 35 and 35B; (Replaced 29
of 1974 s. 9. Amended 79 of 1981 s. 9)

(b) regulating the transfer of proceedings to the District Court or

High Court;

(c) providing for matters of procedure which are not provided for in

this Ordinance;

(d) prescribing anything which is to be or may be prescribed;

(e) prescribing the fees and costs applicable to proceedings in the

tribunal;

(Repealed 25 of 1976 s. 7)

(g) generally for the better carrying out of the provisions of this

Ordinance.
45A.Power of presiding officer to enforce
payment of fine, etc.

For the purposes of enforcing the payment of any fine imposed or giving effect
to any sentence of imprisonment a presiding officer shall have the powers of a
judge.

(Added 29 of 19 74 s. 10)

46. Procedure generally

In any matter of procedure for which no provision is made by this Ordinance or
by rules made pursuant to section 45 the procedure applicable shall be such as the
presiding officer may determine.





SCHEDULE [s. 7]

1. A claim for a sum of money which arises from

(a)the breach of a term, whether express or implied, of a contract of employment,
whether for performance in Hong Kong or under an overseas contract as defined in
the Contracts for Employment Outside Hong Kong Ordinance (Cap. 78);

(aa) the breach of a term, whether express or implied, of a contract of apprenticeship;
or (Added 8 of 19 76 s. 49)

(b)the failure of a person to comply with the provisions of the Employment Ordinance
(Cap. 57) or the Apprenticeship Ordinance (Cap. 47). (Amended 39 of 1973 s. 9; 8
of 1976 s. 49)

2. A claim for contribution under section 26(2).

3. Notwithstanding paragraphs 1 and 2, the tribunal shall not have jurisdiction to hear and
determine a claim for a sum of money, or otherwise in respect of a cause of action, founded in
tort whether arising from a breach of contract or a breach of a duty imposed by a rule of
common law or by any enactment.

4. Any question as to

(a)the right of an employee to a severance payment under Part VA of the Employment
Ordinance (Cap. 57); or

(b)the amount of such payment. (Added L.N. 178 of 1974)

5. Any question as to

(a)the right of an employee to payment of wages by a person other than his employer
under Part IXA of the Employment Ordinance (Cap. 57); and

(b)the amount of such payment. (Added 54 of 1977s.3)

Abstract



Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2256

Edition

1964

Volume

v3

Subsequent Cap No.

25

Number of Pages

22
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:05:02 +0800
<![CDATA[SECURITIES AND FUTURES COMMISSION (LEVY) (FUTURE CONTRACTS) ORDER]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2255

Title

SECURITIES AND FUTURES COMMISSION (LEVY) (FUTURE CONTRACTS) ORDER

Description






SECURITIES AND FUTURES COMMISSION
(LEVY) (FUTURES CONTRACTS) ORDER





SECURITIES AND FUTURES COMNHSSION (LEVY)
(FUTURES CONTRACTS) ORDER

(Cap. 24, section 52(2))

[31 October 19891

L.N. 350 of 1989 -

1. Citation

This order may be cited as the Securities and Futures Commission (Levy)
(Futures Contracts) Order.

2. Levy under section 52(2)

Subject to paragraph 3, the levy for the purposes of section 52(2) of the
Ordinance shall be $2.50 for each leviable transaction in each market of the
Futures Exchange Company.

3. Newly traded commodity

(1) In relation to a new commodity, the levy for the purposes of section
52(2) of the Ordinance shall, during the relevant period, be nil.
(2) In this paragraph-
'commodity' has the meaning assigned to it by section 2(1) of the
Commodities Trading Ordinance (Cap. 250);
'new commodity' ( ) means a commodity other than cotton, sugar,
soybeans, gold and Hang Seng Index futures contracts;
'relevant period' ( ), in relation to a new commodity, means the period
of 6 months commencing on the first day of trading in the commodity in a
market of the Futures Exchange Company.


1989

Abstract



Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2255

Edition

1964

Volume

v3

Subsequent Cap No.

24

Number of Pages

3
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:05:01 +0800
<![CDATA[SECURITIES AND FUTURES COMMISSION (LEVY) (SECURITIES) ORDER]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2254

Title

SECURITIES AND FUTURES COMMISSION (LEVY) (SECURITIES) ORDER

Description






SECURITIES AND FUTURES COMMISSION (LEVY)
(SECURITIES) ORDER

(Cap. 24, section 52(1) and (3)(c)

[1 May 1989]

L.N. 125 of 1989 -

1. Citation

This order may be cited as the Securities and Futures Commission (Levy)
(Securities) Order.

2. Rate of levy under section 52(1)

The rate of levy for the purposes of section 52(1) of the Ordinance shall be
0.025% of the consideration referred to in that section.

3.Percentage specified under section 52(3)(c)
as amount to be retained

The amount of the levy collected under section 52(3)(a) which is to be
retained by the Stock Exchange Company pursuant to section 52(3)(b) shall be
50% thereof.

Abstract



Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2254

Edition

1964

Volume

v3

Subsequent Cap No.

24

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:05:01 +0800
<![CDATA[SECURITIES AND FUTURES COMMISSION ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2253

Title

SECURITIES AND FUTURES COMMISSION ORDINANCE

Description






LAWS OF HONG KONG


SECURITIES AND FUTURES
COMMISSION ORDINANCE


CHAPTER 24





CHAPTER 24

SECURITIES AND FUTURES COMMISSION ORDINANCE

ARRANGEMENT OF SEMONS

Section..................................... Page

PART I

PRELMNARY

1. Short title ............................8
2. Interpretation .........................8

PART II

SECURITIES AND FUTURES COMMISSION

3. Securities and Futures Commission .....12
4. Functions of Commission ...............14
5. Constitution of Commission ............16
6. Commission may establish committees ...18
7. Staff of Commission ...................20
8. General powers of Commission ..........20
9. Delegation and sub-delegation of Commission's functions 20
10.Advisory Committee 22
11.Directions to Commission 22
12.Annual report of Commission 22
13.Commission to furnish information 24
14.Financial year and estimates of income and expenditure 24
is.Accounts 24
16.Auditors and audit 24
17.Investment of funds 26

PART 1II

SEcuRrrIES AND FuTuREs Appum PANFL

18.Constitution of Appeals Panel 26
19.Appeals (registration, forfeiture and notices) 28
20.Hearing of appeals by tribunal 30
21.Procedure for appeals 30
22.Case stated...................................34
1989







Section Page

PART IV
ADDITIONAL REGISTRATION REQumEmEim
23.Applications under section 51 of Securities Ordinance or section 30 of
Commodities Trading Ordinance: supplementary provisions 36
24.Applicant under Securities Ordinance or Commodities Trading Ordinance to
furnish information to Commission ....40
25.Certificates of registration to continue in force 40
26.Section 23(2) and (3) to apply to inquiries under section 56 of Securities
Ordinance or section 36 of Commodities Trading Ordinance 42
27.Registered persons to notify Commission where records etc. kept 42
28.Financial resources rules 46
29.Modification of financial resources rules in particular cases 48

PART V

R.EGuLATioN OF REGISTERED PERSONS'BUSINESS, ETc.

30.Supervision 50
31.Information relating to transactions 52
32.Certification to High Court relating to non-compliance under section 30 or 31 54
33.Investigations 56
34.Returns 62
35.Production of computerized information 64
36.Magistrate's warrant 64
37.Destruction etc. of documents 66
38.Powers of intervention 68
39.Restriction of business 68
40.Restriction on dealing with assets 70
41.Maintenance of assets 70
42.Provisions relating to notices under section 39, 40, 41 or 43 72
43.Withdrawal, substitution or variation of notices under section 39, 40 or 41 74
44.Appeals against notices under this Part 74
45.Winding-up orders 74
46.Receiving orders.......... 76
1989




Section Page

PART VI

SPECIAL PROVISIONs RELATING To EXCRANGE COMPANIES AND
CLEARING HOUSES

47.Transfer and resumption of functions 76
48.Information: Exchange Companies and clearing houses 78
49.Notice of closure or re-opening 78
50.Additional powers-restriction notices relating to Exchange Companies and
clearing houses .....................78
51.Additional powers-suspension orders relating to Exchange Companies and
clearing houses ...................84

PART VII

FUNDING

52.Levies 86
53.Appropriation 88
54.Fees and other charges 88

PART VIII

MISCELLANEOUS

55.Injunctions to restrain contraventions 90
56.Immunity, etc . 92
57.Liability of directors, etc . 92
58.Evidence 92
59.Preservation of secrecy, etc . 94
60.Service of notices 100
61.Penalties for offences 102
62.Prosecution of certain offences by Commission 102
63.Dissolution of Provisional Securities and Futures Commission Limited and
transfer of property ..................104
64.Transitional 106

Schedule Functions of Commission to which section 9 does not apply 108
1989




CHAPTER 24

SECURITIES AND FUTURES COMNIISSION

To establish the Securities and Futures Commission and to amend the law
relating to dealing in securities and trading in futures contracts; and to
provide for connected or incidental matters.
[The Ordinance other than sections 27(1)
to (8), 30, 31, 32 and 65 as read
with item 1 (b) of paragraph 4 of1 May 1989 L.N. 126 of 1989
Schedule 2* insofar as they relate to
the repeal of sections 122 and 123
of the Securities Ordinance 1
The remaining provisions 1 August 19891L.N. 230 of 1989

Originally 10 of 1989-L.N. 259 of 1989

PART 1

PRELMINARY

1. Short title
This Ordinance may be cited as the Securities and Futures Commission
Ordinance.

2. Interpretation
In this Ordinance, unless the context otherwise requires-
'clearing house' ( ) means a clearing house within the meaning of section
2(1) of the Commodities Trading Ordinance (Cap. 250) or,,and
under any other Recurides;
'the Commission' ( ) means the Securities and Futures Commission
established by section 3;
'Commodity Exchange' has the meaning assigned to it by section
2(1) of the Commodities Trading Ordinance (Cap. 250);
'company' ( ) means any company within the meaning of the Companies
Ordinance (Cap. 32) and includes an oversea company within the meaning
of that Ordinance or any other body corporate incorporated in Hong
Kong having a share capital;

See, for s. 65 and Schedule 2, Ord. 10 of 1989.
1989




'data equipment' ( ) has the meaning assigned to it by section 27;
'data material' ( ) means any document or other material used in
connection with or produced by data equipment;
,,establishment day' ( ) means the day on which section 3 comes into
operation;
'Exchange Company' ( ) means-
(a) the Stock Exchange Company; or
(b) the Futures Exchange Company,
and 'Exchange Companies' means both of those companies;
'executive director' and 'non-executive director' mean
a director of the Commission who is appointed under section 5 as an
executive director and a non-executive director thereof, respectively;
'exempt dealer' has the meaning assigned to it by section 2(1)
of the Securities Ordinance (Cap. 333);
'4financial resources rules' ( ) means rules made under section 28;
'financial year' means the period specified in section 14(1);
'firm' (AM) has the meaning assigned to it by section 2(1) of the Commodities
Trading Ordinance (Cap. 250);
'function' (099) includes power and duty;
'Tutures contracC ( ) has the meaning assigned to it by section 2(1) of
the Commodities Trading Ordinance (Cap. 250);
'Futures Exchange Company' means the Exchange Company
within the meaning of section 2(1) of the Commodities Trading Ordinance
(Cap. 250);
'group of companies'has the meaning assigned to it by section 2(1)
of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32);
'officer' (ARAM), in relation to a company, has the meaning assigned to it by
section 2(1) of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32);
'Panel' means the Securities and Futures Appeals Panel
established by section 18;
'property investment arrangements' ( ) means investment
arrangements as defined in relation to property other than securities by
section 2 of the Protection of Investors Ordinance (Cap. 335);
'record or other document includes---
(a)a book, voucher, receipt or data material, or information which is
recorded in a non-legible form but is capable of being reproduced
in a legible form; and
(b)any document, disc, tape, sound track or other device in which
sounds or other data (not being visual images) are embodied so
as to be capable (with or without the aid of other equipment) of
being reproduced and any film (including a microfilm), tape or
other device in which visual images are embodied so as to be
capable (as aforesaid) of being reproduced;
1989







'registered person' ( ) means a person who is registered under the
Securities Ordinance (Cap. 333), the Commodities Trading Ordinance
(Cap. 250) (or both those Ordinances) as a dealer, dealing partnership,
dealer's representative, investment adviser, commodity trading adviser,
investment advisers' partnership, investment representative or a
commodity trading adviser's representative;
'the relevant Ordinances'means this Ordinance, the Securities
Ordinance (Cap. 333), the Commodity Exchanges (Prohibition) Ordinance
(Cap. 82), the Commodities Trading Ordinance (Cap. 250), the Protection
of Investors Ordinance (Cap. 335), the Stock Exchanges Unification
Ordinance (Cap. 361) and the Securities (Disclosure of Interests)
Ordinance (Cap. 396);
'securities' (M has the meaning assigned to it by section 2(1) of the
Securities Ordinance (Cap. 333);
'Stock Exchange Company' means the Exchange Company
within the meaning of section 2(1) of the Stock Exchanges Unification
Ordinance (Cap. 361);
'trading in commodity futures contracts'has the meaning
assigned to it by section 2(1) of the Commodities Trading Ordinance (Cap.
250);
'tribunal' means a tribunal appointed under section 20;
'Unified Exchange' has the meaning assigned to it by section 2(1)
of the Stock Exchanges Unification Ordinance (Cap. 361).

PART II

SECURMES AND FuTuREs COMWSSION

3. Securities and Futures Commission

(1) There is hereby established a body to be known as the Securities and
Futures Commission.
(2) The Commission shall be a body corporate with power to sue and be
sued.
(3) The receipts of the Commission shall not be subject to taxation under
the Inland Revenue Ordinance (Cap. 112).
(4) (a) The Commission shall provide itself with a seal.
(b)The seal of the Commission shall be authenticated by the
signature of the chairman or deputy chairman of the Commission
or, if both the chariman and deputy chairman of the Commission
are absent from Hong Kong or unable to act, the signature of
some other director of the Commission authorized by it to act in
that behalf.




1989




4. Functions of Commission

(1) The Commission shall have the following functions-
(a)to advise the Financial Secretary on all matters relating to
securities, futures contracts and property investment arrange-
ments;
(b)without prejudice to any duties imposed or powers conferred on
any other person in regard to the enforcement of the law relating
to securities, futures contracts and property investment
arrangements, to be responsible for ensuring that the provisions
of the relevant Ordinances, and the provisions of any other
Ordinance so far as they relate to securities, futures contracts and
property investment arrangements, are complied with;
(e)to report to the Financial Secretary the occurrence of any dealing
in relation to securities which it reasonably believes or suspects to
be an insider dealing within the meaning of section 141B of the
Securities Ordinance (Cap. 333);
(d)to be responsible for supervising and monitoring the activities of
the Exchange Companies and clearing houses;
(e)to take all reasonable steps to safeguard the interests of persons
dealing in securities or trading in futures contracts or entering
into property investment arrangements;
to promote and encourage proper conduct amongst members
of the Exchange Companies and clearing houses, and other
registered persons;
(g)to suppress illegal, dishonourable and improper practices in
dealing in securities, trading in futures contracts, entering into
property investment arrangements, and the provision of
investment advice or other services relating to securities, futures
contracts and property investment arrangements;
(h)to promote and maintain the integrity of registered persons and
encourage the promulgation by registered persons of balanced
and informed advice to their clients and to the public generally;
(i)to consider and suggest reforms of the law relating to securities,
futures contracts and property investment arrangements;
(j)to encourage the development of securities and futures markets in
Hong Kong and the increased use of such markets by investors in
Hong Kong and elsewhere;
(k)to promote and develop self-regulation by market bodies in the
securities and futures industries;
(1)to perform any other functions conferred by or under any other
Ordinance.

1989




(2) As regards any function, the Commission may, for the guidance of
registered persons and others, prepare and cause to be published in the Gazette
guidelines indicating the manner in which, in the absence of any particular
consideration or circumstance, it proposes to perform the function.
(3) The Commission may from time to time engage such consultants or
advisers as it may consider necessary to assist the Commission in the
performance of its functions.
(4) Nothing in subsection (1)(k) shall be regarded as limiting or otherwise
affecting any other function of the Commission.

5. Constitution of Commission
(1) Subject to subsection (2), the Commission shall consist of a chairman
appointed by the Governor and such uneven number, not being less than 7, of
other directors so appointed as the Governor may determine; and when the
number of such other directors ceases to be an uneven number the Governor
shall make such appointment or appointments as may be necessary to comply
with this subsection.
(2) Half of the directors of the Commission, including the chairman, shall
be appointed to be executive directors and the remainder shall be appointed to
be non-executive directors.
(3) The Governor may appoint an executive director to be deputy
chairman of the Commission.
(4) (a)If no appointment has been made under subsection (3) or if the
office of deputy chairman of the Commission is vacant, the
Financial Secretary may designate an executive director to act as
chairman of the Commission during any period during which the
chairman of the Commission is unable to act as chairman due to
illness or other incapacity or is absent from Hong Kong.
(b)A designation under this subsection shall cease when revoked by
the Financial Secretary or an appointment is made under
subsection (3), whichever first occurs.
(5) The terms and conditions of office of a director of the Commission
shall be such as the Governor may determine.
(6) A director of the Commission may at any time resign his office by
letter sent to the Governor.
(7) A director of the Commission shall be paid by the Commission such
remuneration, allowances or expenses as the Governor may determine.
(8) The Governor may by notice in writing remove from office any
director of the Commission whose removal appears to him to be desirable for
the effective performance by the Commission of its functions.
(9) Meetings of the Commission shall be held as often as may be
necessary for the performance of its functions, and may be convened by the
chairman or the deputy chairman or any 2 other directors.

1989





(10) If the office of chairman of the Commission is vacant or the chairman
of the Commission is unable to act as chairman due to illness or other
incapacity or is absent from Hong Kong the deputy chairman or an executive
director designated under subsection (4) shall act as chairman in his place.
(11) At a meeting of the Commission-
(a)the chairman shall be chairman of the meeting; or
(b)if the chairman is not present, the deputy chairman shall be
chairman of the meeting; or
(c)if neither the chairman nor the deputy chairman is present, the
directors present shall choose one of their number to be chairman
of the meeting.
(12) The quorum for a meeting of the Commission shall be 4 directors of
whom 2 shall be executive directors and 2 shall be non-executive directors.
(13) Each director of the Commission present at a meeting thereof shall
have a vote.
(14) (a)Every question for decision at a meeting of the Commission shall
be determined by a majority of votes of the directors present and,
in the event that voting is equally divided, subject to paragraph
(b) the chairman of the meeting shall have a casting vote.
(b)The chairman of a meeting shall not exercise a casting vote until
after he has consulted the Financial Secretary as regards that
exercise.
(15) The Commission may act notwithstanding a vacancy among its
directors.
(16) The Commission shall organize and regulate its administration,
procedure and business.

6. Commission may establish committees
(1) The Commission may establish standing or special committees and
may refer or assign to any such committee any matter for consideration, inquiry
or management by the committee.
(2) The Commission may appoint any person to be a member of any
committee established under this section, whether that person is a director of
the Commission or not.
(3) Any reference or assignment under subsection (1) and every
appointment under subsection (2) may be withdrawn or revoked by the
Commission at any time, and no such reference or assignment shall prevent the
performance by the Commission of any of its functions.
(4) A committee established under this section may elect any of its
members to be chairman and may regulate its own procedure and business; and
in the exercise of its powers under this subsection such committee shall be
subject to and act in accordance with any direction given to the committee by
the Commission for the purposes of this subsection.


1989





(5) Meetings of a committee established under this section shall be held
at such times and places as the chairman of that committee may, subject to
subsection (4), determine.

7. Staffof Commission

(1) The Commission may from time to time employ persons who shall be
paid such remuneration and allowances and shall hold their employment on
such other terms and conditions as the Commission shall determine.
(2) The Commission may make arrangements for or in respect of the
provision and maintenance of such schemes (whether contributory or not) for
the payment to its employees and their dependants of such retirement benefits,
gratuities or other allowances as it may determine.

8. General powers of Commission

For the purposes of this Ordinance, the Commission may-
(a)acquire, hold and dispose of property of any description;
(b)make contracts or other agreements;
(c)receive and expend moneys;
(d)with the approval of the Financial Secretary, borrow money on
such security or other conditions as it considers expedient;
(e)subject to section 59, cause to be printed or publish any material.

9. Delegation and sub-delegation
of Commission's functions

(1) Subject to subsection (2), the Commission may delegate any of its
functions, other than its power under this section to delegate or a function
specified in the Schedule, to-
(a)any of the directors of the Commission;
(b)any committee established under section 6; or
(c)any employee of the Commission.
(2) (a)A delegation under this section shall not prevent the concurrent
performance by the Commission of the function delegated.
(b)The Commission may revoke a delegation under this section.
(3) Where the Commission makes a delegation under this section, it may
at the same time authorize the person or committee to whom the delegation is
made to sub-delegate the function delegated and such authorization may
contain restrictions or conditions as regards the exercise of the power to
sub-delegate under the authorization.
1989




(4) Where any person or committee purports to act pursuant to a
delegation or sub-delegation under this section, he or it shall be presumed, until
the contrary is shown, to be acting in accordance with the terms of the
delegation or sub-delegation.
(5) The Legislative Council may by resolution amend the Schedule.

10. Advisory Committee

(1) There shall be an Advisory Committee to advise the Commission
which shall consist of the chairman and not more than 2 executive directors of
the Commission, who shall be appointed by the Commission, and not less than
8 or more than 12 other members appointed by the Governor after consultation
with the Commission.
(2) The Advisory Committee shall meet at least once every 3 months.
(3) A meeting of the Advisory Committee may be convened by-
(a) the chairman of the Commission; or
(b) any other 3 members of the Advisory Committee.
(4) At a meeting of the Advisory Committee-
(a)the chairman of the Commission shall preside; or
(b)if the chairman of the Commission is not present, the members
present shall choose one of their number to preside.
(5) The Commission may request the Advisory Committee to advise it on
any matter of policy regarding the performance of any of its functions.
(6) Where a member of the Advisory Committee appointed by the
Commission ceases to be an executive director of the Commission, he shall
thereupon cease to be a member of the Advisory Committee.
(7) The Governor may by notice in writing remove a person from
membership of the Advisory Committee.

11. Directions to Commission

(1) The Governor may give to the Commission such directions in writing
as regards the performance of any of its functions as he considers appropriate.
(2) The Commission shall in performing its functions comply with any
direction under this section.

12. Annual report of Commission

The Commission shall, as soon as practicable after the end of each
financial year, prepare a report on its activities during that financial year and
send a copy of the report to the Financial Secretary who shall cause a copy
thereof to be laid on the table of the Legislative Council.


1989





13. Commission to furnish information

The Commission shall, when required by the Financial Secretary, furnish
such information with respect to the policy it is pursuing or proposes to pursue
in the performance of any of its functions as he may specify.

14. Financial year and estimates
of income and expenditure

(1) The financial year of the Commission shall be the period of 12 months
beginning on 1 April, and its first financial year shall commence on the
establishment day and end on the following 31 March.
(2) The Commission shall not later than 31 December in each financial
year submit to the Governor for his approval estimates of its income and
expenditure for the next financial year.
(3) The estimates as approved under subsection (2) shall be laid on the
table of the Legislative Council.

15. Accounts

The Commission shall cause proper accounts and records to be kept of all
transactions and shall, as soon as practicable after the end of each financial
year, cause to be prepared for that financial year a statement of the accounts of
the Commission, which statement shall-
(a)include an income and expenditure account and balance sheet;
and
(b)be signed by the chairman and 1 non-executive director of the
Commission.

16. Auditors and audit

(1) (a)The Commission shall, as soon as practicable after the end of
each financial year, submit the statement of the accounts
prepared for that year under section 15 for audit to auditors
appointed by the Commission with the approval of the Financial
Secretary, and the auditors shall prepare a report on the accounts
and send the report to the Commission who shall, as soon as
possible, send a copy of the report and a copy of the statement of
accounts to the Financial Secretary.
(b) The auditors' report shall include-
(i) a statement whether, in the auditors' opinion, the income
and expenditure account for the financial year to which the
report relates gives a true and fair view of the Commission's
surplus or deficit;
1989




(ii)a statement whether, in such opinion, the balance sheet for
such financial year gives a true and fair view of the
Commission's financial affairs at the end of that financial
year.
(2) The Financial Secretary shall cause a copy of the auditors' report and
a copy of the statement of accounts to be laid on the table of the Legislative
Council.
(3) The Director of Audit or any other public officer authorized by him
for the purposes of this subsection may at any reasonable time examine any
account, record or other document kept by the Commission and, if he thinks
fit, make a copy of the whole or any entry in any such document.
(4) An auditor appointed under subsection (1) shall have a right of access
at all reasonable times to the books, accounts, vouchers and other records of
the Commission and shall be entitled to require from the officers of the
Commission such information and explanations as he considers necessary for
the performance of his duties as auditor.

17. Investment of funds

Funds of the Commission which are not immediately required may be
invested by the Commission in such manner as the Financial Secretary shall
approve.

PART III

SECURITM AND FUTURES APPEALS PANEL

18. Constitution of Appeals Panel

(1) For the purposes of hearing appeals under this Part, there shall be a
panel to be known as the Securities and Futures Appeals Panel.
(2) The Panel shall consist of the following members appointed by the
Governor-
(a)a chairman and a deputy chairman (not being directors or
employees of the Commission) each of whom shall be a barrister
qualified to practise as such or a solicitor qualified to act as such
under the Legal Practitioners Ordinance (Cap. 159);
(b)not less than 4 members who shall be non-executive directors of
the Commission; and
(e)5 members who are not directors or employees of the
Commission.(Amended L.N. 259 of 1989)
1989




(3) A member of the Panel shall hold office for such period as the
Governor may determine and may resign his office at any time by letter sent to
the Governor.
(4) If the office of chairman of the Panel is vacant or the chiarman of the
Panel is unable to act as chairman of the Panel due to illness or other incapacity
or is absent from Hong Kong, the deputy chairman of the Panel shall act as
chairman in his place.

19. Appeals (registration, forfeiture and notices)

(1) Where-
(a)an application of a person for registration under Part VI of the
Securities Ordinance (Cap. 333) is refused; or
(b)an application of a person for registration under Part VI of that
Ordinance is granted subject to conditions with which he is
dissatisfied; or
(c)the deposit of a registered dealer is forfeited under section
52(2)(c) of that Ordinance; or
(d)conditions are attached or amended under section 53A of that
Ordinance and the registered person concerned is dissatisfied with
the conditions or, as may be appropriate, the amendment; or
(e)the registration of any registered person is revoked or suspended
under section 55 or 56 of that Ordinance,
subject to section 21, the person or dealer may appeal to the Panel against the
refusal, conditions, forfeiture, revocation or suspension, as the case may be.
(2) Where-
(a)a certificate of registration is issued by the Commission under
section 30(2) of the Commodities Trading Ordinance (Cap. 250)
subject to conditions; or
(b)the Commission refuses to register an applicant under section 31
or 32 of that Ordinance; or
(c)a deposit is transferred or forfeited by the Commission under
section 33 of that Ordinance; or
(d)conditions are attached or amended under section 33A of that
Ordinance and the registered person concerned is dissatisfied with
the conditions or, as may be appropriate, the amendment; or
(c)the registration of a registered person is revoked or suspended by
the Commission under section 35 or 36 of that Ordinance,
subject to subsection (4) and section 21, a person in relation to whom such
conditions are imposed, the applicant whose application is so refused, any
person aggrieved by the transfer or forfeiture or the registered person whose
registration is so revoked or suspended, as the case may be, may appeal in
respect thereof to the Panel.
1989




(3) A person upon whom a notice referred to in section 44 is served by the
Commission under Part V may appeal to the Panel.
(4) An appeal under this section against the attachment or amendment of
a condition referred to in subsection (1)(d) or (2)(d) shall not affect the coming
into force of the condition to which the appeal relates.

20. Hearing of appeals by tribunal

(1) Where a person appeals to the Panel under section 19, the chairman of
the Panel shall, as soon as may be, appoint a tribunal consisting of 3 members
of the Panel, who shall be the chairman of the Panel or the deputy chairman,
together with a member appointed under section 18(2)(b) and a member
appointed under section 18(2)(c), to determine the appeal.
(2) The chairman of the Panel or the deputy chairman of the Panel, when
a member of a tribunal, shall preside at the hearing of an appeal by the
tribunal.
(3) Subject to section 21, the Panel shall regulate the procedure for the
hearing of appeals under this Part.

21. Procedure for appeals

(1) Subject to section 20 and this section, the Governor in Council may
make rules regulating the procedure and proceedings of a tribunal and
providing for the payment of remuneration and allowances to the members of a
tribunal.
(2) Until rules are made under subsection (1) the rules made under section
45 of the Securities Ordinance (Cap. 333) and in force immediately before the
commencement of this Part shall apply, with the necessary modifications and
subject to this section, to appeals to the Panel under this Part and, for that
purpose, shall be deemed to have been made under that subsection.
(3) (a)An appeal shall be made to the Panel within 30 days beginning
on the day on which written notification of the decision to which
the appeal relates is served on the appellant or, in the case of an
appeal relating to a notice referred to in section 44, the day on
which the notice is served on the appellant.
(b)An appeal under this section shall be heard and determined as
soon as reasonably practicable.
(4) Subject to section 44(2), a decision in respect of which an appeal may
be made to the Panel other than a decision to impose conditions referred to in
section 19(1)(b) or (d) or (2)(a) or (d) shall not come into operation until the
time for making the appeal has expired or, where an appeal is made, the appeal
is determined or withdrawn.
1989





(5) For the purpose of the hearing of an appeal under this Part-
(a)the appellant and the Commission shall be entitled to be heard
either in person or through counsel or solicitor and if the
appellant is a company, through any of its directors or employees
or if a partnership through any of the partners or, with the leave
of the tribunal hearing the appeal, through any other person;
(b) the tribunal hearing the appeal may-
(i) receive such evidence as it considers relevant, whether it
would be admissible in a court or not;
(ii) require evidence to be given on oath or affirmation and
orally or in writing;
(iii)require any record or other document specified by it and
relating to the subject-matter of the appeal to be produced
by the appellant or the Commission;
(c)the tribunal hearing the appeal may by notice in writing signed by
the member presiding and served on the person to whom it is
addressed, require that person to attend and give evidence before
it at the hearing of the appeal, and to produce such record or
other document in that person's custody or under his control
relating to the subject-matter of the appeal as may be specified in
the notice;
(d)the member presiding at the hearing of the appeal may administer
an oath or affirmation to any person.
(6) Without affecting the generality of section 56(2), a tribunal and its
members, and witnesses, counsel and any solicitor, and any other person who is
a party to or who otherwise has an interest in the proceedings shall have the
same privileges and immunities in respect of the hearing of an appeal under this
Part as they would have in proceedings before the High Court.
(7) A tribunal hearing an appeal under this Part may confirm, vary or
reverse the decision under appeal and every decision of a tribunal shall contain
a statement of the reasons for the decision.
(8) Subject to section 22, the determination of an appeal by a tribunal
hearing an appeal under this Part or any order as to costs made by a tribunal
shall be final and shall not be appealable.
(9) (a)A tribunal hearing an appeal under this Part may award costs to
any party to the appeal, and costs so awarded shall be
recoverable as a civil debt.
(b)A tribunal may order any party to an appeal to pay, in
accordance with rules made under this section by the Governor in
Council, the costs and expenses incurred by the tribunal in
hearing and determining the appeal and the amount of such costs
and expenses shall be determined by the tribunal in accordance
with such rules, and any sum so ordered to be paid shall be
1989




recoverable by the person to whom they are payable under such
rules as a civil debt.
(10) Any person who, without reasonable excuse, refuses or fails-
(a)to attend and give evidence when required to do so by a tribunal
hearing an appeal under this Part; or
(b)to answer truthfully and fully questions put to him by a member
of such tribunal; or
(c)to produce any record or other document which he is required by
such tribunal to produce,
commits an offence.

22. Case stated
(1) The tribunal hearing an appeal under this Part may by way of a case
stated refer to the Court of Appeal, for its opinion thereon, any question of law
relating to the appeal.
(2) A case may be stated under this section by a tribunal either of its own
motion or on the application in accordance with subsection (4) of any party to
the relevant appeal.
(3) (a)A case stated under this section by a tribunal of its own motion
shall be stated before the tribunal determines the relevant appeal
and be signed by the person presiding at the hearing of such
appeal.
(b)Where a case is stated under this section by a tribunal of its own
motion, the tribunal shall not determine the relevant appeal until
after the opinion of the Court of Appeal on the case has been
given.
(4) The following provisions shall apply to any application under
subsection (2)-
(a)the application shall be in writing and, subject to paragraph (b),
shall be sent to the chairman of the Panel after the determination
of the relevant appeal and be accompanied by the fee specified
in an order made for the purposes of this subsection by the
Governor in Council;
(b)the application shall be received by the chairman of the Panel
before the expiration of the period of 14 days beginning on the
day on which such appeal is determined;
(c)the party making the application shall at the same time send a
copy thereof to any other party to such appeal;
(d)on receipt of the application the chairman of the Panel shall
reconvene the tribunal by which such appeal was determined; and
(e)the tribunal shall, as soon as may be, consider the application
and may allow or refuse it, and its decision shall be final and shall
not be appealable.
1989




(5) (a)A case stated under this section shall include a statement of facts
and, where appropriate, the decision of the tribunal appointed
under section 20 on the relevant appeal and shall be signed by the
person presiding at the hearing of such appeal.
(b)The person by whom it is signed shall, as soon as may be,
transmit a case stated under this section to the Court of Appeal.
(6) The Court of Appeal may require the tribunal by which a case is
stated under this section to amend the case in such manner as the court shall
specify.
(7) Where the Court of Appeal determines a case stated under this section
it shall cause a copy of the case, together with a copy of its opinion thereon, to
be sent to the person by whom the case was signed and that person shall, where
appropriate, reconvene the relevant tribunal which, when reconvened, shall
determine the relevant appeal or, as may be appropriate, revise its previous
determination having regard (in either case) to the opinion of the court.

PART IV

ADDITIONAL REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS

23. Applications under section 51 of Securities Ordinance
or section 30 of Commodities Trading Ordinance:
supplementary provisions

(1) The Commission shall refuse-
(a)to issue a certificate of registration under section 51 of the
Securities Ordinance (Cap. 333); or
(b)to register a person under section 30 of the Commodities Trading
Ordinance (Cap. 250),
if the applicant for registration does not satisfy the Commission that he is a fit
and proper person to be so registered.
(2) In considering whether an applicant for registration referred to in
subsection (1) is a fit and proper person to be so registered the Commission
shall, in addition to any other matter that the Commission may think relevant,
have regard to the matters set out in subsection (3) in respect of-
(a)the applicant if he is an individual;
(b)where the applicant is a company, each of its directors and
officers; or
(c)where the applicant is a partnership, each of the partners.
(3) The matters referred to in subsection (2) are in the case of an applicant
and any other person to whom that subsection applies-
(a)his financial status;

1989





(b)his educational or other qualifications or experience having
regard to the nature of the functions which, if the application is
allowed, he will perform;
(e) his ability to perform such functions efficiently, honestly and
fairly; and
(d)his reputation, character, financial integrity and reliability.
(4) For the purposes of this section, the Commission may have regard to
any information in its possession whether furnished by the applicant or not.
(5) For the purposes of subsection (2), the Commission may take into
account any decision relating to authorization made in relation to the applicant
by the Commissioner for Banking or the Insurance Authority or by any other
authority (whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere) which in the opinion of the
Commission performs any function similar to a function conferred on the
Commission by this section, section 51 of the Securities Ordinance (Cap. 333)
or section 30 of the Commodities Trading Ordinance (Cap. 250).
(6) For the purposes of subsections (2) and (3), the Commission may-
(a) take into account any matter relating to-
(i) any person who is or is to be employed by, or associated
with, the applicant for the purposes of the proposed business
to which the application relates;
(ii) any person who will be acting as a representative in relation
to such business;
(iii) where the applicant is a company, any substantial share-
holder, director or officer of the company, any other
company in the same group of companies or to any director
or officer of any such other company; and
(iv) where the applicant is a partnership or a firm, any of the
partners; and
(b)have regard to any other business which the applicant carries on
or proposes to carry on.
(7) This section shall not be construed as in any way affecting the power
of refusal conferred on the Commission by section 53(1) of the Securities
Ordinance (Cap. 333) or section 32(1) of the Commodities Trading Ordinance
(Cap. 250).
(8) In subsection (6) 'substantial shareholder' in relation to a
company, means a person who has an interest in shares in the company-
(a)the nominal value of which is equal to more than 10% of the
issued share capital of the company; or
(b)which entitle the person to exercise or control the exercise of
more than 10% of the voting power at any general meeting of the
company.


1989





24.Applicant under Securities Ordinance or
Commodities Trading Ordinance to
furnish information to Commission

An applicant under section 51 of the Securities Ordinance (Cap. 333) or
section 30 of the Commodities Trading Ordinance (Cap. 250) shall furnish to
the Commission at the time of the application such information as may
reasonably be required by the Commission-
(a)regarding the services which, if the application is allowed, the
applicant will hold himself out as being able to provide;
(b)regarding the business which the applicant proposes to carry on
and to which the application relates, or relating to any person
whom the applicant intends or proposes to employ in such
business or any person with whom the applicant intends to be
associated in the course of carrying on such business; and
(c)to enable the Commission to take into account the matters
referred to in section 23(6)(a) and (b).

25. Certificates of registration to continue in force

(1) A person who immediately before the establishment day was
registered, or who on or after that day becomes registered, under section 51 of
the Securities Ordinance (Cap. 333) or section 30 of the Commodities Trading
Ordinance (Cap. 250) shall continue to be so registered; but this section shall
not be construed as atlecting the power of the Commission to suspend or
revoke the person's registration under section 55 or 56 of the Securities
Ordinance (Cap. 333) or section 35 or 36 of the Commodities Trading
Ordinance (Cap. 250).
(2) (a)Where an application for renewal of registration under Part VI
of the Securities Ordinance (Cap. 333) or section 34 of the
Commodities Trading Ordinance (Cap. 250) is made before the
establishment day and is not determined before that day,
notwithstanding anything contained in this Ordinance the
application shall be taken over and determined by the Com-
mission, and in case the application is allowed the renewal shall
be deemed to take eflect immediately before the establishment
day.
(b)For the purposes of paragraph (a), and only for those purposes,
section 34 of the Commodities Trading Ordinance (Cap. 250) and
the provisions of the Securities Ordinance (Cap. 333) which are
relevant shall be regarded as remaining in force, and that section
and those provisions shall for those purposes be construed as if
any reference therein to the Commissioner were a reference to the
Commission.




1989





26.Section 23(2) and (3) to apply to inquiries under section
56 of Securities Ordinance or section 36 of
Commodities Trading Ordinance

Section 23(2) and (3) shall with the necessary modifications apply when the
Commission conducts an inquiry under section 56 of the Securities Ordinance
(Cap. 333) or section 36 of the Commodities Trading Ordinance (Cap. 250),
and for that purpose the references in section 23(2) and (3) to the applicant
shall be construed as references to the person to whom the inquiry relates.

27.Registered persons to notify Commission
where records etc. kept

(1) (a)Every person who on the commencement of this section is a
person to whom this section applies or who before such
commencement applied to be registered under the relevant
Ordinances and who becomes a person to whom this section
applies shall-
(i) if immediately before such commencement he was a
registered person described in subsection (10), within the
period of 30 days beginning on such commencement;
(ii)if he becomes so registered on or after such commencement,
within the period of 30 days beginning on the date of his
registration,
notify the Commission in writing of the location of the premises
at which any record or other document relating to the business in
respect of which he is registered is, or is to be, kept by him and in
case every such record or other document is not, or is not to be,
kept at a single premises he shall so notify the Commission of the
location of each of the premises at which any such document or
record is, or is to be, so kept.
(b)Every person who applies to be a registered person and who, if
his application is allowed, will be a person to whom this section
applies shall in his application specify the location of the premises
at which any record or other document relating to the business in
respect of which he applies to be registered is to be kept by him
and in case every such record or other document is not to be kept
at a single premises, he shall so specify the location of each of the
premises at which any such document or other record is to be so
kept.

1989




(2) A person to whom this section applies shall give to the Commission
not less than 30 days' notice in writing, or such shorter period such-notice
the Commission may in aparticular Gase Allow, en an application madain-that
behalf, of any intended cha'nge in the location of premises at which any record
or other document referred to in subsection (1) is to be kept by him.
(3) Every person referred to in subsection (1) or (2) shall, as regards any
premises referred to in his notification or application, state whether or not those
premises are used or are to be used partly or wholly for residential purposes.
(4) A person to whom this section applies shall not keep any record or
other document relating to the business in respect of which he is registered at-
(a)any premises the location of which has not been notified to the
Commission under this section; or
(b)any premises which are not regarded by the Commission as
suitable:
Provided that this subsection shall not operate as regards a person to
whom subsection (1)(a) applies until the period mentioned in subparagraph (i)
or, as may be appropriate, subparagraph (ii) of that subsection has expired.
(5) References to a record or other document in subsections (1), (2) and
(4) include references to any record or other document which a registered
person is required to keep under the relevant Ordinances, and shall also include
all data equipment used in connection therewith.
(6) The Commission may require any registered person or applicant for
registration who notifies a location of premises under this section to notify it in
respect of other premises for the purpose of complying with this section if, in
the opinion of the Commission, the first-mentioned premises are unsuitable.
(7) (a)Where premises are, or are to be, used partly or wholly for
residential purposes, the Commission shall not regard the
premises as being suitable unless it is satisfied by the registered
person or applicant concerned that the use by him of the premises
to keep a record or other document referred to in subsection (1)
will not affect the exercise in relation to the record or other
document of any power under Part V.
(b)Where the Commission decides that premises referred to in
paragraph (a) are suitable, it shall inform the registered person or
applicant concerned of its decision by letter and the letter shall
also state that the premises may be entered pursuant to section 30
or 36.
(c)Where the Commission decides that premises are unsuitable, it
shall inform the registered person or applicant concerned of its
decision by letter.
(8) The Commission shall maintain a register and shall record therein the
location of any premises notified to it in accordance with subsection (1) or (2).
1989




(9) In this section, 'data equipment' ( ) means any equipment
which-
(a) automatically processes information;
(b) automatically records or stores information;
(c) can be used to cause information to be automatically recorded,
stored or otherwise processed on other equipment (wherever
situated);
(d) can be used to retrieve information, whether the information is
recorded or stored in the equipment itself or in other equipment
(wherever situated).
(10) (a) This section applies to any person who is a registered person and
who is also-
(i) a dealer but who is not a dealing director; or
(ii) a dealing partnership, investment adviser, investment
advisers' partnership or commodity trading adviser.
(b) In this subsection-
'commodity trading adviser'has the meaning
assigned to it by section 2(1) of the Commodities Trading
Ordinance (Cap. 250);
'dealer' ( ) means any person who is a dealer within the
meaning of section 2(1) of the Commodities Trading
Ordinance (Cap. 250) or section 2(1) of the Securities
Ordinance (Cap. 333) but who, in either case, is not a
director or employee accredited to, or a partner in, a
corporation or firm which is itself a dealer;
'dealing director' 'dealing partnership-
, 'investment adviser' ( ) and 'investment
advisers' partnership' () have the meanings
assigned to them, respectively, by section 2(1) of the
Securities Ordinance (Cap. 333).

28. Financial resources rules

(1) The Commission may, after consultation with the Financial Secretary,
make rules requiring registered persons to have and maintain, in respect of the
businesses as regards which they are registered, such financial resources as are
required by the rules.
(2) Financial resources rules may-
(a) impose requirements which are absolute or which are to vary
from time to time by reference to factors which either are
specified in, or are to be determined in accordance with, the rules;
1989




(b)impose requirements which take account of any business carried
on by the person concerned in conjunction with, or in addition
to, the business carried on by him and referred to in subsection
(1);
(c)make provision as to the assets, liabilities and other matters to be
taken into account in determining a person's financial resources
for the purposes of the rules and the extent to which, and the
manner in which, they are to be taken into account for that
purpose.
(3) Financial resources rules may provide that the rules or any provision
thereof shall not apply, or shall apply with such modifications or only in such
circumstances as shall be specified in the rules, to persons who have and
maintain financial resources (in Hong Kong or elsewhere) in accordance with
an authorization of an authority (in Hong Kong or elsewhere) which in the
opinion of the Commission performs any function which is similar to a function
conferred on the Commission by this section.
(4) (a)On the commencement of the rules first made under this section,
section 65B of the Securities Ordinance (Cap. 333) shall cease to
have effect.
(b)On and from the commencement referred to in paragraph (a),
sections 65C and 65D of the Securities Ordinance (Cap. 333)
shall each be construed and have effect as if for each of the
references in those sections to section 65B there were substituted
a reference to financial resources rules.
(5) Section 34 of the Interpretation and General Clauses Ordinance
(Cap. 1) applies to financial resources rules.

29. Modification of financial resources
rules in particular cases

(1) The Commission may, on the application of any person to whom
financial resources rules apply, give a direction in writing altering the
requirements of the rules so as to adapt them, subject to such conditions as may
be specified in the direction, to the circumstances of that person or of any
particular kind of business carried on, or to be carried on, by him.
(2) Where a direction is give under subsection (I)--
(a)thereupon the financial resources rules shall have effect in relation
to the person to whom the direction relates in conformity with
the direction and such direction shall take effect on the
publication of the relevant notice pursuant to paragraph (b); and
(b)the Commission shall cause a notice stating that the direction has
been given to be published in the Gazette.
1989





(3) The Commission shall not give a direction under subsection (1) unless
it appears to it that-
(a)compliance with the requirements in question would be unduly
burdensome for the applicant having regard to the benefit which
compliance would confer on the investing public; and
(b)the direction, if given in the particular case, would not result in
any undue risk to the investing public.
(4) (a)A direction under subsection (1) shall continue in force until
withdrawn by the Commission, and where the Commission
proposes to withdraw any such direction it shall give at least 7
days' notice in writing of its intention to the person concerned
and such withdrawal shall take effect on the publication of the
relevant notice pursuant to paragraph (b).
(b)Where the Commission withdraws a direction under paragraph
(a), it shall cause a notice of the withdrawal to be published in the
Gazette.

PART V

REGULATION OF REGISTERED PERSON'S BUSINESS,ETC.

30. Supervision

(1) For the purpose of ascertaining whether a person who is, or at any
time has been, a registered person is complying or has complied with any
provision of or any requirement under the relevant Ordinances or the terms and
conditions of any certificate of registration issued to him, a person ('an
authorized person' ( ) authorized in writing for the purposes of this
section by the Commission may at all reasonable times-
(a)enter the premises of the registered person notified by him to the
Commission under section 27; and
(b)inspect and make copies of any record or other document, or part
thereof, or make or take any abstract of or extract from any
record or other document relating in either case to the business to
which such certificate of registration applies.
(2) For the purpose of enabling an authorized person to exercise his
powers under subsection (1)(b), he may require the registered person or any
other person whom he reasonably believes is in possession of or has under his
control any record or other document mentioned in that subsection to produce
it to him.
1989





(3) For the purpose of an inspection under subsection (1)(b), the
registered person or other person mentioned in subsection (2) shall afford an
authorized person access to such records or other documents as may reasonably
be required for the inspection, and shall produce to the authorized person such
records or other documents as he may reasonably require.
(4) Where-
(a)a copy of any record or other document is supplied by a
registered person in compliance with a requirement made under
this section; or
(b)a copy of any record or other document is made in the exercise of
a power conferred by this section and a photocopying machine or
other facility or a registered person is used to make the copy,
the Commission shall reimburse the photocopying or other expenses which, in
the opinion of the Commission, have been reasonably incurred by the registered
person in making the copy.
(5) Nothing in this section shall be construed as requiring an institution
authorized to carry on banking business or the business of taking deposits
under the Banking Ordinance (Cap. 155) to produce any record or other
document relating to the affairs of a customer to an authorized person unless
the Commission is satisfied that such production is necessary for the purposes
of this section and certifies in writing that that is the case; and where the
Commission so certifies in respect of any such institution, such institution shall
comply with any requirement under subsection (2) or (3) that applies in its case.
(6) Any person who, without reasonable excuse, contravenes subsection
(3) commits an offence.
(7) Any person who, without reasonable excuse, in purported compliance
with a requirement made under this section, produces a record or other
document which he knows to be false or misleading in a material particular
commits an offence.
(8) An authorized person shall be furnished by the Commission with a
copy of his authorization, and he shall, when entering any premises under this
section, produce the copy of the authorization for inspection by any person
who is present and who is affected by the exercise of the power.

31. Information relating to transactions

(1) The Commission or any person authorized in writing by the
Commission for the purposes of this section may require-
(a)a person registered as the holder of any securities or futures
contracts; or
(b)a person reasonably believed by the Commission or the person so
authorized to be the holder of any securities or futures contracts
or to hold any interest in property investment arrangements; or

1989





(c)a person reasonably believed by the Commission or the person so
authorized to hold any securities or futures contracts or to have
an interest in property investment arrangements, as beneficial
owner; or
(d)a person reasonably believed by the Commission or the person so
authorized to hold, to have acquired or disposed of, purchased or
sold, any securities, futures contracts or interest in property
investment arrangements, or any interest therein, whether
directly or through a nominee, trustee, or agent, and whether as
beneficial owner nominee, trustee, agent or otherwise; or
(e) a registered person or an exempt dealer,
in relation to any acquisition, disposal, purchase, sale or holding of securities,
futures contracts or interest in property investment arrangements to disclose to
it or him the name (including any aliases). address and occupation of the person
(or other particulars that are capable of establishing the identity of the person)
from, to or through whom, or on whose behalf, the securities or futures
contracts or interest in property investment arrangements were acquired,
disposed of, purchased, sold or were or are held, together with the quantity of
securities or futures contracts or interests in property investment arrangements
so acquired, disposed of, purchased, sold or held, and the instructions given to
or by such last-mentioned person in respect thereof.
(2) For the purpose of enabling this section to have effect, every
investment adviser or commodity trading adviser and registered person who is a
dealer within the meaning of section 27(10) shall keep, in such manner and form
as may be specified in rules made for the purposes of this section by the
Commission (which rules the Commission is hereby authorized to make), any
record or other document as may be so specified.
(3) Where a requirement is made under subsection (1), a person who-
(a)without reasonable excuse fails to disclose to the Commission
information required to be disclosed under subsection (1) and
which is in his possession or under his control;
(b)furnishes to the Commission in purported compliance with the
requirement information which he knows to be false or mis-
leading in a material particular; or
(c)fails to comply with any provision of rules made under this
section which applies to him,
commits an offence.

32. Certification to High Court relating to
non-compliance under section 30 or 31

(1) If a person mentioned in section 30 or 31, without reasonable excuse,
fails to produce any record or other document or disclose information upon
1989




being required to do so under that section, the Commission may certify the
failure to the High Court and the High Court may thereupon inquire into the
case and-
(a)order such person to comply with the requirement within such
period as may be fixed by the High Court; or
(b)if the High Court is satisfied that such person has failed without
reasonable excuse to comply with such requirement, punish him
in the same manner as if he had been guilty of contempt of court.
(2) A person shall not be punished under subsection (1) and section 30 or
31 in respect of the same failure.

33. Investigations

(1) Where the Commission has reason to believe that-
(a)an offence under any of the relevant Ordinances may have been
committed; or
(b)a person may have committed a defalcation or other breach of
trust, fraud or misfeasance-
(i) in dealing in securities or trading in futures contracts;
(ii) in the management of investment in securities or in futures
contracts;
(iii) in making property investment arrangements; or
(iv) in giving advice as regards the acquisition, disposal,
purchase or sale, or otherwise investing in, any security or
futures contract or as regards any property investment
arrangements; or
(c)insider dealing for the purposes of Part X11A of the Securities
Ordinance (Cap. 333) may have taken place; or
(d)the manner in which a person has engaged or is engaging in any
of the following activities referred to in paragraph (b) namely, the
dealing or trading mentioned in subparagraph (i) thereof, the
management mentioned in subparagraph (ii) thereof, the making
of property investment arrangements or the giving of advice
described in subparagraph (iv) thereof is not in the interest of the
investing public or the public interest,
the Commission may in writing direct one or more of its employees or, with the
consent of the Financial Secretary, appoint one or more other persons to be an
investigator ('the investigator' (W-AjR)) to investigate any matter referred to
in paragraphs (a) to (d) and report to the Commission thereon.
(2) Where any matter is investigated under subsection (1) in relation to
any person, that person is, for the purposes of this section, referred to as 'the
person under investigation'
1989





(3) Any costs or expenses incurred by a person (other than an employee
of the Commission) acting as the investigator under this section shall be paid
out of moneys provided by the Legislative Council.
(4) The person under investigation or any person who is reasonably
believed or suspected by the investigator to have in his possession or under his
control any record or other document which contains, or which is likely to
contain, information relevant to an investigation under this section, or who is
so believed or suspected of otherwise having such information in his possession
or under his control, shall-
(a)produce to the investigator, within such time and at such place
as he may reasonably require, any record or other document
specified by the investigator which is, or may be, relevant to the
investigation, and which is in his possession or under his control;
(b)if so required by the investigator, give to him such explanation or
further particulars in respect of a record or other document
produced in compliance with a requirement under paragraph (a)
as the investigator shall specify;
(c)attend before the investigator at such time and place as he may
require in writing, and answer truthfully and to the best of his
ability such questions relating to the matters under investigation
as the investigator may put to him; and
(d)give to the investigator all assistance in connection with the
investigation which he is reasonably able to give.
(5) A barrister or solicitor acting for the person under investigation may-
(a)attend an examination of that person; and
(b) to the extent that the investigator shall reasonably permit-
(i) examine that person; and
(ii) address the investigator,
in relation to matters in respect of which the investigator has
questioned that person.
(6) A person shall be obliged to answer questions put to him under this
section by the investigator, but if the answers might tend to incriminate him,
and he so claims before answering the question, neither the question nor the
answer shall be admissible in evidence against him in criminal proceedings other
than proceedings for an offence under subsection (12) or section 36 of the
Crimes Ordinance (Cap. 200), or for perjury, in respect of the answer; the
investigator shall, before asking any question under this section, inform the
person concerned of the limitation imposed by this subsection in respect of the
admissibility in evidence of the question and any answer given.
(7) The investigator shall be furnished by the Commission with a copy of
the direction or appointment under subsection (1) and shall, before exercising
any power under this section, produce the copy to the person concerned for his
inspection.
1989




(8) Where any explanation, particulars, answer or statement is or are
made or given under subsection (4) to the investigator, he may further require,
in writing, the person making or giving the same-
(a)to verify the explanation, particulars, answer or statement by
statutory declaration (which may be taken and received by the
investigator); or
(b)in case such explanation, particulars, answer or statement is or
are not made or given in accordance with a requirement under
subsection (4) to verify by a statutory declaration (which may be
so taken and received) that he was unable to comply or, as the
case may be, fully to comply, with that requirement because the
matter which he failed to furnish was not within his knowledge or
was neither in his possession nor under his control,
and where a requirement under this subsection is made, the person to whom it
is made shall comply with the requirement within such reasonable period as is
specified in the requirement.
(9) The investigator may, and if so directed by the Commission shall,
make interim reports to the Commission, and on the conclusion of his
investigation shall make a final report to the Commission.
(10) Notwithstanding section 59, the Commission may, with the consent of
the Attorney General, cause a report under this section to be published.
(11) Nothing in this section shall be construed as requiring an institution
authorized to carry on banking business or the business of taking deposits
under the Banking Ordinance (Cap. 155) to disclose any information or
produce any record or other document relating to the affairs of a customer to
the investigator unless-
(a)the customer is a person whom the investigator has reason
to believe may be able to give information relevant to the
investigation; and
(b)the Commission is satisfied that the disclosure or production is
necessary for the purposes of the investigation and certifies in
writing that that is the case,
and, where the conditions in paragraphs (a) and (b) are met in respect of any
such institution, such institution shall comply with any provision of subsection
(4) or (8) that applies in its case.
(12) Any person who-
(a)without reasonable excuse fails to produce any record or other
document which he is required to produce under subsection
(4)(a);
(b)without reasonable excuse fails to comply with any requirement
under subsection (4)(b);
(c)without reasonable excuse fails to comply with a requirement
under subsection (4)(c) to attend before the investigator;



1989





(d)without reasonable excuse fails to answer any question put to
him by the investigator under subsection (4)(c), or in answering
such a question says anything which he knows to be false or
misleading in a material particular or who in so answering
recklessly makes a false statement;
(e)without reasonable excuse fails to comply with subsection (4)(d);
without reasonable excuse fails to comply with a requirement
under subsection (8), or fails to do so within the period specified
therein,
commits an offence.
(13) If any person, without reasonable excuse, fails to do anything which
he is required to do under subsection (4), the investigator may certify the failure
to the High Court and the High Court may thereupon inquire into the case
and-
(a)order such person to comply with the requirement within such
period as may be fixed by the High Court; or
(b)if the High Court is satisfied that such person has failed without
reasonable excuse to comply with such requirement, punish him
in the same manner as if he had been guilty of contempt of court.
(14) A person shall not be punished under subsections (12) and (13) in
respect of the same failure.
(15) (a)Where the person under investigation or any other person is
convicted by a court or magistrate on a prosecution instituted as
a result of an investigation under this section, the court or
magistrate may order him to pay to the Commission the whole or
part of the costs or expenses of the investigation.
(b)Where an amount is paid to the Commission pursuant to an
order under this subsection in respect of the costs or expenses of
an investigation and the costs or expenses of that investigation
are paid out of moneys provided by the Legislative Council, the
Commission shall pay to the Financial Secretary an amount
equal to the amount of those moneys or, if the amount paid
pursuant to the order is less than the amount of those moneys, an
amount equal to that so paid.

34. Returns
(1) The Commission may make rules requiring any registered person to
whom the rules apply to make annual returns to the Commission.
(2) Rules made under this section may-
(a)apply to registered persons generally or to registered persons of a
particular class or description specified in the rules, and different
rules may be made in respect of different classes or descriptions of
registered persons;
1989





(b)specify the form of the return and the particulars it is to contain
and the persons by whom such returns are to be made; and
(c)specify the time by which a return required by the rules is to be
received by the Commission.

35.Production of computerized information

Where any information or matter relevant to an inspection or investigation
under section 30 or 33 is recorded otherwise than in a legible form, the powers
conferred by those sections and section 36 to require the production of any
record or other document for the purposes of any provision of those sections
shall include the power to require the production of a reproduction of the
recording of any such information or matter or of the relevant part of it in a
legible form.

36.Magistrate's warrant

(1) If a magistrate is satisfied on information on oath laid by the
chairman or other director of the Commission, or by an employee of the
Commission authorized by the Commission for the purposes of this section,
that there are reasonable grounds for suspecting that there is, or is likely to be,
on premises specified in the information any record or other document which is
relevant to an inspection under section 30 or an investigation under section 33,
the magistrate may issue a warrant authorizing any such person ('specified
person' OR OA CA) ) and any police officer, and such other persons as may be
necessary to assist in the execution of the warrant-
(a)to enter the premises so specified, if necessary by force, at any
time within the period of 7 days beginning on the date of the
warrant; and
(b)to search for, seize and remove any record or other document
which any such specified person or police officer has reasonable
cause to believe may be required for the purposes of the
inspection or investigation.
(2) A specified person or a police officer or other persons authorized by a
warrant under this section may-
(a)require any person on the premises specified in the warrant whom
he reasonably believes to be employed in connection with a
business which is, or which has been, conducted on such premises
to produce for examination any record or other document which
such specified person or police officer has reasonable cause to
believe may be required for the purposes of the inspection or
investigation and which is in his possession or under his control;




1989





(b)prohibit any person mentioned in paragraph (a) from-
(i)removing from the premises so specified any record or
other document produced pursuant to a requirement under
paragraph (a);
(ii) erasing, adding to or otherwise altering any entry or other
particular contained in, or otherwise interfering in any
manner whatsoever with, or causing or permitting any other
person to interfere with, any such record or other document;
(c)take, in relation to any such record or other document, any other
step which may appear necessary for preserving it and preventing
interference with it.
(3) Any record or other document removed under this section may be
retained for any period not exceeding the period of 6 months beginning on the
day of its removal or, where the record or other document is required in
connection with any ciriminal proceedings, for such longer period as may be
necessary for the purposes of those proceedings.
(4) Where a person removes a record or other document under this
section he shall, as soon as reasonably practicable, give a receipt for it, and he
may permit any person who would be entitled to inspect it but for such removal
to inspect the record or other document at any reasonable time and to make
copies of and take extracts from it.
(5) Section 102 of the Criminal Procedure Ordinance (Cap. 221) shall
apply to property which has come into the possession of the Commission under
this section as it applies to property which has come into the possession of the
police.
(6) A person who-
(a)without reasonable excuse fails to comply with any requirement
or prohibition under subsection (2); or
(b)obstructs any person exercising a power conferred by sub-
section (2),
commits an offence.

37. Destruction etc. of documents

A person who destroys, falsifies, conceals or otherwise disposes of, or
causes or permits the destruction, falsification, concealment or disposal
of, any record or other document which is relevant to an inspection under
section 30 or an investigation under section 33 commits an offence
unless he proves that he had no intention of concealing from the authorized
person or investigator facts capable of being disclosed by the record
or other document.




1989




38. Powers of intervention
(1) Any power conferred on the Commission by section 39, 40 or 41 may
be exercised in relation to any registered person if he is a registered person to
whom this section applies and if, and only if, it appears to the Commission
that-
(a)the exercise of the power is desirable in the interest of the
investing public;
(b)the registered person is not a fit and proper person (having
regard, amongst other matters, to the matters specified in section
23(3)) to carry on any one or more of the businesses in respect of
which he is registered under the Securities Ordinance (Cap. 333)
or the Commodities Trading Ordinance (Cap. 250), as the case
may be, to the extent to which he is carrying it on or proposes to
carry it on; or
(c)the registered person has contravened or failed to comply with
any provision of or requirement under the relevant Ordinances
or, in purported compliance with any such provision, has
furnished the Commission with information which, in a material
particular, is false, inaccurate or misleading.
(2) The powers conferred on the Commission by section 39, 40 or 41 may
be exercised in relation to a person whose registration is suspended or revoked
under section 55 or 56 of the Securities Ordinance (Cap. 333) or section 35 or 36
of the Commodities Trading Ordinance (Cap. 250) where an appeal is made
under section 19 or the time for making such an appeal has not expired, and
references in section 39, 40 or 41 to a registered person shall be construed
accordingly.
(3) The Commission shall not exercise any power conferred on it by
section 39, 40 or 41 with respect to a registered person who is a member of an
Exchange Company or a clearing house unless the Commission has given
written notification of its intention to that Exchange Company or, as the case
may be, that clearing house.
(4) This section applies to any registered person who is a dealer, a partner
of a dealing partnership, an investment adviser, a commodity trading adviser
or a partner in an investment advisers' partnership; and for the purposes of
this subsection 'dealer' 'dealing partnership'
'investment adviser' QQ-CM F.1) , 'commodity trading adviser'
and 'investment advisers' partnership' have the meanings
assigned to them respectively by section 27(10).

39. Restriction of business

(1)Subject to section 38, the Commission may by notice in writing-
(a) prohibit a registered person to whom section 38 applies from-




1989





(i) entering into transactions of a class or description specified
in the notice or entering into them otherwise than in
circumstances so specified or to an extent so specified;
(ii) soliciting business from persons of a class or description so
specified or from persons other than persons of such a class
or description;
(iii) carrying on business as a registered person in a manner so
specified;
(b)require such a registered person to carry on business in, and only
in, a manner so specified.
(2) A prohibition or requirement under this section may relate to either or
both of the following-
(a)transactions entered into in connection with or for the purposes
of the business in respect of which a registered person to whom
section 38 applies is registered;
(b)other business which is carried on by such a registered person in
connection with or for the purposes of such business.

40. Restriction on dealing with assets

Subject to section 38, the Commission may, as regards any assets whether
in Hong Kong or elsewhere and whether they are assets of a registered person
or not, by notice in writing-
(a)prohibit a registered person to whom section 38 applies from
disposing of such assets or prohibit him from dealing with them
in a manner specified in the notice;
(b)require such a registered person to deal with such assets in, and
only in, a manner specified in the notice.

41. Maintenance of assets

(1) Subject to section 38, the Commission may by notice in writing
require a registered person to whom section 38 applies to maintain in Hong
Kong and in such other place outside Hong Kong as may be specified in the
notice, in such manner as will enable such person at any time freely to transfer
or otherwise dispose of them, assets of such value and of such class or
description as appear to the Commission to be desirable with a view to ensuring
that the person will be able to meet his liabilities in respect of the business
carried on by him as a registered person.
(2) The Commission may direct that for the purposes of any requirement
under this section assets of any specified class or description shall or shall not be
taken into account.
1989





42. Provisions relating to notices under
section 39, 40, 41 or 43

(1) A notice under section 39, 40 or 41 shall remain in force until it is
withdrawn by the Commission under section 43 by a further notice.
(2) The power under section 39,40 or 41 to impose, or under section 43 to
withdraw, substitute or vary, a prohibition or requirement shall be exercisable
by written notice served by the Commission on the person concerned, and any
such notice shall take effect at such time as is specified in the notice or the time
when it is served, whichever is the later.
(3) A notice-
(a)imposing a prohibition or a requirement under section 39, 40 or
41; or
(b)under section 43(1) substituting or varying such a prohibition or
requirement; or
(e) under section 43(2),
shall be accompanied by a statement in writing of the reasons why the
prohibition or requirement was imposed, substituted or varied, as the case may
be, or the relevant application was refused.
(4) Where the reasons stated in a notice to which subsection (3) applies
relate specifically to matters which-
(a)refer to a person who is identified in the notice but who is not a
person on or in respect of whom the relevant prohibition or
requirement was imposed; and
(b)are, in the opinion of the Commission, prejudicial to that person
in any respect,
the Commission shall, if possible, serve a copy of the notice on that person.
(5) The Commission may cause to be published in the Gazette a
prohibition or requirement irnposed under section 39, 40 or 41 or a withdrawal,
substitution or variation under section 43 of any such prohibition or
requirement and where any such prohibition or requirement is so published, the
Commission shall also cause to be so published any subsequent withdrawal,
substitution or variation of the prohibition or requirement.
(6) Any notice published under subsection (5) may, if the Commission
thinks fit, include a statement of the reasons for which the relevant prohibition
or requirement was imposed, withdrawn, substituted or varied.
(7) (a)Nothing in sections 38 to 44 or any notice served under section
39, 40 or 41 shall render any contract unenforceable by any party
thereto if he proves that in entering into the contract he acted in
good faith and, as regards any notice so received, was unaware of
the notice.
(b)Where by virtue of anything contained in a section or notice
referred to in paragraph (a) a person rescinds a contract, he shall
restore to any other party to the contract any money or other




1989





benefit received or obtained by him under the contract from that
party.

43. Withdrawal, substitution or variation
of notices under section 39, 40 or 41

(1) Where a notice under section 39, 40 or 41 is in force, the Commission
may of its own volition, or on the application of the person on whom the notice
was served or any other person affected by the notice, by notice in writing-
(a)withdraw the notice; or
(b)substitute another prohibition or requirement for, or vary, any
prohibition or requirement contained in the notice.
(2) If, on an application made by a person under subsection (1), the
Commission refuses to withdraw, substitute or vary a prohibition or
requirement imposed under section 39, 40 or 41, the Commission shall serve on
that person a notice in writing of the refusal.

44. Appeals against notices under this Part

(1) Where the Commission issues a notice under section 39, 40, 41, 42 or
43, any person on whom such notice is served may, within the period specified
in section 21(3), appeal to the Panel under section 19.
(2) An appeal referred to in subsection (1) shall not atrect the coming into
force of any notice to which the appeal relates.
(3) A notice referred to in subsection (1) shall state that an appeal may be
made to the Panel against the notice by any person on whom the notice is
served, and specify the period within which such an appeal may be made.

45. Winding-up orders

(1) If, in the case of a company which may be wound up by the High
Court under the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32), it appears to the Commission
that it is expedient in the public interest that the company should be wound up,
the Commission may, subject to subsection (2), present a petition for it to be
wound up under that Ordinance on the ground that it is just and equitable that
it should be so wound up.
(2) The Commission shall not present a petition under subsection (1) for
the winding up of any person that is a member of an Exchange Company or a
clearing house unless the Commission has given written notification of its
intention to that Exchange Company or, as the case may be, that clearing
house.




1989





46. Receiving orders
(1) If it appears to the Commission that it is expedient in the public
interest to do so and subject to subsection (2) the Commission may present a
petition for a receiving order in accordance with the Bankruptcy Ordinance
(Cap. 6) against a registered person if the registered person has committed an
act of bankruptcy within the meaning of that Ordinance, and that Ordinance
shall apply in relation to such petition as it applies in relation to a petition
presented by a creditor.
(2) The Commission shall not present a petition under subsection (1) in
respect of any person who is a member of an Exchange Company or a clearing
house unless the Commission has given written notification of its intention to
that Exchange Company or, as may be appropriate, that clearing house.

PART VI
SPECIAL PROVISIONS RELATING To EXCHANCE COMPANIES
AND CLEARING HOUSES

47. Transfer and resumption of functions
(1) If it appears to the Commission that an Exchange Company is willing
and able to perform all or any of the functions to which this section applies, it
may request the Governor in Council to make an order ('transfer order' (
transferring all or any of those functions to that Exchange Company
('designated Exchange Company'or transfer the functions in so
far as they or it applies to the members or applicants for membership of that
company.
(2) This section applies to any function of the Commission under sections
28 and 29, Parts VI and VIA of the Securities Ordinance (Cap. 333) and Part IV
of the Commodities Trading Ordinance (Cap. 250).
(3) Any function to which this section applies may be transferred by a
transfer order either wholly or in part, and any such transfer may be subject
to a reservation that the function is to be exercisable by the Commission
concurrently with the designated Exchange Company.
(4) The Commission shall not make a request under subsection (1) that a
transfer order be made in respect of the making of financial resources rules
unless the proposed designated Exchange Company has first supplied the
Commission with a draft of the financial resources rules which it proposes to
make, and the Commission is satisfied that those rules, if made, will afford the
investing public an adequate level of protection.
(5) The Commission may at the request or with the consent of a
designated Exchange Company resume all or any of the functions transferred
by a transfer order, but such resumption shall take effect only by order of the
Governor in Council.




1989




(6) If at any time it appears that any designated Exchange Company is
unable to or unwilling to perform all or any of the functions transferred to it by
a transfer order, the Governor in Council may, if the Commission so requests,
order that the Commission resume all or any of such functions.
(7) A transfer order may provide for the designated Exchange Company
to retain all or any fees charged in relation to the performance of any
transferred function, and an order made under subsection (5) or (6) may
provide for the Commission to retain all or any such fees, from a date to be
specified in the order.

48. Information: Exchange Companies and clearing houses
(1) The Commission, each of the Exchange Companies or any clearing
house shall be entitled to supply information about its affairs or, in the case of
an Exchange Company, the affairs of any of its members to any other of them,
and any such supply of information shall not be treated as a publication for the
purposes of the law of defamation and, subject to section 59, no person so
supplying any such information shall incur any liability as a consequence
thereof.
(2) The Commission may by written notice require any Exchange
Company or clearing house to supply it with such information, including
information in its possession or under its control which relates to the affairs of
any of its members, as it may reasonably require for the performance of its
functions under the relevant Ordinances, and any such supply of information
shall not be treated as a publication for the purposes of the law of defamation;
and, without affecting the generality of section 56(2) and notwithstanding
section 59, no person so supplying any such information shall incur any liability
as a consequence thereof.

49. Notice of closure or re-opening
An Exchange Company shall give to the Commission such written notice
as is reasonable in the circumstances of its intention to close its exchange for the
transaction of business otherwise than in accordance with the rules of that
company and, where it has so closed it, of its intention to re-open it.

50. Additional powers-restriction notices relating to
Exchange Companies and clearing houses
(1) Subject to subsections (2), (4) and (11), where the Commission is
satisfied that it is in the interest of the investing public or in the public interest,
or it is appropriate to do so for the protection of investors or for the proper
regulation of an Exchange Company or clearing house, the Commission may
by notice in writing ('restriction notice' do any of the
following-



1989





(a)require the Exchange Company or clearing house, before the
expiration of a period specified in the notice-
(i) to amend, withdraw or revoke, in such manner as shall be
specified in the notice, any provision of its memorandum of
association, articles of association, rules or regulations or
other instrument so specified;
(ii) to take such action relating to the management, conduct or
operation of its business as may be so specified;
(b)prohibit the Exchange Company or clearing house doing or
causing to be done, during a period so specified, such act or other
thing relating to the management, conduct or operation of its
business as shall be so specified.
(2) The Commission shall not serve a restriction notice unless-
(a)it has previously consulted the Financial Secretary in relation
thereto;
(b)it has previously requested in writing the Exchange Company or
clearing house concerned to put, or cause to be put, into effect a
provision (which includes a request to refrain from doing any act
or other thing) specified in the request and similar in effect to the
requirement or prohibition specified in the restriction notice or,
in case there is more than one such requirement or prohibition so
specified, provisions the combined effect of all of which is similar
to the combined effect of the requirements or prohibitions so
specified; and
(c) in the case of a request under paragraph (b) which-
(i) contains a provision requesting the Exchange Company or
clearing house concerned to amend, withdraw or revoke any
provision of its memorandum or articles of association
under subsection (1)(a)(i), the provision has not been
complied with before the expiration of the period specified in
relation thereto in the request being not less than 45 days; or
(ii) contains a provision requesting the Exchange Company or
clearing house concerned to do or refrain from doing any act
or other thing, the Commission is satisfied that the provision
has not been complied with(3) (a)Where a restriction notice requires an Exchange Company or
clearing house to amend, withdraw or revoke any provision of its
memorandum of association or articles of association, the
Exchange Company or clearing house may appeal to the
Governor in Council against the notice.
(b)An appeal under paragraph (a) shall not affect the coming into
force of the restriction notice to which the appeal relates.

1989





(4) A period specified in a restriction notice in relation to a prohibition
under subsection (1)(b) shall be a period not exceeding 6 months beginning on
the date of the notice.
(5) The Commission may, after consultation with the Financial Secretary,
by notice in writing extend, for a period or successive periods of not more than
3 months each, the period during which a restriction notice is to remain in
force.
(6) Where a restriction notice is issued or extended under this section, the
Commission may cause to be published in the Gazette a copy of the notice or,
as may be appropriate, particulars of the extension.
(7) A restriction notice may, on the application of the Commission to the
High Court, be enforced by an order of the High Court as if it were a judgment
or order of that court.
(8) Where an Exchange Company or clearing house is in breach of a
requirement in a restriction notice under subsection (1)(a)(i) relating to a
provision of its memorandum of association, articles of association, rules or
regulations or other instrument-
(a)in the case of a requirement to amend such provision, the
provision shall be deemed to have effect as if the requirement had
been complied with;
(b)in the case of a requirement to withdraw or revoke such
provision, the provision shall cease to have effect.
(9) Where-
(a)a restriction notice includes a requirement described in subsection
(1)(a)(i) and the requirement relates to the memorandum of
association or the articles of association of a company; and
(b)by virtue of subsection (8) the provision to which the requirement
relates has effect as if the requirement had been complied with or,
as the case may be, has ceased to have effect,
the Commission shall, as soon as may be, deliver to the Registrar of Companies
a copy of the notice, and if there is an appeal under subsection (3) against the
notice and the appeal is not withdrawn, the Commission shall, as soon as may
be, inform such registrar in writing of the outcome of the appeal.
(10) No Exchange Company or clearing house, or any member, officer or
servant of an Exchange Company or clearing house shall be liable in damages
for any act or omission done or omitted in compliance or in purported
compliance with a restriction notice unless the act or omission is shown by the
person claiming the damages to have been done or omitted in bad faith.
(11) Nothing in this section shall be construed as enabling the Commission
to do under this section anything which may be done by the Commission by
direction or order under section 26 or 27 of the Securities Ordinance (Cap. 333)
or section 21 of the Commodities Trading Ordinance (Cap. 250).
1989





51. Additional powers-suspension orders relating
to Exchange Companies and clearing houses

(1) Where the Commission is satisfied that it is in the interest of the
investing public or in the public interest, or it is appropriate to do so for the
protection of investors or for the proper regulation of an Exchange Company
or clearing house, the Commission may, after consultation with the Financial
Secretary, make an order ('suspension order') relating to all or
any of the following functions of the Exchange Company or clearing house-
(a)the functions of the board of directors or governing body of the
Exchange Company or clearing house;
(b)the functions of a director of a board or a member of a body
referred to in paragraph (a);
(c)the functions of a committee (including a sub-comn-fittee)
established by a board or body referred to in paragraph (a);
(d)the functions of the chief executive officer (whether called that or
not) of the Exchange Company or clearing house.
(2) For so long as a suspension order is in force the following provisions
shall apply-
(a)none of the functions to which the order relates shall be
performed by the Exchange Company or clearing house to which
it relates or any board, governing body, committee or officer
thereof;
(b)any function to which paragraph (a) applies may be performed
by such person as shall be specified in the order in relation to that
function;
(c)a person referred to in paragraph (a) shall not, by act or
omission, either directly or indirectly, afect the manner in which
functions therein referred to are performed.
(3) Subject to subsection (5), a suspension order shall continue in force
for such period, being a period not exceeding 6 months, as shall be specified in
the order.
(4) (a)A suspension order or an extension thereof under subsection (5)
shall take effect when a copy of the order or notice of the
extension is served under subsection (6)(a) on the Exchange
Company or clearing house to which the order relates.
(b) (i) Where a suspension order is made or such an order is
extended under subsection (5), the Commission shall, if it is
practical so to do, as soon as may be, give a copy of the
order or, as may be appropriate, notice of its extension to
the chief executive officer of the Exchange Company or
clearing house to which the order relates and to such
directors or members of the committee thereof (if any) as the
Commission may consider appropriate in the circumstances.



1989





(ii) Nothing in this paragraph shall affect paragraph (a).
(5) The Commission may, after consultation with the Financial Secretary,
extend for a period or successive periods of not more than 3 months each the
period during which a suspension order is to remain in force.
(6) Where a suspension order is made or extended under this section, the
Commission shall-
(a)forthwith serve a copy of the order or notice in writing of the
extension on the Exchange Company or clearing house to which
the order relates; and
(b)cause the suspension order or, as may be appropriate, notice of
such extension to be published in the Gazette.
(7) Where costs or expenses are reasonably incurred by the Commission
or a director or employee thereof in connection with a suspension order, an
amount equal to the amount of the costs or expenses shall be paid to the
Commission on demand by the Exchange Company or clearing house
concerned and shall be recoverable as a civil debt.
(8) Any person who knowingly contravenes subsection (2)(c) commits an
offence.

PART VII

FUNDING

52. LEVIES

(1) In the case of every purchase and sale of securities recorded on the
Unified Exchange or notified to it under its rules, the purchaser and the seller
shall each of them be liable to pay to the Commission a levy at such rate as may
be specified by order of the Governor in Council as a percentage of the
consideration for such purchase and sale; and different rates may be specified
under this subsection in respect of different classes of securities.
(2) In the case of every leviable transaction in each market of the Futures
Exchange Company, the purchaser and the seller shall each of them be liable to
pay to the Commission a levy of such amount as may be specified by order of
the Governor in Council; and different amounts may be specified under this
subsection in respect of different leviable transactions.
(3) (a)The Stock Exchange Company shall collect and account to the
Commission for the levy referred to in subsection (1).
(b)The Stock Exchange Company shall retain the proportion of the
levy collected under paragraph (a) that is equal to the percentage
specified under paragraph (c) as the amount of the levy to be
retained by it, and shall pay to the Commission the balance of
suchlevy.

1989






(c)The Governor in Council may by order specify the percentage of
the levy collected under paragraph (a) which is to be the amount
thereof to be retained by the Stock Exchange Company pursuant
to paragraph (b).
(4) The Futures Exchange Company shall collect, account for and pay to
the Commission the levy referred to in subsection (2).
(5) The Governor in Council may by order amend the rate or amount of
levy payable under subsection (1) or (2).
(6) If at any time in any financial year the reserves of the Commission,
after deducting depreciation and all provisions, are more than an amount
equivalent to twice the estimated operating expenses of the Commission for that
financial year, submitted and approved in accordance with section 14(2), and
the Commission then has no outstanding borrowings, the Commission shall
consult the Financial Secretary with a view to recommending to the Governor
in Council that the rate or amount of a levy payable under this section or fees
or charges payable under section 54 be reduced.
(7) The amount of any levy payable under this section shall be
recoverable as a civil debt due to the Commission.
(8) The Governor in Council may make rules providing for-
(a)the payment of the levies payable under this section;
(b)the imposition of charges for late payment of such levies; and
(c)the keeping, examination and audit of the accounts of the
Exchange Companies relating to the collection and remission of
such levies.
(9) In this section 'leviable transaction' has the same
meaning as in section 79A(4) of the Commodities Trading Ordinance (Cap.
250).

53. Appropriation

In each financial year there shall be paid to the Commission out of general
revenue such moneys as shall be appropriated for that purpose by the
Legislative Council.

54. Fees and other charges
(1) The Governor in Council may, after consultation with the
Commission, make rules providing for the payment to the Commission of fees
or other charges in relation to-
(a)anything done by a committee of the Commission in the
performance of a function relating to takeovers and mergers;
(b)any application to the Commission for any authorization,
approval, exemption, waiver or modification under the relevant
Ordinances;




1989






(c)any other function performed under the relevant Ordinances
by the Commission or by a committee established by the
Commission;
(d)any other matter with regard to which provision is made by or
under the relevant Ordinances.
(2) (a)Fees or other charges prescribed under this section may be fixed
at levels sufficient to effect the recovery of expenditure incurred,
or likely to be incurred, by the Commission in performing its
functions under the relevant Ordinances but in fixing the level of
any such fees or charges account shall not be taken of any
moneys appropriated to the Commission under section 53.
(b)Fees or other charges prescribed under this section shall not be
limited by reason only of the amount of administrative or other
costs incurred, or likely to be incurred, by the Commission in
providing any service or otherwise performing any function
under the relevant Ordinances as regards any particular person
or in providing any service which is of a particular class or
description.
(3) Rules made under this section may provide that the amount of any
fees or other charges may be fixed by reference to a scale prescribed in the rules,
and for the payment of different fees or other charges by or in relation to
persons or cases of different classes or descriptions.

PART VIII

MISCELLANEOUS

55. Injunctions to restrain contraventions

(1) If on the application of the Commission the High Court is satisfied
that there is a reasonable likelihood that any person will contravene any
provision of any rules or direction made or given under section 28 or 29 or any
notice under Part V, the court may grant an injunction restraining the
contravention or, as the case may be, make an order that any person who
appears to the court to have been knowingly involved in the contravention take
such steps as the High Court may direct.
(2) No application shall be made by the Commission under subsection (1)
for an order affecting any person who is a member of an Exchange Company
unless the Commission has given written notification of its intention to that
Exchange Company.

1989




56. Immunity, etc.

(1) No liability shall be incurred by any person in respect of anything
done, or omitted to be done, by him in good faith in the performance or
purported performance of any function under the relevant Ordinances.
(2) Subject to section 50(10), a person who complies with a requirement
made under this Ordinance shall not incur any liability to any person by reason
only of that compliance.
(3) A person who is a legal practitioner (whether or not he is qualified in
Hong Kong to practise as a barrister or act as a solicitor) shall not be required
under this Ordinance to disclose any information (other than the name and
address of a client) or produce any record or other document which he would
be entitled to refuse to disclose or produce on grounds of legal professional
privilege in proceedings in the High Court.
(4) A person who is not a legal practitioner shall not be required under
this Ordinance to disclose any information or produce any document (whether
an original or a copy) if the requirement to do so would not apply in the case of
a legal practitioner by virtue of subsection (3).

57. Liability of directors, etc.

(1) Where an offence under this Ordinance committed by a corporation is
proved to have been committed with the consent or connivance of, or to be
attributable to any neglect on the part of, any director, manager, secretary, or
other similar officer of the corporation, or any person who was purporting to
act in any such capacity, he, as well as the corporation, shall be guilty of the
offence and shall be liable to be proceeded against and punished accordingly.
(2) Subject to subsection (3), for the purposes of this section, a person is
deemed to be a director of a corporation if he occupies the position of a director
by whatever name called or is a person in accordance with whose directions or
instructions the directors of the corporation or any of thern act.
(3) A person shall not, by reason only that the directors of a corporation
act on advice given by him in a professional capacity, be taken to be a person in
accordance with whose directions or instructions those directors act.
(4) Where an offence committed by a partner in a partnership is proved to
have been committed with the consent or connivance of, or to be attributable to
any neglect on the part of, any other partner of the partnership, that other
partner shall be guilty of the offence and liable to be proceeded against and
punished accordingly.

58. Evidence

Any record or other document purporting to be a record or other
document, or a copy of a record or other document, executed, signed or issued

1989




by or on behalf of the Commission and purporting to be signed or initialled by
the chairman or other director or any person employed in the administration of
the relevant Ordinances shall in any proceedings be admissible as prima facie
evidence of the facts stated therein, and it shall not be necessary to prove the
signature or initials of the person purporting to sign or initial the record or
other document.

59. Preservation of secrecy, etc.

(1) Except in the performance of a function under any of the relevant
Ordinances, or in carrying out a provision of any of those Ordinances, a person
who is appointed under any of those Ordinances or who performs or assists any
other person in the performance of a function under any of those Ordinances-
(a)shall, at all times subsequent to his appointment or after he has
performed or so assisted in the performance of any such function
(and whether or not his appointment continues or he may again
perform or so assist in the performance of any such function),
preserve and aid in preserving secrecy with regard to any matter
coming to his knowledge in the performance of, or assisting in
the performance of, any function under any of the relevant
Ordinances;
(b)shall not at any such time communicate any such matter to any
other person; and
(c)shall not at any such time suffer or permit any other person to
have access to any record or other document which is in his
possession or under his control by virtue of his being or having
been so appointed or his performing or having performed, or
assisting or having assisted any other person in the performance
of a function under any of the relevant Ordinances.
(2) Notwithstanding subsection (1) the Commission may disclose
information-
(a)in the form of a summary complied from similar or related
information provided by persons under any provision of the
relevant Ordinances if the summary is so complied as to prevent
particulars relating to the business or identity, or the trading
particulars, of any such person being ascertained from it;
(b)with a view to the institution of, or otherwise for the purposes of,
any criminal proceedings or any investigation, whether under the
relevant Ordinances or otherwise, in Hong Kong;
(c)in connection with any civil proceedings to which the
Commission is a party;
(d)to the Insider Dealing Tribunal established by section 141G of
the Securities Ordinance (Cap. 333);


1989




(e)to the Financial Secretary, the Secretary for Monetary Affairs,
the Commissioner of Banking, the Insurance Authority, the
Registrar of Companies or any public officer authorized by the
Financial Secretary for the purpose of this paragraph if, and only
if, in the opinion of the Commission, it is desirable or expedient
that the information should be so disclosed in the interest of the
investing public or the public interest;
to-
(i) the Stock Exchange Company;
(ii) the Futures Exchange Company;
(iii) the Securities Compensation Fund Committee established
under section 99 of the Securities Ordinance (Cap. 333);
(iv) the Commodities Compensation Fund Committee estab-
lished under section 78 of the Commodities Trading
Ordinance (Cap. 250); or
(v) a clearing house,
if, and only if, in the opinion of the Commission, it is desirable or
expedient that the information should be so disclosed in the
interest of the investing public or in the public interest;
(g) to an authority in a place outside Hong Kong which, in the
opinion of the Commission, performs any function in that place
similar to a function of the Commission, if, and only if, the
Commission is satisfied that such authority is subject to adequate
secrecy provisions and that it is desirable or expedient in the
interest of the investing public or the public interest that the
information should be so disclosed;
(h) to such organization in a place outside Hong Kong which
controls or otherwise regulates dealing in securities, trading
in futures contracts or entering into property investment
arrangements, as may have been specified for the purposes of this
paragraph by the Commission in a notice published in the
Gazette (and which has not since been withdrawn) if, and only if,
the Commission is satisfied that such organization is subject to
adequate secrecy provisions and that it is desirable or expedient
in the interest of the investing public or the public interest that
the information should be so disclosed;
(i) to such professional or semi-professional bodies in Hong Kong
as may be specified for the purpose of this paragraph by the
Commission in such a notice if, and only if, in the opinion of the
Commission, it is desirable or expedient that the information
should be so disclosed;
(j) obtained by an inspector appointed under section 127(1) of
the Securities Ordinance (Cap. 333) (whether or not such

1989





information is included in notes under section 128 of that
Ordinance of an examination under Part XI thereof or a report
made under section 130 of that Ordinance) to-
(i) the Financial Secretary;
(ii) the Attorney General;
(iii) the police;
(iv) the Independent Commission Against Corruption;
(v) the Insider Dealing Tribunal;
(k)obtained by an investigator under section 33 to any person
mentioned in paragraph (j)(i) to (v); or
(l)for the purpose of, or otherwise in connection with, an audit
required by section 16.
(3) Where information is disclosed in any of the circumstances described
in subsection (2), neither---
(a) the person to whom that information is disclosed; nor
(b)any person obtaining or receiving the information, whether
directly or indirectly, from the person referred to in paragraph
(a),
shall disclose the information, or any part thereof, to any other person without
the consent of the Commission.
(4) Subject to subsection (5), the chairman or any other director of the
Commission or any person employed in the administration of any provision of
the relevant Ordinances shall not directly or indirectly effect or cause to be
effected, on his own account or for the benefit of any other person, any
transaction regarding securities, a futures contract or property investment
arrangements---
(a)which he knows to be the subject of an investigation or
proceedings by the Commission under any of the relevant
Ordinances or to be the subject of other proceedings under this
Ordinance or is being otherwise considered by the Commission;
(b)which he knows to be connected with a matter which is either
the subject of an investigation or proceedings mentioned in
paragraph (a) or is being otherwise considered by the
Commission; or
(c)in respect of which a prospectus or any take-over document is to
his knowledge, being considered by the Registrar of Companies
for registration under the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32).
(5) Subsection (4) does not apply to, or in respect of, any right of the
holder of securities by virtue of being that holder-
(a)to exchange the securities or convert them to another form of
securities;
(b)to participate in a scheme of arrangement approved by the High
Court under the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32);
1989




(c)to subscribe for other securities or dispose of a right to subscribe
for other securities;
(d)to charge or pledge the securities to secure the repayment of
money;
(e)to realize the securities for the purpose of repaying money
referred to in paragraph (d); or
to realize the securities in the course of performing a duty
imposed by law.
(6) Where the chairman or any other director of the Commission or any
person employed in the administration of any of the relevant Ordinances is, in
the course of his duties, required to consider any matter relating to-
(a)any securities or futures contract or property investment
arrangements in which he has an interest or any securities or
futures contract or property investment arrangements of the
same class or kind;
(b)any securities or futures contract or property investment
arrangements in which a company in which he has an interest has
an interest;
(c) a person-
(i) with whom he is or has been employed or associated;
(ii)of whom he is or has been a client or, in the case of a bank
or deposit-taking company (within the meaning of section
2(1) of the Banking Ordinance (Cap. 155)), a customer; or
(iii) who is or was a client or, in the case of a bank or
deposit-taking company (within the meaning of section 2(1)
of the Banking Ordinance (Cap. 155)), a customer of a
person with whom he is or was employed or associated,
he shall forthwith inform the Commission that the matter so relates.
(7) Any person who-
(a)contravenes subsection (1) or (3); or
(b)without reasonable excuse, contravenes subsection (4) or fails to
comply with any requirement of subsection (6),
commits an offence.

60. Service of notices

(1) A notice or direction required to be served under any of the relevant
Ordinances shall be properly served if-
(a)in the case of an individual, it is delivered to him or, where it
cannot conveniently be so delivered, it is-
(i)left at the address at which he ordinarily resides or carries on
business or, if such an address is unknown, at his last known
address; or

1989





(ii) sent by post to him at any such address;
(b) in the case of-
(i) a company, it is delivered to an officer of the company or,
where it cannot so be conveniently delivered, it is left at, or
sent by post to, the company's registered office;
(ii)an oversea company within the meaning of the Companies
Ordinance (Cap. 32), it is left with, or sent by post to, the
person resident in Hong Kong who is authorized to accept
service of process and notices on its behalf for the purposes
of Part Xl of that Ordinance;
(c)in the case of a partnership, it is delivered to any partner or where
it cannot be conveniently delivered, it is left at, or sent by post to,
the address at which the partnership carries on business;
(d)in the case of a body corporate other than a company or an
unincorporated body of persons other than a partnership, it is
delivered to an officer of the body, or where it cannot be
conveniently delivered, it is left at, or sent by post to, the address
at which the body carries on business.
(2) For the purposes of subsection (1), every other body corporate other
than a company and every unincorporated body of persons not being a
partnership shall be deemed to carry on business at its principal office or place
of business.

61. Penalties for offences

Any person who commits an offence under section 21(10), 30(6) or (7),
31(3), 33(12), 36(6), 37, 51(8) or 59(7) is liable-
(a)on conviction upon indictment to a fine of $1,000,000 and, in the
case of an individual, to imprisonment for 2 years;
(b)on summary conviction to a fine of $100,000 and, in the case of
an individual, to imprisonment for 6 months.

62. Prosecution of certain offences by Conunission

(1) Any offence under any of the relevant Ordinances may be prosecuted
by the Commission in its own name but, where under this subsection the
Commission prosecutes an offence, the offence shall be tried before a magistrate
as an offence which is triable summarily.
(2) For the purposes of the prosecution of an offence mentioned in
subsection (1) and only for those purposes, an employee of the Commission
who apart from this subsection is not qualified to act as a barrister or solicitor
may appear and plead before a magistrate any case of which he has charge and
shall, in relation to the prosecution, have all the other rights of a person


1989





qualified to practise as a barrister or solicitor under the Legal Practitioners
Ordinance (Cap. 159).
(3) Nothing in this section shall derogate from the powers of the Attorney
General in respect of the prosecution of criminal offences.

63. Dissolution of Provisional Securities and Futures
Commission Limited and transfer of property

(1) The Provisional Securities and Futures Commission Limited ('the
Company'shall, on the establishment day, be dissolved by virtue
of this section.
(2) All property, whether movable (including choses-in-action) or
immovable, which immediately before the establishment day was vested in or
belonged to or was held in trust or subject to conditions for the Company and
all rights, powers and privileges relating to or connected with any such
property, shall on the establishment day, without any conveyance or
assignment, be transferred to and vested in or become the property of or
property held in trust or subject to conditions for the Commission.
(3) All property transferred by this section which immediately before the
establishment day was standing in the books of any bank or was registered in
the books of any bank, corporation or company in the name of the Company
shall, upon the request of the Commission made at any time on or after the
establishment day, be transferred in those books by the bank, corporation or
company into the name of the Commission.
(4) Every chose-in-action transferred by this section may, on or after the
establishment day, be sued upon, recovered, or enforced by the Commission in
its own name and it shall not be necessary for the Commission to give notice to
the person bound by any such chose-in-action of the transfer effected by this
section.
(5) Every debt or other liability (including unliquidated liabilities aris-
ing from torts or breaches of a contract) which immediately before the
establishment day is owing and unpaid or has been incurred and is un-
discharged by the Company shall, on the establishment day, become and be the
debt or liability of the Commission and shall be paid or discharged by and may
be recovered from and shall be enforceable against the Commission
accordingly.
(6) Every contract which was entered into and is in force immediately
before the establishment day between the Company and any person shall
continue in force on and after the establishment day, but it shall be construed
and have effect as if the Commission were substituted therein for the Company
and shall be enforceable by or against the Commission accordingly.



1989




(7) Where, immediately before the establishment day, any legal
proceedings are pending to which the Company is a party, the name of the
Commission shall be substituted for that of the Company and the proceedings
shall not abate by reason of such substitution.
(8) The Stamp Duty Ordinance (Cap. 117) shall not apply to the vesting
in the Commission of property or rights transferred by this section.

64. Transitional

(1) The Securities Commission Disciplinary Committee as constituted
immediately prior to the establishment day shall continue in existence for the
purposes of completing any inquiry commenced under section 39 of the
Securities Ordinance (Cap. 333), or hearing any appeal commenced under
section 58 of that Ordinance, prior to that date but not at that date completed
or disposed of, and for the purposes of this subsection-
(a)any such inquiry or appeal may be continued and completed or
disposed of, and
(b)any order or decision of the Disciplinary Committee so
constituted may be made or given and shall have the same force
and effect,
as if this Ordinance had not been enacted.
(2) Any proceedings before a Disciplinary Committee or an Appeals
Committee appointed under section 66 of the Commodities Trading Ordinance
(Cap. 250) commenced prior to the establishment day under that Ordinance but
not completed or disposed of at that day may be continued and completed or
disposed of (by the making of an order or otherwise) by such Committee as if
this Ordinance had not been enacted.
(3) Any business being the business of a committee established under
section 16 of the Securities Ordinance (Cap. 333) or section 9 of the
Commodities Trading Ordinance (Cap. 250) and subsisting immediately before
the establishment day which had not been completed and disposed of at that
day shall be transferred to and be the business of a corresponding committee
established under section 6 of this Ordinance.
(4) Any claim for compensation from a compensation fund made under-
(a)the transitional arrangements in Schedule 2 to the Stock
Exchanges Unification Ordinance (Cap. 361) which has not
been disposed of at the establishment day may be continued
and disposed of under those transitional arrangements after the
establishment day;
(b)Part X of the Securities Ordinance (Cap. 333) which has not been
disposed of at the establishment day may be continued and
disposed of under that Part after the establishment day;


1989




(c)Part V111 of the Commodities Trading Ordinance (Cap. 250)
which has not been disposed of at the establishment day may be
continued and disposed of under that Part after the establishment
day.
(5) Any appeal commenced under the Securities Ordinance (Cap. 333) or
the Coinmodities Trading Ordinance (Cap. 250) (other than an appeal referred
to in subsection (1) or (2)) and not disposed of at the establishment day may be
continued and disposed of under that Ordinance as if this Ordinance had not
been enacted.
(6) Any authorization granted or issued under the Securities Ordinance
(Cap. 333), the Protection of Investors Ordinance (Cap. 335), the Commodities
Trading Ordinance (Cap. 250) or the Stock Exchanges Unification Ordinance
(Cap. 361) which is in force immediately before the establishment day shall
continue in force after that day as if the authorization had been granted or
issued under this Ordinance.
(7) Any licence or exemption granted, certificate issued, recognition or
permission given, declaration made, suspension or condition imposed or
attached or other thing done by the former Securities Commission, the former
Commissioner for Securities, the former Commodities Trading Commission or
the former Commissioner for Commodities Trading in the performance of a
function similar to a function of the Commission shall, if that thing was in
force, subsisting or effective immediately before the establishment day, be
regarded as having been granted, issued, given, made, imposed, attached or
done by the Commission in performing the function and for the purposes of
this subsection the function shall be regarded as having been performable: by
the Commission at the time the thing was granted, issued, given, made,
imposed, attached or done.
(8) Any application under Part VI of the Securities Ordinance (Cap. 333)
to the former Commissioner for Securities or any notification given to the
former Commissioner for Securities or any application under Part IV of the
Commodities Trading Ordinance (Cap. 250), or any notification given to the
former Commissioner for Commodities Trading which was pending or effective
immediately before the establishment day shall, unless it is withdrawn after that
day, be determined by or, as may be appropriate, be regarded as having been
given to, the Commission as if it had originally been made or given to the
Commission by virtue of this Ordinance.
(9) In subsections (7) and (8) 'former' means existing immediately before
the establishment day.

SCHEDULE [S-9]
FUNCTIONS OF COMMISSION TO WHICH SECTION 9 DOES NOT APPLY
1. Any power of the Commission to make subsidiary legislation.




1989





2. A function of the Commission under section 4(2), 8(a), 10(1), 12, 14(2), 15, 32(1), 33(10), 39,
40, 41, 43(1), 45(1), 46(1), 47, 50(1) or (5), 51(1) or (5) or 59(2)(g) or (h), the power of the
Commission under section 16(1) to appoint auditors and the Commission's power of appointment
under section 33(1).
3. A function of the Commission under section 14(3), 26(1), 27, 65B(6), 74(3), 100(2), (3), (4) or
(7), 110 or 130(5) of the Securities Ordinance (Cap. 333), the Commission's power of appointment
under section 127(1) of that Ordinance in so far as it is exercisable as regards a person who is not an
employee of the Commission, the making by the Commission of an order described in section
134(1) of that Ordinance and the Commission's power to apply to the High Court under section 144
of that Ordinance for an order described in subsection (1) of that section.
4. A function of the Commission under section 14(1),15,16,18(1),19(1),21(1) or (2), 60A(3),78
or 113(4) of the Commodities Trading Ordinance (Cap. 250) and the Commission's power to
prescribe by virtue of section 13(3)(1) of that Ordinance.
5. A function of the Commission under section 3(1),3(4), 10A, 34(2),35(1)j 36(1) or 44(3) of the
Stock Exchanges Unification Ordinance (Cap. 361).
1989

Abstract



Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2253

Edition

1964

Volume

v3

Subsequent Cap No.

24

Number of Pages

111
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:05:00 +0800
<![CDATA[LAW AMENDMENT AND REFORM (CONSOLIDATION) ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2252

Title

LAW AMENDMENT AND REFORM (CONSOLIDATION) ORDINANCE

Description






LAWS OF HONG KONG

LAW AMENDMENT AND REFORM
(CONSOLIDATION) ORDINANCE

CHAPTER 23





CHAPTER 23

LAW AMENDMENT AND REFORM (CONSOLIDATION)
ORDINANCE*

ARRANGEMENT OF SECTIONS

Section .................................. Page

1. Short title................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 3

PART I

[Repealed]

PART 11

ASSIGNMENTS

9. Assignment of debt or chose in action ...... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 3

10.[Repealed] .............. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 4

PART III

CONTRACT

11. Stipulations not of the essence of contracts ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 4

12.[Repealed] ........................ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 4

13.Action not maintainable on representations of character etc. unless in writing 4

13A.Part performance and damages ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 4

14. Consideration for guarantee need not appear by writing ... ... ... ... ... 4

15. Right of surety who discharges liability to assignment of all securities held by creditor 5

16.Adjustment of rights and liabilities of parties to frustrated contracts ... ... 5

17.Provision as to the application of sections 16, 17 and 18 ... ... ... ... ... 6

18.Saving for settlement or contrary agreement ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 7

PART IV

TORT

19. [Repealed] ................................ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 7

20. Effect of death on certain causes ......... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 8

20A.Abolition of rights to damages for loss of expectation of life ... ... ... ... 9
20B.Abolition of common law actions for loss of society or service ... ... ... 9
*Note: This Ordinance consolidates, as at 31 December 1971, provisions which previously appeared
in the following Ordinances(1) Law Amendment (Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance (Cap.
23, 1964 Ed.) (2) Law Reform (Frustrated Contracts) Ordinance (Cap. 25, 1964 Ed.) (3)
Tortfeasors Ordinance (Cap. 28, 1970 Ed.) (4) Law Reform (Miscellaneous Provisions)
Ordinance (Cap. 271, 1964 Ed.)





Section...................................... Page

20C.Actions for loss of society or services ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 10

21.Apportionment of liability in case of contributory negligence ... ... ... 12

22.Abolition of the defence of common employment ... ... ... ... ... ... 14

PART IVA

CONGENITAL DISABILITIES-CIVIL
LIABILITY

22A.Interpretation and other supplementary provisions ... ... ... ... ... ... 14

22B.Civil liability to child born disabled ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 14

22C.Liability to be regarded as liability for personal injuries sustained by child

immediately after its birth.. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 15

22D. No damages for loss of expectation of life unless child lives for at least 48 hours 16

22E.Application to Crown ......... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 16

PART V

BREACH OF PROMISE

23.Engagements to marry not enforceable at law ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 16

24.Property of engaged couples ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 16
25.Gifts between engaged couples . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 16

PART VI

MISCELLANEOUS

26.Validity of instruments under seal executed by persons not appointed under seal 17

27.Payment of emoluments, etc. when the payee is certified to be incapable ... 17

28.[Repealed].......... ............... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 17





CHAPTER 23

LAW AMENDMENT AND REFORM (CONSOLIDATION)

To consolidate Ordinances relating to interests in land, assignments,
contract, tort, breach of promise and foreign corporations.

[1 July 1901.]

1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Law Amendment and
Reform (Consolidation) Ordinance.

PART 1

[Repealed, 62 of 1984, s. 661

PART 11

ASSIGNMENTS

9. Any absolute assignment, by writing under the hand of the
assignor (not purporting to be by way of charge only), of any debt or
other legal chose in action, of which express notice in writing has been
given to the debtor, trustee or other person from whom the assignor
would have been entitled to receive or claim such debt or chose in
action, shall be and be deemed to have been effectual in law (subject to
all equities which would have been entitled to priority over the right of
the assignee if this section~ seetions 2, 3, 4, 40 mid 11 1 -had not been
enacted) to pass and transfer the legal right to

section 11 of this Ordinance and sections 25 and 49 of the
Conveyancing and Property Ordinance





such debt or chose in action from the date of such notice, and all legal
and other remedies for the same, and the power to give a good
discharge for the same, without the concurrence of the assignor:

Provided that if the debtor, trustee or other person liable in respect
of such debt or chose in action has had notice that such assignment is
disputed by the assignor or any one claiming under him or of any other
opposing or conflicting claims to such debt or chose in action, he shall
be entitled to call upon the several person making claim thereto to
interplead concerning the same, or he may pay the same into the court
under and in conformity with the provisions of any Ordinance relating
to trustees.

(4 of 1901, s. 8, incorporated. Amended, 50 of 1911, and 1 of
1912, Schedule)

10. [Repealed, 62 of 1984, s. 66]

PART III

CONTRACT

11. Stipulations in contracts, as to time or otherwise, which would
not, before 13 October 1873, have been deemed to be or to have become
of the essence of such contracts in the court in its equitable jurisdiction
shall receive in the court the same construction and effect as they
would formerly have received in equity.

(4 of 1901, s. 9, incorporated)

12. [Repealed, 72 of 1972, s. 21

13. No action shall be brought whereby to charge any person upon
or by reason of any representation or assurance made or given
concerning or relating to the character, conduct, credit, ability, trade or
dealings of any person, to the intent or purpose that such other person
may obtain credit, money or goods thereupon, unless such
representation or assurance is made in writing, signed by the party to
be charged therewith.

(Added, 53 of 1971, s. 2)

13A. (1) A court may award damages for breach of a contract of
which there has been part performance notwithstanding that an order
for specific performance could not, in the circumstances of the case, be
made by the court.

(2) This section shall not apply to any contract made before 31
December 1972.

(Added, 72 of 1972, s. 3)

14. No special promise made by any person to answer for the debt,
default or miscarriage of another person. being in writing, and signed
by the party charged therewith or some other person by him





thereunto lawfully authorized, shall be deemed invalid to support an
action, suit or other proceeding to charge the person by whom such
promise has been made, by reason only that the consideration for such
promise does not appear in writing or by necessary inference from a
written document.

(13 of 1864, s. 4, incorporated. Amended, 50 of 1911.

Replaced, 53 of 1971, s. 2)

15. (1) Every person who, being surety for the debt or duty of
another or being liable with another for any debt or duty, pays such
debt or performs such duty, shall be entitled to have assigned to him, or
to a trustee for him, every judgment, specialty, or other security which is
held by the creditor in respect of such debt or duty, whether such
judgment, specialty, or other security is or is not deemed at law to have
been satisfied by the payment of the debt or performance of the duty.

(2) Such person shall be entitled to stand in the place of the
creditor, to use all the remedies, and, if need be and upon a proper
indemnity, to use the name of the creditor, in any action or other
proceeding at law or in equity, in order to obtain from the principal
debtor or any co-surety, co-contractor or co-debtor, as the case may be,
indemnification for the advances made and loss sustained by the
person who has so paid such debt or performed such duty, and such
payment or performance so made by such surety shall not be a bar to
any such action or other proceeding by him.

(3) No co-surety, co-contractor, or co-debtor, shall be entitled to
recover from any other co-surety, co-contractor, or co-debtor, by the
means aforesaid, more than the just proportion to which, as between
those parties themselves, such last mentioned person is justly liable.

(13 of 1864, s. 6, incorporated. Replaced, 53 of 1971, s. 2)

16. (1) Where a contract governed by law applicable to the Colony
has become impossible of performance or been otherwise frustrated,
and the parties thereto have for that reason been discharged from the
further performance of the contract, the following provisions of this
section shall, subject to the provisions of section 17, have effect in
relation thereto.

(2) All sums paid or payable to any party in pursuance of the
contract before the time when the parties were so discharged (in this
section and section 17 referred to as the time of discharge) shall, in the
case of sums so paid, be recoverable from him as money received by
him for the use of the party by whom the sums were paid, and, in the
case of sums so payable, cease to be so payable:

Provided that, if the party to whom the sums were so paid or
payable incurred expenses before the time of discharge in, or for the
purpose of, the performance of the contract, the court may, if it
considers it just to do so having regard to all the circumstances of the





case, allow him to retain or, as the case may be, recover the whole or
any part of the sums so paid or payable, not being an amount in
excess of the expenses so incurred.

(3) Where any party to the contract has, by reason of anything
done by any other party thereto in, or for the purpose of, the
performance of the contract, obtained a valuable benefit (other than
a payment of money to which subsection (2) applies) before the
time of discharge, there shall be recoverable from him by the said
other party such sum (if any), not exceeding the value of the said
benefit to the party obtaining it, as the court considers just, having
regard to all the circumstances of the case and, in particular-

(a)the amount of any expenses incurred before the time of
discharge by the benefited party in, or for the purpose of,
the performance of the contract, including any sums paid
or payable by him to any other party in pursuance of the
contract and retained or recoverable by that party under
subsection (2); and

(b)the effect, in relation to the said benefit, of the circumstances
giving rise to the frustration of the contract.

(4) In estimating, for the purposes of subsections (1), (2) and
(3), the amount of any expenses incurred by any party to the
contract, the court may, without prejudice to the generality of the
said subsections, include such sum as appears to be reasonable in
respect of overhead expenses and in respect of any work or services
performed personally by the said party.

(5) In considering whether any sum ought to be recovered or
retained under subsections (1), (2), (3) and (4) by any party to the
contract, the court shall not take into account any sums which have,
by reason of the circumstances giving rise to the frustration of the
contract, become payable to that party under any contract of
insurance unless there was an obligation to insure imposed by an
express term of the frustrated contract or by or under any enact-
ment.

(6) Where any person has assumed obligations under the
contract in consideration of the conferring of a benefit by any other
party to the contract upon any other person, whether a party to the
contract or not, the court may, if in all the circumstances of the case
it considers it just to do so, treat for the purposes of subsection (3)
any benefit so conferred as a benefit obtained by the person who has
assumed the obligations as aforesaid.
(26 of 1948, s. 3, incorporated)

17. (1) This section and sections 16 and 18 shall save as is
hereinafter provided apply to contracts whether made before or
after 18 June 1948, as respects which the time of discharge is on or
after 8 December 1941, but not to contracts as respects which the
time of discharge is before the latter date.





(2) This section and sections 16 and 18 shall apply to contracts to
which the Crown is a party in like manner as to contracts between
subjects.

(3) Where any contract to which this section and sections 16 and
18 apply contains any provision which, upon the true construction of
the contract, is intended to have effect the event of circumstances
arising which operate, or would but for the said provision operate, to
frustrate the contract, or is intended to have effect whether such
circumstances arise or not, the court shall give effect to the said
provision and shall only give effect to section 16 to such extent, if any,
as appears to the court to be consistent with the said provision.

(4) Where it appears to the court that a part of any contract to
which this section and sections 16 and 18 apply can properly be
severed from the remainder of the contract, being a part wholly
performed before the time of discharge, or so performed except for the
payment in respect of that part of the contract of sums which are or can
be ascertained under the contract, the court shall treat that part of the
contract as if it were a separate contract and had not been frustrated
and shall treat section 16 as only applicable to the remainder of that
contract.

(5)This section and sections 16 and 18 shall not apply-

(a)to any charterparty, except a time charterparty or a charterparty
by way of demise, or to any contract (other than a
charterparty) for the carriage of goods by sea; or

(b)to any contract of insurance, save as is provided by section
16(5); or

(c)to any contract to which section 9 of the Sale of Goods
Ordinance, (which avoids contracts for the sale of specific
goods which perish before the risk has passed to the buyer)
applies, or to any other contract for the sale, or for the sale and
delivery, of specific goods, where the contract is frustrated by
reason of the fact that the goods have perished.

(6) In this section and section 16, 'court' includes any arbitrator
by or before whom the matter falls to be determined.

(26 of 1948, ss. 2 and 4, incorporated)

18. Nothing in sections 16 and 17 shall affect any settlement or
agreement between the parties subsequent to date of discharge
whereby the rights and liabilities of the contracting parties fell to be
determined otherwise than in accordance with the said sections.

(26 of 1948, s. 5, incorporated)

PART IV

TORT

19. [Repealed, 77 of 1984, s. 101





20. (1) Subject to the provisions of this section, on the death of
any person after 26 October 1951, all causes of action subsisting
against or vested in him shall survive against, or, as the case may be,
for the benefit of, his estate:

Provided that this subsection shall not apply to causes of action
for defamation or seduction or for inducing one spouse to leave or
remain apart from the other or to claims for damages on the ground
of adultery.

(1A) The right of a person to claim under section 4 of the Fatal
Accidents Ordinance (for bereavement) or under section 20C(I) of
this Ordinance (for loss of society) shall not survive for the benefit of
his estate on his death. (Added, 40 of 1986, s. 2)

(2) Where a cause of action survives as aforesaid for the benefit
of the estate of a deceased person, the damages recoverable for the
benefit of the estate of that person-

(a)shall not include any exemplary damages;

(b)shall, where the death of that person has been caused by
the act or omission which gives rise to the cause of action-
(i) be calculated without reference to any loss or gain to
his estate consequent on his death, except that a sum in
respect of funeral expenses may be included;
(ii) not include any damages in respect of loss of ability
to render services after his death;
(iii) not include any damages for loss of property,
whether income or otherwise, in respect of any period after
his death, except in so far as the court is satisfied that, but
for the act or omission that gave rise to the cause of action,
the deceased would have achieved an accumulation of
wealth by the time that he would otherwise have died, in
which case damages may be awarded in respect of the loss
of that wealth:

Provided that damages awarded under this sub-
paragraph shall be subject to such deduction as the court
considers it just to make in the circumstances of any
particular case on account of the accelerated receipt of
that wealth and in order to avoid over-compensation.
(Replaced, 40 of 1986, s. 2)

(proceedings shall be maintainable in respect of a cause
of action i t hich by virtue of this section has survi~ed against
the estate fi~a~eceasecdi person, u 1 th

ngs, p ii
(a) proceedings ~againim in respect of that cause of action
were pending at the date is death; or

(b)proceedings are taken in respect reof not later than
6 months after his personal represeive took out
rep sentation.(Amended, 100 of 1970, Sche





(4) Where damage has been suffered by reason of any act or
omission in respect of which a cause of action would have subsisted
against any person if that person had not died before or at the same
time as the damage was suffered, there shall be deemed, for the
purposes of this section and sections 21 and 22, to have been
subsisting against him before his death such cause of action in respect
of that act or omission as would have subsisted if he had died after the
damage was suffered.

(5) The rights conferred by this section and sections 21 and 22 for
the benefit of the estates of deceased persons shall be in addition to
and not in derogation of any rights conferred on the dependants of
deceased persons by the Fatal Accidents Ordinance and so much of
this section and sections 21 and 22 as relates to causes of action against
the estates of deceased persons shall apply in relation to causes of
action under the said Ordinance as it applies in relation to other causes
of action not expressly excepted from the operation of subsection (1).

(6) In the event of the insolvency of an estate against which
proceedings are maintainable by virtue of this section, any liability in
respect of the cause of action in respect of which the proceedings are
maintainable shall be deemed to be a debt provable in the administration
of the estate, notwithstanding that it is a demand in the nature of
unliquidated damages arising otherwise than by a contract, promise or
breach of trust.

(36 of 1951, s. 2, incorporated)

20A. (1) In an action for damages for personal injuries

(a)no damages shall be recoverable in respect of any loss of
expectation of life caused to the injured person by the injuries;
but

(b)if the injured person's expectation of life has been reduced by
the injuries, the court, in assessing damages in respect of pain
and suffering caused by the injuries, shall take account of any
suffering caused or likely to be caused to him by awareness
that his expectation of life has been so reduced.

(2) The reference in subsection (1)(a) to damages in respect of
loss of expectation of life does not include damages in respect of loss of
income.

(Added, 40 of 1986, s. 3)

20B. Except as provided in section 20C, no person shall be liable in
tort

(a)to a husband on the ground only of having deprived him of
the services or society of his wife;

(b)to a parent (or person standing in the place of a parent) on the
ground only of having deprived him of the services of a child;
or





(c) on the ground only-

(i) of having deprived another of the services of his menial
servant;

(ii) of having deprived another of the services of his female
servant by raping or seducing her; o(iii) of enticement of a servant or harbouring a servant.
(Added, 40 of 1986, s. 3)

20C. (1) Where injury is caused to any person by any wrongful act,
neglect or default which entitles him to maintain an action and recover
damages, and which causes any person referred to in paragraph (a), (b),
(c), (d), (e), (f) or (g) to be deprived of his society, the person who is
liable to such an action shall, subject to subsection (3), also be liable in
damages for the loss of the injured person's society suffered by such of
the following persons as survive 30 days after the date on which the
cause of action accrued

(a)the husband or wife of the injured person, unless they had
been living apart for a continuous period of at least 2 years
immediately preceding the date when the cause of action
accrued; or

(b)where there is no spouse entitled to recover damages under
paragraph (a), any children of the injured person; or

(c)where there is no person by or for whom a claim can be made
under paragraph (a) or (b), any concubine taken by the
deceased before 7 October 1971; or

(d)where there is no person by or for whom a claim can be made
under paragraph (a), (b) or (c), any person who

(i) was living with the deceased in the same household
immediately before the date of his death; and

(ii) had been living with the deceased in the same
household for at least 2 years before that date,

as the husband or wife of the deceased; or

(e)where there is no person by or for whom a claim can be made
under paragraph (a), (b), (c) or (d), the parents of the
deceased or (if the deceased was illegitimate) his mother; or

(f)where there is no person by or for whom a claim can be made
under paragraph (a), (b), (c), (d) or (e), but the deceased was
at the date of his death a minor, any person who during any
marriage to which that person was a party treated the
deceased as a son or daugher of the family in relation to that
marriage; or

(g)where there is no other person by or for whom a claim can be
made under this subsection, any brother or sister of the
deceased.

(2) The total sum awarded as damages under subsection (1) in
respect of any injured person





(a)shall not exceed the sum specified in section 4(3) of the Fatal
Accidents Ordinance; and

(b)shall, where there are 2 or more claimants, be divided equally
between them.

(3) Damages shall not be payable by virtue of subsection (1) if the
injured person dies as a result of the act, neglect or default referred to in
that subsection and his death gives rise to a right to claim damages for
bereavement under section 4 of the Fatal Accidents Ordinance.

(4) Where injury is caused to any person by any wrongful act,
neglect or default which entitles him to maintain an action and recover
damages in respect thereof and which causes any dependant of the
injured person to be deprived of his gratuitous services, the action may
include a claim for damages by the injured person for impairment of his
ability to render such services.

(5) In this section-

'child' of an injured person includes-

(a)a child adopted by him in pursuance either of an adoption
order made under the Adoption Ordinance or of any other
adoption recognized as valid by the law of Hong Kong; and

(b)a person who, during any marriage to which the injured
person was at any time a party, was treated by him as a son or
daughter of the family in relation to that marriage;

'dependant', in relation to an injured person, means-

(a)the wife, husband, former wife or former husband of the
injured person and any person whose marriage to the injured
person has been annulled or declared void;

(b)a concubine lawfully taken by the deceased before 7 October
1971;

(c) any person who-

(i) was living with the injured person in the same
household immediately before the date of his injury; and

(ii) had been living with the injured person in the same
household for at least 2 years before that date,

as the husband or wife of the injured person;

(d)any parent or other ascendant of the injured person;

(e)any person (not being a parent of the injured person) who,
during any marriage to which that person was a party, treated
the injured person as a son or daughter of the family in
relation to that marriage;

(f) any child or other descendant of the injured person;





(g)any person (not being a child of the injured person) who,
during any marriage to which the injured person was at any
time a party, was treated by the injured person as a son or
daughter of the family in relation to that marriage;

(h)any person who is, or is the issue of, a brother, sister, uncle or
aunt of the injured person;

(i)any person who is, or is the issue of, a brother or sister of a
grandparent of the injured person;

(j)any godchild or godparent of the injured person according to
Chinese custom;

'injury' includes any disease and any impairment of a person's
physical or mental condition;

'parent' includes any person who, during any marriage to which that
person was a party, treated the injured person as a son or daughter
of the family in relation to that marriage;

'wife' has the same meaning as in the Fatal Accidents Ordinance,

and in deducing any relationship for the purposes of this section,
section 2(2) of the Fatal Accidents Ordinance shall apply as it applies
for the purposes of that Ordinance.

(Added, 40 of 1986, s. 3)

21. (1) Where any person suffers damage as the result partly of his
own fault and partly of the fault of any other person or persons, a claim
in respect of that damage shall not be defeated by of the fault of the
person suffering the damage, but the damages recoverable in respect
thereof shall be reduced to such extent as the court thinks just and
equitable having regard to the claimant's share in the responsibility for
the damage:

Provided that

(a)this subsection shall not operate to defeat any defence arising
under a contract;

(b)where any contract or enactment providing for the limitation of
liability is applicable to the claim, the amount of damages
recoverable by the claimant by virtue of this subsection shall
not exceed the maximum limit so applicable.

(2) Where damages are recoverable by any person by virtue of
subsection (1) subject to such reduction as is therein mentioned, the
court shall find and record the total damages which would have been
recoverable if the claimant had not been at fault.

(3) The Civil Liability (Contribution) Ordinance shall apply in any
case where 2 or more persons are liable or would, if they had all been
sued, be liable by virtue of subsection (1) in respect of the

damage suffered by any person.(Amended, 77 of 1984, s. 10)





(4) Where any person dies as the result partly of his own fault and
partly of the fault of any other person or persons, and accordingly if an
action were brought for the benefit of the estate under section 20 the
damages recoverable would be reduced under subsection (1), any
damages recoverable in an action under the Fatal Accidents Ordinance
shall be reduced to a proportionate extent. (Amended, 40 of 1986, s.
4)

(4A) Where an action is brought under section 20C for the loss of
the society of another in circumstances where any damages recoverable
by that other in proceedings brought by him would be reduced under
subsection (1) of this section, any damages awarded for such loss shall
be reduced to a proportionate extent. (Added, 40 of 1986, s. 4)

(5) Where, in any case to which subsection (1) applies, one of the
persons at fault avoids liability to any other such person or his personal
representative by pleading any enactment limiting the time within which
proceedings may be taken, he shall not be entitled to recover any
damages from that other person or representative by virtue of the said
subsection. (Amended, 77 of 1984, s. 10)

(6) Where any case to which subsection (1) applies is tried with
a jury, the jury shall determine the total damages which would have
been recoverable if the claimant had not been at fault and the extent to
which those damages are to be reduced.

(7) Article 21 of the Convention contained in the First Schedule to
the Carriage by Air Act 1932 (which empowers a court to exonerate
wholly or partly a carrier who proves that the damage was caused by or
contributed to by the negligence of the injured person) shall in its
application to the Colony have effect subject to the provisions of this
section.

(8) This section shall not apply to any claim to which section 1 of
the Maritime Conventions Act 1911, applies and that Act shall have
effect as if this section and sections 20 and 22 had not been enacted.

(9) This section shall not apply to any case where the acts or
omissions giving rise to the claim occurred before 26 October 1951.

(10) In this section-

'court' means, in relation to any claim, the court or arbitrator by or
before whom the claim falls to be determined;

'damage' includes loss of life,and personal injury;

'dependant' means any person for whose benefit an action could be
brought under the Fatal Accidents Ordinance;

'fault' means negligence, breach of statutory duty or other act or
omission which gives rise to a liability in tort or would, apart from
this section, give rise to the defence of contributory negligence.

(36 of 1951, s. 4,
incorporated)





22. (1) It shall not be a defence to an employer who is sued in
respect of personal injuries caused by the negligence of a person
employed by him, that that person was at the time the injuries were
caused in common employment with the person injured.

(2) Any provision contained in a contract of service or
apprenticeship, or in an agreement collateral thereto, (including a
contract or agreement entered into before 26 October 195 1) shall be
void in so far as it would have the effect of excluding or limiting any
liability of the employer in respect of personal injuries caused to the
person employed or apprenticed by the negligence of persons in
common employment with him.

(3) In this section, 'personal injury' includes any disease and any
impairment of a person's physical or mental condition and 'injured'
shall be construed accordingly.

(36 of 1951, s. 5, incorporated)

PART IVA

CONGENITAL DISABILITIES-CIVIL LIABILITY

22A. (1) Without prejudice to subsection (2), this Part applies in
respect of births after (but not before) the commencement* of this Part,
and in respect of any such birth it replaces any law in force before such
commencement whereby a person could be liable to a child in respect of
disabilities with which it might be born; but in section 22B(3) the
expression 'liable in tort' does not include any reference to liability by
virtue of this Part, or to liability by virtue of any such law.

(2) Section 22B does not affect the operation of the Nuclear
Installations Act 1965 as extended to Hong Kong by the Nuclear
Installations (Hong Kong) Order 1972, as to liability for, and
compensation in respect of, injury or damage caused by occurrences
involving nuclear matter or the emission of ionising radiations.

(3) In this Part, 'born' means born alive (the moment of a child's
birth being when it first has a life separate from its mother), and 'birth'
has a corresponding meaning.

(4) References in this Part to a child being born disabled or with
disabilities are to its being born with any deformity, disease or
abnormality, including predisposition (whether or not susceptible of
immediate prognosis) to physical or mental defect in the future.

22B. (1) If a child is born disabled as the result of such an
occurrence before its birth as is mentioned in subsection (2) and a
person (other than the child's own mother) is under this section
answerable to the child in respect of the occurrence, the child's
disabilities are to be regarded as damage resulting from the wrongful act
of that person and actionable accordingly at the suit of the child.





(2)An occurrence to which this section applies is one which-

(a)affected either parent of the child in his or her ability to have a
normal, healthy child; or

(b)affected the mother during her pregnancy, or affected her or
the child in the course of its birth, so that the child is born
with disabilities which would not otherwise have been
present.

(3) Subject to subsections (4) to (7), a person (here referred to as
'the defendant') is answerable to the child if he was liable in tort to the
parent or would, if sued in due time, have been so; and it is no answer
that there could not have been such liability because the parent
suffered no actionable injury, if there was a breach of legal duty which,
accompanied by injury, would have given rise to liability.

(4) In the case of an occurrence preceding the time of conception,
the defendant is not answerable to the child if at that time either or both
of the parents knew the risk of their child being born disabled (that is to
say, the particular risk created by the occurrence); but should it be the
child's father who is the defendant, this subsection does not apply if he
knew of the risk and the mother did not.

(5) The defendant is not answerable to, the child, for anything he
did or omitted to do when responsible in a professional capacity for
treating or advising the parent, if he took reasonable care having due
regard to then received professional opinion applicable to the particular
class of case; but this does not mean that he is answerable only
because he departed from received opinion.

(6) Liability to the child under this section may be treated as
having been excluded or limited by contract made with the parent
affected, to the same extent and subject to the same restrictions as
liability in the parent's own case; and a contract term which could have
been set up by the defendant in an action by the parent, so as to
exclude or limit his liability to him or her, operates in the defendant's
favour to the same, but no greater, extent in an action under this section
by the child.

(7) If in the child's action under this section it is shown that the
parent affected shared the responsibility for the child being born
disabled, the damages are to be reduced to such extent as the court
thinks just and equitable having regard to the extent of the parent's
responsibility.

22C. Liability to a child under section 22B is to be regarded

(a)as respects all its incidents and any matters arising or to arise
out of it; and

(b)subject to any contrary context or intention, for the purpose
of construing references in enactments and documents to
personal or bodily injuries and cognate matters,

as liability for personal injuries sustained by the child immediately after
its birth.





22D. No damages shall be recoverable under section 22B in respect
of any loss of expectation of life unless the child lives for at least 48
hours.

22E. This Part binds the Crown.

(Part IVA added, 20 of 1978, s. 2)

PART V

BREACH OF PROMISE

23. (1) An agreement between 2 persons to marry one another shall
not have effect as a contract giving rise to legal rights and no action
shall lie for breach of such an agreement.

(2) This section shall have effect in relation to agreements entered
into before 7 October 1971, except that it shall not affect any action
begun before that date.

(35 of 1971, s. 4, incorporated)

24. (1) Where an agreement to marry is terminated, any rule of law
relating to the rights of husbands and wives in relation to property in
which either or both has or have a beneficial interest shall apply, in
relation to any property in which either or both of the parties to the
agreement had a beneficial interest while the agreement was in force, as
it applies in relation to property in which a husband or wife has a
beneficial interest.

(2) Where an agreement to marry is terminated, sections 6 and 7 of
the Married Persons Status Ordinance (which sections confer power on
a judge to settle disputes between husband and wife about property)
shall apply, as if the parties were married, to any dispute between, or
claim by, one of them in relation to property in which either or both had
a beneficial interest while the agreement was in force; but an application
made by virtue of this section to the judge under the said sections
shall be made within 3 years of the termination of the agreement.

(35 of 1971, s. 4, incorporated)

25. (1) A party to an agreement to marry who makes a gift of
property to the other party to the agreement on the condition (express
or implied) that it shall be returned if the agreement is terminated shall
not be prevented from recovering the property by reason only of his
having terminated the agreement.

(2) The gift of an engagement ring shall be presumed to be an
absolute gift; this presumption may be rebutted by proving that the ring
was given on the condition, express or implied, that it should be
returned if the marriage did not take place for any reason.

(35 of 1971, s. 4, incorporated)





PART VI

MISCELLANEOUS

26. (1) The fact that a power of attorney or document of
authorization given by a foreign corporation to or in favour of any
person is not under seal shall not, if such power of attorney or
document of authorization is valid as a power of attorney or document
of authorization in accordance with the laws of the state under which
such corporation is incorporated, affect, for any purpose intended to be
effected within Hong Kong, the validity or effect of any instrument
under seal executed on behalf of such corporation by such person,
which shall for all such purposes be as valid as if such authority had
been under seal.

(2) In this section, 'foreign corporation' means any corporate
body duly incorporated in accordance with the laws of any foreign
state, and 'foreign state' does not include any British protectorate.

(1 of 1920, ss. 2 and 3, incorporated. Replaced, 53 of 1971,
s.3)

27. When any sum in respect of emoluments, pension, gratuity or
other allowance is payable out of the revenues of the Colony to any
public servant, or to the widow or child of any public servant, and the
person to whom the sum is payable is certified by 2 persons who are
either Government Medical Officers or medical practitioners to be
unable by reason of mental disability to manage his or her affairs, the
Governor in Council may direct the payment of so much of the said sum
as he may think fit to the institution or person having the care of the
disabled person, and may direct the payment of the surplus, if any, or so
much thereof as he may think fit, for or towards the maintenance and
benefit of the wife or husband and relatives of the disabled person, and
payment under such direction shall be a sufficient discharge form all
liability in respect of any sums so paid.

(27 of 1935, s. 2, incorporated)

28. [Repealed, 62 of 1984, s. 66]
Originally 4 of 1901. 13 of 1864. 7 of 1886. 6 of 1901. 31 of 1911. 1 of 1920. 27 of 1935. (Cap. 23, 1964.) 11 of 1936. (Cap. 28, 1970.) 26 of 1948. (Cap. 25, 1964.) 36 of 1951. (Cap. 271, 1964.) 9 of 1885. 2 of 1897. 29 of 1901. 50 of 1911. 51 of 1911. 62 of 1911. 63 of 1911. 1 of 1912. 2 of 1912. 8 of 1912. 21 of 1912. 22 of 1912. 43 of 1912. 5 of 1924. 33 of 1939. 31 of 1965. 31 of 1966. 6 of 1970. 27 of 1970. 100 of 1970. 35 of 1971. 53 of 1971. 72 of 1972. 20 of 1978. 40 of 1979. 62 of 1984. 77 of 1984. 40 of 1986. Short title. Assignment of debt or chose in action. 1873 c. 66, s. 25(6). Stipulations not of the essence of contracts. 1873 c. 66, s. 25(7). Action not maintainable on representations of character etc. unless in writing. 1828 c. 14, s. 6. Part performance and damages. Consideration for guarantee need not appear by writing. 1856 c. 97, s. 3. Right of surety who discharges liability to assignment of all securities held by creditor. 1856 c. 97, s. 5. Adjustment of rights and liabilities of parties to frustrated contracts. 1943 c. 40, s. 1. Provision as to the application of sections 16, 17 and 18. 1943 c, 40, s. 2. (Cap. 26.) Saving for settlement or contrary agreement. Effect of death on certain causes. 1934 c. 41, s. 1. (Cap. 22.) (Cap. 22.) Abolition of rights to damages for loss of expectation of life. 1982 c. 53, s. 1. Abolition of common law actions for loss of society or service. 1982 c. 53, s. 2. Actions for loss of society or services. (Cap. 22.) (Cap. 22.) (Cap. 290.) (Cap. 22.) Apportionment of liability in case of contributory negligence. 1945 c. 28, s. 1. (Cap. 377.) (Cap. 22.) (1932 c. 36.) 1945 c. 28, s. 3. (1911 c. 57.) 1945 c. 28, s. 3. 1945 c. 28, s. 4. (Cap. 22.) Abolition of the defence of common employment. [cf. 1948 c. 41, s. 1.] [cf. 1948 c. 41, s. 3.] Interpretation and other supplementary provisions. 1976 c. 28, s. 4(5). [*14.4.78.] (1965 c. 57.) (S.I. 1972/126, App. III, p. DC 1.) Civil liability to child born disabled. 1976 c. 28, s. 1. Liability to be regarded as liability for personal injuries sustained by child immediately after its birth. 1976 c. 28, s. 4(3). No damages for loss of expectation of life unless child lives for at least 48 hours. 1976 c. 28, s. 4(4). Application to Crown. Engagements to marry not enforceable at law. 1970 c. 33, s. 1. Property of engaged couples. 1970 c. 33, s. 2. (Cap. 182.) Gifts between engaged couples. 1970 c. 33, s. 3. Validity of instruments under seal executed by persons not appointed under seal. Payment of emoluments, etc., when the payee is certified to be incapable. 1890 c. 5, s. 335.

Abstract

Originally 4 of 1901. 13 of 1864. 7 of 1886. 6 of 1901. 31 of 1911. 1 of 1920. 27 of 1935. (Cap. 23, 1964.) 11 of 1936. (Cap. 28, 1970.) 26 of 1948. (Cap. 25, 1964.) 36 of 1951. (Cap. 271, 1964.) 9 of 1885. 2 of 1897. 29 of 1901. 50 of 1911. 51 of 1911. 62 of 1911. 63 of 1911. 1 of 1912. 2 of 1912. 8 of 1912. 21 of 1912. 22 of 1912. 43 of 1912. 5 of 1924. 33 of 1939. 31 of 1965. 31 of 1966. 6 of 1970. 27 of 1970. 100 of 1970. 35 of 1971. 53 of 1971. 72 of 1972. 20 of 1978. 40 of 1979. 62 of 1984. 77 of 1984. 40 of 1986. Short title. Assignment of debt or chose in action. 1873 c. 66, s. 25(6). Stipulations not of the essence of contracts. 1873 c. 66, s. 25(7). Action not maintainable on representations of character etc. unless in writing. 1828 c. 14, s. 6. Part performance and damages. Consideration for guarantee need not appear by writing. 1856 c. 97, s. 3. Right of surety who discharges liability to assignment of all securities held by creditor. 1856 c. 97, s. 5. Adjustment of rights and liabilities of parties to frustrated contracts. 1943 c. 40, s. 1. Provision as to the application of sections 16, 17 and 18. 1943 c, 40, s. 2. (Cap. 26.) Saving for settlement or contrary agreement. Effect of death on certain causes. 1934 c. 41, s. 1. (Cap. 22.) (Cap. 22.) Abolition of rights to damages for loss of expectation of life. 1982 c. 53, s. 1. Abolition of common law actions for loss of society or service. 1982 c. 53, s. 2. Actions for loss of society or services. (Cap. 22.) (Cap. 22.) (Cap. 290.) (Cap. 22.) Apportionment of liability in case of contributory negligence. 1945 c. 28, s. 1. (Cap. 377.) (Cap. 22.) (1932 c. 36.) 1945 c. 28, s. 3. (1911 c. 57.) 1945 c. 28, s. 3. 1945 c. 28, s. 4. (Cap. 22.) Abolition of the defence of common employment. [cf. 1948 c. 41, s. 1.] [cf. 1948 c. 41, s. 3.] Interpretation and other supplementary provisions. 1976 c. 28, s. 4(5). [*14.4.78.] (1965 c. 57.) (S.I. 1972/126, App. III, p. DC 1.) Civil liability to child born disabled. 1976 c. 28, s. 1. Liability to be regarded as liability for personal injuries sustained by child immediately after its birth. 1976 c. 28, s. 4(3). No damages for loss of expectation of life unless child lives for at least 48 hours. 1976 c. 28, s. 4(4). Application to Crown. Engagements to marry not enforceable at law. 1970 c. 33, s. 1. Property of engaged couples. 1970 c. 33, s. 2. (Cap. 182.) Gifts between engaged couples. 1970 c. 33, s. 3. Validity of instruments under seal executed by persons not appointed under seal. Payment of emoluments, etc., when the payee is certified to be incapable. 1890 c. 5, s. 335.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2252

Edition

1964

Volume

v3

Subsequent Cap No.

23

Number of Pages

18
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:04:59 +0800
<![CDATA[FATAL ACCIDENTS ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2251

Title

FATAL ACCIDENTS ORDINANCE

Description






LAWS OF HONG KONG

FATAL ACCIDENTS ORDINANCE

CHAPTER 22





CHAPTER 22

FATAL ACCIDENTS

Torepeal and replace existing provision for the compensation of
dependants of persons killed as a result of tortious acts.

[1 November 1986.]

1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Fatal Accidents Ordinance.

2. (1) In this Ordinance, unless the context otherwise requires

'adopted' means adopted in pursuance of an adoption order made
under the Adoption Ordinance or of any adoption recognized as
valid by the law of Hong Kong;

'dependant', in relation to a deceased person, means

(a)the wife, husband, former wife or former husband of the
deceased and any person whose marriage to the deceased has
been annulled or declared void;

(b)a concubine lawfully taken by the deceased before 7 October
1971;

(c)any person who-

(i) was living with the deceased in the same household
immediately before the date of his death; and

(ii) had been living with the deceased in the same
household for at least 2 years before that date,

as the husband or wife of the deceased;

(d)any parent or other ascendant of the deceased;

(e)any person (not being a parent of the deceased) who, during
any marriage to which that person was a party, treated the
deceased as a son or daughter of the family in relation to that
marriage;

any child or other descendant of the deceased;

(g)any person (not being a child of the deceased) who, during
any marriage to which the deceased was at any time a party,
was treated by the deceased as a son or daughter of the
family in relation to that marriage;

(h)any person who is, or is the issue of, a brother, sister, uncle or
aunt of the deceased;

(i)any person who is, or is the issue of, a brother or sister of a
grandparent of the deceased;

(j)any godchild or godparent of the deceased according to
Chinese custom;





'wife' means-

(a)in the case of a Christian marriage or its civil equivalent, the
lawful wife; and

(b) in the case of any other lawful marriage-

(i) the lawful wife of such marriage; or

(ii) if there is more than one lawful wife, the lawful principal
wife recognized as such by the personal law of the husband
of such marriage, or if there is no lawful principal wife, the
lawful wives so recognized.

(2) In deducing any relationship for the purposes of this Ordinance

(a)an adopted person shall be treated as the child of the person
or persons by whom he was adopted and not as the child of
any other person; and, subject thereto;

(b)any relationship by affinity shall be treated as relationship by
consanguinity, any relationship of the half-blood as a
relationship of the whole blood, and the stepchild of any
person as his child; and

(e)an illegitimate person shall be treated as the legitimate child of
his mother and reputed father.

3. If death is caused to any person (---the deceased') by any
wrongful act, neglect or default which is such as would (if death had not
ensued) have entitled the deceased to maintain an action and recover
damages in respect thereof, then subject to section 4(2) an action for
damages may be brought for the benefit of the dependants of the
deceased against the person who would have been liable in damages to
the deceased in respect of that wrongful act, neglect or default.

4. (1) An action under this Ordinance may consist of or include a
claim for damages for bereavement unless, by reason of the act, neglect
or default referred to in section 3, any person has recovered, by action
or otherwise, a sum in respect of loss of the deceased's society under
section 20C(I) of the Law Amendment and Reform (Consolidation)
Ordinance.

(2) A claim for damages for bereavement shall only be for the
benefit of such of the following persons as survive the deceased for not
less than 30 days

(a)the wife or husband of the deceased, unless they had been
living apart for a continuous period of at least 2 years
immediately preceding the death of the deceased; or

(b)where there is no spouse by or for whom a claim can be made
under paragraph (a), the children of the deceased; or

(e)where there is no person by or for whom a claim can be made
under paragraph (a) or (b), the wife or husband of the
deceased (notwithstanding that they had been living apart);
or





(d)where there is no person by or for whom a claim can be made
under paragraph (a), (b) or (c), any concubine taken by the
deceased before 7 October 1971; or

(e)where there is no person by or for whom a claim can be made
under paragraph (a), (b), (c) or (d), any person who

(i) was living with the deceased in the same household
immediately before the date of his death; and

(ii) had been living with the deceased in the same
household for at least 2 years before that date,

as the husband or wife of the deceased; or

where there is no person by or for whom a claim can be made
under paragraph (a), (b), (c), (d) or (e), the parents of the
deceased or (if the deceased was illegitimate) his mother; or

(g)where there is no person by or for whom a claim can be made
under paragraph (a), (b), (c), (d), (e) or (f), but the deceased
was at the date of his death a minor, any person who during
any marriage to which that person was a party treated the
deceased as a son or daughter of the family in relation to that
marriage; or

(h)where there is no other person by or for whom a claim can be
made under this subsection, any brother or sister of the
deceased.

(3) Subject to subsection (4), the sum to be awarded as damages
under this section shall be $40,000.

(4) Where there is a claim for damages under this section for



the benefit of 2 or more persons, the sum awarded shall be divided
equally between them (subject to any deduction falling to be made in
respect of costs not recovered from the defendant).

(5) The Legislative Council may by resolution amend subsection
(3) by varying the sum specified therein.

5. (1) An action under this Ordinance shall be brought by and in
the name of the executor or administrator of the deceased.

(2) If-

(a)there is no executor or administrator of the deceased; or

(b)no action is brought within 6 months after the death by and in
the name of an executor or administrator of the deceased,

the action may be brought by and in the name of all or any of the
persons for whose benefit an executor or administrator could have
brought it.

(3) Not more than one action shall lie for and in respect of the same
subject-matter of complaint.





(4) The plaintiff in the action shall be required to deliver to the
defendant or his solicitor full particulars of the persons for whom and
on whose behalf the action is brought and of the nature of the claim in
respect of which damages are sought to be recovered.

6. (1) In the action, such damages, other than damages for
bereavement, may be awarded to dependants in such proportions as
reflect their respective injuries as a result of the death.

(2) Where damages are awarded under subsection (1), any costs
not recovered from the defendant shall be deducted from those damages
and thereafter those damages shall be divided among the dependants in
such proportions as has been decided under that subsection.

(3) In an action under this Ordinance, or under the Carriage by Air
(Overseas Territories) Order 1967, where there fall to be assessed
damages payable to a widow in respect of the death of her husband
there shall not be taken into account the re-marriage of the widow or her
prospects of re-marriage.

(4) In an action under this Ordinance where there fall to be
assessed damages payable to a person who is a dependant within the
meaning of paragraph (c) of the definition of that term in section 2, in
respect of the death of the person with whom the dependant was living
as husband or wife, there shall be taken into account (together with any
other matter that appears to the court to be relevant to the action) the
fact that the dependant had no enforceable right to financial support by
the deceased as a result of their living together.

(5) In assessing damages in any action brought under this
Ordinance the funeral expenses of the deceased person, if such
expenses have been incurred by the parties for whose benefit the action
is brought, shall be taken into account.

(6) Money paid into court in satisfaction of a cause of action under
this Ordinance may be in one sum without specifying any person's
share.

7. In assessing damages in respect of a person's death in an action
under this Ordinance or under the Carriage by Air (Overseas Territories)
Order 1967, benefits which have accrued or will or may accrue to any
person from his estate or otherwise as a result of his death shall be
disregarded.
Originally 41 of 1986. L.N. 260/86. Short title. Interpretation. (Cap. 290.) Right of action for wrongful act causing death. [cf. 1982 c. 53, s. 3.] Bereavement. [cf. 1982 c. 53, s. 3.] (Cap. 23.) Persons entitled to bring the action. [cf. 1982 c. 53, s. 3.] Assessment of damages. [cf. 1982 c. 53, s. 3.] (App. III, p. CG.) Assessment of damages; disregard of benefits. [cf. 1982 c. 53, s. 3.] (App. III, p. CG.)

Abstract

Originally 41 of 1986. L.N. 260/86. Short title. Interpretation. (Cap. 290.) Right of action for wrongful act causing death. [cf. 1982 c. 53, s. 3.] Bereavement. [cf. 1982 c. 53, s. 3.] (Cap. 23.) Persons entitled to bring the action. [cf. 1982 c. 53, s. 3.] Assessment of damages. [cf. 1982 c. 53, s. 3.] (App. III, p. CG.) Assessment of damages; disregard of benefits. [cf. 1982 c. 53, s. 3.] (App. III, p. CG.)

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2251

Edition

1964

Volume

v3

Subsequent Cap No.

22

Number of Pages

5
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:04:58 +0800
<![CDATA[DEFAMATION ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2250

Title

DEFAMATION ORDINANCE

Description






LAWS OF HONG KONG

DEFAMATION ORDINANCE

CHAPTER 21





CHAPTER 21

DEFAMATION ORDINANCE

ARRANGEMENT OF SECTIONS

Section ...............................Page

1. Short title... ............................ ... ... ... ... ... 1

2. Interpretation ... ... ... ... ... ... .... ... ... ... ... 2

3. Admissibility in evidence, in mitigation of damages in action for defamation. of

apology ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 3

4. Right of defendant in action for libel to plead absence of malice. etc. and apology 3

5. Publishing libel known to be false ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 3

6. Publishing defamatory libel ... ... ... .. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 3

7. Trial of information for defamatory libel ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 4

8. Evidence to rebut prima facie case of publication by agent ... ... ... ... ... 4

9. Right of prosecutor and of defendant to costs on prosecution for private libel ... 4

10. Stay of proceeding against person for publication of papers printed by order of

Legislative Council upon certificate and affidavit of authority to publish ... ... 5

11. Stay of proceeding when commenced in respect of copy of authenticated report.

etc. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... . ... ... ... ... ... ... 5

12. Defence in proceeding for printing extract from report, etc . ... ... ... ... ... 5

13. Privilege of newspaper report of proceedings in court .. ... ... 5

14. Qualified privilege of newspapers ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 6

15. Inquiry by magistrate as to libel being true, etc. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 6

16. Provision as to summary conviction for libel ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 6

17. Evidence of other damages recovered by plantiff - - - ... ... ... ... 7

18. Order of judge required for prosecution of newspaper proprietor. etc. ... ... ... 7

19. Consolidation of actions ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 7

20. Person charged may give evidence . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 8

21. Words imputing unchastity to woman or girl per se actionable ... ... ... ... 8

22. Broadcast statements ... - ... ... ... ... - ... ... ... ... ... ... 8

23. Slander affecting official, professional or business reputation ... ... ... ... ... 8

24. Slander of title. etc. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 8

25. Unintentional defamation ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 8

26. Justification ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 10

27. Fair comment ... ... - ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 10

28. Limitation on privilege at elections ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 11

29. Agreements for indemnity ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 11

Schedule. Newspaper statements having qualified privilege ... ... ... ... ... ... 11





CHAPTER 21

DEFAMATION

To Amend the law respecting defamatory words and libel.

[22 February 1887.]

1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Defamation Ordinance.

(Amended, 5 of 1924, s. 6)

2. In this Ordinance, unless the context otherwise requires

'broadcast' or 'broadcasting' means publication for general reception,
as part of any programme or service provided through a
broadcasting station within Hong Kong. by means of
telecommunication, within the meaning of the Telecommunication
Ordinance; and, where words broadcast by means of
telecommunication are simultaneously transmitted by telegraph, as
defined by the Telecommunication Ordinance, in accordance with a
licence granted under such Ordinance, the provisions of this
Ordinance shall apply as if the transmission were broadcast within
the definition hereinbefore contained; (Amended, 23 of 1986,s.2)

'broadcasting station' means any station operated by Government or
in respect of which a licence granted by the Governor in Council or
the Postmaster General under the Telecommunication Ordinance is
in force, being a licence which (by whatever form of words)
authorizes the use of the station for the purpos of providing
broadcasting services for general reception;

'information' includes indictment;

'international court of justice' means the International Court of Justice
and any other judicial or arbitral tribunal deciding matters in
dispute between States;

legislature in relation to any part of the Commonwealth which is subject
to a central and a local legislature, means either of those
legislatures;





'newspaper' means any paper containing public news or observations
thereon or consisting wholly or mainly of advertisements which is
printed for sale and is published in Hong Kong either periodically
or in parts or numbers at intervals not exceeding 36 days;
(Amended, 23 of 1986, s. 2)

'proprietor' includes lessee;

'report of the Legislative Council' includes any report, paper, vote or
other proceeding of the Council;

'words' includes pictures, visual images, gestures and other methods
of signifying meaning.

(Replaced, 33 of 1961, s. 2)

3. In any action for defamation it shall be competent to the
defendant (after notice in writing of his intention to do so duly given to
the plaintiff within a reasonable time before the trial of the cause) to give
in evidence in mitigation of damages that he made or offered an apology
to the plaintiff for such defamation before the commencement of the
action, or as soon afterwards as he had an opportunity of doing so in
case the action has been commenced before there was an opportunity
of making or offering such apology.

4. In an action for a libel contained in any newspaper it shall be
competent to the defendant to set up as a defence that the libel was
inserted in the newspaper without actual malice and without gross
negligence, and that before the commencement of the action. or at the
earliest opportunity afterwards, he inserted in the newspaper a full
apology for the libel, or if the newspaper in which the libel appeared is
ordinarily published at intervals exceeding 1 week. had offered to
publish the said apology in any newspaper to be selected by the
plaintiff in the action: and to such defence to the action it shall be
competent to the plaintiff to reply general denying the whole of such
defence:

Provided that is shall not be competent to any defendant in such
action to set up any defence as aforesaid without at the same time
making a payment of money into court by way of amends, and every
such defence so filed without such payment into court shall be deemed
a nullity and may be treated as such by the plaintiff in the action.

(Amended, 50 of 1911; 62 of 1911, Schedule, and 33 of 1961,
s. 3)

5. Any person who maliciously publishes any defamatory libel,
knowing the same to be false, shall be liable to imprisonment for 2 years,
and, in addition, to pay such fine as the court may award.

(Amended, 30 of 1911, Schedule, and 33 of 196 1, s. 4)

6. Any person who maliciously publishes any defamatory libel
shall be liable to imprisonment for 1 year, and to pay such fine as the
court may award.

(Amended, 30 of 1911, Schedule, and 33 of 1961. s. 5)





7. (1) On the trial of any information for a defamatory libel. the
defendant having pleaded such plea as is hereinafter mentioned. the
truth of the matters charged may be inquired into, but shall not amount
to a defence, unless it was for the public benefit that the matters
charged should be published.

(2) To entitle the defendant to give evidence of the truth of the
matters charged as a defence to the information, it shall be necessary,
for him, in pleading to the information, to allege the truth of the matters
charged in the manner now required in alleging a justification to an
action of defamation, and further to allege that it was for the public
benefit that the matters charged should be published, and the particular
fact or facts by reason whereof it was for the public benefit that the
matters charged should be published, to which plea the prosecutor
shall be at liberty to reply generally denying the whole thereof.

(3) If after such plea the defendant is convicted on the information,
it shall be competent to the court, in pronouncing sentence. to consider
whether the guilt of the defendant is aggravated or mitigated by the
plea and by the evidence given to prove or to disprove the same:

Provided that

(a)the truth of the matters charged in the alleged libel
complained of by the information shall in no case be inquired
into without such plea of justification,

(b)in addition to such plea it shall be competent to the defendent
to plead a plea of not guilty;

(c)further, nothing in this Ordinance shall take away or prejudice
any defence under a plea of not guilty which it is now
competent to the defendant to make under such plea to any
information for defamatory words or libel.

8. Whenever, on the trial of any information for the publication of a
libel, under the plea of not guilty, evidence has been given which
establishes a presumptive case of publication against the defendant by
the act of any other person by his authority, it shall be competent to the
defendant to prove that the publication was made without his authority.
consent, or knowledge, and that the publication did not arise from want
of due care or caution on his part.

9. (1) In the case of any information at the instance of a private
prosecutor for the publication of any defamatory libel. if judgment is
given for the defendant, he shall be entitled to recover from the
prosecutor the costs sustained by the defendant by reason of the
information, and upon a special plea of justification to the information, if
the issue is found for the prosecutor. he shall be entitled to recover from
the defendant the costs sustained by the prosecutor by reason of such
plea.





(2) Costs so to be recovered by the defendant or prosecutor
respectively shall be taxed by the proper officer of the court before
which the information is tried.

10. It shall be lawful for any person who is a defendant in any
civil or criminal proceeding, in whatever manner commenced for or
on account or in respect of the publication by such person or by his
servant of any report of the Legislative Council by or under the
authority of such Council, to bring before the court in which such
proceeding has been commenced, or before a judge, first giving 24
hours' notice of his intention to do so to the plaintiff or prosecutor in
such proceeding, a certificate under the hand of the Governor, or of
the presiding member of such Council for the time being, or of the
Clerk of Councils, stating that the report in respect whereof the
proceeding has been commenced was published by such person or by
his servant by order or under the authority of such Council, together
with an affidavit verifying such certificate; and the court or judge
shall thereupon immediately stay such proceeding, and the same,
and every writ or process issued, shall be and shall be deemed and
taken to be finally put an end to, determined, and superseded.

11. In case of any civil or criminal proceeding to be com-
menced for or on account or in respect of the publication of any
copy of any such report it shall be lawful for the defendant, at any
stage of the proceeding, to lay before the court or judge the report,
and the copy, together with an affidavit verifying the report, and the
correctness of the copy; and the court or judge shall thereupon
immediately stay such proceeding, and the same, and every writ or
process issued therein, shall be and shall be deemed and taken to be
finally put an end to, determined, and superseded.
(Amended, 50 of 1911; 51 of 1911; 62 of 1911, Schedule; 63 of
1911, Schedule; 21 of 1912, s. 2, and 5 of 1924, s. 11)

12. It shall be lawful in any civil or criminal proceeding to
be commenced for printing or broadcasting any extract from or
abstract of any such report to give in evidence, in a civil case in
support of any allegation in defence, and in a criminal case under the
general issue, the report. and to show that the extract or abstract was
published bona fide and without malice; and if such is the opinion of
the jury, a verdict of not guilty shall be entered for the defendant.
(Amended, 50 of 1911; 62 of 1911, Schedule, and 33 of 196 1,
s. 6)

13. (1) A fair and accurate report in any newspaper or
broadcast of proceedings publicly heard before any court shall, if
published contemporaneously with such proceedings, be privileged:

Provided that nothing in this section shall authorize the publi-
cation of any blasphemous or indecent matter. (9 of 1901, s. 3,
incorporated. Amended, 50 of 1911; 62 of 1911, Schedule, and 33
of 1961, s. 7)





(2) Any report in a newspaper, and any broadcast report, of
committal proceedings in a case where publication is permitted by virtue
only of section 87A(5) and (6) of the Magistrates Ordinance, published
as soon as practicable after it is so permitted, shall be treated for the
purposes of subsection (1) as having been published or broadcast
contemporaneously with the committal proceedings. (Added, 6 of 1971,
s. 6)

14. (1) Subject to the provisions of this section, the publication in a
newspaper or the broadcasting of any such report or other matter as is
mentioned in the Schedule shall be privileged unless the publication is
proved to be made with malice,

(2) In an action for libel in respect of the publication of any such
report or matter as is mentioned in Part 11 of the Schedule, the
provisions of this section shall not be a defence if it is proved that the
defendant has been requested by the plaintiff to publish in the manner
in which the original publication was made a reasonable letter or
statement by way of explanation or contradiction, and has refused or
neglected to do so, or has done so in a manner not adequate or not
reasonable having regard to all the circumstances.

(3) Nothing in this section shall be construed as protecting the
publication of any matter the publication of which is prohibited by law,
or of any matter which is not of public concern and the publication of
which is not for the public benefit.

(Replaced, 33 of 1961, s. 8)

15. A magistrate, on the hearing of a charge against a proprietor,
publisher, or editor, or any person responsible for the publication of a
newspaper, for a libel published therein, may receive evidence as to the
matter charged in the libel being true, and as to the report being fair and
accurate and published without malice, and as to the publication being
for the public benefit, and as to any matter which, under this or any
other Ordinance or otherwise, might be given in evidence by way of
defence by the person charged on his trial on information, and if the
magistrate is of opinion that there is a strong or probable presumption
that the jury on the trial would acquit the person charged he may
dismiss the case.

(Amended, 50 of 1911;51 of 1911; 62 of 1911, Schedule, and
63 of 1911, Schedule)

16. If a magistrate, on the hearing of such a charge is of opinion
that, though the person charged is shown to have been guilty, the libel
was of a trivial character, and that the offence may be adequately
punished by virtue of the powers of this section, he shall cause the
charge to be reduced into writing and read to the person charged, and
then address a question to him to the following effect-Do you desire to
be tried by a jury or do you consent to the case being dealt with
summarily?' and if such person assents to the





case being dealt with summarily, the magistrate may summarily convict
him and adjudge him to pay a fine of $250.

(Amended, 50 of 1911;51 of 1911; 62 of 1911, Schedule, and
63 of 1911, Schedule)

17. In any action for libel or slander the defendant may give
evidence in mitigation of damages that the plaintiff has recovered
damages, or has brought actions for damages, for libel or slander in
respect of the publication of words to the same effect as the words on
which the action is founded, or has received or agreed to receive
compensation in respect of any such publication.

(Replaced, 33 of 1961, s. 9)

18. (1) No criminal prosecution shall be commenced against any
proprietor, publisher, editor, or any person responsible for the
publication of a newspaper for any libel published therein without the
order of a judge in chambers being first had and obtained. (Amended, 51
of 1911, and 63 of 1911, Schedule)

(2) The application for such order shall be made on notice to the
accused person, who shall have an opportunity of being heard against
such application.

(9 of 1901, s. 8, incorporated)

19. (1) It shall be competent for the High Court, on an application
by or on behalf of 2 or more defendants in actions in respect to the
same, or substantially the same, libel brought by one and the same
person, to make an order for the consolidation of such actions; and after
such order has been made, and before the trial of the said actions, the
defendants in any new actions instituted in respect to the same, or
substantially the same, libel shall also be entitled to be joined in a
common action on a joint application being made by such new
defendants and the defendants in the actions already consolidated.

(2) In such consolidated action the jury shall assess the whole
amount of the damages, if any, in one sum, but a separate verdict shall
be taken for or against each defendant in the same way as if the actions
had been tried separately; and if the jury have found a verdict against
the defendant or defendants in more than one of the actions so
consolidated, they shall proceed to apportion the amount of damages
which they have so found between and against the said last-mentioned
defendants; and similar provisions shall apply if the trial is before a
judge without a jury. The judge at the trial, if he awards to the plaintiff
the costs of the action, shall thereupon make such order as he may
deem just for the apportionment of such costs between and against
such defendants.

(9 of 1901, s. 5, incorporated)

(3) This section shall apply to actions for slander and to
actions for slander of title, slander of goods or other malicious
falsehood as it applies to actions for libel; and references to the
same, or substantially the same, libel shall be construed accordingly.
(Added, 33 of 1961, s. 10)





20. Any person charged with the offence of libel before any court
of criminal jurisdiction, and the wife or husband of the person so
charged, shall be competent, but not compellable, witnesses on every
hearing at every stage of such charge.

(9 of 1901, s. 9,
incorporated)

21. Words spoken and published which impute unchastity or
adultery to any woman or girl shall not require special damage to render
them actionable:

Provided that, in any action for words spoken and made actionable
by this Ordinance, a plaintiff shall not recover more costs than
damages, unless the judge at the trial certifies that there was reasonable
ground for bringing the action.

(9 of 1901, s. 10, incorporated. Amended, 29 of 1901, s. 14,
and 50 of 1911, s. 4)

22. For the purposes of the law of libel and slander, the
broadcasting of words shall be treated as publication in permanent form.

(Added, 33 of 1961,
s. 11)

23. In an action for slander in respect of words calculated to
disparage the plaintiff in any office, profession, calling, trade or
business held or carried on by him at the time of the publication, it shall
not be necessary to allege or prove special damage, whether or not the
words are spoken of the plaintiff in the way of his office, profession,
calling, trade or business.

(Added, 33 of 1961,
s. 11)

24. (1) In an action for slander of title, slander of goods or other
malicious falsehood, it shall not be necessary to allege or prove special
damage

(a)if the words upon which the action is founded are calculated to
cause pecuniary damage to the plaintiff and are published in
writing or other permanent form; or

(b)if the said words are calculated to cause pecuniary damage to
the plaintiff in respect of any office, profession, calling, trade or
business held or carried on by him at the time of the
publication.

(2) Section 22 shall apply for the purposes of this section as it
applies for the purposes of the law of libel and slander.

(Added, 33 of 196 1,
s. 11)

25. (1) A person who has published words alleged to be
defamatory of another person may, if he claims that the words were
published by him innocently in relation to that other person, make an
offer of amends under this section; and in any such case





(a)if the offer is accepted by the party aggrieved and is duly
performed, no proceedings for libel or slander shall be taken or
continued by that party against the person making the offer in
respect of the publication in question (but without prejudice
to any cause of action against any other person jointly
responsible for that publication);

(b)if the offer is not accepted by the party aggrieved, then,
except as otherwise provided by this section, it shall be a
defence, in any proceedings by him for libel or slander against
the person making the offer in respect of the publication in
question, to prove that the words complained of were
published by the defendant innocently in relation to the
plaintiff and that the offer was made as soon as practicable
after the defendant received notice that they were or might be
defamatory of the plaintiff, and has not been withdrawn.

(2) An offer of amends under this section must be expressed to be
made for the purposes of this section, and must be accompanied by an
affidavit specifying the facts relied upon by the person making it to
show that the words in question were published by him innocently in
relation to the party aggrieved; and for the purposes of a defence under
subsection (1)(b) no evidence, other than evidence of facts specified in
the affidavit, shall be admissible on behalf of that person to prove that
the words were so published.

(3) An offer of amends under this section shall be understood to
mean an offer

(a)in any case, to publish or join in the publication of a suitable
correction of the words complained of, and a sufficient
apology to the party aggrieved in respect of those words;

(b)where copies of a document or record containing the said
words have been distributed by or with the knowledge of the
person making the offer, to take such steps as are reasonably
practicable on his part for notifying persons to whom copies
have been so distributed that the words are alleged to be
defamatory of the party aggrieved.

(4) Where an offer of amends under this section is accepted by the
party aggrieved

(a)any question as to the steps to be taken in fulfilment of the
offer as so accepted shall in default of agreement between the
parties be referred to and determined by the High Court,
whose decision thereon shall be final;

(b)the power of the court to make orders as to costs in
proceedings by the party aggrieved against the person
making the offer in respect of the publication in question, or in
proceedings in respect of the offer under paragraph





(a), shall include power to order the payment by the person
making the offer to the party aggrieved of costs on an
indemnity basis and any expenses reasonably incurred or
to be incurred by that party in consequence of the publica-
tion in question;

and if no such proceedings as aforesaid are taken, the High Court
may, upon application made by the party aggrieved, make any such
order for the payment of such costs and expenses as aforesaid as
could be made in such proceedings.

(5) For the purposes of this section words shall be treated as
published by one person (in this subsection referred to as the
publisher) innocently in relation to another person if and only if the
following conditions are satisfied, that is to say-

(a)that the publisher did not intend to publish them of and
concerning that other person, and did not know of circum-
stances by virtue of which they might be understood to
refer to him,. or

(b)that the words were not defamatory on the face of them,
and the publisher did not know of circumstances by virtue
of which they might be understood to be defamatory of
that other person,

and in either case that the publisher exercised all reasonable care in
relation to the publication; and any reference in this subsection to
the publisher shall be construed as including a reference to any
servant or agent of his who was concerned with the contents of the
publication.

(6) Subsection (1)(b) shall not apply in relation to the publica-
tion by any person of words of which he is not the author unless he
proves that the words were written by the author without malice.
(Added, 33 of 1961, s. 11)

26. In an action for libel or slander in respect of words
containing 2 or more distinct charges against the plaintiff, a defence
of justification shall not fail by reason only that the truth of every
charge is not proved if the words not proved to be true do not
materially injure the plaintiffs reputation having regard to the truth
of the remaining charges.
(Added, 33 of 196 1, s. 11)

27. In an action for libel or slander in respect of words
consisting partly of allegations of fact and partly of expression of
opinion, a defence of fair comment shall not fail by reason only that
the truth of every allegation of fact is not proved if the expression of
opinion is fair comment having regard to such of the facts alleged or
referred to in the words complained of as are proved.
(Added, 33 of'] 96 1, s. 11)





28. A defamatory statement published by or on behalf of a
candidate in any election to the Legislative Council or to the Urban
Council or to the Regional Council or to a District Board shall not be
deemed to be published on a privileged occasion on the ground that it
is material to a question in issue in the election, whether or not the
person by whom it is published is qualified to vote at the election.

(Added, 33 of 1961, s. 11. Amended, 39 of 1985, s. 60 and
23 of 1986, s. 3)

If

29. An agreement for indemnifying any person against civil liability
for libel in respect of the publication of any matter shall not be unlawful
unless at the time of the publication that person knows that the matter is
defamatory, and does not reasonably believe there is a good defence to
any action brought upon it.

(Added, 33 of 196 1, s. 11)

SCHEDULE (s. 14.]

NEWSPAPER STATEMENTS HAVING QUALIFIED PRIVILEGE

PART I

STATEMENTS PRIVILEGED WITHOUT EXPLANATION OR
CONTRADICTION

1. A fair and accurate report of any proceedings in public of the legislature of
any part of the Commonwealth outside Hong Kong.

2. A fair and accurate report of any proceedings in public of an international
organization of which the Government of Hong Kong or Her Majesty's
Government in the United Kingdom is a member, or of any international
conference to which the Government of Hong Kong or Her Majesty's Government
in the United Kingdom sends a representative.

3. A fair and accurate report of any proceedings in public of an international
court.

4. A fair and accurate report of any proceedings before a court exercising
jurisdiction throughout any part of the Commonwealth outside Hong Kong or of
any proceedings before a court-martial held outside Hong Kong under the Naval
Discipline Act, the Army Act or the Air Force Act.

5. A fair and accurate report of any proceedings in public of a body or person
appointed to hold a public inquiry by the Government or legislature of any part of
the Commonwealth outside Hong Kong.

6. A fair and accurate copy of or extract from any register kept in pursuance
of any Ordinance which is open to inspection by the public, or of any other
document which is required by the law of Hong Kong to be open to inspection by
the public.

7. A notice or advertisement published by or on the authority of any court
within Hong Kong or any judge or officer of such a court.

PART II

STATEMENTS PRIVILEGED SUBJECT To EXPLANATION OR
CONTRADICTION

8. A fair and accurate report of the findings or decision of any of the
following associations, or of any committee or governing body thereof, that is to

say

(a)an association formed in Hong Kong for the purpose of promoting or
encouraging the exercise of or interest in any art, science, religion or
learning, and empowered by its constitution to exercise control over or
adjudicate upon matters of interest or concern to the association. or the
actions or conduct of any persons subject to such control or adjudication;





(b)an association formed in Hong Kong for the purpose of promoting or
safeguarding the interests of any trade, business, industry or profession, or
of the persons carrying on or engaged in any trade, business, industry or
profession, and empowered by its constitution to exercise control over or
adjudicate upon matters connected with the trade, business, industry or
profession, or the actions or conduct of those persons;
(c)an association formed in Hong Kong for the purpose of promoting or
safeguarding the interests of any game, sport or pastime to the playing or
exercise of which members of the public are invited or admitted, and
empowered by its constitution to exercise control over or adjudicate upon
persons connected with or taking part in the game. sport or pastime,
being a finding or decision relating to a person who is a member of or is subject by
virtue of any contract to the control of the association.

9. A fair and accurate report of the proceedings at any public meeting held in
Hong Kong, that is to say, a meeting bona fide and lawfully held for a lawful purpose
and for the furtherance or discussion of any matter of public concern, whether the
admission to the meeting is general or restricted.

10. A fair and accurate report of the proceedings at any meeting or sitting in
any part of Hong Kong of-
(a)any body, board or authority formed or constituted under the provisions of
any Ordinance or of any committee appointed by such body. board or
authority;
(b)any justice or justices of the peace acting otherwise than as a court exercising
judicial authority;
(c)any commission, tribunal, committee or person appointed for the purposes
of any inquiry by Letters Patent, Act of Parliament, Ordinance, by Her
Majesty, by the Governor or by the head of any department of Government;
(d)any other tribunal, board, committee or body constituted by or under, and
exercising functions under, an Ordinance,
not being a meeting or sitting admission to which is denied to representatives of
newspapers and other members of the public.

11. A fair and accurate report of the proceedings at a general meeting of any
company or association constituted, registered or certified by or under any Ordinance
or Act of Parliament or incorporated by Royal Charter, not being a private company
within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance, Chapter 32.

12. A copy or fair and accurate report or summary of any notice or other matter
issued for the information of the public by or on behalf of any Government
department, or by or on behalf of the Commissioner of Police.

13. A copy or fair and accurate report or summary of any notice or other
matter issued for the information of the public by or on behalf of the Consumer
Council. (Added, 23 of 1986, s. 4)
(Added, 33 of 1961, s. 12.Amended, 23 of 1986, s. 4)
Originally 5 of 1887. 9 of 1901. (Cap. 21, 1950.) 9 of 1901. 29 of 1901. 30 of 1911. 50 of 1911. 51 of 1911. 62 of 1911. 63 of 1911. 21 of 1912. 19 of 1917. 5 of 1924. 18 of 1929. 27 of 1937. 45 of 1954. 33 of 1961. 6 of 1971. 39 of 1985. 23 of 1986. Short title. Interpretation. [cf. 15 & 16 Geo. 6 & 1 Eliz. 2 c. 66, ss. 7, 9 & Schedule, Part III.] (Cap. 106.) Admissibility in evidence, in mitigation of damages in action for defamation, of apology. 6 & 7 Vict. c. 96, s. 1. Right of defendant in action for libel to plead absence of malice, etc. and apology. 6 & 7 Vict. c. 96, s. 2. 8 & 9 Vict. c. 75, s. 2. Publishing libel known to be false. 6 & 7 Vict. c. 96, s. 4. Publishing defamatory libel. 6 & 7 Vict. c. 96, s. 5. Trial of information for defamatory libel. 6 & 7 Vict. c. 96, s. 6. Evidence to rebut prima facie case of publication by agent. 6 & 7 Vict. c. 96, s. 7. Right of prosecutor and of defendant to costs on prosecution for private libel. 6 & 7 Vict. c. 96, s. 8. Stay of proceeding against person for publication of papers printed by order of Legislative Council upon certificate and affidavit of authority to publish. 3 & 4 Vict. c. 9, s. 1. Stay of proceeding when commenced in respect of copy of authenticated report, etc. 3 & 4 Vict. c. 9, s. 2. Defence in proceeding for printing extract from report, etc. 3 & 4 Vict. c. 9, s. 3. Privilege of newspaper report of proceedings in court. 51 & 52 Vict. c. 64, s. 3. 1967 c. 80, s. 5. (Cap. 227.) Qualified privilege of newspapers. [cf. 15 & 16 Geo. 6 & 1 Eliz. 2 c. 66 s. 7]. Schedule. Inquiry by magistrate as to libel being true, etc. 44 & 45 Vict. c. 60, s. 4. Provision as to summary conviction for libel. 44 & 45 Vict. c. 60, s. 5. Evidence of other damages recovered by plaintiff. 15 & 16 Geo. 6 & 1 Eliz. 2 c. 66, s. 12. Order of judge required for prosecution of newspaper proprietor, etc. 51 & 52 Vict. c. 64, s. 8. Consolidation of actions. 51 & 52 Vict. c. 64, s. 5. 15 & 16 Geo. 6 & 1 Eliz. 2 c. 66 s. 13. Person charged may give evidence. 51 & 52 Vict. c. 64, s. 9. Words imputing unchastity to woman or girl per se actionable. 54 & 55 Vict. c. 51, s. 1. Broadcast statements. 15 & 16 Geo. 6 & 1 Eliz. 2 c. 66 s. 1. Slander affecting official, professional or business reputation. 15 & 16 Geo. 6 & 1 Eliz. 2. c. 66 s. 2. Slander of title, etc. 15 & 16 Geo. 6 & 1 Eliz. 2 c. 66 s. 3. Unintentional defamation. 15 & 16 Geo. 6 & 1 Eliz. 2 c. 66 s. 4. Justification. 15 & 16 Geo. 6 & 1 Eliz. 2 c. 66 s. 5. Fair comment. 15 & 16 Geo. 6 & 1 Eliz. 2 c. 66 s. 6. Limitation on privilege at elections. 15 & 16 Geo. 6 & 1 Eliz. 2 c. 66 s. 10. Agreements for indemnity. 15 & 16 Geo. 6 & 1 Eliz. 2 c. 66 s. 11.

Abstract

Originally 5 of 1887. 9 of 1901. (Cap. 21, 1950.) 9 of 1901. 29 of 1901. 30 of 1911. 50 of 1911. 51 of 1911. 62 of 1911. 63 of 1911. 21 of 1912. 19 of 1917. 5 of 1924. 18 of 1929. 27 of 1937. 45 of 1954. 33 of 1961. 6 of 1971. 39 of 1985. 23 of 1986. Short title. Interpretation. [cf. 15 & 16 Geo. 6 & 1 Eliz. 2 c. 66, ss. 7, 9 & Schedule, Part III.] (Cap. 106.) Admissibility in evidence, in mitigation of damages in action for defamation, of apology. 6 & 7 Vict. c. 96, s. 1. Right of defendant in action for libel to plead absence of malice, etc. and apology. 6 & 7 Vict. c. 96, s. 2. 8 & 9 Vict. c. 75, s. 2. Publishing libel known to be false. 6 & 7 Vict. c. 96, s. 4. Publishing defamatory libel. 6 & 7 Vict. c. 96, s. 5. Trial of information for defamatory libel. 6 & 7 Vict. c. 96, s. 6. Evidence to rebut prima facie case of publication by agent. 6 & 7 Vict. c. 96, s. 7. Right of prosecutor and of defendant to costs on prosecution for private libel. 6 & 7 Vict. c. 96, s. 8. Stay of proceeding against person for publication of papers printed by order of Legislative Council upon certificate and affidavit of authority to publish. 3 & 4 Vict. c. 9, s. 1. Stay of proceeding when commenced in respect of copy of authenticated report, etc. 3 & 4 Vict. c. 9, s. 2. Defence in proceeding for printing extract from report, etc. 3 & 4 Vict. c. 9, s. 3. Privilege of newspaper report of proceedings in court. 51 & 52 Vict. c. 64, s. 3. 1967 c. 80, s. 5. (Cap. 227.) Qualified privilege of newspapers. [cf. 15 & 16 Geo. 6 & 1 Eliz. 2 c. 66 s. 7]. Schedule. Inquiry by magistrate as to libel being true, etc. 44 & 45 Vict. c. 60, s. 4. Provision as to summary conviction for libel. 44 & 45 Vict. c. 60, s. 5. Evidence of other damages recovered by plaintiff. 15 & 16 Geo. 6 & 1 Eliz. 2 c. 66, s. 12. Order of judge required for prosecution of newspaper proprietor, etc. 51 & 52 Vict. c. 64, s. 8. Consolidation of actions. 51 & 52 Vict. c. 64, s. 5. 15 & 16 Geo. 6 & 1 Eliz. 2 c. 66 s. 13. Person charged may give evidence. 51 & 52 Vict. c. 64, s. 9. Words imputing unchastity to woman or girl per se actionable. 54 & 55 Vict. c. 51, s. 1. Broadcast statements. 15 & 16 Geo. 6 & 1 Eliz. 2 c. 66 s. 1. Slander affecting official, professional or business reputation. 15 & 16 Geo. 6 & 1 Eliz. 2. c. 66 s. 2. Slander of title, etc. 15 & 16 Geo. 6 & 1 Eliz. 2 c. 66 s. 3. Unintentional defamation. 15 & 16 Geo. 6 & 1 Eliz. 2 c. 66 s. 4. Justification. 15 & 16 Geo. 6 & 1 Eliz. 2 c. 66 s. 5. Fair comment. 15 & 16 Geo. 6 & 1 Eliz. 2 c. 66 s. 6. Limitation on privilege at elections. 15 & 16 Geo. 6 & 1 Eliz. 2 c. 66 s. 10. Agreements for indemnity. 15 & 16 Geo. 6 & 1 Eliz. 2 c. 66 s. 11.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2250

Edition

1964

Volume

v3

Subsequent Cap No.

21

Number of Pages

13
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:04:58 +0800
<![CDATA[BILLS OF SALE RULES]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2249

Title

BILLS OF SALE RULES

Description






BILLS OF SALE RULES.

(Cap. 20, section 24).

[12th July, 1886.]

1. A memorandum of satisfaction may be ordered to be written
upon a registered copy of a bill of sale on a consent to the satisfaction,
signed by the person entitled to the benefit of the bill of sale, and
verified by affidavit being produced to the Registrar and filed in the
Supreme Court.

2. Where this consent cannot be obtained, the Registrar may, on
application by summons, and on hearing the person entitled to the
benefit of the bill of sale or on affidavit of service of the summons on
that person, and in either case on proof, to the satisfaction of the
Registrar, that the debt, if any, for which the bill of sale was made has
been satisfied or discharged, order a memorandum of satisfaction to be
written upon a registered copy thereof.

3. If the attesting witness and deponent is a solicitor, and described
as such, the entry of the satisfaction will be directed by the Registrar
(the papers being otherwise correct) as of course; but in special
circumstances the Registrar may accept any other deponent, if satisfied
that he is a proper person to attest and verify the signature and consent.

4. These rules may be cited as the Bills of Sale Rules.
12 of 1886, Schedule D. Memorandum of satisfaction of bill of sale. R.S.C. 1962. O. 61 r. 26. Order for memorandum of satisfaction of bill of sale. R.S.C. 1962. O. 61 r. 27. Rule where attesting witness is a solicitor. [cf. Practice Master's Rules 1921, r. 25.] Citation.

Abstract

12 of 1886, Schedule D. Memorandum of satisfaction of bill of sale. R.S.C. 1962. O. 61 r. 26. Order for memorandum of satisfaction of bill of sale. R.S.C. 1962. O. 61 r. 27. Rule where attesting witness is a solicitor. [cf. Practice Master's Rules 1921, r. 25.] Citation.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2249

Edition

1964

Volume

v3

Subsequent Cap No.

20

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:04:57 +0800
<![CDATA[BILLS OF SALE (FEES) REGULATIONS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2248

Title

BILLS OF SALE (FEES) REGULATIONS

Description






BILLS OF SALE (FEES) REGULATIONS
(Cap. 20, section 23)

[18 March 1988]

L.N. 71188

Citation

1. These regulations may be cited as the Bills of Sale (Fees) Regulations.

Fees

2. The fees to be taken by the Registrar under the Ordinance shall be as

follows-
.........S
(a) On filing a bill of sale and affidavit therewith 250.00
(b) For an official certificate of the result of a search in one name
in any register or index under the custody of the Registrar 120.00
(c) For every additional name, if included in the same certificate 60.00
(d) For a duplicate copy or certificate, for each page or part
thereof .................................15.00
(e) For a continuation search if made within 14 days of the date
of the official certificate (the result to be endorsed on such
certificate) ............................60.00
For a search of the register ............10.00
(g) For an inspection of each bill of sale 10.00

Abstract



Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2248

Edition

1964

Volume

v3

Subsequent Cap No.

20

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:04:56 +0800
<![CDATA[BILLS OF SALE ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2247

Title

BILLS OF SALE ORDINANCE

Description






LAWS OF HONG KONG

BILLS OF SALE ORDINANCE

CHAPTER 20





CHAPTER 20

BILLS OF SALE ORDINANCE

ARRANGEMENT OF SECTIONS

section Pale

1. Short title ............... ... ... . 2

2. Interpretation ............................ . .. 2

3. Application of the Ordinance ... .. ... ... . ... ... ... ... 3
4. Application of the Ordinance to trade machinery . . . ... ... ... ... ...
5. Certain instruments giving power of distress to be subject to the Ordinance 4
6. Fixtures or growing crops not deemed separately assigned v, hen land passes ... 4
7. Avoidance of bill of sale unless attested and registered ... ... ... ... 4
8. Avoidance of certain duplicate bills of sate ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 5
9. Mode of registering bills of sale ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 5
10.Renewal of registration ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 6
11.Bill of sale to have schedule of properly attached ... ... ... ... ... 7
12.Bill of sale not to affect after acquired property . 1 . ... ... ... ... 7
13.Exception as to certain things ... ... . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 7
14.Limitation of causes of seizure ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 7
15.Form of bill of sale . ... ... ... ... . 1 . - - . ... ... ... ... 8
16.Avoidance of bill of sale under S 150 ... ... ... ... ... . ... ... ... ... 8
17.Rule as to situation and sale of chattels ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 8
is.Bill of sale not to protect chattels against rates and taxes ... .. ... ... 8
19.Form of register . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 8
20.Rectification of register ... ... ... ... ... . 1 . ... ... ... ... ... ... 9
21.Entry of satisfaction ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 9
22.Right to have copies ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 9
23.Fees ... ... ... ... ... ... - ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 10
24.Making of rules ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 10
25.Time of registration ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 10
26.Exclusion of certain debentures ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 10
Schedule.Forms ... ... ... ... ... ... ... . . . . ... ... ... ... ... ... 10





CHAPTER 20

BILLS OF SALE

To consolidate and Amend the law for preventing frauds upon creditors by
secret bills of sale of personal chattels.

[12 Jul1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Bills of Sale Ordinance.
(Amended, 5 of 1924, s. 6)

2. In this Ordinance, unless the context otherwise requires

'bill of sale' includes bills of sale, assignments, transfers, declarations
of trust without transfer, inventories of goods with receipt thereto
attached, or receipts for purchase moneys of goods, and other
assurances of personal chattels, and also powers of attorney.
authorities, or licences to take possession of personal chattels as
security for any debt, and also any agreement, whether intended or
not to be followed by the execution of any other instrument, by
which a right in equity to any persona chattels, or to any charge or
security thereon. is conferred, but does not include the following
documents: that is to say, assignments for the benefit of the
creditors of the person making or giving the same, marriage
settlements, transfers or assignments of any ship or vessel or any
share thereof, transfers of goods in the ordinary course of business
of any trade or calling, bills of sale of goods in foreign parts or at
sea, bills of lading, India warrants, warehouse keepers' certificates,
warrants or orders for the delivery of goods, or any other
documents used in the ordinary course of business as proof of the
possession or control of goods, or authorizing or purporting to
authorize, either by indorsement or by delivery, the possessor of
such document to transfer or receive goods thereby represented:

Provided that-

(a) [Deleted, 55 of 1967 s. 2]

(b)an instrument charging or creating any security on or
declaring trusts of imported goods given or executed at
any time prior to their deposit in a warehouse, godown
factory or store, or to their being re-shipped for export, or
delivered to a purchaser not being the person giving or
executing such instrument, shall not be deemed a bill of
sale, but nothing in this paragraph shall affect the
operation of section 43 of the Bankruptcy Ordinance, in
respect of any goods comprised





in any such instrument as is hereinbefore described, if
such goods would but for 'this paragraph be goods
within the meaning of that section: (Added, 22 of

1914, ss. 2 and 3.Amended. 5 of 1924 s. 20)

'personal chattels' means goods, furniture. and other articles capable of
complete transfer by delivery, and (when separately assigned or
charged) fixtures and growing crops, but does not include fixtures
(except trade machinery as hereinafter defined) when assigned
together with any interest in any land or building to which they are
affixed, or growing crops when assigned together with any interest
in the land on which they grow, or shares or interests in the stock,
funds, or securities of any, government or in the capital or property
of incorporated or joint-stock companies, or choses in action, or
any stock or produce upon any farm or lands which, by virtue of
any covenant or agreement, ought not to be removed from any farm
where the same are at the time of making or giving of such bill of
sale. Personal chattels shall be deemed to be in the apparent
possession of the person making or giving a bill of sale, so Iona as
they remain or are in or upon any house, mill, warehouse. building,
works. yard, land, or other premises occupied by him, or are used
and enjoyed by him in any place whatsoever, notwithstanding that
formal possession thereof may have been taken by or given to any
other person;

'prescribed' means prescribed by rules made under the provisions of
this Ordinance;

'Registrar' means the Registrar of the Supreme Court.

(Amended, 50 of 1911, and 62 of 1911, Schedule)

(Amended, 50 of' 1911, s. 4)

3. This Ordinance shall apply to every bill of sale (whether the
same is absolute or subject or not subject to any trust), whereby the
holder or grantee has power. either with or without notice and either
immediately or at any future time, to seize or take possession of any
personal chattels within Hong Kong comprised in or made subject
to such bill of sale.
(Amended, 51 of 191 1; 62 of 1911, Schedule and 33 of 1985, s. 2)

4. (1) Trade machinery shall, for the purposes of this Ordinance, be
deemed to be personal chattels, and any mode of disposition of trade
machinery by the owner thereof which would be a bill of sale as to any
other personal chattels shall be deemed to be a bill of sale within the
meaning of this Ordinance. (Amended,50 of 1911,s.

(2) For the purposes of this Ordinance, 'trade machinery' means
the machinery used in or attached to any factory or workshops

(a)exclusive of the fixed motive-powers, such as the waterwheels
and steam engines, and the steam-boilers, donkey engines, and
other fixed appurtenances of the said motivepowers; and





(b)exclusive of the fixed power machinery. such as the shafts,
wheels, drums, and their fixed appurtenances, which transmit
the action of the motive-powers to the other machinery, fixed
and loose, and

(e)exclusive of the pipes for steam, gas, and water in the factory
or workshop.

(3) The machinery or effects excluded by this section from the
definition of trade machinery shall not be deemed to be personal
chattels within the meaning of this Ordinance.

(4) For the purposes of this Ordinance, 'factory' or 'workshop'
means any premises on which any manual labour is exercised by way of
trade, or for purposes of gain. in or incidental to the following purposes
or any of them

(a) making any article or part of an article; or

(b) altering, repairing, or finishing any article; or

(c)adapting for sale any article. (Amended, 51 of 1911; 62 of
1911, Schedule, and 5 of 1924, Schedule)

(Amended, 19 of 1911)

5. Every attornment, instrument, or agreement, not being a mining
lease, whereby a power of distress is given or agreed to be given by any
person to any other person by way of security for any present, future,
or contingent debt or advance, and whereby any rent is reserved or
made payable as a mode of providing for the payment of interest on
such debt or advance, or otherwise for the purpose of such security
only, shall be deemed to be a bill of sale, within the meaning of this
Ordinance, of any personal chattels which may be seized or taken under
such power of distress:

Provided that nothing in this section shall extend to any mortgage
of any estate or interest in any land or tenement which the mortgagee,
being in possession, has demised to the mortgagor as his tenant at a
fair and reasonable rent.

6. No fixtures or growing crops shall be deemed, under this
Ordinance, to be separately assigned or charged by reason only that
they are assigned by separate words, or that power is given to sever
them from the land or building to which thay are affixed, or from the land
on which they grow, without otherwise taking possession of or dealing
with such land or building. or land, if by the same instrument any
leasehold interest in the land or building to which such fixtures are
affixed, or in the land on which such crops grow, is also conveyed or
assigned to the same person.

7. Every bill of sale shall be duly attested and shall be registered
within 7 clear days after the execution thereof, or, if it is executed in any
place out of Hong Along, then within 7 clear days after the time at
which it would, in the course of post, arrive in Hong Kong if posted
immediately after the execution thereof, and shall truly set forth the
consideration for which it was given; otherwise such bill of sale shall





(a)in the case of a bill of sale made or given by way of security for
the payment of money, be void in respect of the chattels
comprised therein; and

(b)in the case of any other bill of sale, as against all trustees or
assignees of the estate of the person whose chattels, or any of
them, are comprised in such bill of sale under the law relating to
bankruptcy or liquidation, or under any assignment for the
benefit of the creditors of such person, and also as against all
bailiffs and other persons seizing any chattels comprised in
such bill of sale, in the execution of any process of any court
authorizing the seizure of the chattels of the person by whom or
of whose chattels such bill has been made, and also as against
every person on whose behalf such process shall have been
issued, be deemed fraudulent and void so far as regards the
property in or right to possession of any chattels comprised in
such bill of sale which, at or after the time of filing the petition
for bankruptcy or liquidation, or of the execution of such
assignment, or of executing such process, as the case may be,
and after the expiration of such 7 clear days are in the
possession or apparent possession of the person making such
bill of sale, or of any person against whom the process has
been issued under or in the execution of which such bill has
been made or given, as the case may be.

(Amended, 55 of 1967, s. 3 and 33 of 1985, s. 3)

8. Where a subsequent bill of sale is executed within or on the
expiration of 7 days after the execution of a prior unregistered bill of sale,
and comprises all or any part of the personal chattels comprised in such
prior bill of sale, then, if such subsequent bill of sale is given as a
security for the same debt as is secured by the prior bill of sale or for
any part of such debt, it shall, to the extent to which it is a security for
the same debt or part thereof and so far as respects the personal chattels
or part thereof comprised in the prior bill, be absolutely void, unless it is
proved, to the satisfaction of the court having cognizance of the case,
that the subsequent bill of sale was bona fide given for the purpose of
correcting some material error in the prior bill of sale, and not for the
purpose of evading this Ordinance.

9. (1) A bill of sale shall be attested and registered under this
Ordinance in the following manner

(a) in the case of-

(i) a bill of sale made or given by way of security for the
payment of money, the execution of the bill by the grantor
shall be witnessed by one or more credible witnesses, not
being a party or parties thereto; and

(ii) any other bill of sale, the execution of the bill by the
grantor shall be witnessed by a solicitor of the Supreme Court
if it is executed in Hong Kong or by a Commissioner to
administer oaths in the Supreme Court if it is executed





in any place outside of Hong Kong, and the attestation shall
state that before the execution of the bill the effect thereof has
been explained to the grantor by the attesting solicitor or
Commissioner, as the case may be; (Replaced, 55 of 1967, s. 4)

(b)the bill, with every schedule or inventory thereto annexed or
therein referred to, and also a true copy of the bill, and of
every such schedule or inventory, and of every attestation of
the execution of the bill, together with an affidavit of the time
of the bill being made or given and of its due execution and
attestation, and a description of the residence and occupation
of the person making or giving the same (or, in case the same
is made or given by any person under or in execution of any
process, then a description of the residence and occupation of
the person against whom such process issued), and of every
attesting witness to the bill shall be presented to, and the said
copy and affidavit shall be filed with, the Registrar within 7
clear days after the making or giving of the bill; and

(c)if the bill is made or given subject to any defeasance,
condition, or declaration of trust not contained in the body
thereof, such defeasance, condition, or declaration shall be
deemed to be part of the bill, and shall be written on the same
paper or parchment therewith before the registration, and shall
be truly set forth in the copy filed under this Ordinance
therewith and as part thereof, otherwise the registration shall
be void.

(2) In case 2 or more bills of sale are given, comprising in whole or
in part any of the same chattels, they shall have priority in the order of
the date of their registration respectively as regards such chattels.

(3) A transfer or assignment of a registered bill of sale need not be
registered.

10. (1) The registration of a bill of sale must be renewed once at
least every 5 years, and if a period of 5 years elapses from the
registration or renewed registration of a bill of sale without a renewal or
further renewal, as the case may be, the registration shall become void.
(Amended, 51 of 1911, and 62 of 1911, Schedule)

(2) The renewal of a registration shall be effected by filing with the
Registrar an affidavit stating the date of the bill of sale and of the last
registration thereof, and the names, residences, and occupations of the
parties thereto as stated therein, and that the bill of sale is still a
subsisting security.

(3) Every such affidavit may be in Form 1 in the Schedule.
(Amended, 50 of 1911, s. 4)

(4) A renewal of registration shall not become necessary by reason
only of a transfer or assignment of a bill of sale.





11. Every bill of sale shall have annexed thereto or written
thereunder a schedule containing an inventory of the personal chattels
comprised in the bill of sale; and such bill of sale, save as hereinafter
mentioned, shall have effect only in respect of the personal chattels
specifically described in the said schedule, and shall be void, except as
against the grantor, in respect of any personal chattels not so
specifically described.

12. Save as hereinafter mentioned, a bill of sale shall be void, except
as against the grantor, in respect of any personal chattels specifically
described in the schedule thereto of which the grantor was not the true
owner at the time of the execution of the bill of sale.

13. Nothing hereinbefore contained shall render a bill of sale void
in respect of any of the following things

(a)any growing crops separately assigned or charged where
such crops were actually growing at the time when the bill of
sale was executed; and

(b)any fixtures separately assigned or charged and any plant or
trade machinery where such fixtures, plant, or trade machinery
are or is used in, attached to, or brought upon any land, farm,
factory, workshop, shop, house, warehouse, or other place in
substitution for any of the like fixtures, plant, or trade
machinery specifically described in the schedule to such bill
of sale.

14. Personal chattels assigned under any bill of sale made or given
by way of security for the payment of money shall not be liable to be
seized or taken possession of by the grantee for any other than the
following causes- (Amended, 55 of 1967, s. 5)

(a)if the grantor makes default in payment of the sum or sums of
money thereby secured at the time therein provided for
payment or in the performance of any covenant or agreement
contained in the bill of sale and necessary for maintaining the
security; or

(b)if the grantor becomes a bankrupt or suffers the said goods or
any of them to be distrained for rent, rates, or taxes; or

(c)if the grantor fraudulently either removes or suffers the said
goods or any of them to be removed from the premises; or

(d)if the grantor does not, without reasonable excuse, upon
demand in writing by the grantee, produce to him his last
receipts for rent, rates, and taxes; or

(e)if execution has been levied against the goods of the grantor
under any judgment at law:

Provided that the grantor may, within 5 days from the seizure or
taking possession of any chattels on account of any of the
abovementioned causes, apply to the court or judge who may, if
satisfied





that, by payment of money or otherwise, the said cause of seizure
no longer exists, restrain the grantee from removing or selling
the said chattels or may make such other order as may seem just.
(Amended, 50 of 1911; 51 of 1911; 62 of 1911, Schedule, and 63 of
1911, Schedule)

15. A bill of sale made or given by way of security for the
payment of money by the grantor thereof shall be void unless made
in accordance with Form 2 in the Schedule.
(Amended, 50 of 1911, s. 4)

16. Every bill of sale made or given by way of security for the
payment of money in consideration of any sum under 5 150 shall be
void.
(Amended, 55 of 1967, s. 6)

All personal chattels seized or of which possession is taken
under or by virtue of any bill of sale shall remain on the premises
where they were so seized or so taken possession of, and shall not be
removed or sold until after the expiration of 5 clear days from the
day they were so seized or so taken possession of.
(Amended, 50 of 1911, and 62 of 1911, Schedule)

18. A bill of sale to which this Ordinance applies shall be no
protection in respect of personal chattels included in such bill of sale
which, but for such bill of sale, would have been liable to distress
under a warrant or order for the recovery of rates and taxes.

19. (1) The Registrar shall keep a book (in this Ordinance
called the register) for the purposes of this Ordinance, and shall, on
the filing of any bill of sale or copy under this Ordinance, enter
therein, in Form 3 in the Schedule or in any other prescribed form,
the name, residence, and occupation of the person by whom the bill
was made or given, or, in case the same was made or given by any
person under or in the execution of process, then the name,
residence, and occupation of the person against whom such process
was issued, and also the name of the person to whom or in whose
favour the bill was given, and the other particulars shown in the said
form or to be prescribed under this Ordinance, and shall number all
such bills registered in each year consecutively, according to the
respective dates of their registration. (Amended, 50 of 1911, s. 4)

(2) On the registration of any affidavit of renewal, the like
entry shall be made, with the addition of the date and number of the
last previous entry relating to the same bill, and the bill of sale or
copy originally filed shall be thereupon marked with the number
affixed to such affidavit of renewal.

(3) The Registrar shall also keep an index of the names of the
grantors of registered bills of sale with reference to entries in the
register of the bills of sale given by each grantor. (Amended, 50 of
1911, and 62 of 1911, Schedule)





(4) Such index shall be arranged in divisions corresponding with
the letters of the alphabet, so that all grantors whose surnames begin
with the same letter (and no others) shall be comprised in one division,
but the arrangement within each such division need not be alphabetical.
(Amended, 50 of 1911, and 62 of 1911, Schedule)

20. A judge on being satisfied that the omission to register a bill of
sale or an affidavit of renewal thereof within the time prescribed by this
Ordinance, or the omission or mis-statement of the name, residence, or
occupation of any person, was accidental or due to inadvertence, may
order such omission or mis-statement to be rectified by the insertion in
the register of the true name, residence, or occupation, or by extending
the time for such registration, on such terms and conditions, if any, as to
security, notice by advertisement or otherwise, or as to any other matter,
as he thinks fit to direct.

(Amended, 50 of 1911, and 62 of 1911, Schedule)

21. Subject to and in accordance with any rules to be made under
this Ordinance, the Registrar may order a memorandum of satisfaction to
be written upon any registered copy of a bill of sale, on the prescribed
evidence being given that the debt, if any, for which such bill of sale
was made or given has been satisfied or discharged.

(Amended, 50 of 1911, and 62 of 1911, Schedule)

22. (1) Any person shall be entitled to have an office copy or
extract of any registered bill of sale and affidavit of execution filed
therewith, or copy thereof, and of any affidavit filed therewith, or
registered affidavit of renewal, on paying for the same at the like rate as
for office copies of judgments of the Supreme Court.

(2) Any copy of a registered bill of sale, and affidavit purporting to
be an office copy thereof, shall, in all courts and before all arbitrators or
other persons, be admitted as prima facie evidence thereof and of the
fact and date of registration as shown thereon.

(3) Any person shall be entitled at all reasonable times to search the
register on payment of a fee prescribed in the Bills of Sale (Fees)
Regulations, and shall be entitled at all reasonable times to inspect,
examine, and make extracts from any and every registered bill of sale
made or given by way of security for the payment of money, without
being required to make a written application or to specify any particulars
in reference thereto, on payment of a fee prescribed in the Bills of Sale
(Fees) Regulations: (Amended, 33 of 1985.s. 4)

Provided that the said extracts shall be limited to the dates of
execution, registration, renewal of registration, and satisfaction, to the
names, addresses and occupations of the parties, to the amount of the
consideration, and to any further particulars prescribed by any rules
made under this Ordinance. (Amended, 50 of 1911; 62 of 1911,
Schedule; 9 of 1950, Schedule, and 55 of 1967, s. 7)





23. The Governor in Council may by regulation provide for fees to
be taken by the Registrar.

(Replaced, 9 of 1950, Schedule)

24. Rules for the purposes of this Ordinance may be made by the
like persons and in the like manner in which rules may be made under
the Supreme Court Ordinance.

(Amended, 50 of 1911; 62 of 1911, Schedule, and 20 of 1948,
s. 4)

25. When the time for registering a bill of sale expires on a Sunday
or other day on which the offices of the Supreme Court are closed, such
registration shall be valid if made on the next following day on which
the offices are open.

26. Nothing in this Ordinance shall apply to any debentures issued
by any manage, loan, or other incorporated company and secured upon
the capital, stock, or goods, chattels, and effects of such company.

SCHEDULE

FORM 1 [s. 10.]

Affidavit of renewal

I, A.B., of do swear that a bill of sale,
bearing date the day of 19 and made

between [insert names and descriptions of the parties in the original bill of sale] and
which said bill of sale [or and a copy of which said bill of sale, as the case may be]
was
registered on the day of '19

is still a subsisting security.

Sworn, etc.

FORM 2 [s. 15.]

Bill of sale

This Indenture made the day of 19

between A.B., ofof the one part and C.D.,
ofof the other part, witnesseth that, in consideration
of the sum of$now paid to A.B. by C.D., the receipt of
which sum the said A.B. hereby acknowledges [or whatever else the consideration may
be], he, the said A.B. doth hereby assign unto C.D., his executors, administrators,
and assigns, all and singular the several chattels and things specifically described in
the schedule hereto annexed by way of security for the payment of the sum of
5 and interest thereon at the rate ofper cent per
annum [or whatever else may be the rate]. And the said A.B. doth further agree and
declare that he will duly pay to the said C.D. the principal sum aforesaid, together
with the interest then due, by equal payments of S on
the day of 19 [or whatever else may
be the stipulated time or times of payment] And the said A.B. doth also agree with the
said C.D. that he will there insert term as to insurance, payment of rent, or otherwise,
which the parties may agree to for the maintenance or defeasance of the security]:
Provided always that the chattels hereby assigned shall not be liable to seizure or to
be taken possession of by the said C.D. for any cause other than those specified in
section 14 of the Bills of Sale Ordinance.







In witness, etc.

Signed and sealed by the said A.B. in the presence of me, E.F.

[add witness's name, address, and description].





FORM 3 [s. 19.]

Register

By whom given (or against whom Date of
Satis-process issued) To Nature of D c Date of Registration

faction Number Whom Nature at registration of affidavit

entered Name Residence Occupation given instrument of renewal
Originally 12 of 1886. (Cap. 20, 1950 Ed.) 19 of 1911. 50 of 1911. 51 of 1911. 62 of 1911. 63 of 1911. 22 of 1914. 21 of 1922. 5 of 1924. 27 of 1937. 20 of 1948. 9 of 1950. 55 of 1967. 33 of 1985. Short title. Interpretation. 1878 c. 31, s. 4. 1891 c. 35, s. 1. 1890 c. 53, s. 2. (Cap. 6.) 1878 c. 31, s. 4. Application of the Ordinance. 1878 c. 31, s. 3. Application of the Ordinance to trade machinery. 1878 c. 31, s. 5. Certain instruments giving power of distress to be subject to the Ordinance. 1878 c. 31, s. 6. Fixtures or growing crops not deemed separately assigned when land passes. 1878 c. 31, s. 7. Avoidance of bill of sale unless attested and registered. 1882 c. 43, s. 8. Avoidance of certain duplicate bills of sale. 1878 c. 31, s. 9. Mode of registering bills of sale. 1878 c. 31, s. 10; 1882 c. 43, s. 10. Renewal of registration. 1878 c. 31, s. 11. Schedule, Form 1. Bill of sale to have schedule of property attached. 1882 c. 43, s. 4. Bill of sale not to affect after acquired property. 1882 c. 43, s. 5. Exception as to certain things. 1882 c. 43, s. 6. Limitation of causes of seizure. 1882 c. 43, s. 7. Form of bill of sale. 1882 c. 43, s. 9. Schedule, Form 2. Avoidance of bill of sale under $150. 1882 c. 43, s. 12. Rule as to situation and sale of chattels. 1882 c. 43, s. 13. Bill of sale not to protect chattels against rates and taxes. 1882 c. 43, s. 14. Form of register. 1878 c. 31, s. 12. Schedule, Form 3. Rectification of register. 1878 c. 31, s. 14. Entry of satisfaction. 1878 c. 31, s. 15. Right to have copies. 1878 c. 31, s. 16. 1882 c. 43, s. 16. (Cap. 20. sub. leg.) Fees. Making of rules. 1878 c. 31, s. 21. (Cap. 4.) Time of registration. 1878 c. 31, s. 22. Exclusion of certain debentures. 1882 c. 43, s. 17.

Abstract

Originally 12 of 1886. (Cap. 20, 1950 Ed.) 19 of 1911. 50 of 1911. 51 of 1911. 62 of 1911. 63 of 1911. 22 of 1914. 21 of 1922. 5 of 1924. 27 of 1937. 20 of 1948. 9 of 1950. 55 of 1967. 33 of 1985. Short title. Interpretation. 1878 c. 31, s. 4. 1891 c. 35, s. 1. 1890 c. 53, s. 2. (Cap. 6.) 1878 c. 31, s. 4. Application of the Ordinance. 1878 c. 31, s. 3. Application of the Ordinance to trade machinery. 1878 c. 31, s. 5. Certain instruments giving power of distress to be subject to the Ordinance. 1878 c. 31, s. 6. Fixtures or growing crops not deemed separately assigned when land passes. 1878 c. 31, s. 7. Avoidance of bill of sale unless attested and registered. 1882 c. 43, s. 8. Avoidance of certain duplicate bills of sale. 1878 c. 31, s. 9. Mode of registering bills of sale. 1878 c. 31, s. 10; 1882 c. 43, s. 10. Renewal of registration. 1878 c. 31, s. 11. Schedule, Form 1. Bill of sale to have schedule of property attached. 1882 c. 43, s. 4. Bill of sale not to affect after acquired property. 1882 c. 43, s. 5. Exception as to certain things. 1882 c. 43, s. 6. Limitation of causes of seizure. 1882 c. 43, s. 7. Form of bill of sale. 1882 c. 43, s. 9. Schedule, Form 2. Avoidance of bill of sale under $150. 1882 c. 43, s. 12. Rule as to situation and sale of chattels. 1882 c. 43, s. 13. Bill of sale not to protect chattels against rates and taxes. 1882 c. 43, s. 14. Form of register. 1878 c. 31, s. 12. Schedule, Form 3. Rectification of register. 1878 c. 31, s. 14. Entry of satisfaction. 1878 c. 31, s. 15. Right to have copies. 1878 c. 31, s. 16. 1882 c. 43, s. 16. (Cap. 20. sub. leg.) Fees. Making of rules. 1878 c. 31, s. 21. (Cap. 4.) Time of registration. 1878 c. 31, s. 22. Exclusion of certain debentures. 1882 c. 43, s. 17.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2247

Edition

1964

Volume

v3

Subsequent Cap No.

20

Number of Pages

12
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:04:56 +0800
<![CDATA[BILLS OF EXCHANGE ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2246

Title

BILLS OF EXCHANGE ORDINANCE

Description






LAWS OF HONG KONG

BILLS OF EXCHANGE ORDINANCE

CHAPTER 19





CHAPTER 19.
BILLS OF EXCHANGE ORDINANCE.

ARRANGEMENT OF SECTIONS.

Section. ..................... Page.
PART 1.
PRELIMINARY PROVISIONS.

I. Short title............................. ... ... .... ... ... ... 5

2. Interpretation........................ ... ... ... ... ... 5

PART 11.

BELLS OF EXCHANGE

Form and Interpretation.

3.Definition of bill of exchange ... ... ... ... 6

4. Inland and foreign bills ................... ... ... ... ... ... ... 6

5. Effect where different parties to bill are the same person ... ... 6

6. Address to drawee .......................... ... ... ... ... ... 7

7. Certainty required as to payee ............. ... ... ... ... ... 7

8. What bills are negotiable .................. ... ... ... ... ... 7

9. Sum payable ................................ ... ... ... ... ... 7

10.Bill payable on demand ..... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 8
11.Bill payable at future time ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 8

12.Omission of date in bill payable after date ... ... ... ... ... 8

13.Ante-dating and post-dating ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 8
14.Computation of time of payment ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 9

15.Referee in case of need .... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 9

16.Optional stipulations by drawer or indorser ... ... ... ... ... 9

17.Definition and requisites of acceptance ... ... ... ... ... ... 10

18.Time for acceptance ..... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 10

19.General and qualified acceptance ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 10

20.Inchoate instruments .... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 10

21Delivery ....................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 11

Capacity and authority of parties.

22.Capacity of parties .......... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 11
23.Signature essential to liability .12

24.Forged or unauthorized signature ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 12

25.Procuration signature ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 12

26.Person signing as agent or in representative capacity ... ... ... ... ... 12










Section.................................... 1 Page.
Consideration for bill.

27.Value and holder for value . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 12

28.Accommodation party .... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 13
29.Holder in due course .... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 13

30.Presumption of value and good faith .... ... ... ... ... ... ... 13

Negotiation of bill.

31.Negotiation of bill ........... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 14

32.Requisites of valid indorsement ......... ... ... ... ... ... ... 14

33.Conditional indorsement ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 15

34.Indorsement in blank and special indorsement ... ... ... ... ... 15

35.Restrictive indorsement ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...
is
36.Negotiation of overdue or dishonoured bill ... ... ... ... ... 15
37.Negotiation of bill to party already liable thereon ... ... ... ... 16

38.Rights and powers of holder ................ ... ... ... ... ... 16

General duties of the holder.

39.When presentment for acceptance is necessary ... ... ... ... 16

40.Time for presenting bill payable after sight ... ... ... ... ... 17

41.Rules as to presentment for acceptance, and excuses for non-present-
ment .................................... ... ... ... ... ... ... 17
42.Non-acceptance ................ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 17

43.Dishonour by non-acceptance and its consequences ... ... ... 18

44.Duties as to qualified acceptances ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 18
45.Rules as to presentment for payment ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 18

46.Excuses for delay or non-presentment for payment ... ... ... 19

47.Dishonour by non-payment ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 20

48.Notice of dishonour and effect of non-notice ... ... ... ... ... 20

49.Rules as to notice of dishonour ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 20
50.Excuses for non-notice and delay ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 22

51.Noting or protest of bill ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 23

52.Duties of holder as regards drawee or acceptor ... ... ... ... 24

Liabilities of parties.

53.Funds in hands of drawee ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 24

54.Liability of acceptor ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 24
55.Liability of drawer or indorser 25

56.Stranger signing bill liable as indorser 25


57.Measure of damages against parties to dishonoured bill ... ... 25
58.Transferor by delivery and transferee 26





Section...................................... Page.

Discharge of bill.

59.Payment in due course . 1. . . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 26

60. Banker paying demand draft whereon indorsement is forged ... 26

61.Acceptor the holder at maturity ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 27

62.Express waiver ................. ... ... ... ... ... - . ... 27
63.Cancellation .................. . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 27
64.Alteration of bill ............. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 27

Acceptance and payment for honour.

65.Acceptance for honour supra protest ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 28

66.Liability of acceptor for honour ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 28
67.Presentment to acceptor for honour ... - ... ... ... ... 28
68.Payment for honour supra protest ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 29

Lost instrument.

69.Holder's right to duplicate of lost bill .. ... ... ... ... ... 29

70.Action on lost bill .......... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 29

Bill in a set.

71.Rules as to bill in set ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 30

Conflict of laws.

72.Rules where laws conflict ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 30

PART Ill.
CHEQUES ON A
BANKER
73.Definition of cheque ....... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 31

74.Presentment of cheque for payment ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 31
75.Revocation of banker's authority ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 32

Crossed cheques.
76.Definition of general and special crossings ... ... ... ... ... 32

77.Crossing by drawer or after issue ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 32

78.Crossing a material part of cheque ... ... ... ... ... ... . 32

79.Duties of banker as to crossed cheque ... ... ... ... ... ... 33

80.Protection to banker and drawer where. cheque is crossed ... ... 33

81.Effect of crossing on holder ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 33

82.Drafts on bankers payable to order on demand sufficient authority for

payment without proof of indorsement ..... ... ... ... ... ... 33

83. Protection of bankers paying unindorsed. or irregularly indorsed

cheques, etc . ........................... ... ... ... ... ... ... 34







84.Rights of bankers collecting cheques not indorsed by holders ... 34





Section...................................... Page

85. Unindorsed cheques as evidence of payment ... ... ... ... ... 34

86. Protection of bankers collecting payment of cheques, etc . ... ... 34

87. Application of provisions of this part to instruments not being bills of

exchange ............................ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 35

88.Saving ........................ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 35

PART W.
PROMISSORY NOTES.

89.Definition of promissory note ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 35

90.Delivery necessary ........... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 35
91.Joint and several notes ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 36

92.Note payable on demand ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 36
93.Presentment for payment ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 36

94.Liability of maker ........... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 36

95.Application of Part II to notes ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 36

PART V.
SUPPLEMENTARY.

96.Good faith .................. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 37
97.Signature ................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... r. 37

98.Computation of time........................ ... ... ... ... ... ... 37

99.When noting equivalent to protest ............ ... ... ... ... 37
100.Protest when notary not accessible ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 37

101.Crossing of dividend warrant ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 38

102.Saying ............................. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 38

Schedule. Form of protest, without notary...... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 38





CHAPTER 19.

BILLS OF EXCHANGE.

Tocodify the law relating to bills of exchange, cheques and
promissory notes.

[4th May. 1885.]

PART I.

(Added, 51 of 1911, and 63 of 1911, Schedule)

PRELIMINARY
PROVISIONS.

1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Bills of Exchange Ordinance.

(Amended, 5 of 1924, s. 6)

2. In this Ordinance, unless the context otherwise requires

'acceptance' means an acceptance completed by delivery or
notification;

'action'' means action or suit and includes counterclaim and set-off;

'banker' includes a body of persons, whether incorporated or not, who
carry on the business of banking.,

'bankrupt' includes any person whose estate is vested in a trustee or
assignee under the law relating to bankruptcy, (Amended, 50 of
1911, and 62 of 1911, Schedule)

'bearer' means the person in possession of a bill or note which is
payable to bearer;

'bill' means bill of exchange, and 'note' means promissory note;

'delivery' means transfer of possession. actual or constructive, from
one person to another;

'general holiday' has the same meaning as in the Holidays Ordinance;
(Added, 5 of 1912, s. 8)

'holder' means the payee or indorsee of a bill or note who is in
possession of it. or the bearer thereof;

'indorsement' means an indorsement completed by delivery;

'issue' means the first delivery of a bill or note, complete in form, to a
person who takes it as a holder;

'person' includes a body of persons, whether incorporated or not;

value means valuable consideration.

(Amended, 43 of 1912, Schedule)





PART 11.

(Amended, 51 of 1911, and 63 of 1911, Schedule)

BILLS OF EXCHANGE

Form and Interpretation.

3. (1) A bill of exchange is an unconditional order in writing,
addressed by one person to another, signed by the person giving it.
requiring the person to whom it is addressed to pay on demand or at a
fixed or determinable future time a sum certain in money to, or to the
order of, a specified person or to bearer.

(2) An instrument which does not comply with these conditions. or
which orders any act to be done in addition to the payment of money, is
not a bill of exchange.

(3) An order to pay out of a particular fund is not unconditional
within the meaning of this section; but an unqualified order to pay.
coupled with

(a)an indication of a particular fund out of which the drawee is to
reimburse himself or a particular account to be debited with
the amount; or

(b)a statement of the transaction which gives rise to the bill,

is unconditional.

(4)A bill is not invalid by reason-

(a)that it is not dated;

(b)that it does not specify the value given or that any value has
been given therefor;

(c)that it does not specify the place where it is drawn or the place
where it is payable.

4. (1) An inland bill is a bill which is or on the face of it purports to
be

(a)both drawn and payable within the Colony; or

(b)drawn within the Colony, upon some person resident therein.

(2)Any other bill is a foreign bill.

(3) Unless the contrary appears on the face of the bill, the holder
may treat it as an inland bill.

5. (1) A bill may be drawn payable to, or to the order of. the drawer;
or it may be drawn payable to, or to the order of, the drawee.

(2) Where, in a bill, drawer and drawee are the same person, or
where the drawee is a fictitious person or a person not having





capacity to contract, the holder may treat the instrument, at his option,
either as a bill of exchange or as a promissory note.

6. (1) The drawee must be named or otherwise indicated in a bill
with reasonable certainty.

(2) A bill may be addressed to two or more drawees, whether they
are partners or not, but an order addressed to two drawees in the
alternative, or to two or more drawees in succession, is not a bill of
exchange.

7. (1) Where a bill is not payable to bearer, the payee must be
named or otherwise indicated therein with reasonable certainty.

(2) A bill may be made payable to two or more payees jointly, or it
may be made payable in the alternative to one of two or one or some of
several payees. A bill may also be made payable to the holder of an
office for the time being.

(3) Where the payee is a fictitious or non-existing person, the bill
may be treated as payable to bearer.

8. (1) Where a bill contains words prohibiting transfer, or indicating
an intention that it should not be transferable, it is valid as between the
parties thereto, but is not negotiable.

(2) A negotiable bill may be payable either to order or to bearer.

(3) A bill is payable to bearer which is expressed to be so payable,
or on which the only or last indorsement is an indorsement in blank.

(4) A bill is payable to order which is expressed to be so payable,
or which is expressed to, be payable to a particular person, and does not
contain words prohibiting transfer or indicating an intention that it
should not be transferable.

(5) Where a bill. either originally or by indorsement, is expressed to
be payable to the order of a specified person, and not to him or his order,
it is nevertheless payable to him or his order -at his option.

9. (1) The sum payable by a bin is a sum certain within the meaning
of this Ordinance, although it is required to be paid

(a)with interest;

(b)by stated instalments;

(c)by stated instalments, with a provision that upon default m
payment of any instalment, the whole shall become due;





(d)according to an indicated rate of exchange or according to a
rate of exchange to be ascertained as directed by the bill.

(2) Where the sum payable is expressed in words and also in
figures, and there is a discrepancy between the two, the sum denoted
by the words is the amount payable.

(3) Where a bill is expressed to be payable with interest, unless the
instrument otherwise provides, interest runs from the date of the bill,
and, if the bill is undated, from the issue thereof.

10.(1) A bill is payable on demand-

(a)which is expressed to be payable on demand. or at sight, or on
presentation; or

(b)in which no time for payment is expressed.

(2) Where a bill is accepted or indorsed when it is overdue. it shall,
as regards the acceptor who so accepts or any indorser who so indorses
it. be deemed a bill payable on demand.

11. (1) A bill is payable at a determinable future time within the
meaning of this Ordinance which is expressed to be payable

(a)at a fixed period after date or sight;

(b)on or at a fixed period after the occurrence of a specified event
which is certain to happen, though the time of happening may
be uncertain.

(2) An instrument expressed to be payable on a contingency is not
a bill, and the happening of the event does not cure the defect.

12. Where a bill expressed to be payable at a fixed period after date
is issued undated. or where the acceptance of a bill payable at a fixed
period after sight is undated, any holder may insert therein the true date
of issue or acceptance. and the bill shall be payable accordingly:

Provided that

(a)where the holder in good faith and by mistake inserts a wrong
date; and

(b)in every case where a wrong date is inserted,

if the bill subsequently comes into the hands of a holder in due course,
the bill shall not be avoided thereby, but shall operate and be payable as
if the date so inserted had been the true date.

13. (1) Where a bill or an acceptance or any indorsement on a bill is
dated. the date shall, unless the contrary is proved, be deemed to be the
true date of the drawing, acceptance, or indorsement, as the case may
be.





(2) A bill is not invalid by reason only that it is ante-dated or post-
dated, or that it bears date on a Sunday or any other general holiday.
(Amended, 5 of 1912, s. 8)

14. Where a bill is not payable on demand, the day on which it falls
due is determined as follows

(a)three days, called days of grace, are, in every case where the
bin itself does not otherwise provide, added to the time of
payment as fixed by the bill, and the bill is due and payable on
the last day of grace:

Provided that-

(i) when the last day of grace is a general holiday other er
than Sunday, Christmas Day or Good Friday, or when the last
day of grace and also the second day of grace are general
holidays the bill is due and payable on the succeeding
business day;

(ii) when the last day of grace falls on a Sunday,

Christmas

Day or Good Friday which is not immediately precede by
another general holiday the bill is due and payable on the
preceding business day; (Amended, 5 of 1912, s. V

(b)where a bill is payable at a fixed period after date, after sight,
or after the happening of a specified event. the time of
payment is determined by excluding the day from which the
time is to begin to run and by including the day of payment;

(c)where a bill is payable at a fixed period after sight, the time
begins to run from the date of the acceptance if the bill is
accepted, and from the date of noting or protest if the bill is
noted or protested for non-acceptance or for non-delivery;

(d)the term 'month' in a bill means calendar month.

15. The drawer of a bill and any indorser may insert therein the
name of a person to whom the holder may resort in case of need, that is
to say, in case the bill is dishonoured by nonacceptance or non-
payment. Such person is called the referee in case of need. It is in the
option of the holder to resort to the referee in case of need or not, as he
may think fit.

(i) other when

16. The drawer of a bill and any indorser may insert therein an
express stipulation

(a) negativing or limiting his own liability to the holder.,

(b)waiving. as regards himself, some or all of the holder's duties.





17. (1) The acceptance of a bill is the signification by the drawee of
his assent to the order of the drawer.

(2) An acceptance is invalid unless it complies with the following
conditions, namely

(a)it must be written on the bill and be signed by the drawee. The
mere signature of the drawee, without additional words, is
sufficient;

(b)it must not express that the drawee will perform his promise by
any other means than the payment of money.

ILL(1) A bill may be accepted-

(a)before it has been signed by the drawer, or while otherwise
incomplete;

(b)when it is overdue, or after it has been dishonoured by a
previous refusal to accept or by non-payment.

(2) When a bill payable after sight is dishonoured by
nonacceptance, and the drawee subsequently accepts it, the holder. in
the absence of any different agreement is entitled to have the bill
accepted as of the date of first presentment of the drawee for
acceptance.

(Amended, 51 of 1911, and 63 of 1911, Schedule)

19.(1) An acceptance is either (a) general; or (b) qualified.

(2) A general acceptance assents without qualification to the order
of the drawer. A qualifled acceptance in express terms varies the effect
of the bill as drawn.

(3)In particular, an acceptance is qualified which is-

(a)conditional, that is to say, which makes payment by the
acceptor dependent on the fulfilment of a condition therein
stated;

(b)partial, that is to say. an acceptance to pay part only of the
amount for which the bill is drawn;

(c)local, that is to say, an acceptance to pay only at a particular
specified place; an acceptance to pay at a particular place is a
general acceptance, unless it expressly states that the bill is to
be paid there only and not elsewhere;

(d)qualified as to time;

(ethe acceptance of some one or more of the drawees, but
not of all.

20. (1) Where a simple signature on a blankl stamped paper is
delivered by the signer in order that it may be converted into a bill, it
operates as a prima facie authority to fill it up as a complete





bill for any amount the stamp will cover, using the signature for that of
the drawer, or the acceptor, or an indorser, and, in like manner, when a
bill is wanting in any material particular, the person in possession of it
has a prima facie authority to fill up the omission in any way he thinks
fit.

(2) In order that any such instrument, when completed, may be
enforceable against any person who became a party thereto prior to its
completion, it must be filled up within a reasonable time and strictly in
accordance with the authority given. Reasonable time for this purpose is
a question of fact: Provided that if any such instrument after completion
is negotiated to a holder in due course. it shall be valid and effectual for
all purposes in his hands, and he may enforce it as if it had been filled
up within a reasonable time and strictly in accordance with the authority
given.

21. (1) Every contract on a bill, whether it is the drawer's, the
acceptor's or an indorser's, is incomplete and revocable, until delivery of
the instrument in order to give effect thereto:

Provided that where an acceptance is written on a bill, and the
drawee gives notice to or according to the directions of the person
entitled to the bill that he has accepted it, the acceptance then becomes
complete and irrevocable.

(2) As between immediate parties, and as regards a remote party
other than a holder in due course, the delivery

(a)in order to be effectual, must be made either by or under the
authority of the party drawing. accepting, or indorsing, as the
case may be;

(b)may be shown to have been conditional or for a special
purpose only. and not for the purpose of transferring the
property in the bill;

but if the bill is in the hands of a holder in due course, a valid delivery
of the bill by all parties prior to him, so as to make them liable to him, is
conclusively presumed.

(3) Where a bill is no longer in the possession of a party who has
signed it as drawer, acceptor, or indorser, a valid and unconditional
delivery by him is presumed until the contrary is proved.

Capacity and authority of parties.

22. (1) Capacity to incur liability as a party to a bill is coextensive
with capacity to contract:

Provided that nothing in this section shall enable a corporation to
make itself liable as drawer, acceptor, or indorser of a bill unless it is
competent to it to do so under the law relating to corporations.
(Amended, 50 of 1911, and 62 of 1911, Schedule)





(2) Where a bill is drawn or indorsed by an infant. minor, or
corporation having no capacity or power to incur liability on a bill, the
drawing or indorsement entitles the holder to receive payment of the bill.
and to enforce it against any other party thereto.

23. No person is liable as drawer, indorser, or acceptor of a bill who
has not signed it as such:

Provided that

(a)where a person signs a bill in a trade or assumed name, he is
liable thereon as if he had signed it in his own name;

(b)the signature of the name of a firm is equivalent to the
signature by the person so signing of the names of all persons
liable as partners in that firm.

24. Subject to the provisions of this Ordinance, where a signature
on a bill is forged or placed thereon without the authority of the person
whose signature it purports to be, the forged or unauthorized signature
is wholly inoperative. and no right to retain the bill, or to give a
discharge therefor, or to enforce payment thereof against any party
thereto can be acquired through or under that signature, unless the
party against whom it is sought to retain or enforce payment of the bill
is precluded from setting up the forgery or want of authority:

Provided that nothing in this section shall affect the ratification of
an unauthorized signature not amounting to a forgery.

25. A signature by procuration operates as notice that the
agent has but a limited authority to sign, and the principal is only
bound by such signature if the agent in so signing was acting
within the actual limits of his authority +c

26. (1) Where a person signs a bill as drawer, indorser, or acceptor,
and adds words to his signature, indicating that he signs for or on.
behalf of a principal or in a representative character, he is not personally
liable thereon; But the mere addition to his signature of words
describing him as an agent. or as filling a representative character, does
not exempt him from personal liability.

(2) In determining whether a signature on a bill is that of the
principal or that of the agent by whose hand it is written, the
construction most favourable to the validity of the instrument shall be
adopted.

A Consideration for bill.

27. (1) Valuable consideration for a bill may be constituted by

(a) any consideration sufficient to support a simple contract;





(b)an antecedent debt or liability. Such a debt or liability is
deemed valuable consideration whether the bill is payable on
demand or at a future time.

(2) Where value has at any time been given for a bill, the holder is
deemed to be a holder for value as regards the acceptor and all parties to
the bill who became parties prior to such time.

(3) Where the holder of a bill has a lien on it. arising either from
contract or by implication of law. he is deemed to be a holder for value to
the extent of the sum for which he has a lien.

28 (1) An accommodation party to a bill is a person who has signed
a bill as drawer, acceptor, or indorser, without receiving value therefor,
and for the purpose of lending his name to some other person.

(2) An accommodation party is liable on the bin to a holder for
value; and it is immaterial whether, when such holder took the bill, he
knew such party to be an accommodation party or not.

29. (1) A holder in due course is a holder who has taken a bill,
complete and regular on the face of it, under the following conditions,
namely

(a)that he became the holder of it before it was overdue, and
without notice that it had been previously dishonoured, if
such was the fact;

(is)that he took the bill in good faith and for value, and that at the
time the bill was negotiated to him he had no notice of any
defect in the title of the person who negotiated it.

(2) In particular. the title of a person who negotiates a bill is
defective within the meaning of this Ordinance when he obtained the
bill, or the acceptance thereof, by fraud, duress, or force and fear, or
other unlawful means, or for an illegal consideration, or when he
negotiates it in breach of faith or in such circumstances as amount to a
fraud.

(3) A holder (whether for value or not) who derives his title to a bill
through a holder in due course, and who is not himself a party to any
fraud or illegality affecting it, has all the rights of that holder in due
course as regards the acceptor and all parties to the bill prior to that
holder.

30. (1) Every party whose signature appears on a bill is prima facie
deemed to have become a party thereto for value.

(2) Every holder of a bill is prima facie deemed to be a holder in due
course; but if, in an action on a bill, it is admitted or proved that the
acceptance. issue, or subsequent negotiation of the bill is affected with
fraud, duress, or force and fear, or illegality,





the burden of proof is shifted unless and until the holder proves that
subsequent to the alleged fraud or illegality, value has in good faith
been given for the bill.

Negotiation of MU.

31. (1) A bill is negotiated when it is transferred from one person to
another in such a manner as to constitute the transferee the holder of
the bill.

(2)A bill payable to bearer is negotiated by delivery.

(3) A bill payable to order is negotiated by the indorsement of the
holder completed by delivery.

(4) Where the holder of a bill payable to his order transfers it for
value without indorsing it, the transfer gives the transferee such title as
the transferor had in the bill, and the transferee in addition acquires the
right to have the indorsement of the transferor.

(5) Where any person is under obligation to indorse a bill in a
representative capacity, he may indorse the bill in such terms as to
negative personal liability.

32. An indorsement in order to operate as a negotiation must
comply with the following conditions, namely

(a)it must be written on the bill itself and be signed by the
indorser. The simple signature of the indorser on the bill,
without additional words, is sufficient. An indorsement written
on an allonge, or on a 'copy' of a bill issued or negotiated in
a country where 'copies' are recognized, is deemed to be
written on the bill itself,

(b)it must be an indorsement of the entire bill. A partial
indorsement, that is to say, an indorsement which purports to
transfer to the indorsee a part only of the amount payable, or
which purports to transfer the bill to two or more indorsees
severally, does not operate as a negotiation of the bill,

(c)where a bill is payable to the order of two or more payees or
indorsees who are not partners, all must indorse, unless the
one indorsing has authority to indorse for the others;

(d)where, in a bill payable to order, the payee or indorsee is
wrongly designated or his name is mis-spelt he may indorse
the bill as therein described, adding. if he thinks fit, his proper
signature;

(e)where there are two or more indorsements on a bill, each
indorsement is deemed to have been made in the order in
which it appears on the bill, until the contrary is proved;

(f)an indorsement may be made in blank or special. It may also
contain terms making it restrictive.





33. Where a bill purports to be indorsed conditionally, the
condition may be disregarded by the payer, and payment to the indorsee
is valid whether the condition has been fulfilled or not.

34. (1) An indorsement in blank specifies no indorsee, and a bill so
indorsed becomes payable to bearer.

(2) A special indorsement specifies the person to whom, or to
whose order, the bill is to be payable.

(3) The provisions of this Ordinance relating to a payee apply, with
the necessary modifications, to an indorsee under a special indorsement.

(4) When a bill has been indorsed in blank, any holder may convert
the blank indorsement into a special indorsement by writ- above the
indorser's signature a direction to pay the bill to or to the order of
himself or some other person.

35. (1) An indorsement is restrictive which prohibits the further
negotiation of the bill or which expresses that it is a mere authority to
deal with the bill as thereby directed and not a transfer of the ownership
thereof, as, for example, if a bill is indorsed ---PayD only,' or---PayD for
the account of X,' or 'Tay D or order for collection.'

(2) A restrictive indorsement gives the indorsee the right to receive
payment of the bill and to sue any party thereto that his indorser could
have sued, but gives him no power to transfer his rights as indorsee,
unless it expressly authorizes him to do so.

(3) Where a restrictive indorsement authorizes further transfer, all
subsequent indorsees take the bill with the same rights and subject to
the same liabilities as the first indorsee under the restrictive
indorsement.

36. (1) Where a bill is negotiable in its origin, it continues to be
negotiable until it has been

(a) restrictively indorsed; or

(b) discharged by payment or otherwise.

(2) Where an overdue bill is negotiated, it can only be negotiated
subject to any defect of title affecting it at its maturity, and
thenceforward no person who takes it can acquire or give a better title
than that which the person from whom he took it had.

(3) A bill payable on demand is deemed to be overdue, within the
meaning and for the purposes of this section, when it appears on the
face of it to have been in circulation for an unreasonable length of time.
What is an unreasonable length of time for this purpose is a question of
fact.





(4) Except where an indorsement bears date after the maturity of the
bill. every negotiation is prima facie deemed to have been effected
before the bill was overdue.

(5) Where a bill which is not overdue has been dishonoured. any
person who takes it with notice of the dishonour takes it subject to any
defect of title attaching thereto at the time of dishonour, but nothing in
this subsection shall affect the rights of a holder in due course.

37. Where a bill is negotiated back to the drawer, or to a prior
indorser, or to the acceptor. such party may. subject to the provisions of
this Ordinance. reissue and further negotiate the bill, but he is not
entitled to enforce payment of the bill against any intervening party to
whom he was previously liable.

38. The rights and powers of the holder of a bill are as follows

(a) he may sue on the bill in his own name;

(b)where he is a holder in due course, he holds the bill free from
any defect of title of prior parties, as well as from mere
personal defences available to prior parties among
themselves, and may enforce payment against all parties liable
on the bill;

(c) where his title is defective-

(i) if he negotiates the bill to a holder in due course, that
holder obtains a good and complete title to the bill; and

(ii) if he obtains payment of the bill, the person who pays
him in due course gets a valid discharge for the bill.

General duties of the holder.

39. (1) Where a bill is payable after sight, presentment for
acceptance is necessary in order to fix the maturity of the instrument.

(2) Where a bill expressly stipulates that it shall be presented for
acceptance, or where a bill is drawn payable elsewhere than at the place
of business or residence of the drawee, it must be presented for
acceptance before it can be presented for payment.

(3) In no other case is presentment for acceptance necessary in
order to render liable any party to the bill.

(4) Where the holder of a bill, drawn payable elsewhere than at the
place of business or residence of the drawee, has not time, with the
exercise of reasonable diligence, to present the bill for acceptance
before presenting it for payment on the day that it falls due, the delay
caused by presenting the bill for acceptance before presenting it for
payment is excused, and does not discharge the drawer and indorsers.





40. (1) Subject to the provisions of this Ordinance, when a bill
payable after sight is negotiated, the holder must either present it for
acceptance or negotiate it within a reasonable time.

(2) If he does not do so. the drawer and all indorsers prior to that
holder are discharged.

(3) In determining what is a reasonable time within the meaning of
this section, regard shall be had to the nature of the bill, the usage of
trade with respect to similar bills, and the facts of the particular case.

41. (1) A bill is duly presented for acceptance which is presented in
accordance with the following rules

(a)the presentment must be made by or on behalf of the holder to
the drawee, or to some person authorized to accept or refuse
acceptance on his behalf, at a reasonable hour on a business
day and before the bill is overdue,

(b)where a bill is addressed to two or more drawees, who are not
partners. presentment must be made to them all, unless one
has authority to accept for all, then presentment may be made
to him only;

(c)where the drawee is dead, presentment may be made to his
personal representative;

(d)where the drawee is bankrupt, presentment may be made to
him or to his trustee or assignee;

(c)where authorized by agreement or usage, a presentment
through the Post Office is sufficient.

(2) Presentment in accordance with these rules is excused, and a bill
may be treated as dishonoured by non-acceptance

(a)where the drawee is dead or bankrupt or is a fictitious person
or a person not having capacity to contract by bill;

(b)where, after the exercise of reasonable diligence, such
presentment cannot be effected;

(c)where, although the presentment has been irregular.
acceptance has been refused on some other ground.

(3) The fact that the holder has reason to believe that the bill, on
presentment, will be dishonoured does not excuse presentment.

42. When a bill is duly presented for acceptance and is not
accepted within the customary time. the person presenting it must treat
it as dishonoured by non-acceptance. If he does not, the holder shall
lose his right of recourse against the drawer and indorsers.





43.(1) A bill is dishonoured by non-acceptance

(a)when it is duly presented for acceptance, and such an
acceptance as is prescribed by this Ordinance is refused or
cannot be obtained. or

(b)when presentment for acceptance is excused and the bill is not
accepted.

(2) Subject to the provisions of this Ordinance, when a bill is
dishonoured by non-acceptance, an immediate right of recourse against
the drawer and indorsers accrues to the holder, and no presentment for
payment is necessary.

44. (1) The holder of a bill may refuse to take a qualified acceptance.
and. if he does not obtain an unqualified acceptance, may treat the bill
as dishonoured by non-acceptance.

(2) Where a qualified acceptance is taken, and the drawer or an
indorser has not expressly or impliedly authorized the holder to take a
qualified acceptance or does not subsequently assent thereto. such
drawer or indorser is discligged from his liability on the bill. The
provisions of this subsection do not apply to a partial acceptance,
whereof due notice has been given. Where a foreign bill has been
accepted as to part, it must be protested as to the balance.

(3) When the drawer or indorser of a bill receives notice of a
qualified acceptance, and does not within a reasonable time express his
dissent to the holder, he shall be deemed to have assented thereto.

45. Subject to the provisions of this Ordinance, a bill must be duly
presented for payment If it is not so presented, the drawer and indorsers
shall be discharged. A bill is duly presented for payment which is
presented in accordance with the following rules

(a)where the bill is not payable on demand, presentment must be
made on the day it falls due;

(b)where the bill is payable on demand. then, subject to the
provisions of this Ordinance, presentment must be made
within a reasonable time after its issue in order to render the
drawer liable, and within a reasonable time after its
indorsement, in order to render the indorser liable. In
determining what is a reasonable time, regard shall be had to
the nature of the bill, the usage of trade with respect to similar
bills, and the facts of the particular case;

(c)presentment must be made by the holder, or by some person
authorized to receive payment on his behalf, at a reasonable
hour on a business day, at the proper place





as hereinafter defined, either to the person designated by the
bill as payer or to some person authorized to pay or refuse
payment on his behalf, if, with the exercise of reasonable
diligence, such person can there be found;

(d)a bill is presented at the proper place-

(i) where a place of payment is specified in the bill and the
bill is there presented;

(ii) where no place of payment is specified, but the address
of the drawee or acceptor is given in the bill, and the bill is
there presented;

(iii) where no place of payment is specified and no address
given, and the bill is presented at the drawee's or acceptor's
place of business, if known, and, if not, at his ordinary
residence, if known;

(iv) in any other case, if presented to the drawee or acceptor
wherever he can be found, or if presented at his last-known
place of business or residence;

(e)where a bill is presented at the proper place, and, after the
exercise of reasonable diligence, no person authorized to pay
or refuse payment can be found there, no further presentment
to the drawee or acceptor is required;

where a bill is drawn upon or accepted by two or more
persons who are not partners, and no place of payment is
specified, presentment must be made to them all

(g)where the drawee or acceptor of a bill is dead and no place of
payment is specified, presentment must be made to a personal
representative, if such there be, and; with the exercise of
reasonable diligence, he can be found;

(h)where authorized by agreement or usage, a presentment
through the Post Office is sufficient.

46. (1) Delay in making presentment for payment is excused when
the delay is caused by circumstances beyond the control of the holder,
and not imputable to his default, misconduct, or negligence. When the
cause of delay ceases to operate, presentment must be made with
reasonable diligence.

(2) Presentment for payment is dispensed with-

(a)where, after the exercise of reasonable diligence, presentment,
as required by this Ordinance, cannot be effected. The fact
that the holder has reason to believe that the bill will, on
presentment, be dishonoured does not dispense with the
necessity for presentment;

(b)where the drawee is a fictitious person;

(c)as regards the drawer, where the drawee or acceptor is not
bound as between himself and the drawer to accept





or pay the bill, and the drawer has no reason to believe that
the bill would be paid. if presented;

(d)as regards an indorser, where the bill was accepted or made
for the accommodation of that indorser, and he has no reason
to expect that the bill would be paid, if presented.

(e) by waiver of presentment, express or implied.

47. (1) A bill is dishonoured by non-payment-

(a)when it is duly presented for payment and payment is refused
or cannot be obtained; or

(b)when presentment is excused and the bill is overdue and
unpaid.

(2) Subject to the provisions of this Ordinance. when a bill is
dishonoured by non-payment, an immediate right of recourse against
the drawer and indorsers accrues to the holder.

48 Subject to the provisions of this Ordinance, when a bill has been
dishonoured by non-acceptance or by non-payment. notice of
dishonour must be given to the drawer and each indorser, and any
drawer or indorser to whom such notice is not given is discharged

Provided that

(a)where a bill is dishonoured by non-acceptance and notice of
dishonour is not given, the rights of a holder in due course
subsequent to the omission shall not be prejudiced by the
omission;

(b)where a bill is dishonoured by non-acceptance and due notice
of dishonour is given, it shall not be necessary to give notice
of a subsequent dishonour by non-payment, unless the bill
has in the meantime been accepted.

49. Notice of dishonour, in order to be valid and effectual, must be
given in accordance with the following rules--

(a)the notice must be given by or on behalf of the holder or by or
on behalf of an indorser who, at the time of giving it, is himself
liable on the bill;

(b)the notice may be given by an agent, either in his own name or
in the name of any party entitled to give notice, whether that
party is his principal or not;

(c)where the notice is given by or on behalf of the holder, it
enures for the benefit of all subsequent holders and all prior
indorsers who have a right of recourse against the party to
whom it is given;





(d)where the notice is given by or on behalf of an indorser
entitled to give notice as hereinbefore provided, it enures for
the benefit of the holder and all indorsers subsequent to the
party to whom notice is given;

(e)the notice may be given in writing or by personal
communication, and may be given in any terms which
sufficiently identify the bill, and intimate that the bill has been
dishonoured by non-acceptance or non-payment;

the return of a dishonoured bill to the drawer or an indorser is,
in point of form, deemed a sufficient notice of dishonour;

(g)a written notice need not be signed, and an insufficient written
notice may be supplemented and validated by verbal
communication. A misdescription of the bill shall not vitiate
the notice unless the party to whom the notice is given is in
fact misled thereby;

(h)where the notice is required to be given to any person, it may
be given either to the party himself or to his agent in that
behalf;

(i)where the drawer or indorser is dead, and the party giving
notice knows it, the notice must be given to a personal
representative, if such there be and, with the exercise of
reasonable diligence, he can be found;

(1)where the drawer or indorser is bankrupt. the notice may be
given either to the party himself or to his trustee or assignee;

(k)where there are two or more drawers or indorsers who are not
partners, the notice must be given to each of them, unless one
of them has authority to receive such notice for the others;

the notice may be given as soon as the bill is dishonoured and
must be given within a reasonable time thereafter. In the
absence of special circumstances. notice is not deemed to
have been given within a reasonable time, unless

(i) where the person giving and the person to receive notice
reside in the same place, the notice is given or sent off in time
to reach the latter on the day after the dishonour of the bill.,

(ii) where the person giving and the person to receive
notice reside in different places, the notice is sent off on the
day after the dishonour of the bill, if there is a post at a
convenient hour on that day, and. if there is no such post on
that day, then by the next post thereafter;

(m)where a bill when dishonoured is in the hands of an agent, he
may either himself give notice to the parties





liable on the bill or he may give notice to his principal. If he
gives notice to his principal, he must do so within the same
time as if he were the holder. and the principal, upon receipt of
such notice, has himself the same time for giving notice as if
the agent had been an independent holder;

(n)where a party to a bill receives due notice, he has. after the
receipt of such notice, the same period of time for giving
notice to antecedent parties that the holder has after the
dishonour;

(o)where the notice is duly addressed and posted, the sender is
deemed to have given due notice of dishonour.
notwithstanding any miscarriage by the Post Office.

50. (1) Delay in giving notice of dishonour is excused where the
delay is caused by circumstances beyond the control of the party giving
notice, and not imputable to his default, misconduct, or negligence.
When the cause of delay ceases to operate, the notice must be given
with reasonable diligence.

(2)Notice of dishonour is dispensed with-

(a)where, after the exercise of reasonable diligence, notice. as
required by this Ordinance, cannot be given to or does not
reach the drawer or indorser sought to be charged;

(b)by waiver, express or implied. Notice of dishonour may be
waived before the time of giving notice has arrived or after the
omission to give due notice;

(c) as regards the drawer, in the following cases, namely-

(i) where drawer and drawee are the same person;

(ii) where the drawee is a fictitious person or a person not
having capacity to contract;

(iii) where the drawer is the person to whom the bill is
presented for payment;

(iv) where the drawee or acceptor is, as between himself and
the drawer, under no obligation to accept or pay the bill;

(v) where the drawer has countermanded payment;

(d)as regards the indorser, in the following cases, namely-

(i) where the drawee is a fictitious person or a person not
having capacity to contract, and the indorser was aware of the
fact at the time he indorsed the bill.,

(ii) where the indorser is the person to whom the bill is
presented for payment,

(iii) where the bill was accepted or made for his
accommodation.





51. (1) Where an inland bill has been dishonoured, it may, if the
holder thinks fit, be noted for non-acceptance or nonpayment, as the
case may be, but it shall not be necessary to note or protest any such
bill in order to preserve the recourse against the drawer or indorser.

(2) Where a foreign bill, appearing on the face of it to be such, has
been dishonoured by non-acceptance, it must be duly protested for non-
acceptance, and where such a bill, which has not been previously
dishonoured by non-acceptance, is dishonoured by non-payment. it
must be duly protested for non-payment. If it is not so protested. the
drawer and indorsers are discharged. Where a bill does not appear on
the face of it to be a foreign bill, protest thereof in case of dishonour is
unnecessary.

(3) A bill which has been protested for non-acceptance may be
subsequently protested for non-payment.

(4) Subject to the provisions of this Ordinance, and of the Holidays
Ordinance, when a bill is noted or protested, it may be noted on the day
of its dishonour and must be noted not later than the next succeeding
business day. When a bill has been duly noted, the protest may be
subsequently extended as of the date of the noting. (Amended, 5 of
1912, s. 8, and 4 of 1918, s. 2)

(5) Where the acceptor of a bill becomes bankrupt or insolvent or
suspends payment before it matures, the holder may cause the bill to be
protested for better security against the drawer and indorsers.

(6) A bill must be protested at the place where it is dishonoured :

Provided that

(a)when a bill is presented through the Post Office, and returned
by post dishonoured, it may be protested at the place to
which it is returned, and on the day of its return, if received
during business hours, and, if not received during business
hours, then not later than the next business day;

(b)when a bill drawn payable at the place of business or
residence of some person other than the drawee has been
dishonoured by non-acceptance. it must be protested for non-
payment at the place where it is expressed to be payable, and
no further presentment for payment to, or demand on, the
drawee is necessary.

(7) A protest must contain a copy of the bill, and must be signed by
the notary making it, and must specify

(a)the person at whose request the bill is protested;

(b)the place and date of protest, the cause or reason for
protesting the bill, the demand made, and the answer





given, if any, or the fact' that the drawee or acceptor could not
be found.

(8) Where a bill is lost or destroyed or is wrongly detained from the
person entitled to hold it, protest may be made on a copy or written
particulars thereof.

(9) Protest is dispensed with by any circumstance which
would dispense with notice of dishonour. Delay in noting or
protesting is excused when the delay is caused by circumstances
beyond the control of the holder, and not imputable to his default.
misconduct, or negligence 1 When the cause of delay ceases to
operate, the bill must be noted or protested with reasonable
diligence.

52. (1) When a bill is accepted generally, presentment for payment
is not necessary in order to render the acceptor liable.

(2) When by the terms of a qualified acceptance presentment for
payment is required, the acceptor, in the absence of an express
stipulation to that effect. is not discharged by the omission to present
the bill for payment on the day that it matures.

(3) In order to render the acceptor of a bill liable. it is not necessary
to protest it or that notice of dishonour should be given to him.

(4) Where the holder of a bill presents it for payment, he shall
exhibit the bill to the person from whom he demands payment, and when
a bill is paid the holder shall forthwith deliver it up to the party paying it.

Liabilities of parties.

53. A bill, of itself, does not operate as an assignment of funds in
the hands of the drawee available for the payment thereof, and the
drawee of a bill who does not accept. as required by this Ordinance, is
not liable on the instrument.

54. The acceptor of a bill, by accepting it-

(a)engages that he will pay it according to the tenor of his
acceptance;

(b)is precluded from denying to a holder in due course-

(i) the existence of the drawer. the genuineness of his
signature, and his capacity and authority to draw the bill;

(ii) in the case of a bill payable to drawees order, the then
capacity of the drawer to indorse, but not the genuineness or
validity of his indorsement

(iii) in the case of a bill payable to the order of a third
person, the existence of the payee and his then capacity to
indorse, but not the genuineness or validity of his
indorsement.





55.(1) The drawer of a bill, by drawing it-

(a)engages that, on due presentment, it shall be accepted and
paid according to its tenor, and that if it is dishonoured he will
compensate the holder or any indorser who is compelled to
pay it, provided that the requisite proceedings on dishonour
are duly taken;

(b)is precluded from denying to a holder in due course the
existence of the payee and his then capacity to indorse.

(2)The indorser of a bill, by indorsing it-

(a)engages that, on due presentment, it shall be accepted and
paid according to its tenor, and that if it is dishonoured he will
compensate the holder or a subsequent indorser who is
compelled to pay it, provided that the requisite proceedings on
dishonour are duly taken;

(b)is precluded from denying to a holder in due course the
genuineness and regularity in all respects of the drawer's
signature and all previous indorsements;

(c)is precluded from denying to his immediate or a subsequent
indorsee that the bill was, at the time of his indorsement, a
valid and subsisting bill, and that he had then a good title
thereto.

56. Where a person signs a bill otherwise than as drawer or
acceptor. he thereby incurs the liabilities of an indorser to a holder in
due course.

57. Where a bill is dishonoured, the measure of damages. which
shall be deemed to be liquidated damages, shall be as follows-

(a)the holder may recover from any party liable on the bill, and
the drawer who has been compelled to pay the bin may
recover from the acceptor, and an indorser who has been
compelled to pay the bill may recover from the acceptor, or
from the drawer, or from a prior indorser

(i) the amount of the bill;

(ii) interest thereon from the time of presentment for
payment, if the bill is payable on demand, and from the
maturity of the bill in any other case;

(iii) the expenses of noting, or when protest is necessary
and the protest has been extended, the expenses of protest;

(b)in the case of a bill which has been dishonoured abroad, in
lieu of the above damages, the holder may recover from the
drawer or an indorser. and the drawer or an indorser who has
been compelled to pay the bill may





recover from any party liable to him, the amount of the re-
exchange, with interest thereon until the time of payment;

(c)where by this Ordinance interest may be recovered as
damages, such interest may, if justice requires it. be withheld
wholly or in part, and where a bill is expressed to be payable
with interest at a given rate, interest as damages may or may
not be given at the same rate as interest proper.

58 (1) Where the holder of a bill payable to bearer negotiates it by
delivery without indorsing it. he is called a 'trans- by delivery'.

(2)A transferor by delivery is not liable on the instrument.

(3) A transferor by delivery who negotiates a bill thereby warrants
to his immediate transferee. being a holder for value, that the bill is what
it purports to be, that he has a right to transfer it, and that. at the time of
transfer. he is not aware of any fact which renders it valueless.

Discharge of bill.

59. (1) A bill is discharged by payment in due course by or on
behalf of the drawee or acceptor. Payment in due course' means
payment made at or after the maturity of the bill to the holder thereof in
good faith and without notice that his title to the bill is defective.

(2) Subject to the provisions hereinafter contained, when a bill is
paid by the drawer or an indorser it is not discharged; but

(a)where a bill payable to, or to the order of, a third party is paid
by the drawer. the drawer may enforce payment thereof
against the acceptor, but may not reissue the bill;

(b)where a bill is paid by an indorser, or where a bin payable to
drawers order is paid by the drawer, the party paying it is
remitted to his former rights as regards the acceptor or
antecedent parties, and he may, if he thinks fit, strike out his
own and subsequent indorsements, and again negotiate the
bill.

(3) Where an accommodation bill is paid in due course by the party
accommodated, the bill is discharged.

60. When a bill payable to order on demand is drawn on a banker,
and the banker on whom it is drawn pays the bill in good faith and in the
ordinary course of business, it is not incumbent on the banker to show
that the indorsement of the payee or any subsequent indorsement was
made by or under the authority of the





person whose indorsement it purports to be, and the banker is
deemed to have paid the bill in due course, although such indorse-
ment has been forged or made without authority.

61. When the acceptor of a bill is or becomes the holder of
it at or after its maturity, in his own right, the bill is discharged.

62. (1) When the holder of a bill at or after its maturity
absolutely and unconditionally renounces his rights against the
acceptor, the bill is discharged. The renunciation must be in
writing, unless the bill is delivered up to the acceptor.

(2) The liabilities of any party to a bill may in like manner
be renounced by the holder before, at, or after its maturity; but
nothing in this section shall affect the rights of a holder in due
course without notice of the renunciation.

63. (1) Where a bill is intentionally cancelled by the holder
or his agent, and the cancellation is apparent thereon, the bill is
discharged.

(2) In like manner, any party liable on a bill may be dis-
charged by the intentional cancellation of his signature by the
holder or his agent. In such case, any indorser who would have
had a right of recourse against the party whose signature is can-
celled is also discharged.

(3) A cancellation made unintentionally, or under a mistake,
or without the authority of the holder is inoperative; but where a
bill or any signature thereon appears to have been cancelled, the
burden of proof lies on the party who alleges that the cancellation
was made unintentionally, or under a mistake, or without authority.

64. (1) Where a bill or acceptance is materially altered with-
out the assent of all parties liable on the bill, the bill is avoided
except as against a party who has himself made, authorized, or
assented to the alteration, and subsequent indorsers :

Provided that where a bill has been materially altered, but the
alteration is not apparent, and the bill is in the hands of a holder
in due course, such holder may avail himself of the bill as if it
had not been altered, and may enforce payment of it according to
its original tenor.

(2) In particular, the following alterations are material, name-
ly, any alteration of the date, the sum payable, the time of
payment, the place of payment, and, where a bill has been accepted
generally, the addition of a place of payment without the acceptor's
assent.





Acceptance and payment for honour.

65. (1) Where a bill has been protested for dishonour by non-
acceptance or protested for better security, and is not overdue, any
person, not being a party already liable thereon, may, with the consent
of the holder, intervene and accept the bill supra protest, for the honour
of any party liable thereon or for the honour of the person for whose
account the bill is drawn.

(2) A bill may be accepted for honour for part only of the sum for
which it is drawn.

(3) An acceptance for honour supra protest in order to be valid
must

(a)be written on the bill, and indicate that it is an acceptance for
honour;

(b)be signed by the acceptor for honour.

(4) Where an acceptance for honour does not expressly state for
whose honour it is made, it is deemed to be an acceptance for the
honour of the drawer.

(5) Where a bill payable after sight is accepted for honour, its
maturity is calculated from the date of the noting for nonacceptance,
and not from the date of the acceptance for honour.

66. (1) The acceptor for honour of a bill, by accepting it engages
that he will, on due presentment, pay the bill according to the tenor of
his acceptance, if it is not paid by the drawee, provided it has been duly
presented for payment and protested for non-payment, and that he
receives notice of these facts.

(2) The acceptor for honour is liable to the holder and to all parties
to the bill subsequent to the party for whose honour he has accepted.

67. (1) Where a dishonoured bill has been accepted for honour
supra protest or contains a reference in case of need, it must be
protested for non-payment before it is presented for payment to the
acceptor for honour or referee in case of need.

(2) Where the address of the acceptor for honour is in the same
place where the bill is protested for non-payment, the bill must be
presented to him not later than the day following its maturity; and where
the address of the acceptor for honour is in some place other than the
place where the bill was protested for non-payment, the bill must be
forwarded not later than the day following its maturity for presentment
to him.

(3) Delay in presentment or non-presentment is excused by any
circumstance which would excuse delay in presentment for payment or
non-presentment for payment.





(4) When a bill is dishonoured by the acceptor for honour, it must
be protested for non-payment by him.

68. (1) Where a bill has been protested for non-payment, any
person may intervene and pay it supra protest, for the honour of any
party liable thereon or for the honour of the person for whose account
the bill is drawn.

(2) Where two or more persons offer to pay a bill for the honour of
different parties, the person whose payment will discharge most parties
to the bill shall have the preference.

(3) Payment for honour supra protest, in order to operate as such
and not as a mere voluntary payment, must be attested by a notarial act
of honour which may be appended to the protest or form an extension of
it.

(4) The notarial act of honour must be founded on a declaration
made by the payer for honour, or his agent in that behalf, declaring his
intention to pay the bill for honour and for whose honour he pays.

(5) Where a bill has been paid for honour, all parties subsequent to
the party for whose honour it is paid are discharged, but the payer for
honour is subrogated for, and succeeds to both the rights and duties of,
the holder as regards the party for whose honour he pays and all parties
liable to that party.

(6) The payer for honour. on paying to the holder the amount of the
bill and the notarial expenses incidental to its dishonour, is entitled to
receive both the bill itself and the protest. if the holder does not on
demand deliver them up, he shall be liable to the payer for honour in
damages.

(7) Where the holder of a bill refuses to receive payment supra
protest. he shall lose his right of recourse against any party who would
have been discharged by such payment.

Lost instrument.

69. (1) Where a bill has been lost before it is overdue, the person
who was the holder of it may apply to the drawer to give him another bill
of the same tenor, giving security to the drawer, if required, to indemnify
him against all persons whomsoever in case the bill alleged to have been
lost shall be found again.

(2) If the drawer, on request as aforesaid, refuses to give such
duplicate bill, he may be compelled to do so.

70. In any action or proceeding upon a bill, the court or a judge
may order that the loss of the instrument shall not be set up, provided
an indemnity be given, to the satisfaction of the court or judge, against
the claims of any other person upon the instrument in question.





Bill in a set.

71. (1) Where a bill is drawn in a set, each part of the set being
numbered and containing a reference to the other parts, the whole of the
parts constitute one bill.

(2) Where the holder of a set indorses two or more parts to different
persons, he is liable on every such part, and every indorser subsequent
to him is liable on the part he has himself indorsed as if the said parts
were separate bins.

(3) Where two or more parts of a set are negotiated to different
holders in due course, the holder whose title first accrues is, as between
such holders, deemed the true owner of the bill; but nothing in this
subsection shall affect the rights of a person who in due course accepts
or pays the part first presented to him.

(4) The acceptance may be written on any part, and it must be
written on one part only. If the drawee accepts more than one part and
such accepted parts get into the hands of different holders in due
course, he is liable on every such part as if it were a separate bill.

(5) When the acceptor of a bill drawn in a set pays it without
requiring the part bearing his acceptance to be delivered up to him and
that part at maturity is outstanding in the hands of a holder in due
course. he is liable to the holder thereof.

(6) Subject to the preceding rules, where any one part of a bill
drawn in a set is discharged by payment or otherwise, the whole bill is
discharged.

Conflict of laws.

72. Where a bill drawn in one country is negotiated, accepted, or
payable in another, the rights, duties, and liabilities of the parties thereto
are determined as follows

(a)the validity of a bill, as regards requisites in form, is
determined by the law of the place of issue, and the validity,
as regards requisites in form, of the supervening * 9 contracts,
such as acceptance or indorsement or accept- supra protest, is
determined by the law of the place where such contract was
made:

Provided that-

(i) where a bill is issued out of the Colony, it is not invalid
by reason only that it is not stamped in accordance with the
law of the place of issue;

(ii) where a bill issued out of the Colony conforms, as
regards requisites in form, to the law of the Colony, it may, for
the purpose of enforcing payment thereof, be treated as valid
as between all persons who negotiate, hold, or become parties
to it in the Colony;





(b)subject to the provisions of this Ordinance, the interpretation
of the drawing, indorsement, acceptance, or acceptance supra
protest of a bill is determined by the law of the place where
such contract is made:

Provided that where an inland bill is indorsed in a foreign
country, the indorsement shall, as regards the payer, be
interpreted according to the law of the Colony;

(c)the duties of the holder with respect to presentment for
acceptance or payment and the necessity for or sufficiency of
a protest or notice of dishonour. or otherwise, are determined
by the law of the place where the act is done or the bill is
dishonoured;

(d)where a bill is drawn out of but payable in the Colony and the
sum payable is not expressed in the currency of the Colony,
the amount, if the bill is paid in the Colony and in the currency
of the Colony, shall, in the absence of any express stipulation,
be calculated according to the rate of exchange for sight drafts
in the Colony on the day on which the bill is actually paid; and
(Replaced, 18 of 1.921, s. 2)

(e)where a bill is drawn in one country and is payable in another,
the due date thereof is determined according to the law of the
place where it is payable.

PART III.

(Amended, 51 of 1911, and 63 of 1911, Schedule)

CHEQUES ON A BANKER.

73. (1) A cheque is a bill of exchange drawn on a banker payable on
demand.

(2) Except as otherwise provided in this Part, the provisions of this
Ordinance applicable to a bill of exchange payable on demand apply to a
cheque.

74.Subject to the provisions of this Ordinance-

(a)where a cheque is not presented for payment within a
reasonable time of its issue, and the drawer or the person on
whose account it is drawn had the right, at the time of such
presentment, as between him and the banker, to have the
cheque paid and suffers actual damage through the delay, he
is discharged to the extent of such damage, that is to say, to
the extent to which such drawer or person is a creditor of such
banker to a larger amount than he would have been had such
cheque been paid;

(b)in determining what is a reasonable time, regard shall be had
to the nature of the instrument, the usage of trade and of
bankers, and the facts of the particular case;





(c)the holder of such cheque as to which such drawer or person
is discharged shall be a creditor, in lieu of such drawer or
person, of such banker to the extent of such discharge and
entitled to recover the amount from him.

75. The duty and authority of a banker to pay a cheque drawn on
him by his customer are determined by

(a)countermand of payment;

(b)notice of the customer's death.

Crossed cheques.

76. (1) Where a cheque bears across its face an addition of

(a)the words 'and company', or any abbreviation thereof.
between two parallel transverse lines, either with or without
the words - not negotiable or

(b)two parallel transverse lines simply. either with or without the
words 'not negotiable',

that addition constitutes a crossing, and the cheque is crossed
generally.

(2) Where a cheque bears across its face an addition of the name of
a banker, either with or without the words 'not negotiable', that
addition constitutes a crossing. and the cheque is crossed specially and
to that banker.

77. (1) A cheque may be crossed generally or specially by the
drawer.

(2) Where a cheque is uncrossed, the holder may cross it generally
or specially.

(3) Where a cheque is crossed generally, the holder may cross it
specially.

(4) Where a cheque is crossed generally or specially, the holder
may add the words 'not negotiable'.

(5) Where a cheque is crossed specially, the banker to whom it is
crossed may again cross it specially to another banker for collection.

(6) Where an uncrossed cheque, or a cheque crossed generally, is
sent to a banker for collection, he may cross it specially to himself.

78. A crossing authorized by this Ordinance is a material part of the
cheque; it shall not be lawful for any person to obliterate or, except as
authorized by this Ordinance, to add to or alter the crossing.





19. (1), Where a cheque is crossed specially to more than one
banker, except when crossed to an agent for collection being a banker,
the banker on whom it is drawn shall refuse payment thereof.

(2) Where the banker on whom a cheque is drawn which is so
crossed nevertheless pays the same, or pays a cheque crossed
generally otherwise than to a banker, or, if crossed specially, otherwise
than to the banker to whom it is crossed or his agent for collection being
a banker, he is liable to the true owner of the cheque for any loss he may
sustain owing to the cheque having been so paid:

Provided that where a cheque is presented for payment which does
not, at the time of presentment, appear to be crossed. or to have had a
crossing which has been obliterated, or to have been added to or altered
otherwise than as authorized by this Ordinance, the banker paying the
cheque, in good faith and without negligence, shall not be responsible
or incur any liability, nor shall the payment be questioned by reason of
the cheque having been crossed, or of the crossing having been
obliterated or having been added to or altered otherwise than as
authorized by this Ordinance, and of payment having been made
otherwise than to a banker, or to the banker to whom the cheque is or
was crossed, or to his agent for collection being a banker, as the case
may be.

80. Where the banker on whom a crossed cheque is drawn, in good
faith and without negligence. pays it, if crossed generally, to a banker.
and, if crossed specially. to the banker to whom it is crossed or his agent
for collection being a banker, the banker paying the cheque. and, if the
cheque has come into the hands of the payee, the drawer. shall
respectively be entitled to the same rights and be placed in the same
position as if payment of the cheque had been made to the true owner
thereof.

81. Where a person takes a crossed cheque which bears on it the
words 'not negotiable', he shall not have, and shall not be capable of
giving, a better title to the cheque than that which the person from
whom he took it had.

82. Any draft or order drawn upon a banker for a sum of money
payable to order on demand which shall, when presented for payment,
purport to be indorsed by the person to whom the same shall be drawn
payable, shall be a sufficient authority to such banker to pay the amount
of such draft or order to the bearer thereof: and it shall not be incumbent
on such banker to prove that such indorsement or any subsequent
indorsement was made by or under the direction or authority of the
person to whom the said draft or order was or is made payable either by
the drawer or any indorser thereof.

(Added, 7 of 1907, s. 3)





83. (1) Where a banker in good faith and in the ordinary course of
business pays a cheque drawn on him which is not indorsed or is
irregularly indorsed, he does not, in doing so, incur any liability by
reason only of the absence of, or irregularity in, indorsement, and he is
deemed to have paid it in due course.

(2) Where a banker in good faith and in the ordinary course of
business pays any such instrument as the following, namely

(a)a document issued by a customer of his which, though not a
bill of exchange, is intended to enable a person to obtain
payment from him of the sum mentioned in the document;

(b)a draft payable on demand drawn by him upon himself,
whether payable at the head office or some other office of his
bank,

he does not, in doing so. incur any liability by reason only of the
absence of. or irregularity in, indorsement. and the payment discharges
the instrument.

(Added, 55 of 1960, s. 2)

84. A banker who gives value for. or has a lien on. a cheque
payable to order which the holder delivers to him for collection without
indorsing it, has such (if any) rights as he would have had if, upon
delivery, the holder had indorsed it in blank.

(A dded, 55 of 1960, s. 2)

85. An unindorsed cheque which appears to have been paid by the
banker on whom it is drawn is evidence of the receipt by the payee of
the sum payable by the cheque.

(A dded, 55 of 1960, s. 2)

86. (1) Where a banker, in good faith and without negligence

(a)receives payment for a customer of an instrument to which
this section applies; or

(b)having credited a customer's account with the amount of such
an instrument, receives payment thereof for himself,

and the customer has no title, or a defective title, to the instrument. the
banker does not incur any liability to the true owner of the instrument by
reason only of having received payment thereof.

(2) This section applies to the following instruments, namely

(a) cheques;

(b)any document issued by a customer of a banker which,
though not a bill of exchange, is intended to enable a person
to obtain payment from that banker of the sum mentioned in
the document;





(c)any document issued by a public officer which is intended to
enable a person to obtain payment from the Accountant
General of the sum mentioned in the document but is not a bill
of exchange;

(d)any draft payable on demand drawn by a banker upon himself,
whether payable at the head office or some other office of his
bank.

(3) A banker is not to be treated for the purposes of this section as
having been negligent by reason only of his failure to concern himself
with absence of, or irregularity in, indorsement of an instrument.

(Added, 55 of 1960, s. 2)

87. The provisions of this Part of this Ordinance relating to crossed
cheques shall, so far as applicable, have effect in relation to instruments
(other than cheques) to which section 86 applies as they have effect in
relation to cheques.

(Added, 55 of 1960, s. 2)

88. The provisions of this Part of this Ordinance do not make
negotiable any instrument which, apart from such provisions. is not
negotiable.

(A dded, 55 of 1960, s. 2)

PART IV

(Amended, 51 of 1911, and 63 of 1911, Scheduie)

PROMISSORY
NOTES.

89. (1) A promissory note is an unconditional promise in writing
made by one person to another signed by the maker, engaging to pay,
on demand or at a fixed or determinable future time, a sum certain in
money to. or to the order of. a specified person or to bearer.

(2) An instrument in the form of a note payable to maker's order is
not a note within the meaning of this section. unless and until it is
indorsed by the maker.

(3) A note is not invalid by reason only that it contains also a
pledge of collateral security, with authority to sell or dispose thereof.

(4) A note which is, or on the face of it purports to be. both made
and payable within the Colony is an inland note. Any other note is a
foreign note.

90. A promissory note is inchoate and incomplete until delivery
thereof to the payee or bearer.





91. (1) A promissory note may be made by two or more
makers, and they may be liable thereon jointly, or jointly and
severally, according to its tenor.

(2) Where a note runs 'promise to pay' and is signed by
two or more persons, it is deemed to be their joint and several
note.

92. (1) Where a note payable on demand has been indorsed,
it must be presented for payment within a reasonable time of the
indorsement. If it is not so presented, the indorser is discharged.

(2) In determining what is a reasonable time, regard shall be
had to the nature of the instrument, the usage of trade, and the
facts of the particular case.

(3) Where a note payable on demand is negotiated, it is not
deemed to be overdue. for the purpose of affecting the holder with
defects of title of which he had no notice, by reason that it appears
that a reasonable time for presenting it for payment has elapsed
since its issue.

93. (1) Where a promissory note is in the body of it made
payable at a particular place, it must be presented for payment at
that place in order to render the maker liable. In any other case,
presentment for payment is not necessary in order to render the
maker liable.

(2) Presentment for payment is necessary in order to render
the indorser of a note liable.

(3) Where a note is in the body of it made payable at a
particular place, presentment at that place is necessary in order to
render an indorser liable; but when a place of payment is indicated
by way of memorandum only, presentment at that place is suffici-
ent to render the indorser liable, but a presentment to the maker
elsewhere, if sufficient in other respects, shall also suffice.

94.The maker of a promissory note, by making it-

(a)engages that he will pay it according to its tenor.,

(b)is precluded from denying to a holder in due course the
existence of the payee and his then capacity to indorse.

95. (1) Subject to the provisions in this Part and except as
by this section provided. the provisions of this Ordinance relating
to bills of exchange apply, with the necessary modifications, to
promissory notes.

(2) In applying those provisions, the maker of a note shall be
deemed to correspond with the acceptor of a bill, and the first
indorser of a note shall be deemed to correspond with the drawer
of an accepted bill payable to drawer's order.





(3) The following provisions as to bills do not apply to notes,
namely, provisions relating to

(a) presentment for acceptance;

(b) acceptance;

(c) acceptance supra protest;

(d) bills in a set.

(4) Where a foreign note is dishonoured, protest thereof is
unnecessary.

PART V.

(Amended, 51 of 1911, and 63 of 1911, Schedule)

SUPPLEMENTARY


96. A thing is deemed to be done in good faith, within the meaning
of this Ordinance. where it is in fact done honestly, whether it is done
negligently or not.

97. (1) Where by this Ordinance any instrument or writing is
required to be signed by any person. it is not necessary that he should
sign it with his own hand, but it is sufficient if his signature is written
thereon by some other person by or under his authority.

(2) In the case of a corporation, where by this Ordinance any
instrument or writing is required to be signed, it is sufficient if the
instrument or writing is sealed with the corporate seal.

(3) But nothing in this section shall be construed as requiring the
bill or note of a corporation to be under seal.

98. (1) Where by this Ordinance the time limited for doing any act
or thing is less than three days, in reckoning time, nonbusiness days are
excluded.

(2) 'Non-business days', for the purposes of this Ordinance,
means general holidays. (Amended, 5 of 1912, s. 8)

99. For the purposes of this Ordinance, where a bill or note is
required to be protested within a specified time or before some further
proceeding is taken, it is sufficient that the bill has been noted for
protest before the expiration of the specified time or the taking of the
proceeding., and the formal protest may be extended at any time
thereafter as of the date of the noting.

100. (1) Where a dishonoured bill or note is authorized or required to
be, protested, and the services of a notary cannot be obtained at the
place where the bill is dishonoured, any householder or substantial
resident of the place may, in the presence of two witnesses, give a
certificate, signed by them, attesting the





dishonour of the bill. and the certificate shall in all respects operate as if
it were a formal protest of the bill.

(2) The form in the Schedule may be used, with necessary
modifications, and, if used, shall be sufficient. (Amended, 50 of 1911, s.
4)

101. The provisions of this Ordinance relating to crossed cheques
shall apply to a warrant for payment of dividend.

102. (1) The rules in bankruptcy relating to bills of exchange,
promissory notes, and cheques shall continue to apply thereto,
notwithstanding anything in this Ordinance.

(2) The rules of common law, including the law merchant, save in so
far as they are inconsistent with the express provisions of this
Ordinance, shall continue to apply to bills of exchange, promissory
notes, and cheques.

(3)Nothing in this Ordinance shall affect
(a)the provisions of any Stamp
or any law or
enactment relating to the revenue; or

(b)the provisions of any Ordinance relating to joint-stock banks
or companies; or

(c)the validity of any usage relating to dividend warrants or the
indorsements thereof. (Amended, 50 of 1911, s. 4)

SCHEDULE 18. 100.]

FORM OF PROTEST WHICH MAY BE USED WHEN THE SERVICES OF A
NOTARY CANNOT BE OBTAINED.

Know all men that 1, AA, of at the request

of C.D., there being no notary public available, did on the day

of 19 at demand payment

[or acceptance] of the bill of exchange hereunder written from E.F., to
which demand he made answer [state answer, if any]; wherefore 1 now,
in the presence of G.H., and J.K. do protest the said bill of exchange.

Dated the day of 19

(Signed) A.B.

G.H. } Witnesses.

J.K.

NB-The bill itself should be annexed, or a copy of the bill and all that is
written thereon should be underwritten.
Originally 9 of 1885. (Cap. 19, 1950.) 7 of 1907. 50 of 1911. 51 of 1911. 62 of 1911. 63 of 1911. 5 of 1912. 43 of 1912. 4 of 1918. 18 of 1921. 5 of 1924. 9 of 1936. 55 of 1960. Short title. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 1. Interpretation. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61. s. 2. (Cap. 149.) Definition of bill of exchange. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 3. Inland and foreign bills. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 4. Effect where different parties to bill are the same person. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 5. Address to drawee. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 6. Certainty required as to payee. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 7. What bills are negotiable. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 8. Sum payable. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 9. Bill payable on demand. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 10. Bill payable at future time. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 11. Omission of date in bill payable after date. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 12. Ante-dating and post-dating. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 13. Computation of time of payment. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 14. Referee in case of need. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 15. Optional stipulations by drawer or indorser. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 16. Definition and requisites of acceptance. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 17. Time for acceptance. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 18. General and qualified acceptance. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 19. Inchoate instruments. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 20. Delivery. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 21. Capacity of parties. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 22. Signature essential to liability. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 23. Forged or unauthorized signature. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 24. Procuration signature. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 25. Person signing as agent or in representative capacity. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 26. Value and holder for value. 45 & 46 Vict. c.61, s. 27. Accommodation party. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 28. Holder in due course. 45 & 46 Vict. c.61, s.29. Presumption of value and good faith. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 30. Negotiation of bill. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 31. Requisites of valid indorsement. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 32. Conditional indorsement. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 33. Indorsement in blank and special indorsement. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 34. Restrictive indorsement. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 35. Negotiation of overdue or dishonoured bill. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 36. Negotiation of bill to party already liable thereon. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 37. Rights and powers of holder. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 38. When presentment for acceptance is necessary. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 39. Time for presenting bill payable after sight. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 40. Rules as to presentment for acceptance, and excuses for non-presentment. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 41. Non-acceptance. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 42. Dishonour by non-acceptance and its consequences. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 43. Duties as to qualified acceptances. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 44. Rules as to presentment for payment. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 45. Excuses for delay or non-presentment for payment. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 46. Dishonour by non-payment. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 47. Notice of dishonour and effect of non-notice. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 48. Rules as to notice of dishonour. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 49. Excuses for non-notice and delay. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 50. Noting or protest of bill. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 51. (Cap. 149.) Duties of holder as regards drawee or acceptor. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 52. Funds in hands of drawee. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 53. Liability of acceptor. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 54. Liability of drawer or indorser. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 55. Stranger signing bill liable as indorser. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 56. Measure of damages against parties to dishonoured bill. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 57. Transferor by delivery and transferee. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 58. Payment in due course. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 59. Banker paying demand draft whereon indorsement is forged. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 60. Acceptor the holder at maturity. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 61. Express waiver. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 62. Cancellation. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 63. Alteration of bill. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 64. Acceptance for honour supra protest. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 65. Liability of acceptor for honour. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 66. Presentment to acceptor for honour. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 67. Payment for honour supra protest. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 68. Holder's right to duplicate of lost bill. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 69. Action on lost bill. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 70. Rules as to bill in set. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 71. Rules where laws conflict. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 72. Definition of cheque. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 73. Presentment of cheque for payment. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 74. Revocation of banker's authority. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 75. Definition of general and special crossings. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 76. Crossing by drawer or after issue. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 77. Crossing a material part of cheque. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 78. Duties of banker as to crossed cheque. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 79. Protection to banker and drawer where cheque is crossed. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 80. Effect of crossing on holder. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 81. Drafts on bankers payable to order on demand sufficient authority for payment without proof of indorsement. 16 & 17 Vict. c. 59, s. 19. Protection of bankers paying unindorsed or irregularly indorsed cheques, etc. 5 & 6 Eliz. 2 c. 36, s. 1. Rights of bankers collecting cheques not indorsed by holders. 5 & 6 Eliz. 2 c. 36, s. 2. Unindorsed cheques as evidence of payment. 5 & 6 Eliz. 2 c. 36, s. 3. Protection of bankers collecting payment of cheques, etc. 5 & 6 Eliz. 2 c. 36, s. 4. Application of provisions of this part to instruments not being bills of exchange. 5 & 6 Eliz. 2 c. 36, s. 5. Saving. 5 & 6 Eliz. 2 c. 36, s. 6. Definition of promissory note. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 83. Delivery necessary. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 84. Joint and several notes. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 85. Note payable on demand. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 86. Presentment for payment. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 87. Liability of maker. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 88. Application of Part II to notes. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 89. Good faith. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 90. Signature. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 91. Computation of time. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 92. When noting equivalent to protest. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 93. Protest when notary not accessible. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 94. Schedule. Crossing of divided warrant. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 95. Saving. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 97. (Cap. 117.) ( Cap. 32.)

Abstract

Originally 9 of 1885. (Cap. 19, 1950.) 7 of 1907. 50 of 1911. 51 of 1911. 62 of 1911. 63 of 1911. 5 of 1912. 43 of 1912. 4 of 1918. 18 of 1921. 5 of 1924. 9 of 1936. 55 of 1960. Short title. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 1. Interpretation. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61. s. 2. (Cap. 149.) Definition of bill of exchange. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 3. Inland and foreign bills. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 4. Effect where different parties to bill are the same person. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 5. Address to drawee. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 6. Certainty required as to payee. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 7. What bills are negotiable. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 8. Sum payable. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 9. Bill payable on demand. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 10. Bill payable at future time. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 11. Omission of date in bill payable after date. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 12. Ante-dating and post-dating. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 13. Computation of time of payment. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 14. Referee in case of need. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 15. Optional stipulations by drawer or indorser. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 16. Definition and requisites of acceptance. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 17. Time for acceptance. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 18. General and qualified acceptance. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 19. Inchoate instruments. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 20. Delivery. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 21. Capacity of parties. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 22. Signature essential to liability. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 23. Forged or unauthorized signature. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 24. Procuration signature. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 25. Person signing as agent or in representative capacity. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 26. Value and holder for value. 45 & 46 Vict. c.61, s. 27. Accommodation party. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 28. Holder in due course. 45 & 46 Vict. c.61, s.29. Presumption of value and good faith. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 30. Negotiation of bill. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 31. Requisites of valid indorsement. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 32. Conditional indorsement. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 33. Indorsement in blank and special indorsement. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 34. Restrictive indorsement. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 35. Negotiation of overdue or dishonoured bill. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 36. Negotiation of bill to party already liable thereon. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 37. Rights and powers of holder. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 38. When presentment for acceptance is necessary. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 39. Time for presenting bill payable after sight. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 40. Rules as to presentment for acceptance, and excuses for non-presentment. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 41. Non-acceptance. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 42. Dishonour by non-acceptance and its consequences. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 43. Duties as to qualified acceptances. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 44. Rules as to presentment for payment. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 45. Excuses for delay or non-presentment for payment. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 46. Dishonour by non-payment. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 47. Notice of dishonour and effect of non-notice. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 48. Rules as to notice of dishonour. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 49. Excuses for non-notice and delay. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 50. Noting or protest of bill. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 51. (Cap. 149.) Duties of holder as regards drawee or acceptor. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 52. Funds in hands of drawee. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 53. Liability of acceptor. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 54. Liability of drawer or indorser. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 55. Stranger signing bill liable as indorser. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 56. Measure of damages against parties to dishonoured bill. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 57. Transferor by delivery and transferee. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 58. Payment in due course. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 59. Banker paying demand draft whereon indorsement is forged. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 60. Acceptor the holder at maturity. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 61. Express waiver. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 62. Cancellation. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 63. Alteration of bill. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 64. Acceptance for honour supra protest. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 65. Liability of acceptor for honour. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 66. Presentment to acceptor for honour. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 67. Payment for honour supra protest. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 68. Holder's right to duplicate of lost bill. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 69. Action on lost bill. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 70. Rules as to bill in set. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 71. Rules where laws conflict. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 72. Definition of cheque. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 73. Presentment of cheque for payment. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 74. Revocation of banker's authority. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 75. Definition of general and special crossings. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 76. Crossing by drawer or after issue. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 77. Crossing a material part of cheque. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 78. Duties of banker as to crossed cheque. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 79. Protection to banker and drawer where cheque is crossed. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 80. Effect of crossing on holder. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 81. Drafts on bankers payable to order on demand sufficient authority for payment without proof of indorsement. 16 & 17 Vict. c. 59, s. 19. Protection of bankers paying unindorsed or irregularly indorsed cheques, etc. 5 & 6 Eliz. 2 c. 36, s. 1. Rights of bankers collecting cheques not indorsed by holders. 5 & 6 Eliz. 2 c. 36, s. 2. Unindorsed cheques as evidence of payment. 5 & 6 Eliz. 2 c. 36, s. 3. Protection of bankers collecting payment of cheques, etc. 5 & 6 Eliz. 2 c. 36, s. 4. Application of provisions of this part to instruments not being bills of exchange. 5 & 6 Eliz. 2 c. 36, s. 5. Saving. 5 & 6 Eliz. 2 c. 36, s. 6. Definition of promissory note. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 83. Delivery necessary. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 84. Joint and several notes. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 85. Note payable on demand. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 86. Presentment for payment. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 87. Liability of maker. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 88. Application of Part II to notes. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 89. Good faith. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 90. Signature. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 91. Computation of time. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 92. When noting equivalent to protest. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 93. Protest when notary not accessible. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 94. Schedule. Crossing of divided warrant. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 95. Saving. 45 & 46 Vict. c. 61, s. 97. (Cap. 117.) ( Cap. 32.)

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2246

Edition

1964

Volume

v3

Subsequent Cap No.

19

Number of Pages

39
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:04:55 +0800
<![CDATA[APPORTIONMENT ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2245

Title

APPORTIONMENT ORDINANCE

Description






LAWS OF HONG KONG

APPORTIONMENT ORDINANCE

CHAPTER 18





CHAPTER 18.

APPORTIONMENT.

For the better apportionment of rents and other periodical payments.

[10th March. 1886.]

1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Apportionment

Ordinance. (Amended, 5 of 1924, s. 6)

2. In this Ordinance, unless the context otherwise
requires'annuities' includes salaries and pensions,

'dividends' includes (besides dividends strictly so called) all payments
made by the name of dividend, bonus, or otherwise out of the
revenue of trading or other public companies, divisible between all
or any of the members of such respective companies, whether such
payments are usually made or declared at any fixed times or
otherwise; and all such divisible revenue shall, for the purposes of
this Ordinance, be deemed to have accrued by equal daily
increment during and within the period for or in respect of which
the payment of the same revenue is declared or expressed to be
made, but the said word 'dividends' shall not include payments in
the nature of a return or reimbursement of capital;

'rents' includes all periodical payments or renderings in lieu of or in the
nature of rent.

3. All rents, annuities, dividends, and other periodical payments in
the nature of income (whether reserved or made payable under an
instrument in writing or otherwise) shall, like interest on money lent, be
considered as accruing from day to day, and shall be apportionable in
respect of time accordingly.

(Amended, 50 of 1911, s. 4)

4. The apportioned part of any such rent, annuity. dividend, or
other payment shall be payable or recoverable, in the case of a
continuing rent. annuity, or other such payment, when the entire portion
of which such apportioned part forms part becomes due and payable,
and not before; and, in the case of a rent. annuity, or other such
payment determined by re-entry, death. or otherwise. when the next
entire portion of the same would have been payable if the same had not
so determined, and not before.

5. All persons and their respective executors. administrators, and
assigns, and also the executors, administrators, and assigns respectively
of persons whose interests determine with their own deaths, shall have
such or the same remedies at law and in equity for recovering such
apportioned parts as aforesaid when payable (allowing proportionate
parts of all just allowances) as they





respectively would have had for recovering such entire, portions as
aforesaid if entitled thereto respectively:

Provided that persons liable to pay rents reserved out of or
charged on lands or tenements. and the same lands or tenements,
shall not be resorted to for any such apportioned part forming
part of an entire or continuing rent as aforesaid specifically, but
the entire or continuing rent. including such apportioned part, shall
be recovered and received by the person who, if the rent had not
been apportionable under this Ordinance or otherwise, would have
been entitled to such entire or continuing rent, and such appor-
tioned part shall be recoverable from such person by the executors
or other parties entitled under this Ordinance to the same by
action or suit.

6. Nothing in this Ordinance shall render apportionable
any annual sums made payable in policies of assurance of any
description.

7. This Ordinance shall not extend to any case in which it
may be expressly stipulated that no apportionment shall take
place.
(Amended, 50 of 1911; 62 of 1911, Schedule)
Originally 2 of 1886. (Cap. 18, 1950.) 50 of 1911. 62 of 1911. 63 of 1911. 5 of 1942. Short title. 33 & 34 Vict. c. 35, s. 1. Interpretation. 33 & 34 Vict. c. 35, s. 5. Rents, etc., to accrue from day to day. 33 & 34 Vict. c. 35, s. 2. Apportioned part of rent, etc., to be payable when next entire portion due. 33 & 34 Vict. c. 35, s. 3. Remedies for recovering apportioned parts. 33 & 34 Vict. c. 35, s. 4. Exclusion of policies of assurance. 33 & 34 Vict. c. 35, s. 6. Exclusion by express stipulation. 33 & 34 Vict. c. 35, s. 7.

Abstract

Originally 2 of 1886. (Cap. 18, 1950.) 50 of 1911. 62 of 1911. 63 of 1911. 5 of 1942. Short title. 33 & 34 Vict. c. 35, s. 1. Interpretation. 33 & 34 Vict. c. 35, s. 5. Rents, etc., to accrue from day to day. 33 & 34 Vict. c. 35, s. 2. Apportioned part of rent, etc., to be payable when next entire portion due. 33 & 34 Vict. c. 35, s. 3. Remedies for recovering apportioned parts. 33 & 34 Vict. c. 35, s. 4. Exclusion of policies of assurance. 33 & 34 Vict. c. 35, s. 6. Exclusion by express stipulation. 33 & 34 Vict. c. 35, s. 7.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2245

Edition

1964

Volume

v3

Subsequent Cap No.

18

Number of Pages

3
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:04:54 +0800
<![CDATA[LANDS TRIBUNAL (FEES) RULES]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2244

Title

LANDS TRIBUNAL (FEES) RULES

Description






LANDS TRIBUNAL (FEES) RULES
(Cap. 17, section 10(3))
[26 February 19881

L.N. 45188 -

Citation

1. These rules may be cited as the Lands Tribunal (Fees) Rules.

Fees

2. In proceedings before the Tribunal, the fee specified in, or the fee
which may be fixed under, the third column of the Schedule shall be payable in
respect of the item specified in the second column of the Schedule.

Payment of fees

3. A fee under these rules shall be payable either by adhesive stamps or
by causing the relevant document to be franked with the amount of the fee.

Power of registrar

4. The registrar may reduce, remit or defer payment of any fee under
these rules as he may think fit in any particular case and shall, if he exercises this
power, endorse on the relevant document a note of the reduction, remission or
deferment and of the reasons therefor.

Application to the Crown

5. These rules apply to all proceedings by or against the Crown.

SCHEDULE [rule2]

FEEs

Item
No. Description Fee

1 . Application to determine compensation other than under the Demolished
Buildings (Re-development of Sites) Ordinance (Cap. 337) 120.00
2. Application for an order to exclude premises from application of Part 1 of the
Landlord and Tenant (Consolidation) Ordinance (Cap. 7) 120.00
3, Application to determine compensation under the Demolished Buildings
(Re-development of Sites) Ordinance .....30.00
4. Application for order or determination other than compensation 30.00
5. Application under Part II, Part IV or Part V of the Landlord and Tenant
(Consolidation) Ordinance ...............120.00





item
No. Description Fee

6. Filing an appeal or Notice of Appeal 120.00
7. Interlocutory application ex parte or inter partes 30.00
8. Request for a case to be stated .....120.00
9. Filing order of Tribunal (including signature of registrar and sealing) 30.00
Each additional copy ................15.00
10.Amending documents in proceedings 30.00

11.Filing of expert evidence ................................................ 30.00
12.Administering any oath or declaration in the Registry of the Tribunal 30.00
13.Marking every exhibit attached to any affidavit or declaration 1.50
14.Filing any affidavit or declaration 30.00
15.Request for issuing a witness summons (each witness) 30.00
16.Application for review under section 8(2) of the Mass Transit Railway (Land
Resumption and Related Provisions) Ordinance (Cap. 276) 120.00

17.Application for extension of time under section 19(2) of the Mass Transit
Railway (Land Resumption and Related Provisions) Ordinance 120.00

18.Lodging of settlement offer under section 23(2) of the Mass Transit Railway
(Land Resumption and Related Provisions) Ordinance 30.00

19.Application to certify the amount of settlement of compensation under section
33 of the Mass Transit Railway (Land Resumption and Related Provisions)
Ordinance ............................120.00
20.Copy of any document made in the Registry of the Tribunal and certifying the
,me, per page ........................10.00
Additional copies after the first or top copy and certifying the same, per page 1.50
21.Photostatic copy of any document made in the Registry of the Tribunal and
certification-
(a) for each page or portion of a page 3.00
(b) for each page or portion of a page exceeding in size 210 nun x 297 mm such
additional
fee as the
registrar
may fix
22. Every search in the Registry of the Tribunal for each register, file or document 10.00
23.Attendance of any Government official to produce or prove in the Tribunal
any record or document called by any party other than the Crown 120.00
24.......................................Attendance of any Government official to give expert evidence in the Tribunal
called by any party other than the Crown such fee
......................................as the
......................................Presidentor
......................................presiding
......................................officer or
......................................member of
......................................the
......................................Tribunal
......................................may fix

25.Attendance of any Government official to give any other evidence in the
Tribunal called by any party other than the Crown, per hour or portion of an
hour of attendance ..................60.00

26.Attendance of witness to produce document or other papers, per hour or
portion of an hour..................of attendance ................. 60.00





Item
No. Description Fee

27..............................Attendance of witness to give expert evidence .......... such fee
.....................................as the
.....................................President or
.....................................presiding
.....................................officer or
.....................................member of
.....................................the
.....................................Tribunal
.....................................may fix
28. Attendance of witness to give any other evidence per hour or portion of an
hour of attendance ...................60.00
29................Signing every appointment to tax a bill of costs 30.00
30................................Taxing every bill-
(a) if the bill does not exceed $100 .12.00
(b) for every $100 or part of $100 allowed in excess of the first $100 3.00
31.Any certificate of the President or presiding officer or member or the registrar
not hereinbefore referred to per copy of the document certified 30.00
32...................Settling any notice or document, per page 3.00
33............................Sealing of any document 15.00
34....Filing any application, notice or document not hereinbefore referred to 30.00

35. Any other matter or proceedings not hereinbefore referred to, and for which
no fee has been specified herein ...such fee,
.......................................not
....................................exceeding
...................................$360,asthe
....................................registrar
.....................................may fix
36.............................Translation, per page 15.00
37.Certification..........
10.00

Abstract



Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2244

Edition

1964

Volume

v3

Subsequent Cap No.

17

Number of Pages

3
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:04:54 +0800
<![CDATA[LANDS TRIBUNAL RULES]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2243

Title

LANDS TRIBUNAL RULES

Description






LANDS TRIBUNAL RULES



ARRANGEMENT OF RULES

Rule Page

PART 1

PRELIMINARY

1. Citation....................................................................A4
2. Interpretation..............................................................A4
3. Part 11 to be subject to other provisions...................................A4

PART II
PROCEEDINGS GENERALLY
4. Mode of application.........................................................A4
5. Interlocutory procedure.....................................................A4

6. Address for service ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A5
7. Parties to be served ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A5
8. Method of service ... ... ... ... ... ... ... .... ... ... ... ... ... A5
9. Notices to be given by the Tribunal ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A5
10.Substituted service or notice ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A5
I0A.Affidavit of service... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A6
11. Adding, striking out, and substituting parties ... ... ... A6
12. Amendment ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A6
12A. Further and better particulars ... ... ... ... - - ... ... ... ... .A6
13. Listing for hearing... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... - ... A7
13A. Orders in default ...... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... .A7
14. Notice of hearing ...... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... .A8
Is. Public hearings ...... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ..A8
16. Preliminary point of law ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... .A8
17. Mode of taking evidence ... .... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... .A8
18. Expert evidence ...... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ..A8
19. Affidavits ... .... . . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A9
20. Witness summons ...... ... ... ... ... ... ... . ... ... ... ... A9
21. Hearing ... ... ...... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... .A9
22. Reinstatement of proceedings ... ... ... ... - ... ... ... ... ...A10
23. Adjournment ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... . . . ... ... A10
24. Right of audience ...... ... ... ... ... ... ... . ... ... ... A10
25. Withdrawal and discontinuance ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A10
26. Oral and written judgments, etc . . ... ... ... ... ..... ... ... A11
27. Consent order ... ... .1 . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... .. A11
28. Clerical mistakes and slips ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... . ... A11
29. Failure to comply with rules ... ... ... ... ... ... ..... ... A11
30. Enlargement or abridgement of time ... ... ... ... ... ... ... . A11





Rule........................................ Page

PART III

PROCEEDINGS UNDER THE CROWN LANDs RESUMPTION
ORDINANCE

31............Interpretation ............ ... ... ... ... ... ... All

32...........procedure where compensation claimed for resumption .. A12

33...Procedure where compensation claimed for entry . ... A12

PART IV

PROCEEDINGS UNDER THE MASS TRANSIT RAILWAY
(LAND RESUMPTION AND RELATED PROVISIONS)
ORDINANCE

34............Interpretation ....... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A12

35................Claims for compensation .... ... ... ... ... ... A12

36.........................Applications under sections 8(2) and 19(2) A12
37.........................Disposal of applications under section 8(2) or 19(2) ..
A13

38........Applications under section 33 ... A13

PART V

[Revoked]

PART VI

PROCEEDINGS UNDER THE DEMOLISHED BUILDINGS (RE-
DEVELOPMENT
OF SITES) ORDINANCE

41................Appeals to the Tribunal ..... ... ... ... A13
41A...............Commencement of proceedings ... ... ... ... ... ... ...
A14

PART VII

[Revoked]

PART VIII

PROCEEDINGS UNDER THE PEBLIC RECLAMATIONS AND WORKS
ORDINANCE

44................Claims for compensation .... ... ... ... ... ... A14

PART IX

PROCEEDINGS UNDER THE FORESHORES AND SEA BED
ORDINANCE

45................Claims for compensation .... . ... ... ... A14

PART X

PROCEEDINGS UNDER THE HONG KONG
AIRPORT





(CONTROL OF OBSTRUCTIONS) ORDINANCE

46................Notice of disputes to Tribunal .. ... ... . A15





Rule Page
PART XI

APPEALS UNDER THE RATING ORDINANCE

47. Appeals to the Tribunal... .... .... ... ... ... A15

PART XII

PROCEEDINGS UNDER THE LANDLORD AND TENANT
(CONSOLIDATION) ORDINANCE

48............Interpretation ......... . ..... ... ... ... A15

Section A

Proceedings under Part I of the Ordinance

49..................Commencement of proceedings . ... ... ... A15

50..............Notice of opposition .. ... ... ... ... ... A15

50A........Particulars ..... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A15
51.........Chinese language ....... ... ... ... ... ... ... A16

Section B

Proceedings under Part II of the Ordinance

52..................Commencement of proceedings .... ... ... . A16

53..............Notice of opposition ...... ... ... ... ... . A16

53A........Particulars .......... ... ... ... ... ... ... A16

Section C

Proceedings under Part IV of the Ordinance

54..................Commencement of proceedings ... ... ... A16

55..............Notice of opposition ... ... ... ... ... ... A16

56.........Particulars ........... ... ... ... ... ... ... A16

Schedule. Forms ................ ... ... ... ... ... ... A17





LANDS TRIBUNAL RULES
(Cap. 17, section 10(3))
[6 December 1974.]

PART 1

PRELIMINARY

1. These rules may be cited as the Lands Tribunal Rules.

2. (1) In these rules, unless the context otherwise requires

'applicant' means any party bringing any proceedings before the
Tribunal;

'respondent' means any party, other than the applicant, to any
proceedings before the Tribunal.

(2) A reference to a numbered form is a reference to the form so
numbered in the Schedule.

(3) Where provision is made in these rules for the application of
any provision of the Rules of the Supreme Court, the same shall apply

(a) with all necessary modifications; and

(b) as if references to the Court were references to the Tribunal.

3. A particular provision in any Ordinance or in Part Ill, IV, V, VI,
VII, VIII, IX, X, XI or XII shall prevail over any general provision in Part
II with which it is inconsistent or in conflict.

PART II

PROCEEDINGS GENERALLY

4. Where no form of application to the Tribunal is prescribed by
these rules or by any other enactment, the application (whether
originating or interlocutory) shall be made in writing setting out the
nature of the relief applied for and the grounds of the application but no
particular form need be followed.

5. (1) If an interlocutory application is made with the consent of all
parties then evidence of every such consent shall be filed with the
application.

(2) Except where paragraph (1) applies. an interlocutory application
shall be accompanied by a certificate that the other parties have been
served pursuant to rule 7.

(3) Any party who objects to the application shall within 7 days
after service on him file and serve on the other parties a statement of
the grounds of his objection or notice that he wishes to be heard.





(4) The Tribunal shall afford any party who gives notice that he
wishes to be heard an opportunity to appear and be heard on the
application.

6. (1) The first document filed by a party shall state at its foot an
address for service of that party.

(2) Any address for service may from time to time be altered by
reasonable notice in writing to the registrar and to every other party.

7. Subject to rule 18 and to any general or special directions of the
Tribunal, a copy of every document, and of every document exhibited
thereto, filed or lodged with the registrar in any proceedings shall be
served by the party who filed or lodged it on every other party.

8. Service of a document required to be served on any person may
be effected

(a)if the person is acting by a solicitor, by delivering it to or
leaving it for the solicitor or sending it by registered post
addressed to the solicitor, at the address for service or at his
place of business;

(b)if the person is not acting by a solicitor, by delivering it to him
personally or by leaving it for him or sending it by registered
post addressed to him at the address for service, or, if none is
given, at his last known or usual place of abode or business in
Hong Kong;

(c)in such other manner as the Tribunal may direct.

9. Where any notice is required to be given by the Tribunal to any
person, whether a party or not, it may be given

(a)if the person is acting by a solicitor, by sending it by
registered post addressed to the solicitor at the address for
service or at his place of business;

(b)if the person is not acting by a solicitor, by sending it by
registered post addressed to him at the address for service or,
if none is given, at his last known or usual place of abode or
business in Hong Kong;

(c) in such other manner as the Tribunal may direct.

10. If it appears to the Tribunal that, after reasonable efforts, it has
not been possible to

(a)effect service on any person in accordance with rule 8(a) or
(b); or

(b)give notice to any person in accordance with rule 9(a) or (b),





the Tribunal may dispense with service upon such person or may, under
rule 8(c) or 9(c) (as the case may be), make an order for substituted
service upon such other person or in such form (whether by
advertisement in a newspaper or otherwise) as the Tribunal thinks fit.

10A. Where service of notice of an application is effected under
rule 8, or substituted service is ordered under rule 10, the party required
to effect such service shall, within 3 days of service, file with the
registrar an affidavit or affirmation of service in accordance with form 15,
unless the party so served has filed with the registrar a notice of
opposition to the application.

11. At any stage of proceedings and either on or without the
application of a party, the Tribunal may add, strike out, or substitute the
name of any person as a party.

12. (1) Subject to paragraph (2) a party may, before the hearing,
make an amendment to a document filed or lodged in any proceedings,
and make any amendments consequential thereon.

(2) Leave of the Tribunal shall be obtained to any amendment by a
party if

(a)an amendment has already been made in the proceedings by
that party;

(b)notice of hearing has been given under rule 14; or

(c)the document to be amended is one of those described in rule
18(1).

(3) The Tribunal may at any time amend any document upon the
application of a party or of its own motion.

(4) An amendment made with the leave of the Tribunal may be
made on such terms as to costs or other matters as the Tribunal thinks
fit; and an amendment made by a party as of right may be taken into
consideration by the Tribunal in exercising its powers to award costs
under section 12 of the Lands Tribunal Ordinance.

12A. (1) The Tribunal may on the application of any party, or of its
own motion, require further and better particulars of any document filed
with the registrar or of any document ordered to be disclosed under
section 10(2)(a) of the Lands Tribunal Ordinance.

(2) An application under paragraph (1) shall in the first instance be
made in writing and a copy of such application shall be served on the
other party or parties.

(3) A requisition of the Tribunal under paragraph (1) shall be made
in writing to the party or parties concerned.

(4) If a party to whom a requisition under paragraph (1) is made
objects thereto he shall give to the registrar notice in writing of





his objection stating the grounds thereof within 7 days of the receipt by
him of the requisition.

13.(1)(a) Where a notice of opposition has been filed, or the time
limited for filing has elapsed and no notice of opposition has
been filed, any party to the application, on giving notice to all
other parties, may apply to the registrar in accordance with
form 16 to list the application for hearing.

(b)At the expiration of not less than 3 days after the receipt of the
application to list for hearing, the registrar shall, subject to any
order of the Tribunal, list the application for hearing and shall
give notice to all parties, which shall be not less than 14 clear
days, or such other period as may be agreed by the parties.

(c)The registrar may refer any application to list for hearing to the
Tribunal, which may make such order as it thinks fit.

(d)Any party to an application may, at any time before the
application has been listed for hearing, make representations
to the registrar with regard to the listing.

(2) Where any party has failed, in the opinion of the Tribunal, to
pursue any proceedings with due diligence, or has failed to comply with
any rule or a requisition under rule 12A, the Tribunal may, after giving
the parties an opportunity to be heard, order that the proceedings be
heard by the Tribunal or give such other direction as it may think fit for
the purpose of expediting or disposing of the proceedings.

13A. (1) In the case of applications for an order for

(a)possession or for ejectment; or

(b)rent, mesne profits or any other liquidated demand,

where no notice of opposition has been filed the applicant may apply
for an order in terms of his application.

(2) An application for an order to be made in default of opposition
pursuant to paragraph (1) shall be made in writing to the Registrar and
shall be supported by an affidavit

(a)verifying the facts relied upon by the applicant and exhibiting
the original of any document evidencing the claim or
accounting for the loss of any such document; and

(b)declaring that the rent is not in excess of the amount
recoverable by law.

(3) Upon application made under paragraph (2) and upon reading
any affidavit in support of such application the Registrar may, subject
to paragraph (4), cause an order to be entered in favour of the applicant
in terms of the application with costs, if any, by endorsing the
originating application to such effect.





(4) The Registrar may, where he thinks fit, refer any application
under paragraph (2) to the President or a presiding officer who may
make such order thereon as the justice of the application may require.

(5) If at any time after the expiration of the time limited for the filing
of a notice of opposition but before any order has been entered the
respondent files a notice of opposition in accordance with these rules
the provisions of this rule shall not apply.

(6) No order shall be entered against a respondent under this rule
unless the Registrar is satisfied that the originating application has been
served on the respondent.

(7) The Tribunal may on such terms as it thinks fit set aside or vary
any order made under this rule.

14. When an application has been listed for hearing, the registrar
shall give notice thereof to all parties in form 1.

15. The sittings of the Tribunal, other than on interlocutory
matters, shall be open to the public.

16. (1) A presiding officer may, on the application of any party,
order any point of law which it is within the jurisdiction of a presiding
officer to decide and which appears to be in issue in the proceedings to
be disposed of at a preliminary hearing before a presiding officer.

(2) If the decision on the point of law substantially disposes of the
proceedings, the presiding officer may order that the argument shall be
treated as the hearing of the case or may make such other order as he
thinks fit.

17. The evidence of witnesses at the hearing of any proceedings
may be taken orally on oath or affirmation, or by affidavit, declaration or
otherwise as the Tribunal thinks fit.

18. (1) Subject to paragraph (2), the registrar may, before
appointing a time under regulation 13(1) for the hearing of any
proceedings, by notice in writing require every party

(a)to notify the registrar in writing, within 14 days after the date
of the notice, whether or not the party intends to call an expert
witness or witnesses; and

(b)if the party intends to call an expert witness or witnesses, to
lodge with the registrar, within 28 days after the date of the
notice, the following documents relating to the evidence to be
given by his expert witness or witnesses and a copy of each
such document for every other party

(i) every plan and valuation of land (whether or not the
subject of the proceedings) which it is proposed to put in
evidence;





(ii) a statement of particulars and computations in support
of such valuation;

(iii) a statement of any prices. costs or other particulars
which are proposed to be given in evidence in support of any
such valuation, or a statement that no such prices, costs,
particulars or plans will be relied upon.

(IA) A party shall, when lodging with the registrar any document
referred to in paragraph (1)(b) or any copy thereof and if required by
him, also lodge with the registrar a translation into the Chinese language
of that document or copy and every translation shall be certified as true
and correct by a person appointed under section 27(2) of the Evidence
Ordinance.

(2) Where under regulation 11 the name of any person is added or
substituted as a party after the time for the hearing of any proceedings
has been appointed under regulation 13(1), the registrar may by notice
in writing require such party to comply with paragraphs (1)(a), (1)(b)
and (IA).

(3) Where any party lodges with the registrar any document under
paragraph (1)(b) or (IA), the registrar shall send a copy of such
document to every other party.

(4) If at the hearing a party seeks to rely upon any evidence in
respect of which he has not lodged with the registrar the documents
specified in paragraph (1)(b) or (I A), the Tribunal shall, unless it is
satisfied that no prejudice to any other party will arise, adjourn the
hearing on such terms as to costs or otherwise as it thinks fit.

(5) Nothing in Part V of the Evidence Ordinance, or in rules made
under it, shall prevent expert evidence from being adduced before the
Tribunal by any party notwithstanding that no application has been
made to the Tribunal for a direction as to the disclosure of that evidence
to any other party to the proceedings.

19. Order 41 of the Rules of the Supreme Court shall apply to
affidavits to be read and used in proceedings before the Tribunal.

20. Upon application by any party by means of form I A, the
registrar may issue a witness summons in form 2 to any person,
requiring him to attend at a time and place to be specified in the
summons to give evidence before the Tribunal, or to produce to the
Tribunal any documents (particulars of which shall be stated in the
summons) in his possession or control, or both.

21. (1) If no party appears at the time and place appointed for the
hearing, the proceedings may be struck out for want of appearance.

(2) Where one party to the proceedings appears, but no other
party appears, the Tribunal may

(a) hear the evidence and submissions of the party appearing;

(b)on the application of that party, strike out the proceedings
for want of appearance; or





(c)adjourn the proceedings on such terms as to costs or
otherwise as it thinks fit.

(3) Where 2 or more parties appear, the Tribunal shall, in its
absolute discretion, decide

(a)which party shall have the right to begin or to reply; and

(b)the order and number of addresses by the parties or their
respective counsel or solicitors or agents allowed under rule
24.

(4) The Tribunal may, either of its own motion or at the request of a
party, direct that written submissions be made either instead of or in
addition to addresses by or on behalf of the parties.

22. (1) Where proceedings have been struck out for want of
appearance, an application for their reinstatement may be made to the
Tribunal within 21 days after the day on which they were struck out.

(2)The application shall be served on the other parties.

(3) On any such application, the Tribunal may, if it thinks fit, make
an order reinstating the proceedings on such terms and conditions as it
thinks fit.

(4) The registrar shall give notice to the parties of any
reinstatement.

23. The hearing of any proceedings may from time to time be
adjourned to such time and place and on such terms (if any) as the
Tribunal thinks fit.

24. (1) A party may appear and be heard personally or by counsel
or a solicitor or by any other person allowed by leave of the Tribunal to
appear instead of that party.

(2) An application for leave under paragraph (1) may be made in
writing before the hearing or orally at the hearing.

25. (1) A party may, without leave of the Tribunal, discontinue the
proceedings or withdraw any part thereof by serving a notice to that
effect on the other party.

1 (2) A party upon whom a notice mentioned in paragraph (1) is served
may, within 14 days of that service, apply to the Tribunal for an order
for costs and, subject to the Landlord and Tenant (Consolidation)
Ordinance, the Tribunal may make such order as it thinks fit.

(3) In a case under Part IV of the Landlord and Tenant
(Consolidation) Ordinance, a party upon whom a notice mentioned in
paragraph (1) is served, may, within 14 days of that service, apply to the
Tribunal for an order for the payment of rent and the Tribunal may order
payment of rent due.





26. (1) The reasons for any judgment, decision or order of the
Tribunal may be delivered orally or in writing as the Tribunal shall think
fit.

(2) Where reasons have been delivered orally the Tribunal shall, if
so required at any time by any party who has applied for a review under
section 11 A or has applied for the Tribunal to state a case under
section 11, record those reasons in writing.

(3) Every party to the proceedings shall be entitled to a copy of any
written judgment, decision or order on payment of such fees as may be
prescribed.

27. Where the parties have agreed upon the terms of any order to
be made by the Tribunal, particulars of the terms, signed by or on behalf
of the parties, shall be sent to the Tribunal, and an order may be made
by the Tribunal in accordance with such terms in the absence of the
parties, unless the Tribunal for any special reason requires their
attendance.

28. Clerical mistakes in decisions or determinations, and errors
arising therein from any accidental slip or omission may at any time be
corrected by the Tribunal.

29. Any failure on the part of any person to comply with the
provisions of these rules shall not render the proceedings or anything
done in pursuance thereof invalid, unless the Tribunal so directs.

30. (1) Subject to the provisions of these rules, any of the times
fixed by or by virtue of these rules for

(a) taking any step in any proceedings; or

(b) filing or lodging any document; or

(c) giving any notice,

may be enlarged or abridged by the Tribunal on the application of any
party or by consent of the parties given in writing.

(2) An order enlarging time may be made although the application
for it is not made until after the expiration of the time allowed or
appointed.

PART III

PROCEEDINGS UNDER THE CROWN
LANDS
RESUMPTION ORDINANCE

31. In this Part

'Ordinance' means the Crown Lands Resumption Ordinance;

'Authority' has the same meaning as in section 2 of the Ordinance.





32. (1) Proceedings under section 6(3)(b) or 8(2) of the Ordinance
for determination of compensation shall be commenced by filing with
the registrar an application substantially in accordance with form 3.

(2) Where a claim has been submitted to the Authority under
section 6(2) of the Ordinance an application shall be accompanied by a
copy of the claim.

(3) Where section 6(3)(a) or 6(3)(b)(i) of the Ordinance applies
and a claim has not been submitted to the Authority the application
shall be accompanied by a statement of the following particulars

(a)a description of the land resumed;

(b)the estates or interests therein to which the proceedings
relate;

(c)an estimate of the amount of compensation which the
applicant considers is in issue in the proceedings.

33. Proceedings under section 7(3) of the Ordinance for
determination of compensation shall be commenced by filing with the
registrar an application substantially in accordance with form 4 together
with a copy of the claim submitted to the Authority under section 7(2)
of the Ordinance.

PART IV

PROCEEDINGS UNDER THE MASS TRANSIT RAILWAY
(LAND RESUMPTION AND RELATED PROVISIONS)
ORDINANCE

34. In this Part-

'Ordinance' means the Mass Transit Railway (Land Resumption and
Related Provisions) Ordinance;

'Director' has the same meaning as in the Ordinance.

35. (1) Proceedings under section 21(6)(b) or (c) or (7) of the
Ordinance shall be commenced by filing with the registrar

(a)an application substantially in accordance with form 5; and

(b)a copy of the claim served on the Director under section 21
(1) of the Ordinance.

(2) A copy of the application shall be served on the other party
not later than 7 days after it is filed.

36. (1) Where any person applies to the Tribunal under section
8(2) or 19(2) of the Ordinance, the application shall be accompanied by
an affidavit or affidavits setting out the grounds upon which the
application is made.

(2) A copy of the application and affidavit or affidavits shall be
served on the Director at least 21 days before the time fixed for hearing.





(3) If the Director wishes to oppose the application or be heard
thereon he shall at least 7 days before the time fixed for hearing file with
the registrar and serve on the applicant an objection stating the
grounds thereof or a notice stating that he wishes to be heard.

37. (1) An application under section 8(2) or 19(2) abovementioned
may be dealt with summarily by the Tribunal if it is not opposed by the
Director or he does not wish to be heard.

(2) Notwithstanding rule 25, an applicant may at any time before
the hearing withdraw his application under section 8(2) or 19(2), without
the leave of the Tribunal, by giving notice in writing thereof to the
registrar and the Director.

38. An application to the Tribunal under section 33 of the
Ordinance may be made ex parte and may be dealt with summarily by
the Tribunal.

PART V

[Revoked, L.N. 286/82]

PART VI

PROCEEDINGS UNDER THE DEMOLISHED
BUILDINGS
(RE-DEVELOPMENT OF SITES) ORDINANCE

41. (1) Appeals to the Tribunal under the Demolished Buildings (Re-
development of Sites) Ordinance shall be instituted as follows

(a)under section 4(1), by filing with the registrar a notice of
appeal substantially in accordance with form 7 and, if the
appellant seeks an extension of the time allowed for such
appeal, an application therefor;

(b) under section 6(3), by filing with the registrar a notice of
appeal substantially in accordance with form 8.

(2) A copy of every notice of appeal under this Part shall be served
by the appellant on the Director Building

within 7 days after it is filed and the Director shall within 7 days after
such service send to the registrar a copy of the order or assessment
which is the subject of appeal.

(3) Notwithstanding rule 25, an appellant may, at any time before
the hearing, withdraw his appeal, without the leave of the Tribunal, by
giving notice in writing thereof to the registrar and the Director of
Building Development.






41A. (1) Proceedings under section 7(2) of the Demolished
Buildings (Re-development of Sites) Ordinance shall be commenced by
filing with the registrar a notice of application in accordance with form
8A.

(2) A copy of the notice shall be served by the applicant on the
respondent not later than 7 days after it is filed.

PART V11

[Revoked, 30 of 1983, s. 4]

PART VIII

PROCEEDINGS UNDER R HE PUBLIC
RECLAMATIONS
AND WORKS S ORDINANCE

44. (1) Proceedings for determination of a claim by the Tribunal
under section 3(2) or 6(2) of the Public Reclamations and Works
Ordinance shall be commenced by filing with the registrar--

(a)an application substantial in accordance with form 9; and

(b)a copy of the claim submitted to the Director of Lands in
accordance with a notification under section 2 of that
Ordinance.

(2) A copy of the application and of the claim shall be served on
the other party not later than 7 days a after it is filed.

PART IX

PROCEEDINGS UNDER THE
FORESHORES ORES
AND SEA BED ORDINANCE

45. (1) Proceedings for determination of a claim by the Tribunal
under section 7 of the Foreshores and Sea Be Ordinance shall be
commenced by filing with the registrar

(a)an application substantially in accordance with form 10; and


(b)a copy of the particulars of the injurious affecting of property
and of claims in respect thereof delivered red to the Director of
Lands under section 7(1) of that Or Ordinance

(2) A copy of the application and of the particulars of the
injurious affecting of property and of claims in respect
thereof shall

be served on the other party not later than 7 days after it is filed.





PART X

PROCEEDINGS UNDER THE HONG KONG
AIRPORT
(CONTROL OF OBSTRUCTIONS) ORDINANCE

46. Where a dispute has arisen under section 25 of the Hong Kong
Airport (Control of Obstructions) Ordinance, the notice under
subsection (2) of that section to be served on the registrar shall be
substantially in accordance with form 11.

PART Xl

APPEALS UNDER THE RATING ORDINANCE

47. Appeals to the Tribunal under section 42 of the Rating
Ordinance shall be instituted by filing with the registrar

(a)a notice of appeal substantially in accordance with form 12;
and

(b)a copy of the decision which is the subject of the appeal.

PART XII

PROCEEDINGS UNDER THE LANDLORD AND
TENANT
(CONSOLIDATION) ORDINANCE

48. In this Part 'Ordinance' means the Landlord and Tenant
(Consolidation) Ordinance.

Section A

Proceedings under Part I of the Ordinance

49. (1) Proceedings under Part I of the Ordinance shall be
commenced by the applicant filing with the registrar a notice of
application substantially in accordance with form 13.

(2) A copy of the notice of application shall be served by the
applicant on the respondent not later than 7 days after it is filed.

50. The respondent shall, if he wishes to oppose the application,
within 14 days of service of the notice of application upon him file with
the registrar, and serve a copy thereof on the applicant, a notice of
opposition substantially in accordance with form 14, stating the
grounds thereof and that he wishes to be heard.

50A. (1) The applicant shall, in his notice of application, state the
facts relied upon by him in sufficient detail to enable the respondent to
know the case he has to meet.

(2) The respondent shall, in his notice of opposition, state the facts
relied upon by him in sufficient detail to enable the applicant to know
the case he has to meet.





51. Where the rent of any premises subject to proceedings under
Part I of the Ordinance is less than $500 per month, notices of
application and opposition by the tenant or per month may be in the
Chinese language.

Section B

Proceedings under Part II of the Ordinance

52. (1) Proceedings under Part 11 of the Ordinance shall be
commenced by the applicant filing with the registrar a notice of
application substantially in accordance with form 13.

(2) A copy of the notice of application shall be served by the
applicant on the respondent not later than 7 days after it is filed.

53. The respondent shall, if he wishes to oppose the application,
within 14 days of service of the notice of application upon him, file with
the registrar, and serve a copy thereof on the applicant, a notice of
opposition substantially in accordance with form 14, stating the
grounds thereof and that he wishes to be heard.

53A. (1) The applicant shall, in his notice of application, state the
facts relied upon by him in sufficient detail to enable the respondent to
know the case he has to meet.

(2) The respondent shall, in his notice of opposition, state the facts
relied upon by him in sufficient detail to enable the applicant to know
the case he has to meet.

Section C
Proceedings under Part IV o the Ordinance of

54. (1) Proceedings under Part IV of the Ordinance shall be
commenced by the applicant filing with the registrar a notice of
application substantially in accordance with form 13.

(2) A copy of the application shall be served by the applicant on
the respondent not later than 7 days after it is filed.

55. The respondent shall, if he wishes to oppose the application,
within 14 days of service of the notice of application upon him, file with
the registrar, and serve a copy thereof on the applicant, a notice of
opposition substantially in, accordance with form 14, stating the
grounds thereof and that he wishes to be heard.

56. (1) The applicant shall, in his notice of application, state the
facts relied upon by him in sufficient detail to enable the respondent to
know the case he has to meet.

(2) The respondent shall, in his notice of opposition, state the facts
relied upon by him in sufficient detail to enable the applicant to know
the case he has to meet.





SCHEDULE

FORM 1 [r. 14.]

NOTICE OF HEARING

(heading)



These proceedings have been set down for hearing before the Lands Tribunal


at ...............................................................



in the Fixture/Floating List on .....day the day


of ........19 ...at ..a.m./p.m., or in the Running List.


Dated this ..........day of 19

(Deputy registrar, Lands Tribunal)

......... Deputy

FORM 1A [r. 20.]
(*All

APPLICATION FOR SUMMONS TO A
WITNESS


(heading)


To the Registrar of the Lands Tribunal



Whereas ...........of


.................... is likely to give material


evidence on behalf of the Applicant/Respondent, I
..........................................

apply for a summons to be issued to the said .....................................


requiring him to appear at the Tribunal sitting at ...... ...............


on .day the .....day of ......19 ..to give



evidence on behalf of the Applicant/Respondent.


Dated this ..........day of 19



(Solicitors for the)Applicant/Respondent.




FORM 2 [r. 20.]

SUMMONS TO WITNESS TO APPEAR (AND TO PRODUCE DOCUMENTS)

To [Name, address, and occupation]


You are hereby summoned to attend at a sitting of the Lands Tribunal


to be held at .... ...................................................................


on ...daythe .......day of .......19


at ...........a.m./p.m. to give evidence in the above proceedings


(and also to bring with you and produce [State particulars of documents required]).


This summons was issued on behalf of ........................................


Dated this ..............day of 19




FORM 3 [r. 32(1).]

APPLICATION To LANDS TRIBUNAL TO DETERMINE COMPENSATION FOR

LAND RESUMED UNDER CROWN LANDS RESUMPTION ORDINANCE

I/We .............of

or



require(s) the Lands Tribunal to determine ount of compensation to be

paid in respect of the resumption of ............................................................


......................................................................................................

(deserihe the estate or interest in land resumed)

.............................

formerly owned by *me/us

or


*by ................








because-

*an offer made under section 6(1)(a) of the Ordinance has been rejected.

(Attach a statement of particulars required by rule 32(3).).


or


*a claim submitted under section *6(2),18(1) of the Ordinance has not been agreed.


(Attach a copy of the claim.)

or

*no claim has been submitted under section 6(2) of the Ordinance. (Attach a

statement of the particulars required by rule 32(3).).


Dated the ...............day of 19


(to be signed by or on behalf of the
party applying )


To: The Lands Tribunal


and to:
Address for service:


FORM 4 [r. 33.]



APPLICATION TO LANDS TRIBUNAL TO DETERMINE COMPENSATION UNDER
SECTION 7(3) CROWN LANDS RESUMPTION ORDINANCE

*I/We .............of

........................................
.................)

as *owner(s)/occupier(s) of ........................................................................

the land)



or

Of






require(s) the Lands Tribunal to determine the amount of compensation to be


paid in respect of damage caused by reason of-


entry upon ....................................................................................... (describe the
(describe the land)






and/or

works performed thereon,



under section 7(1) of the Ordinance.

A claim for compensation (copy attached) was made pursuant to section


7(2) of the Ordinance but no agreement has been reached by way of settlement or


compromise.

Dated the ..day of ........19

(to be signed by or behalf of the
party applying)

To: The Lands Tribunal


and to:

Address for service:


FORM 5 [r. 35(1).]

APPLICATION To LANDS TRIBUNAL TO DETERMINE COMPENSATION UNDER
MASS TRANSIT RAILWAY (LAND RESUMPTION AND
RELATED PROVISIONS) ORDINANCE



*I/We ............of

(address)


or


*The Director of Enginccring Devcopment Bet Opment


require(s) the Lands Tribunal to determine the amount of compensation to



be paid in respect of a claim (copy attached) for compensation under item(s)






.............................................
.......... of Part 1 of the First Schedule to the Ordinance.



The Direclor has rejected the claim and now commences these proceedings pursuant



to section of the Ordinance. [To be completed only where the



Director is applying.







or


Four months have expired since the claim wits received by the Director and these


proceedings are commenced pursuant to section 21(7) of the Ordinance.


The reasons given by the Director. under section 21(5), for rejecting the




claim were-


Dated the ............. day of 19



(to be signed bY or on behalf (if the

party applying)

To: The Lands Tribunal

and to:

Address for service:

FORM 6

[Revoked, L.N. 286182)

FORM 7 41(1).]



NOTICE OF APPEAL To LANDS TRIBUNAL UNDER SECTION 4(1)
DEMOLISHED BUILDINGS (RE-DEVELOPMENT OF SITES)
ORDINANCE




............. as owner(s) of
............. .................................

................... require the Lands Tribunal to hear








an appeal against a re-development order in respect of such property made by the

Director of Building Development pursuant to section 4(1) of the Ordinance and

served on *me/us on the ..............................................................


of .......................19







The appeal is against ..............................................................................

(here state whether the

.................................................................................
...................................................................................................

(appeal against the entire order or specify the part or parts objected to)

The grounds of appeal are ...................................


.......................................
.......................................
.......................................

Dated the ...............day of 19



.......................

(to be signed by or on behalf of the oivner(s))
To: The Lands Tribunal
and

a The Director of
Building Development
Address for service:

FORM 8 [r. 41 (1).]

NOTICE OF APPEAL To LANDS TRIBUNAL UNDER SECTION 6(3)
DEMOLISHED BUILDINGS (RE-DEVELOPMENT OF SITES)

ORDINANCE


*I/We .............of
................... address)
.........................................................................

......................... as *owner(s)/mortgagee(s) of
........................
.......................

(describe the property)




require the Lands Tribunal to hear an appeal against the assessment of incremental


value in respect of such properly made by the Director of Building Development

pursuant to section 6(1) of the Ordinance and notified to *me/us on the ...............







day of 19



The grounds of appeal are ...............................................................






Dated the - ............day of 19

............................
(to he signed by )



To: The Lands Tribunal


and



The Director of *

service:

FORM 8A 41 A.]


NOTICE OF APPLICATION To LANDS TRIBUNAL UNDER DEMOLISHED
BUILDINGS (RE-DEVELOPMENT OF SITES) ORDINANCE

section 7(2)Name and address of applicant: 93 log A
Name and address of respondent:
: Address and description of premises:

Term of tenancy:

Rent:

(1) On the day of 19 I vacated the

premises which were the subject of a Closure Order.


(2) In the premises 1 had occupied (insert details of accommodation):


(3) I apply that the compensation to which 1 may be entitled be determined.



(4) I have not entered into any agreement with my landlord or principal tenant


as regards payment of compensation. If I do so, 1 will inform you in writing.


Dated .......................................


................

Applicant.







The applicant's address for service is ............................

To: 1. Registrar. Lands Tribunal.

2. Respondent.

FORM 9 [r. 44.]


APPLICATION To LANDS TRIBUNAL TO DETERMINE COMPENSATION UNDER
PUBLIC RECLAMATI NS AND WORKS ORDINANCE



*The Governor in Council


or


requires the Lands Tribunal to determi the amount of compensation to be

paid in respect of a claim (copy attached) ubmitted to the Director of Lands


in accordance with a notification under tiYon Z2 of the Ordinance made by



................ ................ in
connexion

with ....................................

........... ...........

...........
.......................................................
........................................

Authorization of the undertaking to which the claim relates-

*has been given (in part) by the Governor in Council nder section *3(2)(a)/3(2)(.)

of the Ordinance

or A *has not been given but an objection to the undertakin or a claim of private *
right in respect
thereof is, under section 3(2)(d) of the Ordina cc, deferred for further
consideration until this claim for
compensation is deterted

Dated the ...............day of 19 ......




(to be signed by the Clerk of Councils
or the Director of Lands
(as the case requires)





To: The lands Tribunal

Address for ervice:

FORM 10 [r. 45.]


APPLICATION THE LANDS TRIBUNAL TO DETERMINE COMPENSATION UNDER
FORESHORES AND SEA BED ORDINANCE

*The Governor in Council


*The Governor

requires the Lands Tribu al o determine the amount of compensation to be

paid in respect of a claim (copy a ached) made under section 7(1) of the Ordinance


by .............................as *owner(s)l



occupier(s) or the property at \

............... .........................................................

........ ............................................ and relating


to the notification of a proposal to grant a Cr wn lease of ................


*Consideration of an objection to the propc, town lease has been deferred



under section 5(3Xb) of the Ordinance until this claim fo compensation isdetermined.



or

*This claim is referred pursuant to section 7(2)of the dinance following

a notice given by the claimant to the Director of subsection.

Dated the ..................day of ....











Lands under at


..............................................................

(to be signed h I,, the Clerk oils or
bi, or on behalf of the Governor
(as the case requires)





To: The Lands Tribunal


Address for service:


FORM 11 [r. 46.]



NOTICE To LANDS TRIBUNAL UNDER SECTION 25(2) OF HONG
KONG
AIRPORT (CONTROL OF OBSTRUCTIONS) ORDINANCE





*I/We ...........of
(address)

or



*The Director of Building Development

require(s) the Lands Tribunal to determine a dispute under section 25 of the

Ordinance as to the compensation to be paid for .............................................



..................................................................................................
describ the loss. damage or expenses.for




which compensation has been dannedand



23)

+The Tribunal is also required to determine the person or persons to whom


compensation isptyztble The narnes and addresses of the persons claiming
entitlement

to the compensation are-(set out nantes and addresses)

to
It is certified that notice, under section 25(2) of the Ordinance, of intention

to refer this dispute to the Tribunal was served on the following parties to the dispute







on the .day of ............19 ....(set out


nanjes and addresses)



Dated the ...............day of 19


(to be signed by or on
behalf of the party applying)





To: The Lands Tribunal

R : Address for service: A


FORM 12 [r. 47.]L.N. 84,77.

NOTICE OF APPEAL TO LANDs TRIBUNAL
10
UNDER RATING ORDINANCE



*I/We ............of ................% * Delete

..................................if inapplicable.

as *owner

*occupier





require(s) the Lands Tribunal to hear an appeal against the decision of the



Commissioner of Rating and Valuation that



......................................................................................................
(descrihe the renonew and summarize the decision offecting it)

The decision was served on *melus by the Commissioner pursuant to section


*39/40(2) of the Ordinance on the day of .................... 19


The grounds of the appeal are t
......................................... Note section 42(2)
..................................or the Ordindnee.



The Tribunal is requested to make an order under section 44(1) of the
Ordinance


that ..................









Dated the- ...day of 19



. .........................................................

(to be signed hY or on behalf of the appellani)

To: The Lands Tribunal

and

The Commissioner of Rating and Valuation

Address for service:






FORM 13 [rr. 49, 52 & 54.]


NOTICE OF APPLICATION To LANDS TRIBUNAL
UNDER
LANDLORD ANDTENANT (CONSOLIDATION)
ORDINANCE


Pursuant to section ............



Natne, address and status of applicant:

Name, ackiress and status pfrespondent:

Address and description ofpremises:

Term of tenancy

Rent:

wk Nappies, ages and relationship to applicant of persons for whorn occupation of * g-
premises require (~f'application
pursuant to section 53(2) (b)):

Other grounds and particulars:

Dated : ................................................... BM:

.....................................................

(Applicant)


The applicant's address for service is ............................................................

To: 1 . The Registrar, Lands Tribunal

2. The respondent


(Please add such other persons as may be required to be served)


State whether status in relation to the prenlises is landlord. teriant or sub-tenant.


Note: If you intend to oppose this application. you must file in the registry within

14 days of the day of service of this notice a notice of opposition by means

of Form 14.





FORM 14 [rr. 50, 53 & 55.]



NOTICE OF OPPOSITION TO APPLICATION TO LANDS TRIBUNAL
UNDER LANDLORD ANDTENANT (CONSOLIDATION) ORDINANCE



Pursuant tosection ............


*Name,address and status of applicant:


Natne, address anti status qf respondent:

,address and description of premises

Nanies. ages and relaflonship lo respontlenf of persons occupying premises (if'

application untler section 53(2) (h)) OR requiring to occupy the prenuses (if notice



apposition under section 119E(I) (b)):


Other grountly and particulars (if any):


I do/do not wish to be heard.


Dated: ...................................................

BM:

..................................................

(Respondent)


The respondent's address for service is .........................................................

To: 1. The Registrar, Lands Tribunal

2. The applicant


3.

(Please add such other persons as may be required to be served)


State he her status in relation to the premises is landlord. tenant or sub-tenant.





FORM 15 [rr. 10A, 49, 52 & 54.]








AFFIDAVIT/AFFIRMATION OF SERVICE UNDER LANDLORD AND

TENANT (CONSOLIDATION) ORDINANCE




Pursuant losection ............





I. ...............of

make oath and say as follows:

OR

hereby sincerely and truly affirm and say as follows:

I........I did on . .day the ...day of 19


at ...........personally serve


the person named as the respondent in the abovernentioned application

with a true copy of the application of which the document now shown

to me and marked .................is also a true copy.



OR



1. (a) I did on ........daythe day of


19 .serve .....th rson named as the
.............................IT End

applicant/respondent in the abovementioned application with a true copy


of the application of which the document now shown to me and marked


..................................is also a true copy by sending the same to him by



registered post addressed to him at ......................................


his address for service OR at .........................................................

his last known or usual place of abode or business in Hong Kong

OR at ................................................ its registered office.

(b) That the document now shown to me and marked ..............................


is the official receipt of the Postmaster General given to me in respect








of such registered posting.


OR

I..........(a) 1 did on day the day of


19 post up at the entry of the premises known as



............... a notice of intention to apply pursuant to







Section 4 of the abovementioned Ordinance that the said premises be exempt

from the provisions of the said Ordinance of which notice the document now


shown to me and marked ........................... is a true copy.

(b) I also did on ......day the day of

19 .serve a duplicate of such notice on

who is ..........tenant* /landlord of the said premises.


OR (in the case of substituted service give precise details and exhibit appropriate

proofs that service has been effected in terms of the order for substituted service).


AND I solemnly sincerely and truly affirm and say that the contents of this my

affirmation are true.


*SWORN at

A MRMED at


Hong Kong

this day of
........................
19 having been duly interpreted to


the deponent in the

dialect of the Chinese language by


Interpreter


before me:-


Strike out inapplicable words.

f For affirmations only.






FORM 16 [r. 13.]

APPLICATION To LIST FOR HEARING

Pursuant to rule 13

To: The Registrar, Lands Tribunal.

1. Application is hereby made for the hearing of this application.

2. It is estimated that the bearing will last ... days.

3. The number of witnesses to be called is

4. Notice of Opposition was filed on the day of 19


OR

No Notice of Opposition has been filed and the time limited for filing such

notice expired on the .........day of ... 19


Dated:
BM:

.................
ApplicanilRe.vpondent.

ANDTo: The Respondent/Applicant

L.N. 252/74. L.N. 84/77. L.N. 8/79. L.N. 76/82. L.N. 183/82. L.N. 286/82. L.N. 357/82. 30 of 1983. Citation. Interpretation. L.N. 183/82. Schedule. (Cap. 4, sub. leg.) Part II to be subject to other provisions. L.N. 84/77. L.N. 183/82. Mode of application. Interlocutory procedure. L.N. 8/79. Address for service. L.N. 84/77. Parties to be served. L.N. 84/77. Method of service. Notices to be given by the Tribunal. Substituted service or notice. Affidavit of service. L.N. 183/82. Adding, striking out, and substituting parties. Amendment. (Cap. 17.) Further and better particulars. L.N. 84/77. Listing for hearing. L.N. 183/82. Orders in default. 30 of 1983, s. 6. Notice of hearing. L.N. 84/77. L.N. 183/82. Public hearings. Preliminary point of law. L.N. 183/82. Mode of taking evidence. Expert evidence. L.N. 84/77. L.N. 183/82. L.N. 8/79. 30 of 1983, s. 7. L.N. 183/82. (Cap. 8.) L.N. 183/82. L.N. 8/79. L.N. 8/79. L.N. 8/79. L.N. 8/79. (Cap. 8.) Affidavits. (Cap. 4, sub. leg.) Witness summons. L.N. 84/77. L.N. 183/82. Hearing. L.N. 84/77. Reinstatement of proceedings. L.N. 84/77. Adjournment. Right of audience. Withdrawal and discontinuance. 30 of 1983, s. 8. (Cap. 7.) Oral and written judgments, etc. L.N. 183/82. Consent order. Clerical mistakes and slips. Failure to comply with rules. Enlargement or abridgement of time. L.N. 183/82. (Cap. 124.) Interpretation. (Cap. 124.) Procedure where compensation claimed for resumption. L.N. 84/77. Procedure where compensation claimed for entry. L.N. 84/77. (Cap. 276.) Interpretation. (Cap. 276.) Claims for compensation. L.N. 84/77. Applications under sections 8(2) and 19 (2). L.N. 84/77. Disposal of applications under section 8(2) or 19(2). L.N. 84/77. Applications under section 33. (Cap. 337.) L.N. 357/82. Appeals to the Tribunal. (Cap. 337.) L.N. 84/77. L.N. 76/82. L.N. 76/82. Commencement of proceedings. (Cap. 337.) L.N. 357/82. (Cap. 113.) Claims for compensation. L.N. 84/77. (Cap 113.) L.N. 76/82. (Cap. 127.) Claims for compensation. L.N. 84/77. (Cap. 127.) L.N. 76/82 (Cap. 301.) Notice of disputes to Tribunal. L.N. 84/77. (Cap. 301.) (Cap. 116.) Appeals to the Tribunal. L.N. 84/77. (Cap. 116.) L.N. 183/82. (Cap. 7.) Interpretation. L.N. 183/82. Commencement of proceedings. L.N. 183/82. Notice of opposition. L.N. 183/82. Particulars. 30 of 1983, s. 9. Chinese language. L.N. 183/82. Commencement of proceedings. L.N. 183/82. Notice of opposition. L.N. 183/82. Particulars. 30 of 1983, s. 9. Commencement of proceedings. L.N. 183/82. Notice of opposition. L.N. 183/82. Particulars. 30 of 1983, s. 9. L.N. 183/82. L.N. 183/82. L.N. 84/77. *Delete whichever does not apply. L.N. 107/78. L.N. 76/82. *Delete whichever does not apply. L.N. 107/78. L.N. 76/82. Amend to suit the nature of the claim. *Delete whichever does not apply. L.N. 76/82. Complete where applicable. *Delete whichever does not apply. L.N. 76/82. L.N. 76/82. *Delete whichever does not apply. L.N. 76/82. L.N. 76/82. L.N. 357/82. L.N. 84/77. *Delete whichever is inapplicable. L.N. 76/82. L.N. 76/82. L.N. 84/77. *Delete whichever is inapplicable. L.N. 76/82. L.N. 84/77. *Delete whichever is inapplicable. L.N. 76/82. *Delete if not application. L.N. 84/77. *Delete whichever if inapplicable. *Note section 42(2) of the Ordinance. L.N. 183/82. L.N. 183/82. L.N. 183/82. L.N. 183/82.

Abstract

L.N. 252/74. L.N. 84/77. L.N. 8/79. L.N. 76/82. L.N. 183/82. L.N. 286/82. L.N. 357/82. 30 of 1983. Citation. Interpretation. L.N. 183/82. Schedule. (Cap. 4, sub. leg.) Part II to be subject to other provisions. L.N. 84/77. L.N. 183/82. Mode of application. Interlocutory procedure. L.N. 8/79. Address for service. L.N. 84/77. Parties to be served. L.N. 84/77. Method of service. Notices to be given by the Tribunal. Substituted service or notice. Affidavit of service. L.N. 183/82. Adding, striking out, and substituting parties. Amendment. (Cap. 17.) Further and better particulars. L.N. 84/77. Listing for hearing. L.N. 183/82. Orders in default. 30 of 1983, s. 6. Notice of hearing. L.N. 84/77. L.N. 183/82. Public hearings. Preliminary point of law. L.N. 183/82. Mode of taking evidence. Expert evidence. L.N. 84/77. L.N. 183/82. L.N. 8/79. 30 of 1983, s. 7. L.N. 183/82. (Cap. 8.) L.N. 183/82. L.N. 8/79. L.N. 8/79. L.N. 8/79. L.N. 8/79. (Cap. 8.) Affidavits. (Cap. 4, sub. leg.) Witness summons. L.N. 84/77. L.N. 183/82. Hearing. L.N. 84/77. Reinstatement of proceedings. L.N. 84/77. Adjournment. Right of audience. Withdrawal and discontinuance. 30 of 1983, s. 8. (Cap. 7.) Oral and written judgments, etc. L.N. 183/82. Consent order. Clerical mistakes and slips. Failure to comply with rules. Enlargement or abridgement of time. L.N. 183/82. (Cap. 124.) Interpretation. (Cap. 124.) Procedure where compensation claimed for resumption. L.N. 84/77. Procedure where compensation claimed for entry. L.N. 84/77. (Cap. 276.) Interpretation. (Cap. 276.) Claims for compensation. L.N. 84/77. Applications under sections 8(2) and 19 (2). L.N. 84/77. Disposal of applications under section 8(2) or 19(2). L.N. 84/77. Applications under section 33. (Cap. 337.) L.N. 357/82. Appeals to the Tribunal. (Cap. 337.) L.N. 84/77. L.N. 76/82. L.N. 76/82. Commencement of proceedings. (Cap. 337.) L.N. 357/82. (Cap. 113.) Claims for compensation. L.N. 84/77. (Cap 113.) L.N. 76/82. (Cap. 127.) Claims for compensation. L.N. 84/77. (Cap. 127.) L.N. 76/82 (Cap. 301.) Notice of disputes to Tribunal. L.N. 84/77. (Cap. 301.) (Cap. 116.) Appeals to the Tribunal. L.N. 84/77. (Cap. 116.) L.N. 183/82. (Cap. 7.) Interpretation. L.N. 183/82. Commencement of proceedings. L.N. 183/82. Notice of opposition. L.N. 183/82. Particulars. 30 of 1983, s. 9. Chinese language. L.N. 183/82. Commencement of proceedings. L.N. 183/82. Notice of opposition. L.N. 183/82. Particulars. 30 of 1983, s. 9. Commencement of proceedings. L.N. 183/82. Notice of opposition. L.N. 183/82. Particulars. 30 of 1983, s. 9. L.N. 183/82. L.N. 183/82. L.N. 84/77. *Delete whichever does not apply. L.N. 107/78. L.N. 76/82. *Delete whichever does not apply. L.N. 107/78. L.N. 76/82. Amend to suit the nature of the claim. *Delete whichever does not apply. L.N. 76/82. Complete where applicable. *Delete whichever does not apply. L.N. 76/82. L.N. 76/82. *Delete whichever does not apply. L.N. 76/82. L.N. 76/82. L.N. 357/82. L.N. 84/77. *Delete whichever is inapplicable. L.N. 76/82. L.N. 76/82. L.N. 84/77. *Delete whichever is inapplicable. L.N. 76/82. L.N. 84/77. *Delete whichever is inapplicable. L.N. 76/82. *Delete if not application. L.N. 84/77. *Delete whichever if inapplicable. *Note section 42(2) of the Ordinance. L.N. 183/82. L.N. 183/82. L.N. 183/82. L.N. 183/82.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2243

Edition

1964

Volume

v3

Subsequent Cap No.

17

Number of Pages

32
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:04:53 +0800
<![CDATA[LANDS TRIBUNAL ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2242

Title

LANDS TRIBUNAL ORDINANCE

Description






LAWS OF HONG KONG

LANDS TRIBUNAL ORDINANCE

CHAPTER 17





CHAPTER 17

LANDS TRIBUNAL ORDINANCE

ARRANGEMENT OF SECTIONS

Section
Page

1. Short title . ... ... ... ... ... . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 2

2. Interpretation .. ... ... ... . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 2

3. Establishment of Lands Tribunal. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 2

4. Constitution of Tribunal ... ... . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 2

5. Appointment of deputy of the President ... . ... ... ... ... ... ... 2

6. Acting appointments of President ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 3

7. [Repealed] ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 3

7A. Officers of the Tribunal .. . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 3

7B. Protection of registrar .. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 3

7C. Registrar may apply for order ... ..... ... ... ... ... ... ... 4

8. Jurisdiction of the Tribunal ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 4

8A.Transfer of proceedings to the High Court or the District Court .. 5

9.Exercise of the Tribunal's jurisdiction .. ..... 5

10.Practice and procedure of Tribunal ... ... ... ... .. ... ... ... 6

11. Decisions of Tribunal final ... ... ... ... ... ... .... ... ... 8

11A. Review of decision ..... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 8

12. Costs ... ... ... . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 9

13. Compensation, etc. determined by Tribunal payable out of general revenue....9

14. Saying in respect of other Ordinance ... . .. ... ... ... ... ... ... 9

15. Governor's power to amend Schedule ..... ... ... ... ... ... 10

Schedule. Ordinances under which matters may be submitted to the Tribunal for

determination .... .............- ....... ... .... ... ... ... ... 10





CHAPTER 17

LANDS TRIBUNAL

To establish a Lands Tribunal and to provide for matters connected
therewith.

[1 December 1974.]

1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Lands Tribunal Ordinance.

2. In this Ordinance, unless the context otherwise requires

'President' means the president of the Lands Tribunal appointed under
section 4;

'presiding officer' means a presiding officer appointed under section 4;
(Added, 49 of 1982, s. 2)

'qualified in law' means qualified for appointment as a District Judge
under section 5 of the District Court Ordinance;

'registrar' means the Registrar of the District Court; (Added, 21 of
1977, s. 2. Amended, 49 of 1982, s. 2)

'Tribunal' means the Lands Tribunal established under section 3.

3. There shall be a tribunal to be known as the Lands Tribunal
which shall be a court of record.

(Amended, 49 of 1982, s. 3)

4. (1) The Tribunal shall consist of a president, presiding officers
and such other members as may be appointed under subsection (4).

(2) The President shall be one of the Judges of the Supreme Court
and shall be appointed by the Governor.

(3) The presiding officers shall be District Judges and shall be
appointed by the Governor.

(4) The other members shall be such other persons appointed by
the Governor as are qualified in law or, in the opinion of the Governor,
sufficiently experienced in the practice of land valuation or some other
subject relevant to the proceedings of the Tribunal to qualify them to sit
as members of the Tribunal.

(Replaced, 49 of 1982, s. 4)

5. (1) If the President is temporarily unable to exercise his functions
as the president of the Tribunal, the Chief Justice may appoint any
presiding officer of the Tribunal to act as the deputy of the President for
such period as the Chief Justice may specify.





(2) A presiding officer of the Tribunal appointed under subsection
(1) to act as the deputy of the President may exercise the powers and
perform the duties of the President during the period of his appointment.

(Amended, 49 of 1982, s. 5)

6. (1) If the President is precluded by illness, absence from Hong
Kong or any other cause from exercising his functions as the president
of the Tribunal, the Chief Justice may appoint any presiding officer to
act as the president of the Tribunal for such period as the Chief Justice
may specify. (Amended, 49 of 1982, s.6)

(2)[Deleted, 49 of 1982, s. 6]

7.[Repealed, 49 of 1982, s. 7]

7A. (1) There shall be attached to the Tribunal a registrar and such
number of deputy registrars, assistant registrars, bailiffs, clerks,
interpreters and other officers as the Governor may consider necessary.

(2) In addition to the powers and duties conferred or imposed by or
under this Ordinance or any other enactment, the registrar, any deputy
registrar, assistant registrar, bailiff, clerk, interpreter and other officer
attached to the Tribunal may exercise such powers and perform such
duties, insofar as the same are applicable to the business of the
Tribunal, as those respectively exercised or performed by the registrar,
deputy registrar, assistant registrar, bailiff, clerk, interpreter or other
officer attached to the Supreme Court.

(3) Any act which by or under this Ordinance or any other
enactment is required or authorized to be done by the registrar may be
performed by a deputy registrar or assistant registrar of the Tribunal and
any process of the Tribunal may be executed by any bailiff thereof
notwithstanding that it may have been directed personally to some
other bailiff.

(Added, 21 of 1977, s. 3)

7B.(1) No action shall be brought against the registrar for-

(a)any act done or omitted to be done by any bailiff without -
directions from the registrar; or

(b)any directions given to any bailiff with regard to the execution
or non-execution of process if

(i) such directions are in accordance with an order from the
Tribunal under section 7C and

(ii) no material fact is wilfully misrepresented or suppressed
by the registrar.

(2)In this section and in section 7C-

'registrar' includes a deputy registrar and assistant registrar.

(Added, 21 of 1977, s. 3)





7C. The registrar may, in case of doubt or difficulty, apply
summarily to the Tribunal for an order for the direction and guidance of
a bailiff, and the Tribunal may make such order in the matter as may
seem just and reasonable.

(Added, 21 of 1977, s. 3)

8. (1) The Tribunal shall have jurisdiction to determine the amount
of compensation (if any) payable by the Government in respect of any
claim submitted to it under any Ordinance specified in the Schedule.

(2) The Tribunal shall have jurisdiction to determine the amount of
compensation (if any) payable by the Government in respect of any
claim submitted to it under an Ordinance other than an Ordinance
specified in the Schedule if

(a)the claim arises from any action taken by or on behalf of the
Government in connexion with

(i) the compulsory acquisition of land or any interest
therein;

(ii) the extinguishment or variation of any rights pertaining
to land;

(iii) the creation of any easements in, over or under any
land; or

(iv) the authorization of any undertaking affecting any land
or any interest therein; and

(b)the claim is submitted to the Tribunal for determination by
agreement by or on behalf of both the Government and the
claimant.

(3) Subsection (2) shall apply notwithstanding any other provision
made in any such Ordinance for the determination of any such claim.

(4) The Tribunal shall have jurisdiction to determine any appeal
submitted to it for determination under any Ordinance specified in the
Schedule.

(5) The Tribunal shall have such other jurisdiction as may be
vested in it under any Ordinance.

(6) The Tribunal shall have jurisdiction to make orders for
possession under the Landlord and Tenant (Consolidation) Ordinance,
including an order for possession to take effect on termination of the
current tenancy where it does not make an order for the grant of a new
tenancy under section 119G of that Ordinance. (Added, 49 of 1982, s. 8.
Amended, 30 of 1983, s. 2)

(7) The Tribunal shall have jurisdiction to make orders for
possession or for ejectment in relation to premises to which Part 1, or
tenancies or sub-tenancies to which Part 11, Part IV or Part V of the
Landlord and Tenant (Consolidation) Ordinance applies where the
contractual period of a tenancy or sub-tenancy has been terminated by
forfeiture, by surrender or by notice to quit given by the landlord





to the tenant, the tenant to the landlord, the principal tenant to the sub-
tenant or the sub-tenant to the principal tenant. (Added, 30 of 1983, s. 2.
Amended, 32 of 1985, s. 27)

(8) The Tribunal shall have jurisdiction, in any application for
possession or for ejectment, under the Landlord and Tenant
(Consolidation) Ordinance or otherwise, and in any application for a
new tenancy under Part IV of that Ordinance, whether or not it grants
any such application, to make orders for the payment of rent, mesne
profits, including interim payments of rent and mesne profits, and for the
payment of any other money which is due under the tenancy or sub-
tenancy. (Added, 30 of 1983, s. 2)

(9) In the exercise of its jurisdiction, the Tribunal shall have the
same jurisdiction to grant remedies and reliefs, equitable or legal, as the
District Court. (Added, 30 of 1983, s. 2)

8A. (1) the Tribunal may transfer to the High Court or the District
Court any proceedings instituted before the Tribunal which are within
the jurisdiction of the High Court or the District Court, but which

(a)are not within the jurisdiction of the Tribunal; or

(b)the Tribunal considers should in the interests of justice be so
transferred.

(2) Proceedings may be transferred under subsection (1) at any
stage.

(3) Where the Tribunal transfers proceedings under subsection (1)
the practice and procedure of the High Court or, as the case may be, the
District Court shall thereafter apply.

(Added, 32 of 1985, s. 27)

9. (1) Subject to the provisions of this section, the jurisdiction of
the Tribunal shall be exercised by one or more of its members selected
by the President and in respect of any proceedings before the Tribunal
in which the President selects more than one member he shall designate
which member shall preside at the hearing.

(I A) For the purpose of achieving consistency in the application of
the law by the Tribunal, the President shall endeavour, wherever
practicable, to exercise the jurisdiction of the Tribunal in any case which,
in his opinion, is likely to involve any new or difficult point of law or
which, having regard to the nature or amount of the claim or any other
factor, is of special importance. (Added, 49 of 1982,s.9)

(2) The President may select another member of the Tribunal in
substitution for a member previously selected to hear any proceedings
before the Tribunal, including any proceedings which have been part
heard.

(3)[Deleted, 49 of 1982, s. 9]





(4)(a) A member may, subject to any directions given by the
President under section 10(4), appoint any person who has
specialized knowledge or experience of a particular subject to
sit and assist him in any proceedings or part of any
proceedings before the Tribunal; but the decision of the
member shall be the decision of the Tribunal.

(b)Where the Tribunal receives advice from a person appointed
under paragraph (a), the Tribunal shall advise the parties of
the nature of that advice and allow them the opportunity,
before the Tribunal's determination of the proceedings, to
comment on that advice. (Replaced, 49 of 1982, s. 9)

(5) Subject to subsection (6), any difference between the members
exercising the jurisdiction of the Tribunal shall be decided by the
majority of votes, and in the event of an equality of votes the member
presiding at the hearing shall be entitled to a second or casting vote.

(6) If, during any proceedings before the Tribunal-

(a)a point of law arises which is disputed by any party to the
proceedings; and

(b)the Tribunal hearing those proceedings does not include a
member qualified in law, (Replaced, 80 of 1978, s. 2)

the point of law may be determined by the President or a presiding
officer, who may for such purpose take part, in such proceedings in
such manner as he thinks fit. (Amended, 49 of 1982, s. 9)

(7) [Deleted, 49 of 1982, s. 91

(8) It shall be sufficient if any document made or issued by the
Tribunal is signed by the presiding member or registrar. (Amended, 21
of 1977, s. 4)

(9) [Deleted, 49 of 1982, s. 9]

10. (1) The Tribunal shall have the powers which are vested in the
High Court in the exercise of its civil jurisdiction in respect of the
following matters

(a) the attendance, examination and payment of witnesses;

(b)the hearing of any matter with the assistance of an assessor
or assessors;

(c)the consolidation or hearing of any matters;

(d)the punishment of persons guilty of contempt;

(e)the ordering of inspection of any premises or place;

(f)the entering and viewing of any premises or place;

(g)the enforcement of decisions, judgments and orders;

(h)the making of orders as to interim payments;

(i)the making of orders in default of any action by a party,





and, so far as it thinks fit, may follow the practice and procedure of the
High Court in the exercise of its civil jurisdiction. (Amended, 49 of 1982,
s. 10 and 30 of 1983, s. 3)

(2) Without prejudice to the generality of the powers vested in it
under subsection (1), the Tribunal may

(a)on the application of any party to any proceedings before it,
or of its own motion, order any party to the proceedings to
disclose to the Tribunal the existence of any document which
is in the power of such party to produce and which the
Tribunal considers is or may be material to the determination
of the matter being heard by the Tribunal;

(b)order any party to any proceedings before it-

(i) to produce to the Tribunal any document which it may
require and which is in the power of such party to
produce;and

(ii) to afford to any. other party to the proceedings an
opportunity to examine any such document or copy thereof
and to take copies thereof,

(c)together with the parties to any proceedings before it and any
expert witness of any such party, enter on and inspect any
land, premises or place which relates to the proceedings before
the Tribunal or any land, premises or place contiguous or
adjacent thereto; and

(d)for good cause, enlarge the time, whether or not that time has
already expired, fixed by any Ordinance

(i) for the giving of any notice, either before or after any
proceedings have commenced;

(ii) for the taking of any step in any proceedings; or

(iii) for the filing or lodging of any document in any
proceedings. (Added, 30 of 1983, s. 3)

(3) The Chief Justice after consultation with the President may
make rules prescribing- (Amended, 49 of 1982, s. 10)

(a)the form of any document to be made or issued by any party
or intending party for the purpose of any proceedings before
the Tribunal;

(b)the fees payable in respect of any proceedings before the
Tribunal;

(c)the practice and procedure to be followed in any proceedings
before the Tribunal or in any appeal from a decision of the
Tribunal in so far as no provision is made therefor in this
Ordinance;

(d)the evidence which may be required or admitted in any
proceedings before the Tribunal; (Added, 80 of 1978, s.3)

(e)the award, taxation and recovery of costs; and (Added, 49 of
1982, s. 10)





provisions generally for the better operation of this Ordin-

ance.(Added, 49 of 1982, s. 10)

(4)The President may-

(a)determine any form of document to be made or issued by the
Tribunal;

(b)determine any matter of procedure and practice in so far as no
provision therefor is made under this Ordinance; and

(c)give directions as to the distribution and disposal of the
business of the Tribunal. (Replaced, 49 of 1982, s. 10)

(5)(a) The proceedings of the Tribunal shall be conducted with as
much informality as is consistent with attaining justice and, for
this purpose, the President may give directions as to the
manner and form in which proceedings shall be conducted.

(b)Directions by the President under paragraph (a) may be given
in such manner as he thinks fit and need not be published in
the Gazette. (Added, 49 of 1982, s. 10)

(6) The Tribunal may admit in evidence any statement, document,
information or matter, whether or not it would otherwise be admissible in
evidence and attach such weight to it as may be appropriate in the
circumstances. (Added, 49 of 1982, s. 10)

11. (1) Subject to subsection (2) and section 11A the decision of
the Tribunal in determining- (Amended, 49 of 1982, s. 11)

(a)the amount of compensation payable by the Government in the
case of any claim submitted to it under section 8(1) or (2); or

(b) any appeal submitted to it under section 8(4),

shall be the final determination thereof.

(2) Subject to the provisions of any Ordinance relating to appeals
from the Tribunal, any party to proceedings before the Tribunal may
appeal to the Court of Appeal against a determination or order of the
Tribunal on the ground that such determination or order is erroneous in
point of law.

(3) Subject to subsection (4), any appeal under subsection (2) shall
be brought in such manner and shall be subject to such conditions as
are prescribed by the Rules of the Supreme Court.

(4)The time within which a notice of appeal must be served

shall be calculated from the date of the making of the determination
or order appealed against.

(Amended, 80 of 1978, s. 4 and 30 of 1983, s. 4)

11A. (1) The Tribunal may, within 1 month from the date of any
decision by it, decide to review that decision and, on such grounds as it
may think sufficient, may set aside, reverse, vary or

confirm it.(Replaced, 30 of 1983, s. 5)





(2) The Tribunal may act under subsection (I)-

(a) on the application of any party; or

(b) on its own motion,

and on notice to all other parties to the proceedings. (Replaced, 49 of
1982, s. 12)

(3) If the Tribunal shall have decided, within 1 month from the date
of any decision, to exercise its power of review in respect thereof, such
power may be exercised at any time thereafter whether within such
period of 1 month or otherwise.

(4) The Tribunal may, in any review, hear and receive any evidence
it thinks fit for the purpose of determining the issue between the parties.
(Added, 41 of 1984, s. 2)

(Added, 80 of 1978, s. 5)

12. (1) Subject to the provisions of the Ordinance giving the
Tribunal jurisdiction in any matter, the Tribunal may award costs to and
against any party to any proceedings and may order that those costs be
taxed on the basis of any one of the Scales of Costs set out in the First
Schedule to the District Court Civil Procedure (Costs) Rules and the
Schedules to Order 62 of the Rules of the Supreme Court.

(2) Subject to any rules made by the Chief Justice under section
10(3), Order 62 of the Rules of the Supreme Court shall apply to the
award, taxation and recovery of costs in the Tribunal.

(Replaced, 49 of 1982, s. 13)

13.Subject to the provisions of any other Ordinance-

(a)any sum of money determined by the Tribunal as
compensation payable by the Government in any case
submitted to the Tribunal under section 8 and any interest
payable thereon;

(b)any sum of money determined by the registrar as remu-
neration to, or emoluments or expenses of, any person
appointed by a member to assist the Tribunal in the hearing
of any proceedings before the Tribunal; (Amended, 49
of 1982, s. 14)

(c)[Deleted, 49 of 1982, s. 14]

(d)any costs awarded by the Tribunal against the Government in
any proceedings before the Tribunal,

shall be paid out of the general revenue of the Government.

14. (1) In exercising its jurisdiction under this Ordinance, the
Tribunal shall make its determination in accordance with the provisions
of the Ordinance under which the matter is submitted to it for
determination and in accordance with the provisions of any subsidiary
legislation made thereunder. (Amended, 49 of 1982, S. 15)





(2) [Deleted, 49 of 1982, s. 15]

15. The Governor may, by order published in the Gazette, amend
the Schedule.

SCHEDULE [ss. 8 & 15.)

ORDINANCES UNDER WHICH MATTERS MAY BE
SUBMITTED TO THE

TRIBUNAL FOR
DETERMINATION

Chapter Short title
7. Landlord and Tenant (Consolidation) Ordinance. (Added, 49
of 1982, s. 16)
116. Rating Ordinance.
124. Crown Lands Resumption Ordinance.
127. Foreshore and Sea-bed (Reclamations) Ordinance. (Replaced,
63 of 1985, s. 21)
130. Land Acquisition (Possessory Title) Ordinance. (Added, 41 of
1983,s. 14)
208. Country Parks Ordinance. (Added, 41 of 1984, s. 3)
276. Mass Transit Railway (Land Resumption and Related Pro-
visions) Ordinance. (Added, 80 of 1978, s. 6)
301. Hong Kong Airport (Control of Obstructions) Ordinance.
311. Air Pollution Control Ordinance. (Added, 23 of 1987, s. 19)
337. Demolished Buildings (Re-development of Sites) Ordinance.
358. Water Pollution Control Ordinance. (Added, 42 of 1985, s. 6)
370. Roads (Works, Use and Compensation) Ordinance. (Added, 49
of 1982, s. 16)
Originally 62 of 1974. 21 of 1977. 80 of 1978. 37 of 1982. 49 of 1982. 30 of 1983. 41 of 1983. 41 of 1984. 32 of 1985. 42 of 1985. 63 of 1985. 23 of 1987. L.N. 246/74. Short title. Interpretation. (Cap. 336.) Establishment of Lands Tribunal. Constitution of Tribunal. Appointment of deputy of the President. Acting appointments of President. Officers of the Tribunal. Protection of registrar. Registrar may apply for order. Jurisdiction of the Tribunal. Schedule. Schedule. (Cap. 7.) (Cap. 7.) Transfer of proceedings to the High Court or the District Court. Exercise of the Tribunal's jurisdiction. Practice and procedure of Tribunal. Decisions of Tribunal final. (Cap. 4, sub. leg.) Review of decision. Costs. (Cap. 336, sub. leg.) (Cap. 4, sub. leg.) (Cap. 4, sub. leg.) Compensation, etc. determined by Tribunal payable out of general revenue. Saving in respect of other Ordinance. Governor's power to amend Schedule.

Abstract

Originally 62 of 1974. 21 of 1977. 80 of 1978. 37 of 1982. 49 of 1982. 30 of 1983. 41 of 1983. 41 of 1984. 32 of 1985. 42 of 1985. 63 of 1985. 23 of 1987. L.N. 246/74. Short title. Interpretation. (Cap. 336.) Establishment of Lands Tribunal. Constitution of Tribunal. Appointment of deputy of the President. Acting appointments of President. Officers of the Tribunal. Protection of registrar. Registrar may apply for order. Jurisdiction of the Tribunal. Schedule. Schedule. (Cap. 7.) (Cap. 7.) Transfer of proceedings to the High Court or the District Court. Exercise of the Tribunal's jurisdiction. Practice and procedure of Tribunal. Decisions of Tribunal final. (Cap. 4, sub. leg.) Review of decision. Costs. (Cap. 336, sub. leg.) (Cap. 4, sub. leg.) (Cap. 4, sub. leg.) Compensation, etc. determined by Tribunal payable out of general revenue. Saving in respect of other Ordinance. Governor's power to amend Schedule.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2242

Edition

1964

Volume

v3

Subsequent Cap No.

17

Number of Pages

11
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:04:52 +0800
<![CDATA[SEPARATION AND MAINTENANCE ORDERS ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2241

Title

SEPARATION AND MAINTENANCE ORDERS ORDINANCE

Description






LAWS OF HONG KONG

SEPARATION AND MAINTENANCE ORDERS
ORDINANCE

CHAPTER 16





CHAPTER 16

SEPARATION AND MAINTENANCE ORDERS ORDINANCE

ARRANGEMENT OF SECTIONS

Section Page
1. Short title ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 2
2. Interpretation. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 2
3. Grounds on which married woman may apply ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 2
4. Grounds on which husband may apply ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 3
5. Powers of District Court ... ... ... ... ... ... ... .. ... ... ... 3
6. Limitation of powers of District Court ... ... ... . ... ... ... ... 4
6A. Condonation ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 4
7. District Court may vary or discharge order ... ... ...... ... ... ... 4
8. District Court may refuse an order in cases more fit for the High Court .. 5

9. Power to order interim payments where application for maintenance is adjourned
... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 6

10. Notice of change of address ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 6
11. Procedure ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 6
12. Continuation of payments in certain cases ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 6





CHAPTER 16

SEPARATION AND MAINTENANCE ORDERS

To make better provision in the Colony for the granting by the District

Court of separation and maintenance orders.

(Amended, 35 of 1969, Schedule)

[6 December 1935.1

1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Separation and

Maintenance Orders Ordinance.

2. In this Ordinance, unless the context otherwise requires'habitual
drunkard' and 'drug addict' mean a person who is, by

reason of habitual intemperate drinking of intoxicating liquor, or
habitual taking or using, except upon and in accordance with
medical advice, of opium, or any dangerous drug within the
meaning of the Dangerous Drugs Ordinance, at times dangerous to
himself or herself or to others, or incapable of managing himself or
herself, and his or her affairs;

'husband' means the husband or partner of a wife or married

woman;

'wife' and 'married woman' mean the wife or partner of a man

by-

(a)a marriage celebrated or contracted in accordance with the
provisions of the Marriage Ordinance;

(b)a modern marriage validated by the Marriage Reform
Ordinance;

(c)a customary marriage declared to be valid by the Marriage
Reform Ordinance;

(d)a union of concubinage as defined by section 14 of the
Legitimacy Ordinance;

(e)a kim flu marriage entered in accordance with Chinese law and
custom applicable thereto in Hong Kong before the appointed
day under the Marriage Reform Ordinance; or

(f)a marriage celebrated or contracted outside Hong Kong in
accordance with the law in force at the time and in the place
where the marriage was performed.

(Amended, 28 of 1971, s. 19)
3. (1) Every married woman whose husband-

(a)has been convicted summarily of an assault upon her which in
the opinion of the convicting magistrate is of an aggravated
character; (Amended, 15 of 1962, s. 2)

(b)has been convicted upon indictment of an assault upon her,
and sentenced to pay a fine of more than $100 or to a term of
imprisonment exceeding 2 months;





(c) has deserted her;

(d) has been guilty of persistent cruelty to her or her children;

(e)has been guilty of wilful neglect to provide reasonable
maintenance for her or reasonable maintenance and education
for her infant children whom he is legally liable to maintain;
(Amended, 63 of 1986, s. 2)

(f)has, while suffering from a venereal disease, and knowing that
he was so suffering, insisted on having sexual intercourse with
her;

(g)has compelled her to submit herself to prostitution;

(h)is a habitual drunkard, or a drug addict,

may apply to the District Court for an order under this Ordinance.

(2) Where the husband has, in the opinion of the District Court,
been guilty of such conduct as was likely to result and has resulted in
her submitting herself to prostitution, he shall, for the purposes of this
section, be deemed to have compelled her so to submit herself.

(Amended, 35 of 1969, Schedule)

4. The husband of every married woman who-

(a)has been guilty of persistent cruelty to his children;

(b)is a habitual drunkard or a drmay apply to the District Court for an order under this Ordinance.
(Amended, 35 of 1969, Schedule)

5. On any application under section 3 or 4, the District Court may
make one or more orders containing all or any of the following
provisions

(a)that the applicant be no longer bound to cohabit with her
husband, or, as the case may be, that the applicant be no
longer bound to cohabit with his wife (which provision while
in force shall have the effect of a decree of judicial separation
on the ground of cruelty);

(b)that the legal custody of any children of the marriage be
committed to the husband, or to his wife;

(c)that the husband shall pay to his wife, or to the Registrar of
the District Court or any third person on her behalf, such lump
sum (whether in one amount or by instalments) or periodical
payments or both as the District Court having regard to the
means both of the husband and his wife considers reasonable,
and an order under this paragraph for the payment of a lump
sum may be made for the purpose of enabling any liabilities or
expenses reasonably incurred in maintaining the wife before
the making of the order to be met; (Amended, 42 of 1948, s. 2;
23 of 1968, s. 3 and 63 of 1986, s. 3)





(d)that the husband shall pay to his wife, or to the Registrar of the
District Court or any third person on her behalf, such lump sum
(whether in one amount or by instalments) or periodical
payments or both as the District Court considers reasonable
having regard to the means both of the husband and his wife
for the maintenance and education of each child of the marriage
committed to her custody under paragraph (b) until such child
attains the age of 16 years:

Provided that an order directing a lump sum payment
shall only be made for the purpose of providing for the
immediate and non-recurring needs of each child, or for the
purpose of enabling any liabilities or expenses reasonably
incurred in maintaining or educating each such child before
the making of the order to be met, or for both such purposes;
(Amended, 42 of 1948, s. 2; 23 of 1968, s. 3,. 15 of 1977, s. 2 and
63 of 1986, s. 3)

(e)a provision for payment by the husband or his wife, or both of
them, of such reasonable costs of the parties or either of them
as the District Court may think fit.

(Amended, 35 of 1969, Schedule)

6. (1) No order shall be made under this Ordinance if it is proved
that the applicant has committed an act of adultery:

Provided that the husband or, as the case may be, the wife, of the
applicant has not condoned, or connived at, or by his or her wilful
neglect or misconduct conduced to such act of adultery.

(2) No order made under this Ordinance shall be enforceable and no
liability shall accrue under any such order whilst the married woman,
and her husband, with respect to whom the order was made, reside
together, and any such order shall cease to have effect if for a period of
3 months after it is made the married woman and her husband continue
to reside together.

6A. For the purposes of this Ordinance, adultery and cruelty shall
not be deemed to have been condoned by reason only of a continuation
or resumption of cohabitation between the parties for one period not
exceeding 3 months, or of any thing done during such cohabitation, if it
is proved that cohabitation has continued or resumed, as the case may
be, with a view to effecting a reconciliation. (Added, 33 of 1972, s. 25)

7. (1) The District Court may on the application of the married
woman or her husband, and upon cause being shown on fresh evidence
at any time alter, vary, discharge, suspend or revive after being so
suspended any order (other than an order for a lump sum payment in
one amount or for a lump sum to be paid in instalments where all such
instalments have been paid) made under this Ordinance, and may from
time to time increase or diminish the amount of any unpaid instalment of
a lump sum payment or periodical payment or both ordered to be paid
under section 5. (Amended, 35 of 1969, Schedule and 63 of 1986, s. 4)





(1A) The jurisdiction conferred upon the court by subsection (1)
shall be exercisable notwithstanding that the proceedings for the
revocation, variation, discharge or suspension of the order or the revival
of an order which has been suspended are brought by or against a
person residing outside Hong Kong. (Added, 15 of 1977, s. 3. Amended, 63
of 1986, s. 4)

(2) If any person who has applied for an order and with respect to
whom an order has been made under this Ordinance voluntarily resumes
cohabitation with her husband or, as the case may be, with his wife, or
commits an act of adultery, such order shall upon proof thereof be
discharged:

Provided that if the order was made on the application of a married
woman, the District Court may, if it thinks fit

(a)refuse to discharge the order if in its opinion such act of
adultery as aforesaid was conduced to by the failure of the
husband to make such payments as in the opinion of the
District Court he was able to make under the order; and

(b)in the event of the order being discharged, make a new order
that the legal custody of the children of the marriage shall
continue to be committed to the wife, and that the husband
shall pay to the wife or to the Registrar of the District Court or
any third person on her behalf one or both of the following

(i) such lump sum (whether in one amount or by instal-
ments) for the immediate and non-recurring needs of the child,
or for the purpose of enabling any liabilities or expenses
reasonably incurred in maintaining and educating the child
before the making of the order to be met, or for both, as the
District Court considers reasonable having regard to the
means both of the husband and the wife and to any payment
previously made under an order for a lump sum payment;
(Added, 63 of 1986, s. 4)

(ii) such periodical payments for the maintenance and
education of the child until the child attains the age of 16
years as the District Court considers reasonable having regard
to the means both of the husband and the wife. (Added, 63 of
1986, s. 4)

In making such an order the District Court shall, have regard
primarily to the interests of the children. (Amended, 9 of 1950,
Schedule,. 43 of 1968, s. 2; 35 of 1969, Schedule,. 15 of 1977, s. 3
and 63 of 1986, s. 4)

8. If in the opinion of the District Court the matters in question
between the parties or any of them would be more conveniently dealt
with by the High Court, the District Court may refuse to make an order
under this Ordinance, and in such case, without prejudice to the general
right of appeal conferred by Part IV of the District Court Ordinance, no
appeal shall lie from the decision of the District Court:





Provided that the High Court shall have power by order in any
proceeding in the High Court relating to or comprising the same subject
matter as the application so refused as aforesaid, or any part thereof, to
direct the District Court to rehear and determine the same.

(Amended, 35 of 1969, Schedule)

9. (1) Where, on the hearing of an application for an order of
maintenance or maintenance and education, the application is adjourned
for any period exceeding 1 week, the District Court may order that the
husband do pay to the wife or to the Registrar of the District Court or
any third person on her behalf such periodical payments as the District
Court considers reasonable for the maintenance of the wife and the
maintenance and education of any child or children in her custody until
the final determination of the case: (Amended, 63 of 1986, s. 5)

Provided that the order directing such payment shall not remain in
operation for more than 3 months from the date on which it was made.

(2) Any such order shall be enforced in like manner as if it were a
final order of the District Court.

(Amended, 35 of 1969, Schedule)

10. Any person for the time being under an obligation to make
payments, including costs, under an order under this Ordinance shall
give notice to such persons, if any, as may be specified in the order of
any change of address, and any person failing to give such notice
without reasonable excuse shall be liable on summary conviction to a
fine of $250.

(Amended, 9 of 1950, Schedule)

11. All applications under this Ordinance shall be made and be
dealt with and all orders be enforced in accordance with Part IV of the
District Court Ordinance.

(Amended, 35 of 1969, Schedule)

12. (1) If, on the application of a married woman, it appears to the
District Court that a child is or will be engaged on a course of education
or training after attaining the age of 16 years, or that the child is
suffering from a mental or physical disability, and it is therefore
expedient for payments to be made under an order made under section
5(d) or under section 7 after the child attains that age, the District Court
may order that payments be so made for such period not exceeding 2
years from the date of the order as may be specified in the order.

(2) The period specified in an order under subsection (1) may from
time to time be extended by a subsequent order so made, but shall not in
any case extend beyond the date when the child attains the age of 21
years. (Amended, 15 of 1977, s. 4)

(Added, 28 of 1971, s. 19)
Originally 49 of 1935. (Cap. 16, 1950.) 42 of 1948. 9 of 1950. 15 of 1962. 23 of 1968. 43 of 1968. 35 of 1969. 28 of 1971. 33 of 1972. 15 of 1977. 63 of 1986. Short title. Interpretation. 1879 c. 19, s. 3. 1902 c. 28, s. 5. 1925 c. 51, s. 3. (Cap. 134.) (Cap. 181.) (Cap. 178.) (Cap. 184.) Grounds on which married woman may apply. 1895 c. 39, s. 4. 1902 c. 28, s. 5(1). 1925 c. 51. s. 1(1) & (2). Grounds on which husband may apply. 1902 c. 28, s. 5(2). 1925 c. 51, s. 1(3). Powers of District Court. 1895 c. 39, s. 5. 1920 c. 63 s. 1. Limitation of powers of District Court. 1895 c. 39, s. 6. 1925 c. 51, s. 1(4) Condonation. 1965 c. 72, s. 42(2). District Court may vary or discharge order. 1895 c. 39, s. 7. District Court may refuse an order in cases more fit for the High Court. 1895 c. 39, s. 10. (Cap. 336.) Power to order interim payments where application for maintenance is adjourned. 1925 c. 51, s. 6. Notice of change of address. 1925 c. 51, s. 4. Procedure. (Cap. 336.) Continuation of payments in certain cases. 1957 c. 55, s. 7(2) & (3)

Abstract

Originally 49 of 1935. (Cap. 16, 1950.) 42 of 1948. 9 of 1950. 15 of 1962. 23 of 1968. 43 of 1968. 35 of 1969. 28 of 1971. 33 of 1972. 15 of 1977. 63 of 1986. Short title. Interpretation. 1879 c. 19, s. 3. 1902 c. 28, s. 5. 1925 c. 51, s. 3. (Cap. 134.) (Cap. 181.) (Cap. 178.) (Cap. 184.) Grounds on which married woman may apply. 1895 c. 39, s. 4. 1902 c. 28, s. 5(1). 1925 c. 51. s. 1(1) & (2). Grounds on which husband may apply. 1902 c. 28, s. 5(2). 1925 c. 51, s. 1(3). Powers of District Court. 1895 c. 39, s. 5. 1920 c. 63 s. 1. Limitation of powers of District Court. 1895 c. 39, s. 6. 1925 c. 51, s. 1(4) Condonation. 1965 c. 72, s. 42(2). District Court may vary or discharge order. 1895 c. 39, s. 7. District Court may refuse an order in cases more fit for the High Court. 1895 c. 39, s. 10. (Cap. 336.) Power to order interim payments where application for maintenance is adjourned. 1925 c. 51, s. 6. Notice of change of address. 1925 c. 51, s. 4. Procedure. (Cap. 336.) Continuation of payments in certain cases. 1957 c. 55, s. 7(2) & (3)

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2241

Edition

1964

Volume

v3

Subsequent Cap No.

16

Number of Pages

7
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:04:51 +0800
<![CDATA[LAND DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2240

Title

LAND DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION ORDINANCE

Description






LAWS OF HONG KONG

LAND DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION

ORDINANCE

CHAPTER 15





CHAPTER 15

LAND DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION ORDINANCE

ARRANGEMENT OF SECTIONS

Section Page

PART 1

PRELIMINARY

1. Short title and commencement 2

2. Interpretation ............................. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 2

PART II

ESTABLISHMENT OF THE LAND DEVELOPMENT
CORPORATION

3. Establishment of the Corporation ........... ... ... ... ... ... ... 2
4. Purposes of the Corporation ................ ... ... ... ... 3

5. Powers of the Corporation ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 3

PART III

FINANCIAL

6. Resources of the Corporation ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 5

7. Borrowing powers ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 5
8. Guarantee by the Government ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 6

9. Use of surplus funds ....................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 7

10. Corporation to act on commercial principles ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 7
11. Accounts, audit and annual report ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 7

12. Debt of the Corporation ................ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 8

PART IV

DEVELOPMENT OF LAND

13. Development schemes ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 8

14. Submission of plans to Town Planning Board ... ... ... ... ... ... 9

PART V

REDEMPTION OF LAND

15. Power of Secretary to recommend resumption ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 10
16. Power to enter and inspect ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 11

PART VI

MISCELLANEOUS

17. Secretary may obtain information ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 12
18. Governor may give directions ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 12

19. By-laws ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 12







20. Consequential and other amendments ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 13

First Schedule. Provisions with respect to the Corporation and Members thereof ... ... 13

Second Schedule. Consequential and other Amendments ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 15





CHAPTER 15

LAND DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION

To establish a corporation for the purpose of urban renewal and
matters incidental thereto.

PART 1

PRELIMINARY

1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Land Development
Corporation Ordinance and shall come into operation on a day to be
appointed by the Governor by notice in the Gazette.

2. In this Ordinance, unless the context otherwise requires

'auditor' means a certified public accountant within the meaning of
section 2 of the Professional Accountants Ordinance;

'Corporation' means the Land Development Corporation established by
section 3(1);

'development scheme' means a scheme prepared under section 13(1);

'financial year' means the period commencing on 1 April each year and
ending on 31 March in the year following;

'land' means land of whatever description and includes a building
erected thereon and where an undivided share of a leasehold
interest in land has appurtenant to it rights to the exclusive use and
occupation of a building or part thereof erected thereon, includes
such share in the land and all rights appurtenant thereto, and any
estate, right, share or interest in land;

'Secretary' means the Secretary for Lands

'Town Planning Board' means the Town Planning Board appointed
under section 2 of the Town Planning Ordinance.

PART 11

ESTABLISHMENT OF THE LAND DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION

3. (1) There shall be established a body corporate, to be called the
Land Development Corporation, which shall have such powers and
duties as are conferred and imposed on it by, or by virtue of, this
Ordinance.

(2) The Corporation shall consist of





(a)a Chairman not being a public officer, who shall be appointed
by the Governor for a term not exceeding 3 years;

(b)the Chief Executive of the Corporation who shall be appointed
in the manner set out in paragraph 4 of the First Schedule;

(c)not less than 5 other members not being public officers, each
of whom shall be appointed by the Governor for a term not
exceeding 3 years;

(d)not more than 3 other members being public officers, each of
whom shall be appointed by the Governor and hold office at
the pleasure of the Governor,

and the members of the Corporation shall be the governing body thereof
and shall comprise its managing board with authority, in the name of the
Corporation, to exercise and perform the powers and duties conferred
and imposed on the Corporation by, or by virtue of, this Ordinance.

(3) The First Schedule shall have effect as respects the Corporation
and the members thereof.

(4) The Governor may by order amend the First Schedule.

(5) For the removal of doubt it is declared that, save insofar as is
inconsistent with the provisions of this Ordinance, Part VII of the
Interpretation and General Clauses Ordinance shall apply in relation to
the Corporation and appointments thereto.

4. The purposes of the Corporation are to-

(a)improve the standard of housing and the environment in Hong
Kong by undertaking, encouraging, promoting and facilitating
urban renewal;

(b)engage in such activities and perform such functions as may
be necessary for the undertaking, encouragement, promotion
and facilitation of urban renewal;

(c)engage in such other activities, and to perform such other
functions, as the Governor may, after consultation with the
Corporation, permit or assign to it by order published in the
Gazette.

5. (1) The Corporation may do all such things which are expedient
for or conducive to the attainment of the purposes declared in or
permitted or assigned under section 4 or all such things which, in the
opinion of the Corporation, are necessary to facilitate the proper
carrying out of the purposes of the Corporation.

(2) Subject to and without restricting the generality of subsection
(1), the Corporation may





(a)lease, purchase or otherwise acquire and hold land of any
description

(i) for any purpose within any area designated in writing to
the Corporation by the Secretary;

(ii) anywhere in Hong Kong for the purpose of providing
office accommodation for the Corporation or for the purpose
of providing residential accommodation for persons displaced
by the carrying out of the purposes of the Corporation;

(iii) otherwise with the approval of the Secretary either
generally or in any particular case;

(b)prepare development proposals and implement such
proposals;

(c)alter, construct, demolish, maintain or repair any building,
premises or structure ancillary thereto;

(d)provide and where appropriate maintain, alter or repair roads,
footways, parks, recreational grounds and similar open
spaces, bridges, drains, sewers and water courses other than
those the maintenance of which the Government or other
public body has undertaken or decides to undertake;

(e)manage any buildings, premises, or structures which it has
leased, purchased, acquired or otherwise holds and any
common parts thereof including any land ancillary thereto,
having regard to the interests, welfare and comfort of the
tenants, owners or occupiers thereof and may charge fees for
its services in connection with such management;

manage any roads, footways, bridges, car parks, parking
spaces, parks, recreational facilities and similar open spaces,
drains, sewers and water courses and other transport and
recreational facilities held under this Ordinance and may
charge fees for the provision of such services;

(g)set aside as use for car parks any land held by the
Corporation, designate parking spaces, control the use of car
parks and parking places and may allocate any place in a car
park or parking place for the use of vehicles of any description
or any particular type or class or for the use of any person or
persons of any particular class;

(h)provide fixtures, fittings or furniture in buildings acquired by
or under the control of the Corporation and may let, lend, hire
or otherwise dispose of such fixtures, fittings or furniture on
such terms and conditions as to payment or otherwise as the
Corporation may think fit;

(i)grant, sell, convey, assign, surrender, yield up, demise, let,
transfer or otherwise dispose of any land, or buildings,
messuages, tenements, vessels, goods and chattels for the
time being owned or held by the Corporation upon such terms
as the Corporation may deem fit;





enter into agreements with any person for the management by
such person of any land held by the Corporation;

(k)conduct any such survey and census as it thinks fit for the
purpose of drawing up any plans and for the purposes of
ascertaining a rehousing commitment resulting from any
development scheme;

(1)surrender any lease or apply for and agree to the modification
of lease conditions or enter into any exchange;

(m)undertake and execute any trust which has for its object the
furtherance of urban renewal or any other object similar or
incidental to any of the purposes of the Corporation;

(n)accept gifts and donations, whether of property or otherwise
and whether subject to any trust or not;

(o)appoint such employees as it may determine on such terms
and conditions as the Corporation thinks fit including the
payment of allowances, benefits and remuneration;

(p)make or provide ex gratia payments to any employee, or to the
personal representative of a deceased employee or to any
other person who was dependent on such employee at his
death;

(q)establish any body corporate for the purpose of doing all such
things which the Corporation may do and may vest in any
body corporate so established such objects and powers as in
the opinion of the Corporation are calculated to facilitate the
attainment of the purposes of the Corporation under this
Ordinance;

(r)exercise any of its powers either alone or in association with
any other person or persons.

PART III

FINANCIAL

6. (1) The resources of the Corporation shall consist of-

(a)all money paid by the Government to the Corporation and
appropriated for that purpose by the Legislative Council;

(b)all other money and property, including fees, rent, interest and
accumulations of income received by the Corporation for its
purposes.

(2) All money paid to or received by the Corporation shall be
deposited with such bank nominated by the Corporation as the Financial
Secretary may approve.

7. (1) The Corporation may borrow temporarily, by way of overdraft
or otherwise, such sums as it may require for meeting its obligations or
discharging its functions under this Ordinance.





(2) The Corporation may with the approval of the Financial
Secretary borrow, otherwise than by way of temporary loan, such sums
as it may require for

(a)meeting any expenses incurred by it in connection with any
works;

(b) working capital;

(c)repayment of any money borrowed by it, payment of the debt
due to the Government under section 12, and repayment of
any sums paid by the Government in fulfilment of a guarantee
under section 8;

(d)any other purpose for which moneys are properly applicable.

(3) A person lending money to the Corporation shall not be
concerned to inquire whether the borrowing of the money is legal or
regular or whether the money raised has been properly applied and shall
not be prejudiced by any illegality or irregularity or by misapplication or
non-application of the money.

(4) The Corporation may with the approval of the Financial
Secretary charge all or any part of its property as security for the
repayment of money borrowed.

8. (1) The Legislative Council may from time to time by resolution
authorize the Financial Secretary on behalf of the Government to grant
guarantees in respect of

(a)the repayment of loans made to, or the discharge of other
indebtedness of, the Corporation and the payment of interest,
premium or other charge thereon; and

(b)the redemption or repayment of, and the payment of interest,
premium or other charge on, any bonds, notes or other
securities issued by the Corporation,

up to an amount not exceeding in total that specified in the resolution
and subject to any terms or conditions therein specified.

(2) A guarantee given under this section which includes interest,
amounts payable in consequence of the operation of any price variation
clause, premium or other charges, shall not be invalid by reason only of
the fact that such interest, amounts, premium or charges, although
specified in the resolution authorizing the granting of the guarantee, are
not quantified as to total amount or included in the amount quantified in
such resolution.

(3) Any sum required for fulfilling a guarantee given under this
section by the Government shall be charged on and paid out of the
general revenue and any sum received by the Government by way of
repayment of a sum so paid out, or for interest thereon, shall be paid
into such general revenue.

(4) If, pursuant to a guarantee given under this section, the
Government makes a payment to a creditor of the Corporation in





respect of a debt secured by a mortgage or a specific or floating charge,
such sum shall be repayable to the Government by the Corporation,
together with interest thereon at such rate as the Financial Secretary
may determine, and the Government shall as from the time of payment
have the benefit of all the remedies vested in the creditor by virtue of
such mortgage or charge with liberty to exercise the rights and powers
arising thereunder in its own name and without any assignment by the
creditor.

9. All money of the Corporation that is not immediately required
shall be invested

(a)on deposit in any bank nominated by the Corporation and
approved by the Financial Secretary, either generally or in any
particular case, for the purpose; or

(b)in such other forms of investment as the Financial Secretary
may approve.

10. (1) The Corporation shall conduct its business according to
prudent commercial principles, but with the approval of the Financial
Secretary may engage in projects which are unlikely to be profitable.

(2) If in any financial year there is an excess of revenue of the
Corporation over the total sum required by it

(a)to meet the total outgoings of the Corporation properly
chargeable to revenue; and

(b) to enable the Corporation to-

(i) make such allocations to reserve as it may reasonably
consider adequate;

(ii) pay any moneys owing by it, whether or not payment is
legally due at the time,

the Financial Secretary may, after consultation with the Corporation,
give the Corporation directions requiring it to pay the whole or part of
the excess to the Government.

(3) Subject to any directions given under subsection (2), the
Corporation may deal with any such excess as is mentioned in that
subsection

(a)by applying it for such of the purposes of the Corporation as
the Corporation may determine; or

(b)by allocating it to reserve, whether generally or for a particular
purpose,

or partly in one of those ways and partly in another.

(4) Any sums received by the Government under this section shall
be paid into the general revenue.

11. (1) The Corporation shall keep proper accounts and proper
records in relation to the accounts.





(2) The Corporation shall, as soon as is practicable and in any case
not later than 3 months after the expiry of a financial year, prepare a
statement of the accounts of the Corporation, which statement shall
include an income and expenditure account and a balance sheet.

(3) The Corporation shall, with the prior approval of the Financial
Secretary to any appointment proposed to be made, appoint an auditor,
who shall be entitled to have access at any time to all books of account,
vouchers and other records of the Corporation and to require such
information and explanations relating thereto as he thinks fit.

(4) The auditor shall, as soon as is practicable, audit the accounts
required by subsection (2) and shall submit a report on the accounts to
the Corporation.

(5) The Corporation shall, as soon as is practicable and in any case
not later than 6 months after the expiry of a financial year, furnish

(a)a report on the affairs of the Corporation for that year;

(b)a copy of its accounts therefor; and

(c)the auditor's report on the accounts,

to the Financial Secretary who shall cause the same to be tabled in the
Legislative Council.

12. (1) The Corporation shall be indebted to the Government in a
sum equal to

(a)all money received by the Corporation under section 6(1)(a);

(b)all expenditure directly or indirectly incurred by the
Government for the benefit of the Corporation including
expenditure so incurred before the commencement of this
Ordinance.

(2) The Financial Secretary shall determine the amount of such
indebtedness and any interest thereon by certificate under his hand and
may for sufficient cause reduce or increase any amount so certified.

(3) The indebtedness of the Corporation under subsections (1) and
(2) and any interest thereon shall be discharged in such manner as the
Financial Secretary directs.

PART IV

DEVELOPMENT OF LAND

13. (1) The Corporation may with the approval of the Secretary
either generally or in a particular case, prepare in accordance with this
section, development schemes for any area within which the
Corporation may acquire property.





(2) A scheme referred to in subsection (1) may contain such
matters as the Corporation considers relevant and shall

(a)comprise a plan which may contain any thing that a draft plan
may contain under section 3 or 4 of the Town Planning
Ordinance;

(b)set out how the Corporation intends that the scheme will be
implemented, including whether implementation will be by the
Corporation alone or the Corporation in association with
another person and in relation to land within the boundaries of
the scheme, what portion of the land is owned or leased by the
Corporation and what arrangements have been made or are
contemplated by the Corporation for the acquisition of any
land not so owned or leased;

(c)contain an assessment by the Corporation as to the likely
effect of the implementation of the scheme including, in
relation to the residential accommodation of persons who will
be displaced by the implementation of the scheme, an
assessment as to whether or not, insofar as suitable
accommodation for such persons does not already exist,
arrangements can be made for the provision of such residential
accommodation in advance of any such displacement which
will result as the scheme is implemented.

(3) Without prejudice to the generality of subsection (2)(a), a plan
prepared thereunder may provide for the grant of permission under
section 16 of the Town Planning Ordinance, for all purposes or for any
purpose, and may prohibit any development not compatible with any
development scheme prepared under subsection (1).

14. (1) The Secretary may, at the request of the Corporation made in
writing to him in that behalf, submit any plan prepared under section
13(2)(a) to the Town Planning Board for approval under this section.

(2) Upon submission of a plan the Town Planning Board may

(a)approve it; or

(b)refuse to approve it.

(3) A plan approved by the Town Planning Board under this
section shall be deemed to be a draft plan prepared by the Town
Planning Board for the purposes of the Town Planning Ordinance and
the provisions of that Ordinance shall apply accordingly.

(4) Where under section 5 of the Town Planning Ordinance a plan
which is deemed to be a draft plan by virtue of subsection (3) of this
section is exhibited, such plan shall, from the date that the exhibition of
the plan is first notified in the Gazette, replace or amend according to its
tenor, any approved or draft plan under that Ordinance relating to the
area delineated and described therein.





(5) Where under section 9 of the Town Planning Ordinance the
Governor in Council refuses to approve a plan which is deemed to be a
draft plan by virtue of subsection (3) of this section, such refusal shall
be notified in the Gazette and shall revive any approved or draft
plan under that Ordinance which, under subsection (4) of this section,
was amended or replaced thereby.

PART V

RESUMPTION OF LAND

15. (1) The Corporation may in the circumstances specified in
subsection (2) apply in writing to the Secretary requesting him to
recommend to the Governor in Council the resumption of land under the
Crown Lands Resumption Ordinance.

(2) The circumstances referred to in subsection (1) are-

(a)that the Corporation has been unable to acquire any land
within the area of a plan which is deemed to be a draft plan by
virtue of section 14(3) of this Ordinance; or

(b)that the Corporation has been unable to acquire any land
which it requires to implement a development proposal
authorized under section 5(2)(b) of this Ordinance.

(3) The Secretary shall not make a recommendation in pursuance of
subsection (2)(a)

(a)unless application is made to him not later than 12
months after the approval by the Governor in Council under
section 9 of the Town Planning Ordinance of such plan or
such further period as the Secretary may allow; and

(b)unless he is satisfied that the Corporation has taken all
reasonable steps to otherwise acquire the land including
negotiating for the purchase thereof on terms that are fair and
reasonable.

(4) The Secretary shall not make a recommendation in pursuance of
subsection (2)(b)

(a)unless the development proposal may lawfully be
implemented by virtue of the provisions of any draft or
approved plan for the purposes of the Town Planning
Ordinance and, in the case where by virtue of such plan,
permission under section 16 of that Ordinance is required for
that implementation, the permission required has been
obtained;

(b)unless the application for resumption is accompanied by a
statement

(i) setting out how the Corporation intends that the
proposal will be implemented, including whether
implementation will be by the Corporation alone or the
Corporation in association with another person and in relation





to land within the boundaries of the proposal, what portion of
the land is owned or leased by the Corporation and what
arrangements have been made or are contemplated by the
Corporation for the acquisition of any land not so owned or
leased;

(ii) containing an assessment by the Corporation as to the
likely effect of the implementation of the proposal, including,
in relation to the residential accommodation of persons who
will be displaced by the implementation of the proposal, an
assessment as to whether or not, insofar as suitable
accommodation for such persons does not already exist,
arrangements can be made for the provision of such
residential accommodation in advance of any such
displacement which will result as the proposal is implemented;
and

(c)unless he is satisfied that the Corporation has taken all
reasonable steps to otherwise acquire the land including
negotiating for the purchase thereof on terms that are fair and
reasonable.

(5) For the purpose of this section, in considering whether or not
the Corporation has negotiated for the purchase of the land on terms
that are fair and reasonable, the Secretary may consult any person not
being a public officer whom he considers may be able to assist him in
forming an opinion, on which to base his decision in respect of that
negotiation.

(6) A resumption in pursuance of a recommendation by the
Secretary under this section shall be deemed to be a resumption for a
public purpose within the meaning of the Crown Lands Resumption
Ordinance.

16. (1) The Secretary or any person authorized by him in writing
may for the purposes of section 13(2)(c), 15(3)(b), 15(4)(b)(ii) or
15(4)(c)

(a)at any reasonable time during daylight, with the consent of the
occupier thereof, or of the owner thereof if there is no occupier
or if the occupier cannot be found, enter and inspect any
building, structure, or part thereof erected on any land
situated within the boundaries of a development scheme or of
a development proposal authorized under section 5(2)(b) and
take such particulars as he thinks fit; and

,(b)where he is unable to effect an entry into the building,
structure or part thereof in accordance with paragraph (a),
serve on the owner and occupier a notice in writing requiring
permission to so enter and inspect and after the expiry of 48
hours from the service of the notice may, at any reasonable
time during daylight, enter, using such force as is necessary
therefor, and inspect such building, structure or part thereof
and take such particulars as he thinks fit.





(2) Any person who obstructs the Secretary or any person
authorized by him in writing from entering or inspecting any building,
structure, or part thereof under subsection (1) commits an offence and is
liable

(a)on first conviction to a fine of $2,000; and

(b)on second or subsequent conviction to a fine of $10,000.

(3) A notice under subsection (1)(b) may be served by serving a
copy

(a) personally;

(b)by registered post addressed to the last known place of
business or residence of the person to be served; or

(c)by leaving the same with an adult occupier of the building,
structure, or part thereof to which the notice relates or by
posting the same upon a conspicuous part of such building,
structure or part thereof.

PART VI

MISCELLANEOUS

17. The Corporation shall upon request by the Secretary afford to
him sufficient facilities for obtaining information with respect to the
property and affairs of the Corporation and shall in such manner and at
such times as the Secretary may require furnish him with returns,
accounts and other information with respect thereto and afford to him
facilities for the verification of information furnished.

18. The Governor may, if he considers the public interest so
requires, give directions in writing to the Corporation in relation to the
performance of its functions or the exercise of its powers and the
Corporation shall comply with those directions.

19. (1) The Corporation may make by-laws regulating the conduct
of persons within any

(a)buildings, premises, or structures which it has leased,
purchased, acquired or otherwise holds and any common parts
thereof.,

(b)roads, footways, bridges, car parks, parking spaces, parks,
recreational facilities and similar open spaces, drains, sewers
and water courses and other transport and recreational
facilities held under this Ordinance.

(2) The following provisions shall apply in relation to by-laws made
by the Corporation under this section

(a)any by-law so made may provide that a contravention of
specified provisions thereof shall be an offence and may
prescribe penalties therefor not exceeding a fine of $2,000;





(b)without prejudice to any Ordinance relating to the prosecution
of criminal offences or to the powers of the Attorney General
in relation to the prosecution of criminal offences,
prosecutions under any by-law so made may be brought in the
name of the Corporation;

(c)all by-laws so made shall be subject to the approval of the
Legislative Council;

(d)the Corporation shall cause to be printed copies of all by-laws
so made which shall be kept at its principal office and be
available for sale to any person at a reasonable cost.

20. The provisions of the enactments as listed in the first column of
the Second Schedule are amended in the manner set out in the second
column thereof.

FIRST SCHEDULE [s. 3_]

PROVISIONS WITH RESPECT TO THE
CORPORATION
AND MEMBERS THEREOF

1. The Corporation shall have perpetual succession and a common seal.

2. The Corporation shall not be regarded as a servant or agent of the Crown, or
as enjoying any status, immunity or privilege of the Crown.

3. All matters relating to the terms and conditions of the appointment to the
service of the Corporation of the Chairman shall be determined by the Governor.

4. (1) The Corporation shall appoint a Chief Executive and shall determine the
terms and conditions of his appointment; but shall obtain the approval of the
Governor to any proposed appointment and to the suspension and dismissal of the
person appointed:

Provided that the person who was, immediately before the commencement of
this Ordinance, employed by the Government as Chief Executive-designate of the
Corporation shall, on and from that commencement, be the Chief Executive of the
Corporation.

(2) The Chief Executive shall perform, on behalf of the Corporation, such
functions as the Corporation may assign to him.

(3) The Chief Executive shall not without the permission of the Chairman
take part in any deliberation of the Corporation which concerns the terms of his
own appointment, suspension or dismissal and shall not vote on any question
concerning these matters.

5. (1) Subject to paragraphs 3 and 4, a member of the Corporation shall hold
and vacate his office in accordance with the terms of his appointment and shall, on
ceasing to be a member, be eligible for re-appointment.

(2) A member appointed under section 3(2)(c) may at any time by notice in
writing to the Governor resign his office.

6. (1) A member of the Corporation who is in any way directly or indirectly
interested in a contract made or proposed to be made by the Corporation, or in a
contract made or proposed to be made by a servant or agent or a partner of the
Corporation or, by a body corporate established by the Corporation which is
brought up for consideration by the Corporation, shall disclose the nature of his
interest at a meeting of the Corporation; and the disclosure shall be recorded in the
minutes of the meeting of the Corporation, and the member shall not without the
permission of the Chairman take any part in any deliberation of the Corporation
with respect to that contract and shall not in any event vote on any question





concerning it.

(2) For the purposes of sub-paragraph (1), a general notice given at a meeting
of the Corporation by a member thereof to the effect that he is a member of a
specified company or firm and is to be regarded as interested in any contract which
may, after





the date of the notice, be made with the company or firm shall be regarded as a
sufficient disclosure of his interest in relation to any contract so made or proposed
to be so made.

(3) A member of the Corporation need not attend in person at a meeting of
the Corporation in order to make a disclosure which he is required to make under
this paragraph if he takes reasonable steps to secure that the disclosure is made by a
notice which is brought up and read at the meeting.

7. (1) The Corporation-

(a)shall pay to the members thereof such salaries or fees, and such
allowances, as the Financial Secretary may determine; and

(b)as regards any member in whose case the Financial Secretary may so
determine, shall pay such pension, allowance or gratuity to or in respect of
him or make such payments towards the provision of such a pension,
allowance or gratuity as may be so determined,

and, if a person ceases to be a member of the Corporation and it appears to the
Financial Secretary that there are special circumstances which make it right that
that person should receive compensation the Financial Secretary may require the
Corporation to pay to that person a sum of such amount as the Financial Secretary
may determine.

(2) The provisions of this paragraph shall apply in the case of the Chairman
and the Chief Executive only to such extent as the Financial Secretary may
determine.

8. If the Governor is satisfied that a member of the Corporation appointed
under section 3(2)(c)

(a)has been absent from meetings of the Corporation for a period longer than
3 consecutive months without the permission of the Corporation; or

(b)has become bankrupt or made an arrangement with his creditors; or

(c)is incapacitated by physical or mental illness; or

(d)is otherwise unable or unfit to discharge the functions of a member,

the Governor may declare his office as a member of the Corporation to be vacant,
and shall notify the fact in such manner as the Governor thinks fit; and upon such
declaration the office shall become vacant.

9. The quorum of the Corporation shall be 6 and, while a member is
disqualified from taking part in a decision or deliberation of the Corporation in
respect of a matter, he shall be disregarded for the purpose of constituting a quorum
of the Corporation for deciding, or deliberating on, that matter.

10. Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Schedule, the Corporation shall
have power to regulate its own procedure including the manner in which decisions
of the Corporation may be made by a quorum of its members otherwise than at a
meeting of the Corporation.

11. The Corporation may transact any of its business by circulation of papers
amongst members whether any such member is in or outside Hong Kong, and a
resolution in writing which is approved in writing by a majority of the members
shall be as valid and effectual as if it had been passed at a meeting of the
Corporation.

12. (1) The Corporation may create, and appoint the members of, such
committees for the better carrying out of the purposes and powers of the
Corporation as it thinks fit.







(2) Persons who are not members of the Corporation are eligible for
appointment to committees.

(3) The chairman of a committee created under sub-paragraph (1) shall be
appointed by the Corporation and the number of members of a committee shall be
determined by the Corporation.

(4) Subject to the terms of any delegation by the Corporation or to any
directions of the Corporation, a committee

(a)may exercise and perform the delegated powers and functions with the
same effect as if it were the Corporation itself,





(b)shall be presumed to be acting in accordance with the terms of the
delegation in the absence of proof to the contrary;

(c) may regulate its own procedure.

(5) The proceedings of any committee created under sub-paragraph (1) shall
not be invalidated by any defect in the appointment of any member thereof, the
absence of any such member from the meeting at which any such proceeding
occurred or any vacancy among such members.

13. (1) Subject to sub-paragraph (2), the Corporation may, with or without
restrictions or conditions as it thinks fit, delegate in writing any of its powers to
any committee created under paragraph 12(1).

(2) The Corporation shall not delegate the power-

(a) to create any committee;

(b) to appoint the Chief Executive;

(c)to determine matters relating to the remuneration and terms and
conditions of appointment or employment of the Chief Executive or, of
the staff of the Corporation;

(d)to establish, manage and control, or enter into an arrangement for the
establishment, management and control of any fund or scheme for the
purpose of providing for the pensions, gratuities, benefits and payments to
the staff of the Corporation;

(e)to furnish after the expiry of the financial year, a report on the affairs of
the Corporation for that year, a copy of its accounts therefor and the
auditor's report on the accounts;

to request the Secretary to submit a plan of a development scheme to the
Town Planning Board; or

(g)to request the Secretary to recommend to the Governor in Council the
resumption of any land.

14. A certificate signed by the Chief Executive of the Corporation that an
instrument of the Corporation purporting to be made or issued by or on behalf of
the Corporation was so made or issued shall be conclusive evidence of that fact.

15. Every document purporting to be an instrument made or issued by or on
behalf of the Corporation and to be duly executed under the seal of the
Corporation, or to be signed or executed by the Chief Executive or a person
authorized by the Corporation to act in that behalf, shall be received in evidence
and deemed, without further proof, to be so made or issued unless the contrary is
shown.

SECOND SCHEDULE [s. 20.]

CONSEQUENTIAL AND OTHER AMENDMENTS

Enactment Amendment

1. Crown LandsDelete section 5 and substitute the following-
Resumption

Ordinance 'Reversion of 5. On the expiration of 1 month, or
ownership to any longer period authorized under sec-
the Crown tion 4(3), the land other than any land
purchased by agreement under section 4A
shall-
(a) where it is an undivided share






in land, vest in The Financial
Secretary Incorporated together
with such rights to the use and
occupation of any building or part
thereof as may be appurtenant to
the ownership of that share; and





Enactment Amendment

(b) in all other cases, revert to the
Crown,

and all the rights of the owner, his assigns
or representatives and of any other
person in or over the land or any part
thereof shall absolutely cease.'.

2. Prevention of In the Schedule insert after item 50 the following-
Bribery Ordinance '51. Land Development Corporation.'.
Originally 71 of 1987. Short title and commencement. Interpretation. (Cap. 50.) (Cap. 131.) Establishment of the Corporation. First Schedule. First Schedule. First Schedule. (Cap. 1.) Purposes of the Corporation. Powers of the Corporation. Resources of the Corporation. Borrowing powers. Guarantee by the Government. Use of surplus funds. Corporation to act on commercial principles. Accounts, audit and annual report. Debt of the Corporation. Development schemes. (Cap. 131.) (Cap. 131.) Submission of plans to Town Planning Board. (Cap. 131.) (Cap. 131.) (Cap. 131.) Power of Secretary to recommend resumption. (Cap. 124.) (Cap. 131.) (Cap. 131.) (Cap. 124.) Power to enter and inspect. Secretary may obtain information. Governor may give directions. By-laws. Consequential and other amendments. Second Schedule. (Cap. 124.) (Cap. 201.)

Abstract

Originally 71 of 1987. Short title and commencement. Interpretation. (Cap. 50.) (Cap. 131.) Establishment of the Corporation. First Schedule. First Schedule. First Schedule. (Cap. 1.) Purposes of the Corporation. Powers of the Corporation. Resources of the Corporation. Borrowing powers. Guarantee by the Government. Use of surplus funds. Corporation to act on commercial principles. Accounts, audit and annual report. Debt of the Corporation. Development schemes. (Cap. 131.) (Cap. 131.) Submission of plans to Town Planning Board. (Cap. 131.) (Cap. 131.) (Cap. 131.) Power of Secretary to recommend resumption. (Cap. 124.) (Cap. 131.) (Cap. 131.) (Cap. 124.) Power to enter and inspect. Secretary may obtain information. Governor may give directions. By-laws. Consequential and other amendments. Second Schedule. (Cap. 124.) (Cap. 201.)

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2240

Edition

1964

Volume

v3

Subsequent Cap No.

15

Number of Pages

17
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:04:51 +0800
<![CDATA[PLACES FOR POST-MORTEM EXAMINATION ORDER]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2239

Title

PLACES FOR POST-MORTEM EXAMINATION ORDER

Description






PLACES FOR POST-MORTEM EXAMINATION
ORDER

(Cap. 14, section 4)

[20 November 1967.]

1. This order may be cited as the Places for Post-Mortern
Examination Order.

2. The places specified in the Schedule are set apart as suitable
places for the reception of dead bodies for the purpose of post-mortem
examination.

SCHEDULE

Victoria Public Mortuary. Kowloon Public
Mortuary. Queen Mary Hospital Mortuary.
Kowloon Hospital Mortuary. Queen Elizabeth
Hospital Mortuary. Kwong Wah Hospital
Mortuary. Castle Peak Hospital Mortuary. British
Military Hospital Mortuary, King's Park. United
Christian Hospital Mortuary. Kwun Tong.
Princess Margaret Hospital Mortuary. Alice Ho
Miu Ling Nethersole Hospital Mortuary.
Grantham Hospital Mortuary. Caritas Medical
Centre Mortuary. Kwai Chung Hospital Mortuary.
Prince of Wales Hospital Mortuary.

Fu Shan Public Mortuary. (L.N. 86189)
L.N. 178/67. L.N. 243/75. L.N. 274/75. L.N. 86/77. L.N. 15/81. L.N. 168/83. L.N. 364/83. L.N. 120/84. Citation. Mortuaries. L.N. 243/75. L.N. 274/75. L.N. 86/77. L.N. 15/81. L.N. 168/83. L.N. 364/83. L.N. 120/84.

Abstract

L.N. 178/67. L.N. 243/75. L.N. 274/75. L.N. 86/77. L.N. 15/81. L.N. 168/83. L.N. 364/83. L.N. 120/84. Citation. Mortuaries. L.N. 243/75. L.N. 274/75. L.N. 86/77. L.N. 15/81. L.N. 168/83. L.N. 364/83. L.N. 120/84.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2239

Edition

1964

Volume

v3

Subsequent Cap No.

14

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:04:50 +0800
<![CDATA[MEDICAL PRACTITIONERS (FEES) ORDER]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2238

Title

MEDICAL PRACTITIONERS (FEES) ORDER

Description






MEDICAL PRACTITIONERS (FEES) ORDER.

(Cap. 14, section 21).

[20th November, 1967.1

1. This order may be cited as the Medical Practitioners (Fees)
Order.

2. The following fee shall be payable to any medical practitioner,
not being a public officer, who has made a post-mortem examination
pursuant to an order of a coroner under section 5 or section 6 of the
Coroners Ordinance

(a) for a post-mortem examination $50.
L.N. 177/67. L.N. 151/71. Citation. Fee for post-mortem examination. L.N. 151/71.

Abstract

L.N. 177/67. L.N. 151/71. Citation. Fee for post-mortem examination. L.N. 151/71.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2238

Edition

1964

Volume

v3

Subsequent Cap No.

14

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:04:50 +0800
<![CDATA[CORONERS (WITNESSES' ALLOWANCES) RULES]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2237

Title

CORONERS (WITNESSES' ALLOWANCES) RULES

Description






CORONERS (WITNESSES' ALLOWANCES) RULES

(Cap. 14, section 22A)

[19th November, 1971.]

1. These rules may be cited as the Coroners (Witnesses'
Allowances) Rules.

2. In these rules, unless the context otherwise requires

'witness' means any person, other than a public officer, properly
attending before a coroner to give evidence, whether or not he
gives evidence.

3. (1) A coroner may allow in respect of a witness practising as a
member of the legal or medical profession or as a dentist or veterinary
surgeon for attending to give professional evidence, whether in one or
more cases, a professional witness allowance not exceeding $200 for
each day he is necessarily absent from his place of residence or practice
to attend for such purpose.

(2) If the witness attends on any day to give evidence, whether in
one or more cases, and the period during which he is necessarily absent
from his place of residence or practice to attend for such purpose does
not exceed 4 hours, his professional witness allowance shall not exceed
$100.

4. (1) A coroner may allow in respect of an expert witness for
attending to give expert evidence, whether in one or more cases, an
expert witness allowance not exceeding $200 for each day the witness is
necessarily absent from his place of residence, business or employment
to attend for such purpose.

(2) If the witness attends on any day to give evidence, whether in
one or more cases, and the period during which he is necessarily absent
from his place of residence, business or employment to attend for such
purpose does not exceed 4 hours, his expert witness allowance shall not
exceed $100.

5. (1) A coroner may allow in respect of a witness who attends to
give evidence (other than professional or expert evidence), whether in
one or more cases, and thereby loses remuneration or necessarily incurs
expense (other than expense on account of lodging or subsistence) to
which he would not otherwise have been subject, a loss allowance not
exceeding $50 for each day of attendance, in respect of that loss or
expense.

(2) If the period during which the witness is necessarily absent from
his place of residence, business or employment to attend to give
evidence does not exceed 4 hours, his loss allowance shall not exceed
$25.





6. [Revoked, L.N. 240178]

7. Any sum allowed under these rules shall cease to be payable
unless claimed within 3 months from the date on which it was allowed.
L.N. 147/71. L.N. 108/72. L.N. 240/78. Citation. Interpretation. Allowances for professional witnesses. Allowances for expert witnesses. Allowances for loss of remuneration or expenses incurred. L.N. 240/78. Allowance to be claimed within 3 months. L.N. 108/72.

Abstract

L.N. 147/71. L.N. 108/72. L.N. 240/78. Citation. Interpretation. Allowances for professional witnesses. Allowances for expert witnesses. Allowances for loss of remuneration or expenses incurred. L.N. 240/78. Allowance to be claimed within 3 months. L.N. 108/72.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2237

Edition

1964

Volume

v3

Subsequent Cap No.

14

Number of Pages

2
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:04:49 +0800
<![CDATA[CORONERS (FORMS) RULES]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2236

Title

CORONERS (FORMS) RULES

Description






CORONERS (FORMS) RULES.

(Cap. 14, section 22).

[20th November, 1967.]

1. These rules may be cited as the Coroners (Forms) Rules.

2. The forms in the Schedule shall be the prescribed forms for the
purposes of the Coroners Ordinance and the Coroners Rules.

SCHEDULE.

FORM 1.

SUMMONS TO JUROR.
TO

You are hereby summoned to attend at .............................................

in this Colony on ......day, the day of

19 .......at ...o'clock m., and there appear as a juror at an inquiry

to be held by a coroner concerning the death of .................................
and there to attend until you shall be discharged.

Dated the ............day of 19

Coroner's Clerk.
Note-The penalty for disobedience hereto is any sum not exceeding five hundred
dollars. Personal service of this summons is not necessary to subject the
juror summoned to this penalty.

Form 2. [s. 12.]

OATH FOR JUROR.

I, Name in full) swear by Almighty God that I will diligently inquire and true
presentment make of all such matters and things as shall be here given me in
charge, on behalf of Her Majesty the Queen, touching the death

of ...............[of whose body 1 am to have the view]

and that I will give a true verdict according to the evidence.

FORM 3. [s. 12.]

DECLARATION FOR
JUROR.

1, (Name in full) do solemnly and sincerely declare that 1 will diligently inquire
and true presentment make of all such matters and things as shall be here given me
in charge, on behalf of Her Majesty the Queen, touching

the death of ..........[of whose body I am to have

the view] and that 1 will give a true verdict according to the evidence.





FORM 4. [S. 19.]

CERTMCATE OF
CORONER.

1 hereby certify that on the ...day of 19

I held, under the provisions of the Coroners Ordinance, an inquiry as to the

cause of a death in .......and that the following
particulars were then disclosed-
1. Name of deceased.
2. Residence and occupation.

3. Where found, and when, and in what circumstances.

4. Date of death.

5. Cause of death.

*6. The names of the persons last seen in the company of the deceased.

*7.Any suspicious circumstances which point to any person or persons as
having caused the death.
Note.---The following are the names, residences and callings of the witnesses
examined

I have issued my warrant for the arrest of .......................................
on a charge of
....................................................................................

Dated the .............day of 19

(Signed.) Coroner.

To be filled up in case the death is supposed to have been caused by improper means.

FORM 5. [s. 16.]

WARRANT OF
COMMITMENT

To each and all of the police officers of Hong Kong and to the Commissioner
of Prisons.

Whereas at an inquiry held by me, a coroner of the said Colony, under

the Coroners Ordinance this ......day of 19

at ....................................into the cause and circumstances of the death
of ....................................it appears to me that sufficient

grounds are disclosed for charging ......................................................

of .............with the offence of

These are, therefore, to command you, the said police officers, in Her

Majesty's name forthwith to convey the said to a

prison or some other place of security and there to deliver him to the
Commissioner of Prisons, with this precept; and you, the said Commissioner to

receive the said ......................into custody in a prison or some other place







of security, and there safely keep him until he shall be brought before a magistrate

sitting at the magistrate's court at ..to be prosecuted for

the said offence according to law on the day of

19 .or on such other day not being more than seven days thereafter as

may be directed by the magistrate before whom he is charged or until he shall
earlier be thence discharged by due course of law, unless you shall otherwise
be ordered in the meantime.

Dated the ............day of 19

[L.S.] (Signed.) Coroner.





FORM 6. [rule 8]

Post-Mortem EXAMINATION REPORT.

Name of deceased ....................................................... Observers
present at examination ................................................. Date and time of
examination ............................................................ Place where examination
performed .............................................................. Estimated time of death


EXTERNAL EXAMINATION

Apparent age ......................................................

Height ...............................................................

Rigor mortis ......................................................

Nourishment ......................................................

Marks of violence, or identification, e.g. tattoo marks,
old scars .........................................................

..........................

INTERNAL EXAMINATION

Cranial cavity

Skull .........................................................

Brain, meninges, etc . ..................................

Thoracic cavity

Mouth, tongue, oesophagus, larynx, trachea, lungs

and pleurae ...............................................
Pericardium, heart and blood vessels ..................

.......................

Abdominal cavity

Stomach and contents ....................................

Peritoneum, intestines and mesenteric glands ......



Liver and gall bladder ....................................

Spleen .........................................................

Kidneys and ureters .......................................

Bladder and urine ..........................................

Generative organs ..........................................

Are all other organs healthy? .................................

The cause of death as shown by the examination appears to be
.................................................................... Any further
remarks ...................................................







Signature and qualifications ..................................................................

Address.............................................................................................





FORM 7. [rule 32.]

REGISTER OF DEATHS REPORTED TO THE CORONER.

Date onBurial/ 'E' Verdict
which Crema Name ofSex and Cause of cause at
death istion deceased age Of death (if Inquiry
reportedorder deceased appli- (if any)
number cable)
L.N. 179/67. L.N. 135/69. Citation. Schedule. L.N. 135/69. L.N. 135/69. L.N. 135/69.

Abstract

L.N. 179/67. L.N. 135/69. Citation. Schedule. L.N. 135/69. L.N. 135/69. L.N. 135/69.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2236

Edition

1964

Volume

v3

Subsequent Cap No.

14

Number of Pages

4
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:04:48 +0800
<![CDATA[CORONERS (FEES) RULES]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2235

Title

CORONERS (FEES) RULES

Description






CORONERS (FEES) RULES
(Cap. 14, section 22)

[26 February 19881

L.N. 46188 -

Citation

1. These rules may be cited as the Coroners (Fees) Rules.

Fees

2. The fees specified in the third column of the Schedule in respect of matters
specified in the second column thereof shall be paid at the Coroner's Office.

SCHEDULE [rule 2]

Item Description Fee

1 (a) Typed copy of depositions, notes of evidence, documentary exhibits or a
document made at a death inquiry, per page
20.00
(b) Additional copies, per page .........2.00
2. For a copy of a coroner's warrant, order or certificate, per page
20.00
3. (a) For a photostatic copy of a document made in the Coroner's Office, per
page ....................................2.00
(b) Photostatic copy and certification, per page 3.00
4. (a) Translation made in the Coroner's Office of a document from Chinese
into English, or vice versa, including certificate, per page
40.00
(b) Transcription and translation made in the Coroner's Office, from Chinese
into English, or vice versa of a tape or recording including certificate, per
page
75.00

(c) Translations and transcriptions other than those under item 4(a) or
(b) .. in the

.........................................discretion
.........................................of the
.........................................Registrar
5. (a) Certifying translations made outside the Coroner's Office from Chinese
into English, and vice versa, per page ..20.00
(b) Certifying transcription made outside the Coroner's Office from Chinese
into English, and vice versa, per page ..20.00

6. Search in the Coroner's Office, for each document or file referred to or

required
10.00

Abstract



Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2235

Edition

1964

Volume

v3

Subsequent Cap No.

14

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:04:48 +0800
<![CDATA[CORONERS RULES]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2234

Title

CORONERS RULES

Description






Rule. Page.

1. Citation ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A2
2. Interpretation ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A2

POST-MORTEM
EXAMINATIONS.

3. Post-mortem examinations to be made as soon as reasonably practicable ... A 2

4. Matters to be considered in selecting person to make post-mortem. examina-

tion ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 2
5. Persons and bodies who may be
informed as to a postmortem examination A 3

6. Non-interference with postmortem examinations ... ... ... ... ... ... A 3

7. Preservation of material bearing upon the cause of death ... ... ... ... A 3

8. Post-mortem report ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 4

9. Places where post-mortem examinations to be made ... ... ... ... ... A 4

INQUIRIES

10. Inquiries to be public ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 4

11. Inquiries not to be held on holidays or Sundays ... ... ... ... ... ... A 4
12. Questioning of witnesses ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 4
13. Order in which witness is to be questioned ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 4
14. Witness not to incriminate himself ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 4
15. Notice to be given to a person whose conduct is likely to be called in question A 5
16. Adjournment of inquiry where conduct of an absent person is called in
question ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 5
17. Alteration of date, hour or place of adjourned inquiry ... ... ... ... ... A 5
18. Commissioner of Police may request adjournment of inquiry in certain cases A 5
19. Inquiry not to be adjourned solely on grounds of criminal proceedings
arising out of death of deceased ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 5
20. Resumption and non-resumption of inquiry ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 5
21. Recognizance to be void in certain circumstances ... ... ... ... ... ... A 5
22. Coroner to inform Registrar, Supreme Court of adjournment in certain cases A 6
23. Matters to be ascertained at an inquiry ... ... ... .. ... ... ... ... A 6
24. Opinions not to be expressed on matters other than those in rule 23 ... ... A 6
25. Admissibility of documentary evidence ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 6
26. Exhibits to be marked ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 6
27. Coroner to take notes of evidence or depositions ... ... ... ... ... ... A 6
28. Facts ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 7
29. Duties of coroner as to matters of law and evidence ... ... ... ... ... A 7
30. Civil liability not to be determined ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 7
31. Riders ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 7

RECORDS, DOCUMENTS AND
EXHIBITS

32. Register of deaths ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 7

33. Retention and disposal of exhibits ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 7
34. Retention and disposal of documents other than exhibits ... ... ... ... A 7
35. Copy documents ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 7
36. Vacation of office ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 7





CORONERS RULES.

(Cap. 14, section 22).

[29th August, 1969.]

1. These rules may be cited as the Coroners Rules.

2. In these rules, unless the context otherwise requires-

'Ccoroner' means a person appointed as such under section 3 of

the Ordinance;

'deceased' means a person whose death is reported to the coroner,
whether or not a postmortem examination is ordered or an inquiry is
held by the coroner;

&&postmortem examination' means a postmortem examination which is
ordered by a coroner to be made under section 5 or section 6 of the
Ordinance;

'registered medical practitioner' means a person who is registered or is
deemed to be so registered under the Medical Registration
Ordinance.

POSTMORTEM EXAMINATIONS.

3. If a coroner orders that a postmortem examination shall be made,
it shall be made as soon after the death of the deceased as is reasonably
practicable.

4. In considering what registered medical practioner shall

be ordered to make a post-mortem examination the coroner shall
have regard to the following considerations-

(a)the post-mortem examination should be made, whenever
practicable, by a pathologist with suitable qualifications and
experience and having access to laboratory facilities;

(b)if the coroner is informed by the Commissioner of Police that a
person may be charged with the murder, manslaughter or
infanticide of the deceased, the coroner should consult the
Commissioner of Police regarding the registered medical
practitioner who is to make the postmortem examination;

(c)if the deceased died in a hospital, the coroner should not order
a pathologist on the staff of, or associated with, that hospital to
make a postmortem examination if

(i) that pathologist does not desire to make the examination;
or

(ii) the conduct of any member of the hospital staff is likely
to be called in question; or





(iii) any relative of the deceased asks the coroner that the
examination be not made by such a pathologist,

unless the obtaining of another pathologist with suitable
qualifications and experience would cause the examination to
be unduly delayed.

5. (1) If a coroner orders a registered medical practitioner to make a
post-mortern examination, the coroner shall inform the persons and
bodies set out in paragraph (2) of this rule of the date, hour and place at
which the examination will be made, unless it is impracticable to inform
such persons or bodies or to do so would cause the examination to be
unduly delayed.

(2) The persons and bodies to be informed by the coroner are as
follows

(a)any relative of the deceased who has notified the coroner of
his desire to attend, or be represented at, the postmortem
examination;

(b)the deceased's regular medical practitioner;

(c)if the deceased died in hospital, the hospital;

(d)any government department which has notified the coroner of
its desire to be represented at the examination;

(e)if the Commissioner of Police has notified the coroner of his
desire to be represented at the examination, the Commissioner
of Police or some other police officer representing him;

if the death of the deceased may have been caused by any
accident of which notice is required by any Ordinance to be
given to any person appointed under that Ordinance, the
person to whom such notice has been, or is to be, given.

(3) Any person or body as aforesaid shall be entitled to be
represented at a postmortem examination by a registered medical
practitioner, or if any such person is a registered medical practitioner he
shall be entitled to attend the examination in person.

(4) Nothing in this rule shall limit the discretion of the coroner to
inform any person of the date, hour and place at which a postmortem
examination will be made and to permit him to attend the examination.

6. A person attending a postmortem examination by virtue of rule 5
shall not interfere with the performance of the examination.

7. A person making a postmortem examination shall make provision
so far as possible, for the preservation of material which in his opinion
bears upon the cause of death for such period as the coroner thinks fit.





8. (1) The person making a post-mortem examination shall report to
the coroner in Form 6 set out in the Schedule to the Coroners (Forms)
Rules.

(2) Unless authorized by the coroner, the person making a post-
mortem examination shall not supply a copy of his report to any person
other than the coroner/ a-ik 411p

9. No post-mortem examination shall take place other than in a place
specified in the Places for Post-Mortem Examination Order.

INQUIRIES.

10. Every inquiry shall be held in open court, unless the coroner
directs that the public be excluded from an inquiry or any part of an
inquiry.

11. An inquiry shall not be held on a general holiday as defined in
the Holidays Ordinance unless the coroner considers it requisite on
grounds of urgency that an inquiry shall be held on such a day, and no
inquiry shall be held on a Sunday.

12. (1) Without prejudice to any enactment with regard to the
examination of witnesses at an inquiry, any person who in the opinion of
the coroner is a properly interested person shall be entitled to examine
any witness at an inquiry either in person or by counsel or solicitor.

(2) The Commissioner of Police, unless interested otherwise than in
that capacity, shall only be entitled to examine a witness by counsel or
solicitor.

(3) The coroner shall disallow any question which in his opinion is
not relevant or is otherwise not a proper question.

(4) If the death of the deceased may have been caused by an injury
received in the course of his employment or by an industrial disease, any
person appointed by a trade union to which the deceased at the time of
his death belonged shall be a properly interested person for the
purposes of this rule.

13. Unless the coroner otherwise determines, a witness at an inquiry
shall be examined first by the coroner or his officer and, if the witness is
represented at the inquiry, lastly by his representative.

14. (1) No witness at an inquiry shall be obliged to answer any
question if to do so would tend to incriminate him.

(2) If.it appears to the coroner that a witness has been asked such a
question, the coroner shall inform the witness that he may refuse to
answer.





15. Any person whose conduct is likely in the opinion of the
coroner to be called in question at an inquiry, shall, if not sum-
moned to give evidence at the inquiry, be given reasonable notice
of the date, hour and place at which the inquiry will be held.

16. If the conduct of any person is called in question at an
inquiry on grounds which the coroner thinks substantial and which
relate to any matter referred to in rule 23 and if that person is
not present at the inquiry and has not been summoned to attend
or otherwise given notice of the holding of the inquiry, the inquiry
shall be adjourned to enable him to be present.

17. When a coroner has fixed a date, hour and place for the
holding of an adjourned inquiry he may, at any time before the
date so fixed, alter the date, hour or place fixed and shall then
give notice of the alteration to the members of the jury, if any, the
witnesses, and any other person appearing in person or represented
at the inquiry.

18. (1) If the Commissioner of Police requests a coroner to
adjourn an inquiry on the ground that a person may be charged
with the murder, manslaughter or infanticide of the deceased or
with dangerous driving causing the death of such person, the
coroner shall adjourn the inquiry.

(2) At any time before the date fixed for the holding of the
adjourned inquiry, the Commissioner of Police may ask the coroner
for a further adjournment and the coroner shall comply with his
request.

19. Subject to subsection (2) of section 14 of the Ordinance
and to rule 18 an inquiry shall not be adjourned solely by reason
of the institution of criminal proceedings arising out of the death
of the deceased.

20. (1) If an inquiry which has been adjourned in pursuance
of subsection (2) of section 14 of the Ordinance is not to be resumed,
the coroner shall notify the jurors, the witnesses, the Commissioner
of Police and any other person appearing in person or represented
at the inquiry that the inquiry will not be resumed.

(2) If an inquiry which has been adjourned as aforesaid is
to be resumed, the coroner shall give reasonable notice of the
date, hour and place at which the inquiry will be resumed to the
jurors, the witnesses, the Commissioner of Police and any other
person appearing in person or represented at the inquiry.

21. When any witness or juror who has been bound over to
attend at an adjourned inquiry, whether without further notice or
conditionally on receiving further notice, is notified by the coroner





that his attendance at the adjourned inquiry is not required or that the
inquiry will not be resumed, the recognizance entered into by him shall
be void.

22. When a magistrate commits a person for trial on a charge of
murder, manslaughter, infanticide or causing death by dangerous
driving, and the coroner who is responsible for holding an inquiry on the
body adjourns the inquiry in pursuance of subsection (2) of section 14
of the Ordinance, the coroner shall inform the Registrar of the Supreme
Court of such adjournment.

23. The proceedings and evidence at an inquiry shall be directed
solely to ascertaining the following matters--

(a) the identity of the deceased;

(b) how, when and where the deceased came by his death;

(c)the persons, if any, to be charged with murder, manslaughter,
infanticide or causing death by dangerous driving, or of being
accessories before the fact should the jury find that the
deceased came by his death by murder, manslaughter,
infanticide or dangerous driving;

(d)the particulars for the time being required by the Births and
Deaths Registration Ordinance to be registered concerning the
death.

24. (1) Neither the coroner nor the jury shall express any opinion on
any matters other than those referred to in rule 23.

(2) Notwithstanding paragraph (1) the coroner or the jury may make
a recommendation designed to prevent the recurrence of fatalities similar
to that in respect of which the inquiry is being held.

25. (1) Documentary evidence as to how the deceased came by his
death shall not be admissible at an inquiry unless the coroner is satisfied
that there is good and sufficient reason why the maker of the document
should not attend the inquiry.

(2) If such documentary evidence is admitted at an inquiry, the
inquiry shall be adjourned to enable the maker of the document to give
oral evidence if the coroner or any properly interested person so desires.

26. All exhibits produced in evidence at an inquiry shall be marked
with consecutive numbers and each number shall be preceded by the
letter 'c'

27. The coroner shall take notes of the evidence or depositions at
every inquiry except in cases of murder, manslaughter, infanticide or
death by dangerous driving when he shall take depositions.





28. No person shall be allowed to address the coroner or the jury as
to the facts.

29. When the coroner sits with a jury, he shall sum up the evidence
to the jury and direct them as to the law before they consider their
verdict and shall draw their attention to rules 23, 24, 30 and 31 of these
rules.

30. No verdict shall be framed in such a way as to appear to
determine any question of civil liability.

31. The coroner shall not record any rider unless the rider is, in the
opinion of the coroner, designed to prevent the recurrence of fatalities
similar to that in respect of which the inquiry is being held.

RECORDS, DOCUMENTS AND
EXHIBITS

32. A coroner shall keep an indexed register of all deaths reported
to him which shall contain the particulars specified in Form 7 set out in
the Schedule to the Coroners (Forms) Rules.

33. Every exhibit at an inquiry shall, unless a court otherwise
directs, be retained by the coroner until he is satisfied that the exhibit is
not likely to be, or will no longer be, required for the purposes of any
other legal proceedings, and shall then, if a request for its delivery has
been made by a person appearing to the coroner to be entitled to the
possession thereof, be delivered to the. person, or, if no such request
has been made, be destroyed or otherwise disposed of as the coroner
thinks fit.

34. Any document, other than an exhibit at an inquiry, in the
possession of a coroner in connexion with an inquiry or postmortem
examination shall, unless a court otherwise directs, be retained by the
coroner for at least fl(4eeft Years s:



Provided that the coroner may deliver any such document to any
person who in the opinion of the coroner is a proper person to have
possession of it.

35. A coroner shall, on application, supply to any person who, in
the opinion of the coroner, is a properly interested person a copy of any
notes of evidence or depositions taken by the coroner at an inquiry, or
of any report of a post-mortern examination, or of any document put in
evidence at an inquiry; or may, on application, permit such person to
inspect such notes of evidence, depositions, report or document.

36. When a coroner vacates his office by death or otherwise, all
documents, exhibits, registers and other things in the custody of the
coroner in connexion with inquiries or post-mortem examinations shall be
transferred to the coroner next appointed to that office.
L.N. 134/69. Citation. Interpretation. (Cap. 161.) Post-mortem examinations to be made as soon as reasonably practicable. Matters to be considered in selecting person to make post-mortem examination. Persons and bodies who may be informed as to a post-mortem examination. Non-interference with post-mortem examinations. Preservation of material bearing upon the cause of death. Post-mortem report. (Cap. 14, sub. leg.) Places where post-mortem examinations to be made. (Cap. 14, sub. leg.) Inquiries to be public. Inquiries not to be held on holidays or Sundays. (Cap. 149.) Questioning of witnesses. Order in which witness is to be questioned. Witness not to incriminate himself. Notice to be given to a person whose conduct is likely to be called in question. Adjournment of inquiry where conduct of an absent person is called in question. Alteration of date, hour or place of adjourned inquiry. Commissioner of Police may request adjournment of inquiry in certain cases. Inquiry not to be adjourned solely on grounds of criminal proceedings arising out of death of deceased. Resumption and non-resumption of inquiry. Recognizance to be void in certain circumstances. Coroner to inform Registrar, Supreme Court of adjournment in certain cases. Matters to be ascertained at an inquiry. (Cap. 174.) Opinions not to be expressed on matters other than those in rule 23. Admissibility of documentary evidence. Exhibits to be marked. Coroner to take notes of evidence or depositions. Facts. Duties of coroner as to matters of law and evidence. Civil liability not to be determined. Riders. Register of deaths. (Cap. 14, sub. leg.) Retention and disposal of exhibits. Retention and disposal of documents other than exhibits. Copy documents. Vacation of office.

Abstract

L.N. 134/69. Citation. Interpretation. (Cap. 161.) Post-mortem examinations to be made as soon as reasonably practicable. Matters to be considered in selecting person to make post-mortem examination. Persons and bodies who may be informed as to a post-mortem examination. Non-interference with post-mortem examinations. Preservation of material bearing upon the cause of death. Post-mortem report. (Cap. 14, sub. leg.) Places where post-mortem examinations to be made. (Cap. 14, sub. leg.) Inquiries to be public. Inquiries not to be held on holidays or Sundays. (Cap. 149.) Questioning of witnesses. Order in which witness is to be questioned. Witness not to incriminate himself. Notice to be given to a person whose conduct is likely to be called in question. Adjournment of inquiry where conduct of an absent person is called in question. Alteration of date, hour or place of adjourned inquiry. Commissioner of Police may request adjournment of inquiry in certain cases. Inquiry not to be adjourned solely on grounds of criminal proceedings arising out of death of deceased. Resumption and non-resumption of inquiry. Recognizance to be void in certain circumstances. Coroner to inform Registrar, Supreme Court of adjournment in certain cases. Matters to be ascertained at an inquiry. (Cap. 174.) Opinions not to be expressed on matters other than those in rule 23. Admissibility of documentary evidence. Exhibits to be marked. Coroner to take notes of evidence or depositions. Facts. Duties of coroner as to matters of law and evidence. Civil liability not to be determined. Riders. Register of deaths. (Cap. 14, sub. leg.) Retention and disposal of exhibits. Retention and disposal of documents other than exhibits. Copy documents. Vacation of office.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2234

Edition

1964

Volume

v3

Subsequent Cap No.

14

Number of Pages

7
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:04:47 +0800
<![CDATA[CORONERS ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2233

Title

CORONERS ORDINANCE

Description






CHAPTER 14

CORONERS ORDINANCE

ARRANGEMENT OF SECTIONS
section page
1. Short tide ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 2
2. Interpretation ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...
2
3. Appointment of coroners... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 2
4. Place for postmortem examination ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 3
5. Preliminary examination of body... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 3
6. Inquiry into cause of sudden or violent death, etc . ... ... ... ... ... ..3
7. Executions and deaths in prison, ETC . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 3
8. Power to Attorney General to require inquiry ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 4
9. Power of coroner to make burial or cremation order ... ... ... ... ... 4
10. Panel for jury ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 4
11. Summoning of jurors ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 4
12. Procedure with jury... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 5
12A.Discharge of jurors... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 5
12B Majority verdicts ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 5
13. Recording of finding ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 5
14. Adjournment of inquiry... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 6
15. General powers of coroner ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 6
16. Power to issue warrant, etc . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 6
17. Bail ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 7
18. Power of coroner to order exhumation ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 7
19. Forwarding depositions... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 7
20. Power to Attorney General to direct further investigation in certain
cases ... 7
21. Few for medical evidence ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 7
22. Rules ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 7
22A Rules for payment of allowance to witnesses ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 8
23. Saying ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 8




Chapter 14

CORONERS

To make provision for the appointment and duties of a coroner, for

the duties of medical officers in connexion with dead bodies and
for matters relating to coroners inquiries.

120 November 1967

1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Coroners Ordinance.

2. In this Ordinance, unless the context otherwise requires_

'coroner' means a coroner appointed under section 3(1); (Added,
31 of 1971, s. 2. Amended, 49 of 1980, s. 2)

'hospital' includes a nursing home;

'inquiry' means any inquiry into the death of any person held by

a coroner, with or without a jury, under this Ordinance;

magistrate means a magistrate appointed under section 5 of the
Magistrates Ordinance; (Added, 31 of 1971, s. 2)
'official custody' means detention-

(a)in the custody of a police officer or officer of the Prisons
Department; or

(aa) in the custody of an officer of the Independent Commission
Against Corruption or other officer having statutory powers of
arrest or detention; or (Added, 49 of 1980, s. 2)

(b)in any reformatory school or remand home under the
management, control or administration of the Director of Social
Welfare in consequence of any detention or committal order; or

(c)in any place of refuge under section 35(1)(a) of the Protection
of Women and Juveniles Ordinance; or

(d)in a mental hospital under Part IV of the Mental Health
Ordinance.

3. (1) The Governor may appoint such number of coroners

as he considers necessary. (Replaced, 49 of 1980, s. 3)
(1A) No person shall be appointed to be a coroner unless he is
qualified to practise as a barrister, solicitor or advocate in a court in
Hong Kong, England, Scotland, Northern Ireland, or some other
part of the Commonwealth, or the Republic of Ireland, having
unlimited jurisdiction either in civil or criminal matters. (Added,
49 of 1980, s. 3)
(2) Every appointment under subsection (1) shall be notified

in the Gazette.

(Replaced, 31 of 1971, s. 3)





4. (1) The Governor may by order set apart suitable places for the
reception of dead bodies for the purpose of post-mortem examination
and provide for the management of such places.

(2) A coroner may order the removal of any dead body to and from
any such place for the purpose of any post-mortem examination, and
may order the cost of the removal to be a charge on the general revenue
of the Colony.

5. (1) Whenever a dead body is brought to a hospital, the medical
officer in charge of the hospital or such other Government medical
officer or registered medical practitioner as he may depute shall make a
preliminary external examination of the body and report in writing to a
coroner, who may, if he considers it necessary, order a post-mortem
examination.

(2) The medical officer who makes the post-mortem examination
shall report on the cause of death to the coroner who ordered the post-
mortem examination.

(3) Where a medical officer or registered medical practitioner reports
to a coroner under subsection (1) or (2), he shall at the same time send a
copy of such report to the Commissioner of Police. (Added, 22 of 1975,
s. 2)

6. (1) Whenever any person dies suddenly, or by accident or
violence, or under suspicious circumstances, or whenever the dead
body of any person is found within the Colony or is brought into the
Colony, a coroner may, if he considers that an inquiry is necessary,
inquire into the cause of and the circumstances connected with the
death of such person, with or without a view of the body as he may
think fit, and may determine the cause of death.

(2) A coroner may hold an inquiry under this section without a jury
or, if he thinks fit, with a jury of 3 persons as hereinafter provided.

(3) Such inquiry may be held notwithstanding that the cause of
death did not arise within the Colony.

(4) Before deciding to hold an inquiry under this section the
coroner may, if he considers it necessary, order a post-mortem
examination.

(5) If a coroner considers that an inquiry is not necessary, he shall
forthwith upon the request of the Attorney General forward to the
Attorney General all papers, documents and other evidence relating to
such death which he has considered. (Amended, 49 of 1980,s.4)

7. (1) Whenever judgment of death is executed on any offender, a
coroner shall within 24 hours after the execution (or 48 hours if a
general holiday intervenes in respect of which the coroner is not
exempted from the operation of the Holidays Ordinance)





inquire into and ascertain the identity of the body and the cause of
death, and whether judgment of death was duly executed on the
offender.

(2) Whenever any person dies whilst in official custody, a coroner
shall as soon as practicable inquire into the cause of death.

(3) A coroner shall hold an inquiry under this section with a jury of
3 persons as hereinafter provided.

8. A coroner shall when required by the Attorney General hold an
inquiry into the cause of and the circumstances connected with the
death of any person.

9. A coroner may, notwithstanding that he considers that an
inquiry is necessary, order any body to be buried or cremated and he
shall in such case give a certificate of his order in the form prescribed for
the purposes of the proviso to section 17(1) of the Births and Deaths
Registration Ordinance.

10. (1) Whenever the Registrar of the Supreme Court is notified by
a coroner that an inquiry is to be held with a jury, he

either from the one ballot box or from the

shall draw 0
jurors ballot box-, as the coroner may direct, the names of


6 jurors to form a panel and shall transmit such panel to the coroner.

(2) The provisions of the Jury Ordinance shall, so far as they are
applicable, apply to the drawing of the names of the jurors under
subsection (1).


11. (1) Every juror whose name is under section 10(1) shall be
served with a summons in the prescribed form, requiring the attendance
of the jurors drawn.

(2) Every such summons shall be served either personally or by
leaving the same at the juror's residence or place of business, or by
sending the same by registered post addressed to such juror at his
residence or place of business:

Provided that if any such summons be not served personally it
shall be served 4 clear days before the day appointed for the holding of
the inquiry, and, in the case of service by post, an additional 2 clear
days shall be allowed for delivery.

(3) A summons served by post under the provisions of subsection
(2) and not returned as undelivered shall, in the absence of evidence to
the contrary, be deemed to have been duly served.

(4) Any juror who, having been served with a summons in
accordance with this section fails, without reasonable excuse, to attend
an inquiry pursuant to such summons or at any adjournment of an
inquiry shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable to a

fine of $3,000. (Replaced,49 of 1980, s. 5)





(5) The coroner shall select the 3 jurors required from the panel by
ballot, and may, if necessary, require any fit and proper person or
bystander to serve as a juror, provided that such person or bystander is
not exempted from jury service by section 5 of the Jury Ordinance.

(6) The finding of the majority of the jurors shall be the finding of
the jury.

12. The jury shall be sworn or declared in the prescribed form and
the oath may be administered to or the declaration made by 2 or more
jurors at once.

12A. (1) A coroner may at any time during an inquiry discharge a
juror

(a)where, in the interests of justice, it appears to the coroner
expedient to do so; or

(b) in the interests of the juror.

(2) In the event of the death or discharge by a coroner under
subsection (1) of a juror during an inquiry, the inquiry shall be
proceeded with in a like manner as if the full number of jurors had
continued on the jury.

(3) Where a member of a jury is discharged by a coroner under
subsection (1) or dies

(a)subject, to paragraph (b), the jury shall be considered as
remaining properly constituted for all the purposes of the
inquiry; and

(b)if the coroner considers it in the interests of justice to do so,
he may discharge the remaining jurors and order a fresh
inquiry to be held.

(Added, 49 of 1980, s. 6)

12B (1) In the event of any of the jurors, after reasonable
consultation, dissenting from the residue, the verdict of a majority shall
be taken to be the verdict of the jury.

(2) If in any inquiry it seems for any cause to be desirable the
coroner may direct the jury to consider their verdict further.

(Added, 49 of 1980, s. 6)

13. (1) At the conclusion of an inquiry the coroner shall record in
writing his finding or the finding of the jury and in a case where there is
a jury each member thereof shall sign the finding.

(2) Whenever an inquiry is made under section 7(2) into the death
of a person dying in official custody, the coroner shall furnish to the
person in whose custody such person died a copy of the finding of the
jury signed by him and the jurors.





14. (1) A coroner may adjourn any inquiry either to a fixed date or to
a date to be fixed subsequently, and may, if he considers it necessary,
use the same jury when the inquiry is subsequently held or resumed.

(2) A coroner shall adjourn an inquiry if, before the close of the
inquiry, any person has been charged before a magistrate with the
murder, manslaughter or infanticide of the person whose death is the
subject of the inquiry or with dangerous driving causing the death of
such person.

(3) Whenever a new jury is empanelled on the resumption of an
inquiry which has been adjourned in accordance with subsection (1) or
(2), the coroner shall proceed in all respects as if the inquiry had not
previously begun, and this Ordinance shall apply accordingly as if the
resumed inquiry were a new inquiry:

Provided that the deposition of a witness who was examined at the
original inquiry and is dead or unable to be present at the resumed
inquiry may be read as evidence at the resumed inquiry.

(4) Whenever a coroner resumes an inquiry which has been
adjourned under subsection (1) or (2), being an inquiry by the coroner
without a jury or with the jury empanelled at the original inquiry, the
coroner may proceed at the resumed inquiry as if the inquiry had not
been adjourned.

15. A coroner shall have in relation to the inquiries provided for in
sections 6, 7 and 8 the same powers in all respects as a magistrate has
under Part 11 of the Magistrates Ordinance.

16. (1) A coroner may, at the conclusion of an inquiry, issue his
warrant in the prescribed form for the apprehension and committal to
prison of any person to be brought before a magistrate to be prosecuted
according to law and he may bind over any witness who shall have been
examined at the inquiry in a recognizance with or without surety to
appear and give evidence on such prosecution:

Provided that no person who has been charged on indictment may
be charged with any offence of which he could have been convicted on
the indictment.

(2) Any person committed to prison under subsection (1) shall, on
application by himself or by his solicitor made on his behalf to the
coroner's clerk

(a)be furnished free of charge before his trial with one copy of
the depositions and any documents which have been
produced in evidence, together with a list signed by the
coroner of all the exhibits produced in evidence;

(b)be furnished with further copies of all or any of the documents
referred to in paragraph (a) on payment of 50 cents for each
folio of 72 words.





17. (1) No coroner shall admit any person to bail for treason or
murder, nor shall such person be admitted to bail except by order of a
judge.

(2) Subject to subsection (1) when a coroner has committed any
person to prison under section 16(1), the coroner may in his discretion
admit such person to bail, on his procuring or producing such surety or
sureties as, in the opinion of the coroner, will be sufficient to ensure the
appearance of such person at the time and the place when he is to be
tried for the offence for which he had been committed and thereupon the
coroner shall take the recognizance of such person and his surety or
sureties conditioned for his appearance at the time and place of trial and
that he will then surrender and take his trial and will not depart the court
without leave.


18 Notwithstanding anything contained in Part XI of the
Public Health and 1 Urban Services a coroner may order

the exhumation of the body of any person, or the remains of the body of
any person, for the purpose of inquiring into the cause of death of such
person in accordance with the provisions of this Ordinance.

19. If, after the conclusion of an inquiry, the Attorney General so
requests, the coroner shall deliver to the Attorney General(Amended, 49
of 1980, s. 7)

(a) the depositions taken by him on such inquiry;

(b) any documents which have been produced in evidence;

(c)a list signed by the coroner of all exhibits produced in
evidence; and

(d)a certificate in the prescribed form duly filled up and signed by
him.

20. Notwithstanding that an inquiry has been concluded, the
Attorney General may, if it appears to him that further investigation is
necessary, require the coroner to reopen such inquiry and make further
investigation, and thereupon the coroner shall reopen the inquiry and
proceed to -make further investigation in the same manner as if the
proceedings at such inquiry had not been concluded.

21. The Governor may from time to time by order published in the
Gazette, prescribe the fees to be paid to any medical Practi- not being a
public officer, who has made a post-mortem examination pursuant to the
order of a coroner under section 5 or section 6.

(Amended, 57 of 1971, s. 2)

22. The Chief Justice may make rules-

(a)for regulating the practice and procedure at or in connexion
with inquiries and post-mortem examinations;

(b) prescribing the forms to be used under this Ordinance.





22A. (1) The Chief Justice may, with the approval of the Legislative
Council, make rules providing for the payment of an allowance to
witnesses in inquiries and such rules may, in particular, provide for

(a) the classification of witnesses;

(b)the payment of different rates of allowance to different classes
of witnesses; and

(c)the rate of allowance which may be paid to witnesses in a
particular class.

(2) The expenses of the allowances paid under such rules shall be
met from moneys provided by the Legislative Council.

(3) In this section, 'witness' means any person, other than a public
officer, properly attending an inquiry to give evidence, whether or not
he gives evidence.

(Added, 57 of 1971, s. 3)

23. Nothing in this Ordinance shall affect the provisions of Article 6
of the United Kingdom Forces (Jurisdiction of Colonial Courts) Order
1965.
Originally 57 of 1967. 31 of 1971. 57 of 1971. 22 of 1975. 49 of 1980. L.N. 176/67. Short title. Interpretation. (Cap. 227.) (Cap. 213.) (Cap. 136.) Appointment of coroners. Place for post-mortem examination. Preliminary examination of body. Inquiry into cause of sudden or violent death, etc. Executions and deaths in prison, etc. (Cap. 149.) Power to Attorney General to require inquiry. Power of coroner to make burial or cremation order. (Cap. 174.) Panel for jury. (Cap. 3.) Summoning of jurors. (Cap. 3.) Procedure with jury. Discharge of jurors. Majority verdicts. Recording of finding. Adjournment of inquiry. [cf.1926 c. 59, s. 20(1).] [cf. 1926 c.59, s. 20(3).] General powers of coroner. (Cap. 227.) Power to issue warrants, etc. [cf. 1926 c. 59, s. 20(2).] [Cap. 227. S. 86(2), (3).] Bail. Power of coroner to order exhumation. (Cap. 132.) Forwarding depositions. Power to Attorney General to direct further investigation in certain cases. Fees for medical evidence. Rules. [cf. 1926 c. 59, s. 26.] Rules for payment of allowance to witnesses. Saving. (S.I. 1965 No. 1203.)

Abstract

Originally 57 of 1967. 31 of 1971. 57 of 1971. 22 of 1975. 49 of 1980. L.N. 176/67. Short title. Interpretation. (Cap. 227.) (Cap. 213.) (Cap. 136.) Appointment of coroners. Place for post-mortem examination. Preliminary examination of body. Inquiry into cause of sudden or violent death, etc. Executions and deaths in prison, etc. (Cap. 149.) Power to Attorney General to require inquiry. Power of coroner to make burial or cremation order. (Cap. 174.) Panel for jury. (Cap. 3.) Summoning of jurors. (Cap. 3.) Procedure with jury. Discharge of jurors. Majority verdicts. Recording of finding. Adjournment of inquiry. [cf.1926 c. 59, s. 20(1).] [cf. 1926 c.59, s. 20(3).] General powers of coroner. (Cap. 227.) Power to issue warrants, etc. [cf. 1926 c. 59, s. 20(2).] [Cap. 227. S. 86(2), (3).] Bail. Power of coroner to order exhumation. (Cap. 132.) Forwarding depositions. Power to Attorney General to direct further investigation in certain cases. Fees for medical evidence. Rules. [cf. 1926 c. 59, s. 26.] Rules for payment of allowance to witnesses. Saving. (S.I. 1965 No. 1203.)

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2233

Edition

1964

Volume

v3

Subsequent Cap No.

14

Number of Pages

9
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:04:46 +0800
<![CDATA[GUARDIANSHIP OF MINORS ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2232

Title

GUARDIANSHIP OF MINORS ORDINANCE

Description






LAWS OF HONG KONG

GUARDIANSHIP OF MINORS ORDINANCE

CHAPTER 13

Op

REVISED EDITION 1986

PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY THE GOVERNMENT PRINTER
HONG KONG





CHAPTER 13

GUARDIANSHIP OF MINORS ORDINANCE

ARRANGEMENT OF SECTIONS

Section .................................. Page

PART 1

PRELIMINARY

1. Short title....................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 3

2. Interpretation.................. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 3

PART II

GENERAL
PRINCIPLES

3. General principles.............. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 3

4. Unenforceability of agreements to give up parental rights ... ... ... ... ... 4

PART III

APPOINTMENT, REMOVAL AND POWERS OF
GUARDIANS

5.........................Rights of surviving parent as to guardianship ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 4

6..............................Power of parent to appoint testamentary guardians ... ... ... ... ... 5

7. Power of court to appoint guardian for minor having no parent, etc. 5

8..............................Power of High Court to remove or replace guardian ... ... ... ... ... 5

9.....................Disputes between joint guardians ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 5

PART IV

ORDERS FOR CUSTODY AND
MAINTENANCE

10. Orders for custody and maintenance on application of either parent ... ... ... 6

11. Orders for custody and maintenance where person is guardian to exclusion of

surviving parent ...................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 7

12....................................Orders for custody and maintenance where joint guardians disagree ... ... 7

13...........................Jurisdiction and orders on application under s. 10 ... ... ... ... ... ... 8

14.........................Additional provisions as to supervision orders ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 9

15. Additional provisions as to order committing care of minor to Director of Social

Welfare .................................. ... .. 1 ... ... ... ... 10

16.........................Additional provisions as to interim orders ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 10
17.........................Evidence on applications under s. 10 or 14(2) ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 10

18..............Powers of guardians .......... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 11







19.................................Person subject to maintenance order to notify change of address ... ... ... 11

20...........................Attachment of pension or income to satisfy order ... ... ... ... ... ... 11

PART V

ILLEGITIMATE
CHILDREN

21....................Application to illegitimate children ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 12





Section Page
PART VI

JURISDICTION, PROCEDURE AND
APPEALS

22. District Court's jurisdiction... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...
23. Procedure in District Court ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 12
24. Removal to High Court . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 13
25. Saving for powers of High Court ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 13
26. Jurisdiction over persons not domiciled in Hong Kong ... ... ... ... ... ... 13





CHAPTER 13

GUARDIANSHIP OF MINORS

To consolidate and amend the law relating to the guardianship of
minors.

[17 February 1977.1

PART 1

PRELIMINARY

1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Guardianship of
Minors Ordinance.

2. In this Ordinance, unless the context otherwise requires-

'court' means the High Court or the District Court;

'maintenance' includes education;

'parent' means father or mother.

PART 11

GENERAL PRINCIPLES

3. (1) In relation to the custody or upbringing of a minor,
and in relation to the administration of any property belonging to or
held in trust for a minor or the application of the income of any such
property-

(a)in any proceedings before any court (whether or not a
court as defined in section 2) the court-
(i) shall regard the welfare of the minor as the first and
paramount consideration and in having such regard shall
give due consideration to-
(A)the wishes of the minor if, having regard to the
age and understanding of the minor and to the
circumstances of the case, it is practicable to do
so; and
(B)any material information including any report of
the Director of Social Welfare available to the
court at the hearing; and
(ii) shall not take into consideration whether, from any
other point of view, the claim of the father, in respect of
such custody, upbringing, administration or application is
superior to that of the mother, or the claim of the mother is
superior to that of the father;(Replaced, 69 of 1982, s. 2)





(b)a mother shall have the same rights and authority as the law
allows to a father, and the rights and authority of mother and
father shall be equal and be exercisable by either without the
other.

(2) Paragraphs (a)(ii) and (b) of subsection (1) shall not apply in
relation to a minor who is illegitimate. (Replaced, 69 of 1982, s. 2)

4. (1) An agreement for a man or woman to give up in whole or in
part, in relation to any child of his or hers, the rights and authority
referred to in section 3 shall be unenforceable, except that an agreement
made between husband and wife which is to operate only during their
separation while married may, in relation to a child of theirs, provide for
either of them to do so; but no such agreement between husband and
wife shall be enforced by any court if the court is of opinion that it will
not be for the benefit of the child to give effect to it.

(2) Where a minor's father and mother disagree on any question
affecting his welfare, either of them may apply to the court for its
direction, and subject to subsection (3) the court may make such order
regarding the matters in difference as it may think proper.

(3) Subsection (2) shall not authorize the court to make any order
regarding the custody of a minor or the right of access to him of his
father or mother.

(4) An order under subsection (2) may be varied, discharged,
suspended or revived after being so suspended by a subsequent order
made on the application of either parent or, after the death of either
parent, on the application of any guardian or (before or after the death
of either parent) on the application of any other person having the
custody of the minor. (Amended, 65 of 1986, s. 2)

(5) Nothing in this section shall affect the operation of any
enactment requiring the consent of both parents in a matter affecting a
minor, or be taken as applying in relation to a minor who is illegitimate.

PART Ill

APPOINTMENT, REMOVAL AND POWERS OF GUARDIANS

5. On the death of a parent of a minor, the surviving parent, if any,
shall, subject to this Ordinance, be guardian of the minor either alone or
jointly with any guardian appointed by the deceased parent; and

(a)where no guardian has been appointed by the deceased
parent; or

(b)in the event of the death or refusal to act of the guardian or
guardians appointed by the deceased parent,

the court may, if it thinks fit, appoint a guardian to act jointly with the
surviving parent.





6. (1) A parent of a minor may by deed or will appoint any
person to be guardian of the minor after his death.

(2) Any guardian so appointed shall act jointly with the sur-
viving parent, if any, unless the surviving parent objects to his so
acting.

(3) If the surviving parent so objects, or if the guardian so
appointed considers that the surviving parent is unfit to have the
custody of the minor, the guardian may apply to the court, and the
court may either-

(a)refuse to make any order (in which case the surviving
parent shall remain sole guardian); or

(b) make an order that the guardian so appointed-
(i) shall act jointly with the surviving parent; or
(ii) shall be the sole guardian of the minor.

(4) Where guardians are appointed by both parents, the guard-
ians so appointed shall, after the death of the surviving parent, act
jointly.

(5) If under section 5 a guardian has been appointed by the
court to act jointly with the surviving parent, he shall continue to
act as guardian after the death of the surviving parent; but, if the
surviving parent has appointed a guardian, the guardian appointed
by the court shall act jointly with the guardian appointed by the
surviving parent.

(6) The court may authorize a guardian who is not a parent
of the minor who is his ward to be paid such remuneration for his
services as guardian as the court may think fit.

7. Where a minor has no parent, no guardian of the person,
and no other person having parental rights with respect to him, the
court, on the application of any person, may, if it thinks fit, appoint
the applicant to be the guardian of the minor.

8. The High Court may, in its discretion, on being satisfied
that it is for the welfare of the minor, remove from his office
any testamentary guardian or any guardian appointed or acting by
virtue of this Ordinance, and may also, if it deems it to be for the
welfare of the minor, appoint another guardian in place of the
guardian so removed.

9. Where 2 or more persons act as joint guardians of a minor
and they are unable to agree on any question affecting the welfare of
the minor, any of them may apply to the court for its direction, and
the court may make such order regarding the matters in difference as
it may think proper.





PART IV

ORDERS FOR CUSTODY AND
MAINTENANCE

10. (1) The court may, on the application of either of the parents of
a minor (who may apply without next friend) or the Director of Social
Welfare, make such order regarding--(Amended, 65 of 1986, s. 3)

(a) the custody of the minor; and

(b) the right of access to the minor of either of his parents,

as the court thinks fit having regard to the welfare of the minor and to
the conduct and wishes of the parents.

(2) Where the court makes an order under subsection (1) giving the
custody of the minor to any person (whether or not one of the parents),
the court may make one or both of the following orders, that is to say-
(Amended, 65 of 1986, s. 3)

(a)an order requiring payment to that person by the parent or
either of the parents excluded from having that custody of
such lump sum (whether in one amount or by instalments) for
the immediate and non-recurring needs of the minor or for the
purpose of enabling any liabilities or expenses reasonably
incurred in maintaining the minor before the making of the
order to be met, or for both, as the court thinks reasonable
having regard to the means of that parent; (Added, 65 of 1986, s.
3)

(b)an order requiring payment to that person by the parent or
either of the parents excluded from having that custody of
such periodical sum towards the maintenance of the minor as
the court thinks reasonable having regard to the means of that
parent. (Added, 65 of 1986,s. 3) 3)

(3) An order may be made under subsection (1) or (2)
notwithstanding that the parents of the minor are then residing
together, but

(a)no such order shall be enforceable, and no liability thereunder
shall accrue, while they are residing together; and

(b)any such order shall cease to have effect if for a period of 3
months after it is made they continue to reside together:

Provided that, unless the court in making the order directs
otherwise, paragraphs (a) and (b) shall not apply to any provision of the
order giving the custody of the minor to a person other than one of the
parents or made with respect to a minor of whom custody is so given.

(4) An order under subsection (1) or an order under subsection (2)
(other than an order for a lump sum payment in one amount or for a
lump sum to be paid in instalments where all such instalments have
been paid) may be varied, discharged, suspended





or revived after being so suspended, by a subsequent order made on
the application of either parent or after the death of either parent on the
application of any guardian under this Ordinance, or (before or after the
death of either parent) on the application of any other person having
the custody of the minor by virtue of an order under subsection (1).
(Amended, 65 of 1986, s. 3)

11. (1) Where the court makes an order under section 6(3)(b)(ii)
that a person shall be the sole guardian of a minor to the exclusion of
his surviving parent, the court may

(a) make such order regarding-

(i) the custody of the minor; and

(ii) the right of access to the minor of his surviving parent,

as the court thinks fit, having regard to the welfare of the
minor; and

(b) make one or both of the following orders, that is to say

(i) an order requiring the surviving parent to pay to the
guardian such lump sum (whether in one amount or by
instalments) for the immediate and non-recurring needs of the
minor, or for the purpose of enabling any liabilities or
expenses reasonably incurred in maintaining the minor before
the making of the order to be met, or for both, as the court
thinks reasonable having regard to the means of the surviving
parent;

(ii) an order requiring the surviving parent to pay to the
guardian such periodical sum towards the maintenance of the
minor as the court thinks reasonable having regard to the
means of the surviving parent. (Replaced, 65 of 1986, s. 4)

(2) The powers conferred by subsection (1) may be exercised at
any time and include power to vary, discharge or suspend any order
(other than an order for a lump sum payment in one amount or for a
lump sum to be paid in instalments where all such instalments have
been paid) previously made under that subsection or to revive any
order so suspended. (Amended, 65 of 1986, s. 4)

12. The powers of the court under section 9 shall, where one of the
joint guardians is the surviving parent of the minor, include power

(a) to make such order regarding

(i) the custody of the minor; and

(ii) the right of access to the minor of his surviving parent,

as the court thinks fit having regard to the welfare of the
minor;





(b)to make one or both of the following orders, that is to say

(i) an order requiring the surviving parent to pay such lump
sum (whether in one amount or by instalments) for the
immediate and non-recurring needs of the minor, or for the
purpose of enabling any liabilities or expenses reasonably
incurred in maintaining the minor before the making of the
order to be met, or for both, as the court thinks reasonable
having regard to the means of the surviving parent;

(ii) an order requiring the surviving parent to pay such
periodical sum towards the maintenance of the minor as the
court thinks reasonable having regard to the means of the
surviving parent; (Replaced, 65 of 1986, s. 5)

(c)to vary, discharge or suspend any order (other than an order
for a lump sum payment in one amount or for a lump sum to be
paid in instalments where all such instalments have been paid)
previously made under that section or to revive any order so
suspended. (Amended, 65 of 1986, s. 5)

13. (1) Where an application made under section 10 relates to the
custody of a minor under the age of 16, then subject to sections 14 and
15

(a)if by an order made on that application any person is given
the custody of the minor, but it appears to the court that there
are exceptional circumstances making it desirable that the
minor should be under the supervision of an independent
person, the court may order that the minor shall be under the
supervision of the Director of Social Welfare;

(b)if it appears to the court that there are exceptional
circumstances making it impracticable or undesirable for the
minor to be entrusted to either of the parents or to any other
individual, the court may commit the care of the minor to the
Director of Social Welfare.

(2) Where the court makes an order under subsection (1)(b)
committing the care of a minor to the Director of Social Welfare, the
court may make one or both of the following orders, that is to say-
(Amended, 65 of 1986, s. 6)

(a)an order requiring the payment by either parent to the
Director of Social Welfare while he has the care of the minor
of such lump sum (whether in one amount or by instalments)
for the immediate and non-recurring needs of the minor, or for
the purpose of enabling any liabilities or expenses reasonably
incurred in maintaining the minor before the making of the
order to be met, or for both, as the court thinks reasonable
having regard to the means of

that parent;(Added, 65 of 1986, s. 6)





(b)an order requiring the payment by either parent to the Director
of Social Welfare while he has the care of the minor of such
periodical sum towards the maintenance of the minor as the
court thinks reasonable having regard to the means of that
parent. (Added, 65 of 1986, s. 6)

(3) On an application under section 10 the court may, in any case
where it adjourns the hearing of the application for more than 7 days,
make an interim order, to have effect until such date as may be specified
in the order and containing

(a)provision for payment by either parent to the other, or to any
person given the custody of the minor, of such periodical
payments towards the maintenance of the minor as the court
thinks reasonable having regard to the means of the parent on
whom the requirement is imposed; and (Amended, 65 of 1986,
s. 6)

(b)where by reason of special circumstances the court thinks it
proper, any provision regarding the custody of the minor or
the right of access to the minor of either of his parents,

but an interim order under this subsection shall not be made to have
effect after the end of the 3 months beginning with the date of the order
or of any previous interim order made under this subsection with
respect to the application. and shall cease to have effect on the making
of a final order or on the dismissal of the application.

(4) The District Court may also make such an interim order where
under section 23(b) it refuses to make an order on an application under
section 10 on the ground that the matter is one that would more
conveniently be dealt with by the High Court; but an interim order under
this subsection shall not be made so as to have effect after the end of
the 3 months beginning with the date of the order.

14. (1) An order made by the court under section 13(1)(a) (in this
section referred to as a 'supervision order') shall cease to have effect
when the minor attains the age of 16; and where a supervision order is
made at a time when the parents of the minor are residing together

(a)the order may direct that it is to cease to have effect if for a
period of 3 months after it is made they continue to reside
together; and

(b)the order (whether or not it includes a direction under
paragraph (a)) may direct that it is not to operate while they
are residing together.

(2) A supervision order may be varied, discharged, suspended or
revived after being so suspended by a subsequent order made on the
application of either parent or after the death of either parent, on the
application of any guardian under this Ordinance or (before or after the
death of either parent) on the application of any other





person having the custody of the minor by virtue of an order under
section 10(1) or on that of the Director of Social Welfare when he has the
supervision of the minor by virtue of the order. (Amended, 65 of
1986, s. 7)

15. (1) Before making an order under section 13(1)(b) committing
the care of a minor to the Director of Social Welfare, the court shall
inform the Director of the court's proposal to make the order and shall
hear any representations from the Director, including any
representations as to the making also of an order under section 13(2) for
payment to the Director. (Amended, 65 of 1986, s. 8)

(2) In relation to an order under section 13(1)(b) or to an order
under section 13(2) requiring payment to be made to the Director of
Social Welfare, sections 10(3), (4), 19 and 20 shall apply as if the order
under section 13(1)(b) were an order under section 10 giving custody of
the minor to a person other than one of the parents (and the Director of
Social Welfare were lawfully given that custody by the order), and any
order for payment to the Director were an order under section 10(2)
requiring payment to be made to him as a person so given that custody.
(Amended, 65 of 1986, s. 8)

(3) While an order under section 13(1)(b) remains in force with
respect to a minor, the minor shall continue in the care of the Director of
Social Welfare notwithstanding any claim by a parent or other person.

(4) Each parent or guardian of a child for the time being in the care
of the Director of Social Welfare by virtue of an order under section
13(1)(b) shall give notice to the Director of any change of address of
that parent or guardian and any person who without reasonable excuse
fails to comply with this subsection commits an offence and is liable to a
fine of $500.

16. (1) Notwithstanding section 63 of the District Court Ordinance,
there shall be no appeal from an interim order under section 13(3) or (4)
if the appeal relates only to a provision requiring payments to be made
towards the maintenance of a minor.

(2) Section 10(3) and (4) and section 20 shall apply to any such
interim order as they apply to an order under section 10(1) or (2).

17. (1) If the court dealing with an application under section 10 or
14(2) requests the Director of Social Welfare to arrange for an officer of
his department to make to the court a report, orally or in writing, with
respect to any specified matter (being a matter appearing to the court to
be relevant to the application), the Director of Social Welfare shall
comply with such request.

(2) Any statement which is or purports to be a report in pursuance
of subsection (1) shall be made, or if in writing be read aloud, before the
court at a hearing of the application, and immediately after it has been
so made or read aloud the court shall ask





whether any party to the proceedings who is present or represented
by counsel or solicitor at the hearing objects to anything contained
therein; and where objection is made-

(a)the court shall require the officer by whom the statement
was or purported to be made to give evidence on or with
respect to the matters referred to therein; and

(b)any party to the proceedings may give or call evidence with
respect to any matter referred to in the statement or in any
evidence given by the officer.

(3) The court may take account of any statement made or read
aloud under subsection (2) and of any evidence given under para-
graph (a) of that subsection, so far as that statement or evidence
relates to the matters specified by the court under subsection (1),
notwithstanding any enactment or rule of law relating to the
admissibility of evidence.

18. (1) Subject to subsection (2), a guardian under this Ordin-
ance besides being guardian of the person of the minor, shall have all
the rights, powers and duties of a guardian of the minor's estate,
including in particular the right to receive and recover in his own
name for the benefit of the minor property of whatever description
and wherever situated which the minor is entitled to receive or
recover.

(2) Nothing in subsection (1) shall restrict or affect the power
of the High Court to appoint a person to be, or to act as, the
guardian of a minor's estate either generally or for a particular
purpose; and subsection (1) shall not apply to a guardian under this
Ordinance so long as there is a guardian of the minor's estate alone.

19. (1) Any person for the time being under an obligation to
make payment in pursuance of any order for the payment of money
under this Ordinance shall within 14 days of a change of address give
notice of his new address to such person, if any, as may be specified
in the order. (Amended, 65 of 1986, s. 9)

(2) Any person who fails without reasonable excuse to give a
notice, which he is required by subsection (1) to give, commits an
offence and is liable to a fine not exceeding $500.

20. (1) Where a maintenance order has been made and there
is any pension or income capable of being attached payable to the
person against whom the order is made, the court may-

(a) after giving the person an opportunity of being heard; and

(b)on being satisfied that the person has without reasonable
cause failed to make any payment which he is required by
the order to make, (Amended, 65 of 1986, s. 10)

order the pension or income to be attached as to the whole or part of
the amount payable under the maintenance order and the amount
attached to, be paid to the person named by the court.





(2) An order under this section shall be an authority to the person
by whom the pension or income is payable to make the payment in
accordance with the order, and the receipt of the person to whom the
payment is ordered to be made shall be a good discharge to the payer.

PART V

ILLEGITIMATE CHILDREN

21. (1) Subject to this section, section 10(1) shall apply in relation
to a minor who is illegitimate as it applies in relation to a minor who is
legitimate, and references in section 10(1) and in any other provision of
this Ordinance so far as it relates to proceedings under section 10(1), to
the father or mother or parent of a minor shall be construed accordingly.

(2) No order shall be made by virtue of subsection (1) under
section 10(2) in respect of a minor who was born on or after 7 October
1971.

(3) For the purpose of sections 5, 6, 7 and 11 a person-

(a) being the natural father of a minor who is illegitimate; and

(b)being entitled to the minor's custody by virtue of an order in
force under section 10(1) as applied by this section,

shall be treated as if he were the lawful father of the minor; but any
appointment of a guardian made by virtue of this subsection under
section 6(1) shall be of no effect unless the appointor is entitled to the
custody of the minor as under paragraph (b) immediately before his
death.

PART VI

JURISDICTION, PROCEDURE AND APPEALS

22. The District C Court shall not be competent to entertain any
application, other than an application for variation, discharge or
suspension of an existing order or revival of an order which has
been suspended under thisrelating to a minor who has
attained the age of 16 the minor is physically or
mentally incapable of self-support

(Replaced, 65 of 1986, s. 11)


23. Part IV of the District Court Ordinance shall apply to every
proceeding before, and every order by, the District Court under this
Ordinance, and

(a)the application may be heard and determined otherwise than in
open court;





(b)where the District Court considers that the matter is one
which could more conveniently be dealt with by the High
Court, the District Court may refuse to make an order
and in that case, without prejudice to the general right of
appeal conferred by Part IV of the District Court Ordin-
ance, no appeal shall lie from the decision of the District
Court;

(c)an order for the payment of money shall be enforceable in
like manner as an order for the payment of a civil debt.

24. Where any application has been made under this Ordin-
ance to the District Court, the High Court shall, at the instance of
any party to the application, order the application to be removed to
the High Court and there proceeded with on such terms as to costs
as it thinks proper.

25. Nothing in this Ordinance shall restrict or affect the
jurisdiction of the High Court to appoint or remove guardians or
otherwise in respect of minors.

26. The jurisdiction conferred on any court by this Ordinance
shall be exercisable notwithstanding that any party to the proceed-
ings is not domiciled in Hong Kong.
Originally 12 of 1977. 69 of 1982. 65 of 1986. Short title. Interpretation. General principles. 1971 c. 3, s. 1 & 1973 c. 29, s. 1(1). Unenforceability of agreements to give up parental rights. 1973 c. 29, s. 1(2). 1973 c. 29, s. 1(3). 1973 c. 29, s. 1(4). 1973 c. 29, s. 1(5). 1973 c. 29, s. 1(7). Rights of surviving parent as to guardianship. 1971 c. 3, s. 3. Power of parent to appoint testamentary guardians. 1971 c. 3, s. 4. [cf. Cap. 29, s. 43.] Power of court to appoint guardian for minor having no parent, etc. 1971 c. 3, s. 5(1). Power of High Court to remove or replace guardian. 1971 c. 3, s. 6. Disputes between joint guardians. 1971 c. 3, s. 7. Orders for custody and maintenance on application of either parent. 1973 c. 29, Sch. 2, Pt. II. Orders for custody and maintenance where person is guardian to exclusion of surviving parent. 1971 c. 3, s. 10. Orders for custody and maintenance where joint guardians disagree. 1971 c. 3, s. 11. Jurisdiction and orders on application under s. 10. 1973 c. 29, s. 2(2). 1973 c. 29, s. 2(3). 1973 c. 29, s. 2(4). 1973 c. 29, s. 2(5). Additional provisions as to supervision orders. 1973 c. 29, s. 3(2). 1973 c. 29, s. 3(3). Additional provisions as to order committing care of minor to Director of Social Welfare. 1973 c. 29, s. 4(2). 1973 c. 29, s. 4(3). 1973 c. 29, s. 4(5). 1973 c. 29, s. 4(6). Additional provisions as to interim orders. 1973 c. 29, s. 5(1). (Cap. 336.) 1973 c. 29, s. 5(2). Evidence on applications under s. 10 or 14(2). 1973 c. 29, s. 6(1). 1973 c. 29, s. 6(2). 1973 c. 29, s. 6(3). Powers of guardians. 1973 c. 29, s. 7(1). 1973 c. 29, s. 7(2). Person subject to maintenance order to notify change of address. 1971 c. 3, s. 13(2). Attachment of pension or income to satisfy order. Application to illegitimate children. 1971 c. 3, s. 14(1), (2), (3). District Court's jurisdiction. [cf. 1971 c. 3, s. 15(2)(a).] Procedure in District Court. (Cap. 336.) Removal to High Court. 1971 c. 3, s. 16(1). Saving for powers of High Court. 1971 c. 3, s. 17(1). Jurisdiction over persons not domiciled in Hong Kong. 1971 c. 3, s. 17(2).

Abstract

Originally 12 of 1977. 69 of 1982. 65 of 1986. Short title. Interpretation. General principles. 1971 c. 3, s. 1 & 1973 c. 29, s. 1(1). Unenforceability of agreements to give up parental rights. 1973 c. 29, s. 1(2). 1973 c. 29, s. 1(3). 1973 c. 29, s. 1(4). 1973 c. 29, s. 1(5). 1973 c. 29, s. 1(7). Rights of surviving parent as to guardianship. 1971 c. 3, s. 3. Power of parent to appoint testamentary guardians. 1971 c. 3, s. 4. [cf. Cap. 29, s. 43.] Power of court to appoint guardian for minor having no parent, etc. 1971 c. 3, s. 5(1). Power of High Court to remove or replace guardian. 1971 c. 3, s. 6. Disputes between joint guardians. 1971 c. 3, s. 7. Orders for custody and maintenance on application of either parent. 1973 c. 29, Sch. 2, Pt. II. Orders for custody and maintenance where person is guardian to exclusion of surviving parent. 1971 c. 3, s. 10. Orders for custody and maintenance where joint guardians disagree. 1971 c. 3, s. 11. Jurisdiction and orders on application under s. 10. 1973 c. 29, s. 2(2). 1973 c. 29, s. 2(3). 1973 c. 29, s. 2(4). 1973 c. 29, s. 2(5). Additional provisions as to supervision orders. 1973 c. 29, s. 3(2). 1973 c. 29, s. 3(3). Additional provisions as to order committing care of minor to Director of Social Welfare. 1973 c. 29, s. 4(2). 1973 c. 29, s. 4(3). 1973 c. 29, s. 4(5). 1973 c. 29, s. 4(6). Additional provisions as to interim orders. 1973 c. 29, s. 5(1). (Cap. 336.) 1973 c. 29, s. 5(2). Evidence on applications under s. 10 or 14(2). 1973 c. 29, s. 6(1). 1973 c. 29, s. 6(2). 1973 c. 29, s. 6(3). Powers of guardians. 1973 c. 29, s. 7(1). 1973 c. 29, s. 7(2). Person subject to maintenance order to notify change of address. 1971 c. 3, s. 13(2). Attachment of pension or income to satisfy order. Application to illegitimate children. 1971 c. 3, s. 14(1), (2), (3). District Court's jurisdiction. [cf. 1971 c. 3, s. 15(2)(a).] Procedure in District Court. (Cap. 336.) Removal to High Court. 1971 c. 3, s. 16(1). Saving for powers of High Court. 1971 c. 3, s. 17(1). Jurisdiction over persons not domiciled in Hong Kong. 1971 c. 3, s. 17(2).

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2232

Edition

1964

Volume

v2

Subsequent Cap No.

13

Number of Pages

14
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:04:46 +0800
<![CDATA[FIRE INVESTIGATION ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2231

Title

FIRE INVESTIGATION ORDINANCE

Description






LAWS OF HONG KONG

FIRE INVESTIGATION ORDINANCE

CHAPTER R 12

10

REVISED EDITION 1980

PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY THE GOVERNMENT PRINTER
HONG KONG





CHAPTER 12

FIRE INVESTIGATION

To authorize judicial investigations into the causes of fire

(Amended, 50 of 1911, and 1 of 1912, Schedule)

[18 December 1895.]

1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Fire Investigation Ordinance.

(Amended, 5 of 1924, s. 6)

2. Whenever a fire has taken place on Any premises, or there is
reason to suppose that an attempt has been or is about to be made to
set fire to any premises or part thereof, the Commissioner of Police may,
if he thinks fit, take possession of such premises and of any other
premises where the fire is supposed to have originated, to the exclusion,
if he deems it necessary, of the owners and ad others; and he shall make
or cause to be made, by the police officer in charge of the district or by
such police officer as shall be deputed by the superintendent in charge
of the division, a full and minute inspection of such premises, and shall
forthwith make a written report in detail to a magistrate of the state of
the said premises and of contents, if any, thereof, furnishing also all
such information touching the origin and circumstances of the fire as he
may be able to obtain.

(Replaced, 27 of 1937, Schedule. Amended, 12 of 1940,

s. 2, and 48 of 1961, s. 2)

3. On the receipt of such report, the magistrate, unless, on
consideration of the facts stated therein, he is of opinion that such
inquiry is unnecessary, shall proceed to investigate the causes of the
fire, and shall, with as little delay as practicable, take the depositions
upon oath of all persons likely to know the facts and circumstances and
of all other persons who, in his opinion, may be able to furnish
information in respect thereof.

4. At such investigation any police officer not below the rank of
inspector or the police officer in charge of the district or such police
officer as shall be deputed by the superintendent in charge of the
division and any interested person may by leave of the magistrate and
either personally or by his counsel or solicitor examine the witnesses and
cause to be examined such persons as may be able to give information
touching the fire or the attempt

as aforesaid.
(Replaced, 27 of 1937, Schedule.Amended, 12 of 1940, s. 3)





5. If, in the opinion of the magistrate, the investigation does not
disclose any offence or, although it discloses an offence, does not show
any reasonable cause for suspecting any person of having committed
such offence, the magistrate shall close the inquiry.

(Replaced, 21 of 1980, s. 2)

6. If, in the opinion of the magistrate, the fire is the result of crime,
and there is reasonable cause to suspect and he does suspect any
person of having committed an offence against the law, he shall have
power to commit such person to prison to answer any charge that may
be brought against him or to require him to give security, to his
satisfaction, to appear and surrender to answer any such charge, and,
on such charge, the magistrate may take the evidence as in other cases.

(Amended, 50 of 1911, s. 4, and 1 of 1912, Schedule)

6A. The magistrate may, at any time, if any premises have been
taken into the possession of the Commissioner of Police under section
2, order the release of the premises.

(Added, 21 of 1980, s. 3)

6B. The closure of an inquiry or the release of premises under this
Ordinance shall be without prejudice to any proceedings against any
person for an offence against the law.

(Added, 21 qf 1980, s. 3)

7. For the purposes of this Ordinance, and in relation to all
investigations held thereunder, and for the summoning of witnesses,
and for all proceedings in connexion with such investigations, the
magistrate shall have all the powers possessed by a magistrate in
relation to cases of indictable offences, and the Commissioner of Police
shall render him all proper and necessary assistance.

8. Except on an order from the magistrate, who may, on good cause
shown, give such order, any person who removes or attempts to remove
any property from premises in possession of the police under this
Ordinance shall be liable on summary conviction to a fine of $500, or to
imprisonment for 6 months.

(Amended, 30 of 1911, s. 10; 50 of 1911; 1 of 1912, Schedule;

51 of 1911; 2 of 1912, Schedule; 21 of 1912; 5 of 1924,

Schedule, and 22 of 1950, Schedule)

9. The provisions of this Ordinance shall apply to a ship or boat or
any other description of vessel used in navigation, not being a vessel
exceeding 300 tons, in the same manner as such provisions apply to
premises, and in respect of any such vessel the report referred to in
section 2 shall be given to a marine magistrate, and the duties and
powers to be exercised under this Ordinance by a magistrate shall be
exercised by such marine magistrate.

(Added, 9 of 1950, Schedule. Amended, 17 of 1975. Schedule)
Originally 29 of 1985. (Cap. 12, 1950.) 30 of 1911. 50 of 1911. 51 of 1911. 1 of 1912. 2 of 1912. 21 of 1912. 5 of 1924. 27 of 1937. 12 of 1940. 9 of 1950. 22 of 1950. 48 of 1961. 17 of 1975. 21 of 1980. Short title. In case of fire Commissioner of Police may take possession of premises and report. Inquiry by magistrate into causes of fire. Examination of witnesses. Close of inquiry. Committal of suspected person to answer charge. Release of premises. Closure of inquiry or release of premises without prejudice to proceedings. Power to summon witnesses, etc. Removing property from premises burned, etc. Application to vessels.

Abstract

Originally 29 of 1985. (Cap. 12, 1950.) 30 of 1911. 50 of 1911. 51 of 1911. 1 of 1912. 2 of 1912. 21 of 1912. 5 of 1924. 27 of 1937. 12 of 1940. 9 of 1950. 22 of 1950. 48 of 1961. 17 of 1975. 21 of 1980. Short title. In case of fire Commissioner of Police may take possession of premises and report. Inquiry by magistrate into causes of fire. Examination of witnesses. Close of inquiry. Committal of suspected person to answer charge. Release of premises. Closure of inquiry or release of premises without prejudice to proceedings. Power to summon witnesses, etc. Removing property from premises burned, etc. Application to vessels.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2231

Edition

1964

Volume

v2

Subsequent Cap No.

12

Number of Pages

3
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:04:45 +0800
<![CDATA[OATHS AND DECLARATIONS ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2230

Title

OATHS AND DECLARATIONS ORDINANCE

Description






LAWS OF HONG KONG

OATHS AND DECLARATIONS ORDINANCE

CHAPTER 11

CS 1

REVISED EDITION 1986

PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY THE GOVERNMENT PRINTER
HONG KONG





CHAPTER 11

OATHS AND DECLARATIONS ORDINANCE

ARRANGEMENT OF SECTIONS

Section .................................. Page

PART 1

PRELIMINARY

1. Short title................................ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 2
2. Interpretation............................. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 2

PART II

OATHS AND DECLARATIONS IN
GENERAL

3. Who may administer oaths ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 2

4. [Repealed] ................................ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 2

5. Normal manner of administration of oaths ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 2
6. Validity of oath not affected by absence or religious belief ... ... ... ... ... 3
7. Affirmation in lieu of oath ... ... ... ...... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 3
8. Interpretations of oaths and affirmations ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 4
9. Unlawful administration of oaths ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 4
10. Admissibility of notarial acts done before British diplomatic and consular officers 4

11. Evidence for foreign civil proceedings 1 . ... ... ... ... 4

PART III

STATUTORY
DECLARATIONS

12. Taking and receiving declarations .. 1 . ... ... ... ... ... ... .. 4
13. Manner of making declarations ............ ... ... ... ... ... 5

14. Form of declaration ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 5
15. Declaration in writing sufficient to prove execution of will etc. ... ... ... ... 5

PART IV

PROMISSORY OATHS

16. Forms of Oaths ........................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 5

17. Oaths of judicial officers ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 5
is. Oaths of Executive Councillors ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 5
19. Oath of Legislative Councillors ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 6
20. Oaths of Clerk and Deputy Clerk of Councils ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 6
21. Consequence of non-compliance ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 6
22. When Oaths need not be repeated ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 6

PART V

GENERAL

23. Use of English or Chinese ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 7

First Schedule ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 7 Second Schedule ... ... ... ... ... ... ...
... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 8 Third Schedule ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 11











CHAPTER 11

OATHS AND DECLARATIONS

To amend and consolidate the law relating to oaths and declarations, to make
provision for matters connected therewith, and to exercise the power
conferred by section 2 of the Colonial Affidavits Act 1859.

[28 April 1972,1

PART 1

PRELIMINARY

1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Oaths and Declarations Ordinance.

2. In this Ordinance, unless the context otherwise requires--

'commissioner' means a commissioner for oaths duly appointed by the Chief
Justice under any enactment in force in Hong Kong;

'notary' means a notary public duly registered by the Registrar of the Supreme
Court under section 40 of the Legal Practitioners Ordinance;

'Person acting judicially' means a tribunal, commission or other
person having by law power to receive evidence on oath.

PART 11

OATHS AND DECLARATIONS IN GENERAL

3. A court and a person acting judicially may administer an oath to a
witness who is lawfully called or voluntarily comes before it or him.

4. [Repealed, 35 of 1985, s. 27]

5. (1) An oath may be administered and taken in the following form and
manner

The person taking the oath shall hold the New Testament,
or, in the case of a Jew, the Old Testament, in his uplifted hand,
and shall say or repeat after the officer administering the oath
the words 'I swear by Almighty God that
or'
followed by the words of the oath prescribed by law.

(2) The officer shall, unless the person about to take the oath objects
thereto, or is physically incapable of so taking the oath. administer the oath in
the form and manner aforesaid:





Provided that, in the case of a person who is neither a Christian nor
a Jew, the oath may be administered in any manner which is appropriate
to his religious belief.

(3) In this section, 'officer' means a person authorized to
administer an oath.

6.- If an oath has been duly administered and taken, the fact that
the person to whom the oath was administered had, at the time of taking
the oath, no religious belief, shall not for any purpose affect the validity
of the oath.

7. (1) A person, upon objecting to being sworn, shall be permitted
to make his affirmation instead of taking an oath for any purpose for
which an oath is required by law.

(2) A person who is neither a Christian nor a Jew shall be permitted
to make his affirmation instead of taking an oath for any purpose for
which an oath is required by law.

(3) An affirmation shall commence-

(a)'I solemnly, sincerely, and truly declare and affirm', or

(b)
and then proceed with the words of the oath prescribed by law, omitting
any words of imprecation or calling to witness.

(4) An affirmation in writing shall commence--

(a) of solemnly
and sincerely affirm', or

(b) and end-
(i) 'Affirmed at this day of

19 Before me

or
(ii)

(5) An affirmation shall he of the same force and effect as an oath
in the usual form.

(6) Subsections (1), (3) and (4) shall apply in relation to a person to
whom it is not reasonably practicable without inconvenience or delay to
administer an oath in the manner appropriate to his religious belief as it
applies in relation to a person objecting to being sworn.

(7) A person who may be permitted under this section to make his
affirmation may also be required to do so.





8. If a person taking an oath or making an affirmation is unfamiliar
with the English language the oath or affirmation shall be interpreted to
him by a sworn interpreter.

9. (1) No person shall administer or receive an oath, affidavit or
affirmation relating to any matter or thing in respect of which that
person has no jurisdiction by some enactment.

(2) Any person who wilfully contravenes subsection (1) shall be
guilty of an offence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine of $1,000.

(3) Nothing in this section shall extend to an oath, affidavit or
affirmation before a justice

(a)relating to the maintenance of public order, or the
prosecution, trial, or punishment of offences; or

(b)relating to any proceedings before the Legislative Council or
before any committee thereof, or

(c)for the purpose of legal proceedings in any foreign country;
or

(d)required by the law of any foreign country to give validity to
any document designed to be used in that country.

(4) Nothing in this section shall extend to an oath, affidavit or
affirmation before a notary required by the law of any foreign country to
give validity to any document designed to be used in that country.

10. An oath, affidavit, affirmation and notarial act administered,
sworn, affirmed, or done under section 6 of the Commissioners for
Oaths Acts 1889 and 1891 shall be as effectual as if duly administered,
sworn, affirmed, or done by or before any lawful authority in Hong
Kong.

11. A person appointed by a court or other judicial authority of a
foreign country shall have power in Hong Kong to administer oaths or
take Affidavits for the purpose of taking evidence for use in
proceedings, not being criminal proceedings, carried on under the law
of that country.

PART 111

STATUTORY DECLARATIONS

12. A justice, notary commissioner or other person authorized by
law to administer an oath may take and receive the declaration of any
person made before him in the manner provided by section 14.





13. If by law a person is authorized or required to make a
declaration or a statutory declaration, that declaration shall be made and
signed in the manner provided by section 14.

14. (1) A declaration shall be in one of the forms set out in the First
Schedule.

(2) If the declarant is unfamiliar with the English language, the
declaration shall be in the form set out in Part 11 of the First Schedule
and the interpreter shall first make a declaration or take an oath in the
form set out in Part III of the First Schedule.

15. An attesting witness to the execution of a will, deed or
document, and any other competent person, may verify and prove the
signing, sealing, publication or delivery of the will, deed or document by
a declaration made in the manner provided by section 14.

PART IV

PROMISSORY OATHS

16. The Oaths referred to in this Ordinance as

(a) the Oath of Allegiance;

(b) the Judicial Oath;

(c) the Oath of Fidelity,

(ca) the Executive Council Oath;(Added, 32 of 1986, s. 2)

(d) the Official Oath;

(da) the Legislative Council Oath; and (Added, 23 of 1985, s.2)

(e) the Oath of Secrecy,

shall be in the respective forms set out in Parts 1 to V of the Second
Schedule.

17. Each of the judicial officers specified in the Third Schedule shall
take the Oath of Allegiance and the Judicial Oath, which shall be
tendered in the manner specified in that Schedule as soon as possible
after his appointment.

18. (1) A member of the Executive Council shall take the Oath of
Fidelity and either the Oath of Allegiance or the Executive Council Oath
as soon as possible after his appointment. (Amended, 32 of 1986, s. 3)

(2) An ex officio member of the Executive Council shall also take
the Official Oath as soon as possible after his appointment.

(3) The Oaths taken by members of the Executive Council shall be
tendered by the Governor, or other member presiding.





19. A member of the Legislative Council shall, as soon as
possible after his appointment, or in the case of an elected member
after the commencement of his term of office as an elected member,
take the Oath of Allegiance or the Legislative Council Oath, which
shall be tendered by the Governor, or other member presiding.
(Amended, 23 of 1985, s. 3)

20. The Clerk of Councils and the Deputy Clerk of Councils
shall, as soon as possible after appointment, each take the Oath of
Allegiance and the Oath of Secrecy, which shall be tendered by the
Chief Secretary.

21. Any person who declines or neglects to take an oath duly
tendered which he is required to take by this Part, shall-
(a) if he has already entered on his office, vacate it, and
(b)if he has not entered on his office, be disqualified from
entering on it.

22. (1) No judicial officer specified in the Third Schedule shall
be required to take the Oath of Allegiance or the Judicial Oath, if he
has taken it upon previous appointment to a judicial office specified
in the Third Schedule. (Amended, 13 of 1980, s. 2)
(2) No member of the Executive Council shall be required to
take the Oath of Allegiance or the Executive Council Oath if he has
taken-
(a)the Oath of Allegiance or the Executive Council Oath
upon previous appointment to the Executive Council; or
(b)the Oath of Allegiance upon previous appointment or elec-
tion to the Legislative Council. (Replaced, 32 of 1986,
s. 4)
(3) No member of the Executive Council shall be required to
take-
(a)the Oath of Fidelity, if he has taken it upon previous
appointment to the Council; or
(b)the Official Oath, being an ex officio member, if he has
taken it upon previous appointment to the same office.
(3A) No member of the Legislative Council shall be required
to take the Oath of Allegiance or the Legislative Council Oath if he
has taken-
(a)the Oath of Allegiance upon previous appointment to the
Executive Council or upon previous appointment or elec-
tion to the Legislative Council; or
(b)the Legislative Council Oath upon previous appointment
or election to the Legislative Council. (Added, 23 of
1985, s. 4)
(4) Neither the Clerk of Councils nor the Deputy Clerk of
Councils shall be required to take the Oath of Allegiance or the Oath
of Secrecy, if he has taken it upon previous appointment to either
office.





PART V

GENERAL

23. An oath, affidavit, affirmation or declaration may be
administered, sworn, affirmed, declared, made, taken or received either in
English or in Chinese at the option of the witness, deponent, affirmant,
declarant or the person taking an oath.

FIRST SCHEDULE

PART 1 [s. 14.1

Declaration

I, A.B., of solemnly and sincerely
declare that [Insert facts.]

And 1 make this solemn declaration conscientiously believing the same to be true and by
virtue of the Oaths and Declarations Ordinance.

(Signed) A.B.

Declared at in the Colony of Hong Kong
this day of 19

Before me,

[Signature and designation, i.e., Justice of the
Peace/Notary Public/Commissioner for Oaths.]

OR

PART II [s. 14.1]

Declaration by person who is unfamiliar with the English language

1, A.B., of solemnly and sincerely
declare that [Insert facts.]

And 1 make this solemn declaration conscientiously believing the same to be true and by
virtue of the Oaths and Declarations Ordinance.

(Signed) A.B.





Declared at in the Colony of Hong Kong
this day of 19 through the interpretation
of

[Insert name of interpreter] of [Insert address and occupation], the said interpreter
having been also first declared [or sworn, as the case may be] that he had truly,
distinctly, and audibly interpreted the contents of this document to the declarant,
and
that he would truly and faithfully interpret the declaration about to be administered
to him.

Before me,

[Signature and designation, i.e., Justice of
the Peace/Notary Public/Commissioner
for Oaths.]

PART III [s. 14.1

Declaration or oath by interpreter

1, C.D., of solemnly and sincerely declare* that I well understand the English
and [state foreign language] languages and that 1 have truly, distinctly, and audibly
interpreted the contents of this document to the declarant [Insert name], and that
1 will truly and faithfully interpret the declaration about to be administered to him.

(Signed) C.D.

Interpreter.

Declared at in the Colony of Hong Kong
this day of 19

Before me,

[Signature and designation, i.e., Justice of
the Peace/Notary Public/Commissioner
for Oaths.]

SECOND SCHEDULE

PART I [ss. 16, 17, 18,

19, 20.1

Oath of Allegiance

swear that 1 will be faithful and
bear true allegiance to Her Majesty Queen Elizabeth the Second, Her Heirs and
Successors, according to law. So help me God.

OR

PART II [ss. 16, 17.1
Judicial Oath
swear that 1 will

well and truly serve Our Sovereign Lady Queen Elizabeth the Second in the office
of
and in any other judicial office specified in the Third Schedule to the Oaths and





Declarations Ordinance to which I may be appointed, and I will do right to all
manner of people after the laws and usages of this Colony, without fear or favour,
affection or ill will. So help me God.

OR





(Replaced, 13 of 1980, s. 3)

PART III [ss. 16, 18.1

Oath of Fidelity

I, being chosen and admitted of Her Majesty's Executive Council in this
Colony, swear that I will, to the best of my judgment, at all times when thereto
required, freely give my counsel and advice to the Governor for the good
management of the public affairs of this Colony; that I will not, except with the
authority of the Governor, directly or indirectly reveal the business or proceedings
of the Executive Council or the nature or contents of any document communicated
to me as a Member of the Council or any matter coming to my knowledge in my
capacity as a Member of the Council, and that in all things I will he a true and
faithful Councillor. So help me God.

OR



PART IIIA [ss. 16, 18.]

Executive Council Oath

I, swear that I

will uphold the law of Hong Kong, and that I will conscientiously and truly serve the
people of Hong Kong as a member of the Executive Council. So help me God.

OR

(Part IIIA added, 32 of 1986, s. 5)





PART IV [ss. 16, 18.]

Official Oath

I, , swear that I will well and truly serve Her Majesty Queen Elizabeth the
Second in the office of

So help me God.

OR

PART IVA [ss. 16, 19.]
Legislative Council Oath
I, swear that I will uphold the

law of Hong Kong, and that I will conscientiously and truly serve the people of
Hong
Kong as a member of the Legislative Council. So help me God.

OR



(Part IVA added, 23 of 1985, s. 5)

PART V [ss. 16, 20.1
Oath of Secrecy

I, having been appointed Clerk of
Councils (or Deputy Clerk of Councils) in the Colony, swear that I will not, except
with the authority of the Governor, directly or indirectly reveal the business or
proceedings of the Executive Council or the nature or contents of any document
communicated to me as Clerk of Councils (or Deputy Clerk of Councils) or any
matter coming to my knowledge in my capacity as Clerk of Councils (or Deputy
Clerk of Councils). So help me God.

OR





THIRD SCHEDULE [s. 17.1

Judge of the High Court (other The Oaths to be tendered by the Governor.
than a deputy judge thereof
appointed under section 10(1) of
the Supreme Court Ordinance) ...

Deputy judge of the High Court . - The Oaths to be tendered by a Judge.

District Judge ... ... ... ...

Presiding Officer, Labour

Tribunal ... ... ... ... ...

Magistrate ... ... ... ... - The Oaths to be tendered by a Judge.

Adjudicator, Small Claims

Tribunal ... ... ... ... ...

President, Lands Tribunal

Coroner ... ... ... ...

Justice of the Peace ... ... ... The Oaths to be tendered by a Magistrate.
(Amended, 22 of 1973, s. 3; 79 of 1975, s. 40; 13 qf 1980, s. 4 and 49 of
1983, s. 7)
Originally 20 of 1972. 22 of 1973. 79 of 1975. 13 of 1980. 49 of 1983. 23 of 1985. 35 of 1985. 32 of 1986. Short title. Interpretation. (Cap. 159.) Who may administer oaths. [cf. 1851 c. 99, s. 16.] Normal manner of administration of oaths. [cf. 1909 c. 39, ss. 2, 3.] Validity of oath not affected by absence of religious belief. 1888 c. 46, s. 3. Affirmation in lieu of oath. [cf. 1888 c. 46, s. 1.] [cf. 1888 c. 46, s. 2.] [cf. 1888 c. 46, s. 4.] [cf. 1961 c. 21, s. 1.] [ cf. 1961 c. 21, s. 1.] Interpretations of oaths and affirmations. Unlawful administration of oaths. [cf. 1835 c. 62, s. 13.] Admissibility of notarial acts done before British diplomatic and consular officers. [cf. 1889 c. 10, s. 6(1).] 1891 c. 50, s. 2. Evidence for foreign civil proceedings. [cf. 1963 c. 27, s. 1.] Taking and receiving declarations. [cf. 1835 c. 62, s. 18.] Manner of making declarations. [cf. 1835 c. 62, s. 20.] Form of declaration. First Schedule. [cf. 1835 c. 62, s. 18.] Declaration in writing sufficient to prove execution of will etc. [cf. 1835 c. 62, s. 16.] Forms of Oaths. [cf. 1868 c. 72, ss. 2, 3, 4.] Second Schedule. Oaths of judicial officers. Third Schedule. [cf. 1868 c. 72, s. 6.] Oaths of Executive Councillors. [cf. 1868 c. 72, s. 5.] Oath of Legislative Councillors. Oaths of Clerk and Deputy Clerk of Councils. Consequence of non-compliance. [cf. 1868 c. 72, s. 7.] When Oaths need not be repeated. Third Schedule. [cf. 1868 c. 72, s. 7.] Use of English or Chinese. *In case of an oath substitute 'swear' for 'solemnly and sincerely declare'. (Cap. 4.)

Abstract

Originally 20 of 1972. 22 of 1973. 79 of 1975. 13 of 1980. 49 of 1983. 23 of 1985. 35 of 1985. 32 of 1986. Short title. Interpretation. (Cap. 159.) Who may administer oaths. [cf. 1851 c. 99, s. 16.] Normal manner of administration of oaths. [cf. 1909 c. 39, ss. 2, 3.] Validity of oath not affected by absence of religious belief. 1888 c. 46, s. 3. Affirmation in lieu of oath. [cf. 1888 c. 46, s. 1.] [cf. 1888 c. 46, s. 2.] [cf. 1888 c. 46, s. 4.] [cf. 1961 c. 21, s. 1.] [ cf. 1961 c. 21, s. 1.] Interpretations of oaths and affirmations. Unlawful administration of oaths. [cf. 1835 c. 62, s. 13.] Admissibility of notarial acts done before British diplomatic and consular officers. [cf. 1889 c. 10, s. 6(1).] 1891 c. 50, s. 2. Evidence for foreign civil proceedings. [cf. 1963 c. 27, s. 1.] Taking and receiving declarations. [cf. 1835 c. 62, s. 18.] Manner of making declarations. [cf. 1835 c. 62, s. 20.] Form of declaration. First Schedule. [cf. 1835 c. 62, s. 18.] Declaration in writing sufficient to prove execution of will etc. [cf. 1835 c. 62, s. 16.] Forms of Oaths. [cf. 1868 c. 72, ss. 2, 3, 4.] Second Schedule. Oaths of judicial officers. Third Schedule. [cf. 1868 c. 72, s. 6.] Oaths of Executive Councillors. [cf. 1868 c. 72, s. 5.] Oath of Legislative Councillors. Oaths of Clerk and Deputy Clerk of Councils. Consequence of non-compliance. [cf. 1868 c. 72, s. 7.] When Oaths need not be repeated. Third Schedule. [cf. 1868 c. 72, s. 7.] Use of English or Chinese. *In case of an oath substitute 'swear' for 'solemnly and sincerely declare'. (Cap. 4.)

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2230

Edition

1964

Volume

v2

Subsequent Cap No.

11

Number of Pages

12
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:04:44 +0800
<![CDATA[OFFICIAL ADMINISTRATOR'S ACCOUNTS (INTEREST) RULES]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2229

Title

OFFICIAL ADMINISTRATOR'S ACCOUNTS (INTEREST) RULES

Description






OFFICIAL ADMINISTRATOR'S ACCOUNTS
(INTEREST) RULES

(Cap. 10, section 72)

[25 August 1978.1

1. These rules may be cited as the Official Administrator's
Accounts (Interest) Rules.

2. Where the Official Administrator is administering an estate
the total value of which exceeds 550,000 he shall credit to the
estate all interest paid to him on moneys belonging to it.

3. (1) Where the Official Administrator is administering an
estate the total value of which does not exceed $50,000, and the
administration of that estate is not completed within 3 months of
the relevant grant of probate or administration or of the Official
Administrator's decision to administer the estate in a summary
manner, he shall credit to the estate interest at the prevailing Hong
Kong Association of Banks rate for savings accounts, on all moneys
in his possession which belong to it.

(2) Where the total value of an estate does not exceed $50,000
and the administration of the estate by the Official Administrator is
completed within 3 months, no interest shall be paid by the Official
Administrator on moneys belonging to the estate.

(3) No interest shall be computed or paid under paragraph (1)
on a fraction of one dollar.
L.N. 194/78. 76 of 1980. L.N. 279/83. Citation. Estates exceeding $50,000. L.N. 279/83. Estates not exceeding $50,000. L.N. 279/83. 76 of 1980, s. 24.

Abstract

L.N. 194/78. 76 of 1980. L.N. 279/83. Citation. Estates exceeding $50,000. L.N. 279/83. Estates not exceeding $50,000. L.N. 279/83. 76 of 1980, s. 24.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2229

Edition

1964

Volume

v2

Subsequent Cap No.

10

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:04:44 +0800
<![CDATA[PROBATE (LOSS OF PETITION) RULES]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2228

Title

PROBATE (LOSS OF PETITION) RULES

Description






PROBATE (LOSS OF PETITION) RULES.

(Cap. 10, section 72(1)).*

[13th December, 1946.]

1. These rules may be cited as the Probate (Loss of Petition) Rules.

2. Where the Chief Justice is satisfied, upon such evidence being
adduced before him as he may require,

(a)that a petition for probate including the original will of the
deceased was presented to the court at a date prior to the 8th
December, 1941,

(b)that the said petition and accompanying documents were
subsequently lost or destroyed and that such loss or
destruction was due to enemy occupation, and

(e)that the said petition and accompanying documents (had they
been still extant) would have led to a grant of probate,

the Chief Justice may make such grant or other order as in the
circumstances he may deem fit, without any motion being made to the
court or other court proceedings instituted, and may order that all court
and other fees be waived in connexion therewith.





These rules were made under section 70 of the repealed Probate and
Administration Ordinance (Cap. 10, 1964 Ed.) and, by virtue of section 36(1)
of the Interpretation and General Clauses Ordinance, continue to have the like
effect as if they had been made under section 72(1) of the new Probate and
Administration Ordinance (enacted in 1971 and Cap. 10 in this edition).
G.N. 674/46.

Abstract

G.N. 674/46.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2228

Edition

1964

Volume

v2

Subsequent Cap No.

10

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:04:43 +0800
<![CDATA[PROBATE (LOSS OF GRANT) RULES]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2227

Title

PROBATE (LOSS OF GRANT) RULES

Description






PROBATE (LOSS OF GRANT) RULES.

(Cap. 10, section 72(1)).*

[7th November, 1947.1

1. These rules may be cited as the Probate (Loss of Grant) Rules.

2. Where the Chief Justice is satisfied, upon such evidence being
adduced before him as he may require,

(a)that a grant of probate or letters of administration was made
prior to the 8th December, 1941, in respect of the estate of a
deceased person,

(b) that such grant was subsequently lost or destroyed and
that such loss or destruction was due to enemy occupa-
tion,
(c) that no certified copy of the grant is forthcoming, and

(d)that materials exist sufficient to allow of the re-construction of
the grant,

the Chief Justice may order the Registrar of the court to issue under the
seal of the court, a document to be called a substituted grant which for
all intents and purposes shall be treated as the

original grant, and may order that all court and other fees be waived in
connexion therewith.



These rules were made under section 70 of the repealed Probate and
Administration Ordinance (Cap. 10, 1964 Ed.) and, by virtue of section 36(1)
of the Interpretation and General Clauses Ordinance, continue to have the like
effect as if they had been made under section 72(1) of the new Probate and
Administration Ordinance (enacted in 1971 and Cap. 10 in this edition).
G.N. 841/47.

Abstract

G.N. 841/47.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2227

Edition

1964

Volume

v2

Subsequent Cap No.

10

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:04:43 +0800
<![CDATA[NON-CONTENTIOUS PROBATE RULES]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2226

Title

NON-CONTENTIOUS PROBATE RULES

Description






NON-CONTENTIOUS PROBATE RULES

ARRANGEMENT OF RULES

Rules........................................ Page

1. Citation ................................ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 3
2. Interpretation .......................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A
3

3. Applications for grants through solicitors ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 3

4. Personal applications ................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 3

5. Duty of Registrar on receiving application for grant ... ... ... ... ... ... A 4

6. Oath in support of grant ................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 5
7. Grant in additional name ................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 5

8. Marking of wills ........................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 5

9. Engrossments for purposes of record ..... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 5
10.....................Evidence as to due execution of will ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 6

11..........................Execution of will of blind or illiterate testator ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 6

12................................Evidence as to terms, condition and date of execution of will ... ... ... ... A 7

13...................Attempted revocation of will ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 7

14............................Affidavit as to due execution, terms, etc. of will ... ... ... ... ... ... A 7
16............................Wills of persons on military service and seamen ... ... ... ... ... ... A 7

18.................Evidence of foreign law .... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 7

19..............................Order of priority for grant where deceased left a will ... ... ... ... ... A 7

20.....................Grants to attesting witnesses etc. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 8

21..........................Order of priority for grant in case of intestacy ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 8

22.................Right of assignee to a grant ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 9

23.................Joinder of administrator ... ... ... ... 1 ... ... ... ... ... ... A 10

24.....................Additional personal representatives ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 10

25.................................Grants where two or more persons entitled in same degree ... ... ... ... A 10

26...................Exceptions to rules as to priority ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 10

27........................Grants to persons having spes successionis ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 10
29. Grants where deceased died outside Hong Kong A 11

30. Grants to attorneys ... ... ... ... ... ... 1 .. ... ... ... ... ... ... A 11
31.Grants on behalf infants . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 11
-1. ... ... ... ... A
12

32, Grants where infant co-executor
33. Grants in case of mental or physical incapacity ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 12
34. Grants to trust corporations and other corporate bodies ... ... ... ... ... ... A 13
35. Renunciation of probate and administration ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 14
37. Notice to Crown of intended application for grant ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 14






38. Guarantee ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 14
41. Sureties on resealing ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 15
41 A. Application for leave to sue on guarantee ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 16
43. Application for grant to be supported by documents required under the Estate Duty
Ordinance ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 16
44. Caveats ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 16
45. Citations ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 18
46. Citation to accept or refuse or to take a grant ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 18
47. Citation to propound a will ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 19





Rules....................................... Page

48..............Address for service .......... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 20

49....................................Application for order to bring in a will or to attend for examination ... ... A 20

51. Grants of administration under discretionary powers of court, and grants ad

colligenda bona ..................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 20

52.......................Applications for leave to swear to death ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 20

53................................Grants in respect of nuncupative wills and of copies of wills ... ... ... ... A 20

54................Grants durante absentia ....... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 20

58.............................Issue of copies of original wills and other documents ... ... ... ... ... A 21

59............Taxation of costs ................. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 21

60..................................Power to require application to be made by summons or motion ... ... ... A 21
60A. Time limit for claims A 21

62................Appeals from Registrar ..... ... 1 ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 21

63.......................Service of notice of motion and summons ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 21

64.........Notices etc . .................. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 22
65.........Affidavits ..................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 22

66.......Time ....................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 22

67.....................Application to pending proceedings ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 22

Schedule:

Form Number

1 .............Oath by Administrator ..... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A22
1A. Oath by Administrator where no Schedule of Property filed A 24

2. Oath by Executor ....................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A27

2A.............................Oath by Executor where no Schedule of Property filed ... ... ... ... ... A28

3. Oath by Administrator with Will ........ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 30
3A. Oath by Administrator with Will where no Schedule of Property filed A 32

4. Affirmation of Identity ................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 34
5. Affirmation of Death ...................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 36

6. Affirmation of the Execution of the Will ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 37
7. Nomination of a Second Administrator ...... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A38
8. Power of Attorney to take Administration (Will) given by Executors A39
9. Renunciation of Probate A 40

10. Renunciation of Administration (with Will annexed) ... ... ... ... ... ... A 41
11. Renunciation of Administration ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 42
12. Application for Resealing ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 43
13. Election of Guardian for the purpose of Nominating a Co-Administrator ... ... A 44
14. Election of Guardian to take Grant ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 45
15. Surety's Guarantee ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 46
16. Surety's Guarantee on Application for Resealing ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 48
17. Caveat ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 49
18. Warning to Caveator ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 50






19. Appearance to Warning or Citation ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 51





NON-CONTENTIOUS PROBATE RULES

(Cap. 10. section 72)

[7 October 1971]

1. These rules may be cited as the Non-Contentious Probate Rules.

2. (1) The Interpretation and General Clauses Ordinance shall apply
to the interpretation of these rules as it applies to the interpretation of
an Ordinance.

(2) In these rules, unless the context otherwise requires-

---theOrdinance' means the Probate and Administration Ordinance;

,,authorized officer' means any person who is for the time being
authorized by the Chief Justice to administer any oath or to take
any affidavit required for any purpose connected with his duties;

'gross value' in relation to any estate means the value of the estate
without deduction for debts, incumbrances, funeral expenses, or
estate duty;

,,oath' means the oath required by rule 6 to be sworn by every
applicant for a grant;

personal applicant' means a person other than a trust corporation who
seeks to obtain a grant without employing a solicitor, and
'personal application' has a corresponding meaning;

'union of concubinage' shall have the same meaning ascribed to it as is
contained in the Intestates' Estates Ordinance;

'will' includes a nuncupative will or a will which is valid according to
the provisions contained in the Wills Ordinance and any
testamentary document or copy or reconstruction thereof.

(3) The forms referred to in the Schedule to these rules shall be
prescribed forms and shall be adhered to with such variations or
additions as circumstances may require.

3. (1) A person applying for a grant through a solicitor may apply
at the Registry.

(2) Every solicitor through whom an application for a grant is made
shall give the address of his place of business within the jurisdiction.

(3) No application for a grant shall be made by post.

4. (1) A personal applicant may apply for a grant at the Registry.





(2) A personal applicant may not apply through an agent, whether
paid or unpaid, and may not be attended by any person acting or
appearing to act as his adviser.

(3) No personal application shall be received or proceeded with if

(a)it becomes necessary to bring the matter before the court on
motion or by action;

(b)an application has already been made by a solicitor on behalf
of the applicant and has not been withdrawn;

(c) the Registrar otherwise directs.

(4) After a will has been deposited in the Registry by a personal
applicant, it may not be delivered to the applicant or to any other person
unless in special circumstances the Registrar so directs.

(5) A personal applicant shall produce a certificate of the death of
the deceased or such other evidence of the death as the Registrar may
approve.

(6) A personal applicant may prepare the papers leading to the
grant himself and lodge them in the Registry unsworn, or if the Registrar
so directs shall supply all information necessary to enable such papers
to be prepared in the Registry.

(7) Unless the Registrar otherwise directs, every oath, affidavit or
guarantee required on a personal application shall be sworn or executed
by all the deponents or obligors before an authorized officer.

(8) No legal advice shall be given to a personal applicant by any
person in the Registry and every such person shall be responsible only
for embodying in proper form the applicant's instructions for a grant.

(9) No application for a grant shall be made by post.

(10) Where the gross amount of an estate does not exceed $50,000 a
personal applicant may make an informal application to the official
administrator requesting him to administer the estate informally.

5. (1) The Registrar shall not allow any grant to issue until all
inquiries which he may see fit to make have been answered to his
satisfaction.

(2) The Registrar may require proof of the identity of the deceased
or of the applicant for the grant beyond that contained in the oath.

(3) Except with the leave of the Registrar, no grant of probate or of
administration with the will annexed shall issue within 7 days of the
death of the deceased and no grant of administration shall issue within
14 days thereof.





(4) The Registrar shall not require a guarantee under section 46 of
the Ordinance as a condition of granting administration to any person,
without giving that person or, where the application for the grant, is
made through a solicitor, the solicitor an opportunity of being heard
with respect to the requirement.

6. (1) Every application for a grant shall be supported by an oath in
the form applicable to the circumstances of the case, which shall be
contained in an affidavit sworn by the applicant, and by such other
papers as the Registrar may require.

(2) On an application for a grant of administration the oath shall
state whether, and if so, in what manner, persons having a prior right to
a grant in accordance with the provisions contained in rule 21 have
been cleared off, and whether any minority or life interest arises under
the will or intestacy.

(3) Where the deceased died domiciled outside Hong Kong, the
oath shall state where the deceased died domiciled.

(4) If the oath states where the deceased died domiciled (whether
in or outside Hong Kong) a statement as to the country in which he
died domiciled may be included in the grant.

7. (1) Subject to paragraph (2), where it is necessary to describe the
deceased in a grant by some name in addition to his true name, the
applicant shall state in the oath the true name of the deceased and shall
depose that some part of the estate, specifying it, was held in the other
name, or as to any other reason that there may be for the inclusion of
the other name in the grant.

(2) If the name of the deceased is in accordance with the
International Code for Chinese names this name shall be accepted as
being the correct name of the deceased.

8. Every will in respect of which an application for a grant is made
shall be marked by the signatures of the applicant and the person before
whom the oath is sworn, and shall be exhibited to any affidavit which
may be required under these rules as to the validity, terms, condition or
date of execution of the will:

Provided that where the Registrar is satisfied that compliance with
this rule might result in the loss of the will, he may allow a photographic
copy thereof to be marked or exhibited in lieu of the original document:

Provided also that if a will is not in the English language a
translation certified to the satisfaction of the Registrar shall also be filed
with the original will.

9. (1) Where the Registrar considers that in any particular case a
photographic copy of the original will would not be satisfactory for
purposes of record, he may require an engrossment suitable for
photographic reproduction to be lodged.





(2) Where a will contains alterations which are not admissible to
proof, there shall be lodged an engrossment of the will in the form in
which it is to be proved.

(3) Any engrossment lodged under this rule shall reproduce the
punctuation, spacing and division into paragraphs of the will and, if it is
one to which paragraph (2) of this rule applies, it shall be made
bookwise on durable paper following continuously from page to page
on both sides of the paper.

(4) Where any pencil writing appears on a will, there shall be
lodged a copy of the will or of the pages or sheets containing the pencil
writing, in which there shall be underlined in red ink those portions
which appear in pencil in the original.

10. (1) Where a will contains no attestation clause or the
attestation clause is insufficient or where it appears to the Registrar that
there is some doubt about the due execution of the will, he shall, before
admitting it to proof, require an affidavit as to due execution from one or
more of the attesting witnesses or, if no attesting witness is
conveniently available, from any other person who was present at the
time the will was executed:

Provided always that if a will is in Chinese characters and appears
to be satisfactorily executed by the testator the Registrar may assume
without further inquiry that the will has been properly executed.

(2) If no affidavit can be obtained in accordance with the last
foregoing paragraph, the Registrar may, if he thinks fit having regard to
the desirability of protecting the interests of any person who may be
prejudiced by the will, accept evidence on affidavit from any person he
may think fit to show that the signature on the will is in the handwriting
of the deceased, or of any other matter which may raise a presumption in
favour of the due execution of the will.

(3) If the Registrar, after considering the evidence-

(a)is satisfied that the will was not duly executed, he shall refuse
probate and shall mark the will accordingly;

(b)is doubtful whether the will was duly executed, he may require
the matter to be referred to the court on motion.

11. Before admitting to proof a will in the English language which
appears to have been signed by.a blind or illiterate testator or a testator
not having-a literate knowledge of the English language or by another
person by direction of the testator, or which for any other reason gives
rise to doubt as to the testator having had knowledge of the contents of
the will at the time of its execution, the Registrar shall satisfy himself
that the testator had such knowledge.





12. (1) Where there appears in a will any obliteration, interlineation,
or other alteration which is not authenticated in the manner prescribed
by the Wills Ordinance or by the reexecution of the will or by the
execution of a codicil, the Registrar shall require evidence to show
whether the alteration was present at the time the will was executed and
shall give directions as to the form in which the will is to be proved:

Provided that this paragraph shall not apply to any alteration
which appears to the Registrar to be of no practical importance.

(2) If from any mark on a will it appears to the Registrar that some
other document has been attached to the will, or if a will contains any
reference to another document in such terms as to suggest that it ought
to be incorporated in the will, the Registrar may require the document to
be produced and may call for such evidence in regard to the attaching or
incorporation of the document as he may think fit.

(3) Where there is doubt as to the date on which a will was
executed, the Registrar may require such evidence as he thinks
necessary to establish the date.

13. Any appearance of attempted revocation of a will by burning,
tearing, or otherwise, and every other circumstance leading to a
presumption of revocation by the testator, shall be accounted for to the
Registrar's satisfaction.

14. The Registrar may require an affidavit from any person he may
think fit for the purpose of satisfying himself as to any of the matters
referred to in rules 11, 12 and 13, and in any such affidavit sworn by an
attesting witness or other person present at the time of the execution of
a will the deponent shall depose to the manner in which the will was
executed.

16. If it appears to the Registrar that there is prima facie evidence
that a will is one to which section 6 of the Wills Ordinance, as amended
by any subsequent enactment, applies, the will may be admitted to proof
if the Registrar is satisfied that it was signed by the testator or, if
unsigned, that it is in the testator's handwriting.

18. Where evidence of the law of a country outside England or
Hong Kong is required on any application for a grant the affidavit of
any person who is an expert of the law of that country or place may be
accepted by the Registrar.

19. The person or persons entitled to a grant of probate or
administration with the will annexed shall be determined in accordance
with the following order of priority, namely

(i) the executor;

(ii) any residuary legatee or devisee holding in trust for any other
person;





(iii) any residuary legatee or devisee for life;

(iv)the ultimate residuary legatee or devisee or, where the residue
is not wholly disposed of by the will, any person entitled to
share in the residue not so disposed of (including the Official
Administrator) or, subject to rule 25(3), the personal
representative of any such person:

Provided that where the residue is not in terms wholly
disposed of, the Registrar may, if he is satisfied that the
testator has nevertheless disposed of the whole or
substantially the whole of the estate as ascertained at the time
of the application for the grant, allow a grant to be made
(subject however to rule 37) to any legatee or devisee entitled
to, or to a share in, the estate so disposed of, without regard
to the persons entitled to share in any residue not disposed of
by the will;

(v)any specific legatee or devisee or any creditor or, subject to
rule 25(3), the personal representative of any such person or,
where the estate is not wholly disposed of by the will, any
person who, notwithstanding that the amount of the estate is
such that he has no immediate beneficial interest therein, may
have a beneficial interest in the event of an accretion thereto;

(vi) any legatee or devisee, whether residuary or specific, entitled
on the happening of any contingency, or any person having
no interest under the will of the deceased who would have
been entitled to a grant if the deceased had died wholly
intestate.

20. Where a gift to any person fails by reason of section 10 of the
Wills Ordinance (which provides that gifts to attesting witnesses or
their spouses shall be void), such person shall not have any right to a
grant as a beneficiary named in the will. without prejudice to his right to
a grant in any other capacity.

21. (1) Where a person dies wholly intestate, the persons having a
beneficial interest in the estate shall be entitled to a grant to
administration in the following order of priority, namely

(i)the surviving spouse or the surviving partner or partners to a
union of concubinage entered into before 7 October 197 1;

(ii)the children of the deceased including any children born of a
union of concubinage entered into before 7 October 1971, or
the issue of any such child who has died during the lifetime of
the deceased;

(iii) the father or mother of the deceased;

(iv) brothers and sisters of the deceased or the issue of any
deceased brother or sister of the deceased who has died
during the lifetime of the deceased.





(2) If no person in any of the classes mentioned in subparagraphs
(ii) and (iii) of the last foregoing paragraph has survived the deceased,
then, the following persons hereinafter described shall, if they have a
beneficial interest in the estate, be entitled to a grant in the following
order of priority, namely

(i) grandparents;

(ii)uncles and aunts of the deceased, or the issue of any
deceased uncle or aunt of the deceased who has died during
the lifetime of the deceased.

All of the persons referred to in classes (i) and (ii) of this paragraph shall
be entitled to a grant notwithstanding that the relationship referred to
shall have been established by or resulted from a union of concubinage.

(3) In default of any person having a beneficial interest in the
estate, the Official Administrator.

(4) If all persons entitled to a grant under the foregoing provisions
of this rule have been cleared off, a grant may be made to a creditor of
the deceased or to any person who, notwithstanding that he has no
immediate beneficial interest in the estate, may have a beneficial interest
in the event of an accretion thereto.

(5) Subject to rule 25(3), the personal representative of a person in
any of the classes mentioned in paragraphs (1) and (2) of this rule or the
personal representative of a creditor shall have the same right to a grant
as the person whom he represents:

Provided that the persons mentioned in paragraph (1) and in
paragraph (2) of this rule shall be preferred to the personal
representative of a spouse who had died without taking a beneficial
interest in the whole estate of the deceased as ascertained at the time of
the application for the grant.

(6) The provisions of the Adoption Ordinance shall apply in
determining the entitlement to a grant as they apply to the devolution of
property on intestacy.

22. (1) Where all the persons entitled to the estate of the deceased
(whether under a will or on intestacy) have assigned their whole interest
in the estate to one or more persons, the assignee or assignees shall
replace, in the order of priority for a grant of administration, the assignor
or, if there are 2 or more assignors, the assignor with the highest priority.

(2) Where there are 2 or more assignees, administration may be
granted with the consent of the others to any one or more (not
exceeding 4) of them.

(3) In any case where administration is applied for by an assignee,
a copy of the instrument of assignment shall be lodged in the Registry.





23. (1) An application to join with a person entitled to a
grant of administration a person entitled in a lower degree shall, in
default of renunciation by all persons entitled in priority to such
last-mentioned person, be made to the Registrar and shall be
supported by an affidavit by the person entitled by the consent of the
person proposed to be joined as personal representative and by such
other evidence as the Registrar may require.

24. (1) An application under section 25(2) of the Ordinance
to add a personal representative shall be made to the Registrar and
shall be supported by an affidavit by the applicant by the consent of
the person proposed to be added as personal representative and by
such other evidence as the Registrar may require.

25. (1) A grant may be made to any person entitled thereto
without notice to any other persons entitled in the same degree.

(2) A dispute between persons entitled to a grant in the same
degree shall be brought by summons before the Registrar.

(3) Unless the Registrar otherwise directs, administration
shall be granted to a living person in preference to the personal
representative of a deceased person who would, if living, be entitled
in the same degree and to a person not under disability in preference
to an infant entitled in the same degree,

(4) Upon the issue of a summons under paragraph (2) of this
rule the person issuing such summons shall enter a caveat.

(5) If a summons is issued under paragraph (2) of this rule the
Registrar shall not allow any grant to be sealed until such summons
is finally disposed of.

26. (1) Nothing in rule 19, 21, 23 or 25 shall operate to
prevent a grant being made to any person to whom a grant may or
may require to be made under any enactment.

(2) The rules mentioned in the last foregoing paragraph shall
not apply where the deceased died domiciled outside Hong Kong,
except in a case to which the proviso to rule 29 applies.

27. When the beneficial interest in the whole estate of the
deceased is vested absolutely in a person who has renounced his
right to a grant and has consented to administration being granted
to a person or persons who would be entitled to his estate if he
himself had died intestate, administration may be granted to such
person or one or more (not exceeding 4) of such persons:

Provided that a surviving spouse shall not be regarded as a
person in whom the estate has vested absolutely unless he would be
entitled to the whole of the estate, whatever its value may be.





29. Where the deceased died domiciled outside Hong Kong, the
Registrar may order that a grant do issue

(a)to the person entrusted with the administration of the estate
by the court having jurisdiction at the place where the
deceased died domiciled;

(b)to the person entitled to administer the estate by the law of the
place where the deceased died domiciled.,

(c)if there is no such person as is mentioned in paragraphs (a)
and (b) of this rule or if in the opinion of the Registrar the
circumstances so require to such person as the Registrar may
direct;

(d)if, by virtue of section 25 of the Ordinance, a grant is required
to be made to, or if the Registrar in his discretion considers
that a grant should be made to, not less than two
administrators, to such person as the Registrar may direct
jointly with any such person as is mentioned in paragraph (a)
or (b) of this rule or with any other person:

Provided that without any such order

(a)probate of any will which is admissible to proof may be
granted

(i) if the will is in the English or Chinese language, to the
executor named therein;

(ii) if the will describes the duties of a named person in
terms sufficient to constitute him executor according to the
tenor of the will, to that person;

(b)where the whole of the estate in Hong Kong consists of
immovable property, a grant limited thereto may be made in
accordance with the law which would have been applicable if
the deceased had died domiciled in Hong Kong.

30. Where a person entitled to a grant resides outside Hong Kong,
administration may be granted to his lawfully constituted attorney for
his use and benefit, limited until such person shall obtain a grant or in
such other way as the Registrar may direct:

Provided that where the person so entitled is an executor,
administration shall not be granted to his attorney without notice to the
other executors, if any, unless such notice is dispensed with by the
Registrar.

31. (1) Where a person to whom a grant would otherwise be
made is an infant, administration for his use and benefit until he
attains the age of 21 years shall, subject to paragraphs (3) and (5) of
this rule, be granted-

(a)to the parents of the infant jointly or to any guardian
appointed by the court; or





(b) if there is no such guardian able and willing to act and the

infant has attained the age of 16 years, to any next of kin nominated
by the infant or where the infant is a married woman, to any such
next of kin or to her husband if nominated by her.

(2) Any person nominated under sub-paragraph (b) of the last
foregoing paragraph may represent any other infant whose next of kin
he is, being an infant below the age of 16 years entitled in the same
degree as the infant who made the nomination.

(3) Notwithstanding anything in this rule, administration for

the use and benefit of the infant until he attains the age of 21 years may be
granted to any person assigned as guardian by order of the Registrar in
default of, or jointly with, or to the exclusion of, any such person as is
mentioned in paragraph (1) of this rule; and such an order may be made
on application by the intended guardian, who shall file an affidavit in
support of the application and, if required by the Registrar, an affidavit
of fitness sworn by a responsible person.

(4) Where by virtue of section 25 of the Ordinance, a grant is
required to be made to not less than 2 administrators and there is only
one person competent and willing to take a grant under the foregoing
provisions of this rule, administration may, unless the Registrar
otherwise directs, be granted to such person jointly with any other
person nominated by him as a fit and proper person to take the grant.

(5) Where an infant, who is sole executor has no interest in the residuary
estate of the deceased, administration for the use and benefit of the
infant until he attains the age of 21 years shall, unless the Registrar
otherwise directs, be granted to the person entitled to the residuary
estate.

(6) An infant's right to administration may be renounced only by a person assigned
as guardian under paragraph (3) of this rule and authorized to renounce
by the Registrar.

32. (1) Where one of 2 or more executors is an infant
probate may be granted to the other executor or executors not under
disability, with power reserved of making the like grant to the infant
on his attaining the age of 21 years, and administration for the use
and benefit of the infant until he attains the age of 21 years may be
granted under rule 31 if and only if the executors who are not under
disability renounce, or, on being cited to accept or refuse a grant, fail to
make an effective application therefor.

(2) An infant executor's right to probate on attaining the age
of 21 years may not be renounced by any person on his behalf.

33. (1) Where the Registrar is satisfied that a person entitled to a
grant is by reason of mental or physical incapacity incapable of
managing his affairs administration for his use and benefit limited during
his incapacity or in such other way may be granted





(i)if the person incapable is entitled as executor, to the person
entitled to the residuary estate of the deceased;
(ii)if the person incapable is entitled otherwise than as an
executor, to the person who would be entitled to a grant in
respect of his estate if he had died intestate.

(2) No grant of administration shall be made under this rule
unless all persons entitled in the same degree as the person incapable
have been cleared off.

(3) In the case of physical incapacity, notice of intended
application under this rule shall be given to the person alleged to be
incapable.

34. (1) Where a trust corporation applies for a grant through
one of its officers such officer shall lodge a certified copy of the
resolution authorizing him to make the application and shall depose
in the oath that the corporation has been certified as being a trust
corporation as provided by section 78 of the Trustee Ordinance and
that it has power to accept a grant:

Provided that it shall not be necessary to lodge a certified copy
of the resolution where the trust corporation is represented by a
person holding an official position if the person through whom the
application is made is included in a list filed with the Registrar of
persons authorized to make such applications.

(2) Where a trust corporation applies for a grant of administra-
tion otherwise than as attorney for some person, there shall be
lodged with the application the consents of all persons entitled to a
grant and of all persons interested in the residuary estate of the
deceased, unless the Registrar directs that such consents be
dispensed with on such terms, if any, as he may think fit.

(3) Where a corporation (not being a trust corporation)
would, if an individual, be entitled to a grant, administration for its
use and benefit, limited until further representation is granted, may
be granted to its nominees or, if the corporation has its principal
place of business outside Hong Kong, its nominees or lawfully
constituted attorney, and a copy of the resolution appointing the
nominee or, as the case may be, the power of attorney sealed by
the corporation or otherwise authenticated to the Registrar's
satisfaction, shall be lodged with the application for a grant, and the
oath shall state that the corporation is not a trust corporation.

(4) Where a corporation (not being a trust corporation)
applies for a grant the Registrar may, in his discretion, grant
administration to its nominee, for its use and benefit, limited until
further representation is granted, and a copy of the resolution
appointing the nominee sealed by the corporation or otherwise
authenticated to the Registrar's satisfaction, shall be lodged with the
application for a grant, and the oath shall state that the corporation
is not a trust corporation.





35. (1) Renunciation of probate by an executor shall not operate as
renunciation of any right which he may have to a grant of administration
in some other capacity unless he expressly renounces such right.

(2) Unless the Registrar otherwise directs, no person who has
renounced administration in one capacity may obtain a grant thereof in
some other capacity.

37. In any case in which it appears that the Crown is or may be
beneficially interested in the estate of a deceased person, notice of
intended application for a grant shall be given by the applicant to the
Official Administrator, and the Registrar may direct that no grant shall
issue within a specified time after the notice has been given.

38. (1) The Registrar shall not require a guarantee under section 46
of the Ordinance as a condition of granting administration except where
it is proposed to grant it

(a)by virtue of rule 19(v) or rule 21(4) to a creditor or the personal
representative of a creditor or to a person who has no
immediate beneficial interest in the estate of the deceased but
may have such an interest in the event of an accretion to the
estate;

(b)under rule 27 to a person or some of the persons who would, if
the person beneficially entitled to the whole of the estate died
intestate, be entitled to his estate;

(c) under rule 30 to the attorney of a person entitled to a grant;

(d) under rule 31 for the use and benefit of a minor

(e)under rule 33 for the use and benefit of a person who is by
reason of mental or physical incapacity incapable of managing
his affairs;

to an applicant who appears to the Registrar to be resident
elsewhere than in Hong Kong;

or except where the Registrar considers that there are special
circumstances making it desirable to require a guarantee.

(2) Notwithstanding that it is proposed to grant administration as
aforesaid, a guarantee shall not be required, except in special
circumstances, on an application for administration where the applicant
or one of the applicants is

(a) a trust corporation;

(b)a solicitor holding a current practising certificate under the
Legal Practitioners Ordinance.

(3) Every guarantee entered into by a surety for the purposes of
section 46 of the Ordinance shall be in Form 15.





(4) Except where the surety is a corporation, the signature of the
surety on every such guarantee shall be attested by an authorized
officer, commissioner for oaths or other person authorized by law to
administer an oath.

(5) Unless the Registrar otherwise directs-

(a)if it is decided to require a guarantee, it shall be given by two
sureties, except where the gross value of the estate does not
exceed $7,000 or a corporation is a proposed surety, and in
those cases one will suffice;

(b)no person shall be accepted as a surety unless he is resident
in Hong Kong;

(c) no officer of the Registry shall become a surety;

(d)the limit of the liability of the surety or sureties under a
guarantee given for the purposes of section 46 of the
Ordinance shall be the gross amount of the estate as sworn on
the application for the grant;

(e) every surety, other than a corporation shall justify.

(6) Where the proposed surety is a corporation there shall be filed
an affidavit by the proper officer of the corporation to the effect that it
has power to act as surety and has executed the guarantee in the
manner prescribed by its constitution, and containing sufficient
information as to the financial position of the corporation to satisfy the
Registrar that its assets are sufficient to satisfy all claims which may be
made against it under any guarantee which it has given or is likely to
give for the purposes of section 46 of the Ordinance:

Provided that the Registrar may, instead of requiring an affidavit in
every case, accept an affidavit made not less often than once in every
year together with an undertaking by the corporation to notify the
Registrar forthwith in the event of any alteration in its constitution
affecting its power to become surety under that subsection.

41. On an application for the resealing of a grant of administration
under Part IV of the Ordinance

(a)the Registrar shall not require sureties under section 46 of the
Ordinance as a condition of sealing the grant except where it
appears to him that the grant is made to a person or for a
purpose mentioned in paragraphs (a) to (f) of rule 38(1) or
except where he considers that there are special circumstances
making it desirable to require sureties;

(b)rules 5(4) and 38(2), (4), (5) and (6) shall apply with any
necessary modifications; and

(c)a guarantee entered into by a surety for the purposes of the
said section 46 shall be in Form 16.





41A. An application for leave under section 47(2) of the Ordinance
to sue a surety on a guarantee given for the purposes of section 46 of
the Ordinance shall, unless the Registrar otherwise directs under rule 60,
be made by summons to the Registrar, and notice of the application shall
in any event be served on the administrator, the surety and any co-
surety.

43. Every application for a grant shall be supported by such
documents as may be required under the Estate Duty Ordinance.

44. (1) Any person who wishes to ensure that no grant is sealed
without notice to himself may enter a caveat in the Registry.

(2) Any person who wishes to enter a caveat (in this rule called
'the caveator' may do so by completing Form 17 in the appropriate
book at the Registry and obtaining an acknowledgment of entry from
the proper officer, or by sending through the post at his own risk a
notice in Form 17 addressed to the Registrar.

(3) Where the caveat is entered by a solicitor on the caveator's
behalf, the name of the caveator shall be stated in Form 17.

(4) Except as otherwise provided by this rule, a caveat shall remain
in force for 6 months from the date on which it is entered and shall then
cease to have effect, without prejudice to the entry of a further caveat
or caveats.

(5) The Registrar shall maintain an index of caveats entered in the
Registry and on receiving an application for a grant, he shall cause the
index to be searched.

(6) The Registrar shall again cause the index to be searched before
he shall allow any grant to be scaled and shall not allow any grant to be
sealed if there is an effective caveat in respect thereof..

Provided that no caveat shall operate to prevent the sealing of a
grant on the day on which the caveat is entered.

(7) A caveat may be warned by the issue from the Registry of a
warning in Form 18 at the instance of any person interested (in this rule
called 'the person warning') which shall state his interest and, if he
claims under a will, the date of the will, and shall require the caveator to
give particulars of any contrary interest which he may have in the estate
of the deceased; and every warning shall be served on the caveator.

(8) A caveator who has not entered an appearance to a warning
may at any time withdraw his caveat by giving notice at the Registry
and the caveat shall thereupon cease to have effect and, if it has been
warned, the caveator shall forthwith give notice of withdrawal of the
caveat to the person warning.





(9) A caveator having an interest contrary to that of the person
warning may, within 8 days of service of the warning upon him inclusive
of the day of such service, or at any time thereafter if no affidavit has
been filed under paragraph (11) of this rule, enter an appearance in the
Registry by filing Form 19 and making an entry in the appropriate book,
and shall forthwith thereafter serve on the person warning a copy of
Form 19 sealed with the seal of the court.

(10) A caveator having no interest contrary to that of the person
warning but wishing to show cause against the sealing of a grant to that
person may, within 8 days of service of the warning upon him inclusive
of the day of such service, or at any time thereafter if no affidavit has
been filed under paragraph (11) of this rule, enter an appearance to the
warning and issue and serve a summons for directions, which shall be
returnable before the Registrar.

(11) If the time limited for appearance has expired and the caveator
has not entered an appearance, the person warning may file in the
Registry an affidavit showing that the warning was duly served and that
he has not received a summons for directions under the last foregoing
paragraph, and thereupon the caveat shall cease to have effect.

(11 A) Upon the commencement of a probate action the Registrar
shall, in respect of each caveat then in force (other than a caveat
entered by the plaintiff), give to the caveator notice of the
commencement of the action and, upon the subsequent entry of a
caveat at any time when the action is pending shall likewise notify the
caveator of the existence of the action.

(12) Unless the Registrar otherwise directs

(a)any caveat in force at the commencement of proceedings by
way of citation or motion shall, unless withdrawn pursuant to
paragraph (8) of this rule remain in force until an application
for a grant is made by the person shown to be entitled thereto
by the decision of the court in such proceedings, and upon
such application any caveat entered by a party who had
notice of the proceedings shall cease to have effect;

(b)any caveat in respect of which an appearance to a warning
has been entered shall remain in force until the commencement
of a probate action;

(c)the commencement of a probate action shall, whether or not
any caveat has been entered, operate to prevent the sealing of
a grant (other than a grant under section 40 of the Ordinance)
until application for a grant is made by the person shown to
be entitled thereto by the decision of the court in such action,
and upon such application any caveat entered by a party who
had notice of the action, or by a caveator who was given
notice under paragraph (1 1A) of this rule, shall cease to have
effect.





(13) Except with the leave of the Registrar, no further caveat may be
entered by or on behalf of any caveator whose caveat has ceased to
have effect under paragraph (11) or (12) of this rule.

(14) In this grant includes a grant made by any court outside Hong
Kong which is produced for resealing by the court.

(15) In this rule 'probate action' shall bear the meaning ascribed to
it in Order 76 of the Rules of the Supreme Court.

45. (1) Every citation shall be settled by the Registrar before being
issued.

(2) Every averment in a citation, and such other information as the
Registrar may require, shall be verified by an affidavit sworn by the
person issuing the citation (in these rules called 'the citor' or, if there
are two or more citors, by one of them:

Provided that the Registrar may in special circumstances accept an
affidavit sworn by the citor's solicitor.

(3) The citor shall enter a caveat before issuing a citation.

(4) Every citation shall be served personally on the person cited
unless the Registrar, on cause shown by the affidavit, directs some
other mode of service, which may include notice by advertisement.

(5) Every will referred to in a citation shall be lodged in the Registry
before the citation is issued, except where the will is not in the citor's
possession and the Registrar is satisfied that it is impracticable to
require it to be lodged.

(6) A person who has been cited to appear may, within eight days
of service of the citation upon him inclusive of the day of such service,
or at any time thereafter if no application has been made by the citor
under rule 46(5) or rule 47(2), enter an appearance in the Registry by
filing Form 19 and making an entry in the appropriate book, and shall
forthwith thereafter serve on the citor a copy of Form 19 sealed with the
seal of the court.

46. (1) A citation to accept or refuse a grant may be issued at the
instance of any person who would himself be entitled to a grant in the
event of the person cited renouncing his right thereto.

(2) Where power to make a grant to an executor has been reserved,
a citation calling on him to accept or refuse a grant may be issued at the
instance of the executors who have proved the will or of the executors
of the last survivor of deceased executors who have proved.

(3) A citation calling on an executor who has intermeddled in the
estate of the deceased to show cause why he should not be ordered to
take a grant may be issued at the instance of any person interested in
the estate at any time after the expiration of 6 months from the death of
the deceased:





Provided that no citation to take a grant shall issue while
proceedings as to the validity of the will are pending.

(4) A person cited who is willing to accept or take a grant may
apply ex parte to the Registrar for an order for a grant on filing an
affidavit showing that he has entered an appearance and that he has
not been served by the citor with notice of any application for a
grant to himself.

(5) If the time limited for appearance has expired and the
person cited has not entered an appearance, the citor may-

(a)in the case of a citation under paragraph (1) of this rule,
apply to the Registrar for an order for a grant to himself,
(b)in the case of a citation under paragraph (2) of this rule,
apply to the Registrar for an order that a note be made on
the grant that the executor in respect of whom power was
reserved has been duly cited and has not appeared and that
all his rights in respect of the executorship have wholly
ceased;
(c)in the case of a citation under paragraph (3) of this rule,
apply to the Registrar by summons (which shall be served
on the person cited) for an order requiring such person to
take a grant within a specified time, or for a grant to
himself or to some other person specified in the summons.
(6) An application under the last foregoing paragraph shall be
supported by an affidavit showing that the citation was duly served
and that the person cited has not entered an appearance.
(7) If the person cited has entered an appearance but has not
applied for a grant under paragraph (4) of this rule, or has failed to
prosecute his application with reasonable diligence, the citor may-
(a)in the case of a citation under paragraph (1) of this rule,
apply by summons to the Registrar for an order for a grant
to himself,
(b)in the case of a citation under paragraph (2) of this rule,
apply by summons to the Registrar for an order striking
out the appearance and for the endorsement on the grant
of such a note as is mentioned in paragraph (5)(b) of this
rule;
(c)in the case of a citation under paragraph (3) of this rule,
apply by summons to the Registrar for an order requiring
the person cited to take a grant within a specified time, or
for a grant to himself or to some other person specified in
the summons,
and the summons shall be served on the person cited.

47. (1) A citation to propound a will shall be directed to the
executors named in the will and to all persons interested thereunder,
and may be issued at the instance of any citor having an interest
contrary to that of the executors or such other persons.





(2) If the time limited for appearance has expired and no person
cited has entered an appearance, or if no person who has appeared
proceeds with reasonable diligence to propound the will, the citor may
apply on motion for an order for a grant as if the will were invalid.

48. All caveats, citations, warnings and appearances shall contain
an address for service within the jurisdiction.

49. (1) An application under section 7(1) of the Ordinance for an
order requiring a person to bring in a will or to attend for examination
may be made to a judge by summons, which shall be served on every
such person as, aforesaid.

(2) An application under section 7(3) of the Ordinance for the issue
by the Registrar of a subpoena to bring in a will shall be supported by
an affidavit setting out the grounds of the application, and if any person
served with the subpoena denies that the will is in his possession or
control he may file an affidavit to that effect.

51. An application for an order for-

(a)a grant of administration under section 36 of the Ordinance, or

(b) a grant of administration ad colligenda bona,

may be made to the Registrar, and shall be supported by an affidavit
setting out the grounds of the application.

52. An application for leave to swear to the death of a person in
whose estate a grant is sought may be made to the Registrar and shall
be supported by an affidavit setting out the grounds of the application
and containing particulars of any policies of insurance effected on the
life of the presumed deceased.

53. (1) An application for an order admitting to proof a
nuncupative will, or a will which it is claimed is valid according to the
provisions contained in the Wills Ordinance or a will contained in a
copy, a completed draft, a reconstruction or other evidence of its
contents where the original will is not available, may be made to the
Registrar:

Provided that where a will is not available owing to its being
retained in the custody of a foreign court or official, a duly
authenticated copy of the will may be admitted to proof without any
such order as aforesaid.

54. An application for an order for a grant of special administration
under section 37 of the Ordinance where a personal representative is
residing outside Hong Kong shall be made to the court on motion.





58. (1) Where copies are required of original wills or other
documents deposited under section 74 of the Ordinance, such copies
may be photographic copies sealed with the seal of the court.

(2) Copies not being photographic copies, of original wills or other
documents deposited under the said section shall be examined against
the documents of which they purport to be copies only if so required by
the person demanding the copy, and in such case the copy shall be
certified under the hand of the Registrar and may in addition be sealed
with the seal of the court.

59. (1) Every bill of costs (other than a bill delivered by a solicitor
to his client which falls to be taxed under the Legal Practitioners
Ordinance) shall be referred to the Registrar for taxation and shall be
taxed in accordance with the provisions contained in Order 62 of the
Rules of the Supreme Court.

(2) The fees payable on taxation shall be paid by the party on
whose application the bill is taxed and shall be allowed as part of the
bill.

60.. The Registrar may require any application made to him to be
brought before him by summons, and may require any application made
to him, whether by summons or otherwise, to be brought before ajudge
by summons or before the court on motion.

60A. An executor or administrator may apply to the Registrar by ex
parte summons for an order limiting the time for creditors or other
persons to make claims against the estate of the testator or intestate and
the Registrar shall make such order as he thinks fit specifying what
notices are to be given of the making of such order and the time thereby
limited and make such order thereon as he thinks proper.

62. (1) Any person aggrieved by a decision of the Registrar may
appeal by summons to a judge.

(2) If any person besides the appellant appeared or was
represented before the Registrar from whose decision or requirement the
appeal is brought, the summons shall be issued within 7 days thereof for
hearing on the first available day and shall be served on every such
person as aforesaid.

63. (1) A judge or the Registrar may direct that a notice of motion or
summons for the service of which no other provision is made by these
rules shall be served on such person or persons as the judge or the
Registrar may direct.

(2) Where by these rules or by any direction given under the last
foregoing paragraph a notice of motion or summons is required to be
served on any person, it shall be served

(a)in the case of a notice of motion, not less than 5 clear days
before the day named in the notice for hearing of the motion;





(b)in the case of a summons, not less than 2 clear days before the
day appointed for the hearing, unless a judge or the Registrar
at or before the hearing, dispenses with service on such terms,
if any, as he may think fit.

64. Unless the Registrar otherwise directs, or these rules otherwise
provide, any notice or other document required to be given to or served
on any person may be given or served by leaving it at, or by sending it
by prepaid registered post to, that person's address for service or, if he
has no address for service, his last known address.

65. (1) Every affidavit used in non-contentious probate business
shall be in the form required by the Rules of the Supreme Court in the
case of affidavits to which those rules apply.

(2) Notwithstanding Order 41 rule 11 of the Rules of the Supreme
Court, a copy of a document to be used in conjunction with an affidavit
need not, unless the Registrar otherwise directs, be exhibited to the
affidavit if the original document is already filed in the Registry.

66. The provisions of Order 3 and Order 65 rule 7 of the Rules of
the Supreme Court shall apply to the computation, enlargement, and
abridgement of time under these rules except that nothing in Order 3
shall prevent time from running in the Long Vacation.

67. Subject in any particular case to any direction given by a judge
or the Registrar, these rules shall apply to any proceeding which is
pending on the date on which they come into operation as well as to
any proceeding commenced on or after that date.

SCHEDULE [r. 2(3).]

FORMS
NO. 1



Oath by Administrator

IN THE SUPREME COURT OF HONG
KONG

PROBATE JURISDICTION

IN THE ESTATE Of
................................................

.............. .deceased.
L.N. 113/71. L.N. 104/72. L.N. 31/76. L.N. 266/83. L.N. 358/83. Citation. Interpretation. (Cap. 1.) (Cap. 10.) (Cap. 73.) (Cap. 30.) Schedule. Applications for grants through solicitors. L.N. 266/83. Personal applications. L.N. 358/83. Duty of Registrar on receiving application for grant. Oath in support of grant. Grant in additional name. Marking of wills. Engrossments for purposes of record. Evidence as to due execution of will. Execution of will of blind or illiterate testator. Evidence as to terms, condition and date of execution of will. (Cap. 30.) Attempted revocation of will. Affidavit as to due execution, terms, etc. of will. Wills of persons on military service and seamen. (Cap. 30.) Evidence of foreign law. Order of priority for grant where deceased left a will. Grants to attesting witnesses etc. (Cap. 30.) Order of priority for grant in case of intestacy. (Cap. 290.) Right of assignee to a grant. Joinder of administrator. Additional personal representatives. Grants where two or more persons entitled in same degree. Exceptions to rules as to priority. Grants to persons having spes successionis. Grants where deceased died outside Hong Kong. L.N. 31/76. Grants to attorneys. Grants on behalf of infants. Grants where infant co-executor. Grants in case of mental or physical incapacity. Grants to trust corporations and other corporate bodies. (Cap. 29.) Renunciation of probate and administration. Notice to Crown of intended application for grant. Guarantee. (Cap. 159.) Form 15. Sureties on resealing. Form 16. Application for leave to sue on guarantee. Application for grant to be supported by documents required under the Estate Duty Ordinance. (Cap. 111.) Caveats. Form 17. Form 18. Form 19. L.N. 266/83. (Cap. 4, sub. leg. ) Citations. Form 19. Citation to accept or refuse or to take a grant. Citation to propound a will. Address for service. Application for order to bring in a will or to attend for examination. Grants of administration under discretionary powers of court, and grants ad colligenda bona. Applications for leave to swear to death. Grants in respect of nuncupative wills and of copies of wills. (Cap. 30.) Grants durante absentia. Issue of copies of original wills and other documents. Taxation of costs. (Cap. 159.) (Cap. 4, sub. leg.) Power to require application to be made by summons or motion. Time limit for claims. Appeals from Registrar. Service of notice of motion and summons. Notices etc. Affidavits. L.N. 266/83. (Cap. 4, sub. leg.) Time. L.N. 266/83. (Cap. 4, sub. leg.) Application to pending proceedings. L.N. 266/83.

Abstract

L.N. 113/71. L.N. 104/72. L.N. 31/76. L.N. 266/83. L.N. 358/83. Citation. Interpretation. (Cap. 1.) (Cap. 10.) (Cap. 73.) (Cap. 30.) Schedule. Applications for grants through solicitors. L.N. 266/83. Personal applications. L.N. 358/83. Duty of Registrar on receiving application for grant. Oath in support of grant. Grant in additional name. Marking of wills. Engrossments for purposes of record. Evidence as to due execution of will. Execution of will of blind or illiterate testator. Evidence as to terms, condition and date of execution of will. (Cap. 30.) Attempted revocation of will. Affidavit as to due execution, terms, etc. of will. Wills of persons on military service and seamen. (Cap. 30.) Evidence of foreign law. Order of priority for grant where deceased left a will. Grants to attesting witnesses etc. (Cap. 30.) Order of priority for grant in case of intestacy. (Cap. 290.) Right of assignee to a grant. Joinder of administrator. Additional personal representatives. Grants where two or more persons entitled in same degree. Exceptions to rules as to priority. Grants to persons having spes successionis. Grants where deceased died outside Hong Kong. L.N. 31/76. Grants to attorneys. Grants on behalf of infants. Grants where infant co-executor. Grants in case of mental or physical incapacity. Grants to trust corporations and other corporate bodies. (Cap. 29.) Renunciation of probate and administration. Notice to Crown of intended application for grant. Guarantee. (Cap. 159.) Form 15. Sureties on resealing. Form 16. Application for leave to sue on guarantee. Application for grant to be supported by documents required under the Estate Duty Ordinance. (Cap. 111.) Caveats. Form 17. Form 18. Form 19. L.N. 266/83. (Cap. 4, sub. leg. ) Citations. Form 19. Citation to accept or refuse or to take a grant. Citation to propound a will. Address for service. Application for order to bring in a will or to attend for examination. Grants of administration under discretionary powers of court, and grants ad colligenda bona. Applications for leave to swear to death. Grants in respect of nuncupative wills and of copies of wills. (Cap. 30.) Grants durante absentia. Issue of copies of original wills and other documents. Taxation of costs. (Cap. 159.) (Cap. 4, sub. leg.) Power to require application to be made by summons or motion. Time limit for claims. Appeals from Registrar. Service of notice of motion and summons. Notices etc. Affidavits. L.N. 266/83. (Cap. 4, sub. leg.) Time. L.N. 266/83. (Cap. 4, sub. leg.) Application to pending proceedings. L.N. 266/83.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2226

Edition

1964

Volume

v2

Subsequent Cap No.

10

Number of Pages

22
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:04:42 +0800
<![CDATA[PROBATE AND ADMINISTRATION ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2225

Title

PROBATE AND ADMINISTRATION ORDINANCE

Description






LAWS OF HONG KONG

PROBATE AND ADMINISTRATION ORDINANCE

CHAPTER 10



REVISED EDITION 1971

PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY THE GOVERNMENT PRINTER
HONG KONG





CHAPTER 10.

PROBATE AND ADMINISTRATION ORDINANCE.

ARRANGEMENT OF SECTIONS.

Section...................................... Page.

1. Short title ........ ....................... ... ... ... ... 4

2. Interpretation ............................. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 4

PART I.

JURISDICTION AND POWERS OF THE
COURT.

3...............................Jurisdiction of the court in probate and administration ... ... ...

4...............Sealing of documents .......... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 5

5...............................Registrar may exercise jurisdiction in certain cases ... ... ... ... 5
6...............................Restrictions upon exercise of jurisdiction by Registrar ... ... ... ... 6
7...............................Power of ordering production of testamentary writings ... ... ... ... 6

8..........................Summons of executor to prove or renounce ... ... ... ... ... ... 7

PART II.

THE OFFICIAL
ADMINISTRATOR.

9........................Registrar to be Official Administrator ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 7

10...................................Vesting of estate of deceased person in Official Administrator ... ... 8

11..........................Re-vesting of property on vacation of office ... ... ... ... ... ... 8

12. Power to take possession of property until grant; procedure relating to deaths

of nationals of certain foreign states ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 8

13...................................Unlawfully removing property of deceased from Hong Kong ... ... 8

14. Lien on property of deceased person for expenses incurred under section 12 8

15.................................Summary administration of estates not exceeding $20,000 ... ... ... 9

16.....................................Cases in which Official Administrator is entitled to administration ... 9

17.......................Saving as to estates of certain persons ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 9

18.................Power of limiting grant ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 9
19.................Commission on moneys received ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 9
20.................Keeping of books of account ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 10

21........................Copies of documents and accounts ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 10
22........................Redress against Official Administrator ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 10
23........................Effect of grant to Official Administrator ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 10

23A. Payment into Government account of unclaimed balance of intestate's estate 10

23B................................Advertisements as to unclaimed balance of intestate's estate ... ... ... 11

23C. Transfer of unclaimed balance not exceeding five hundred dollars ... ... 11











Section. Page.
PART III.
GRANTING AND REVOCATION OF PROBATES, ETC.
24. Application for grants ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 11
25. Number of personal representatives ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 12
26. Grant of representation to a trust corporation ... ... ... ... ... ... 12
27. Right of proving executors to exercise powers ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 12
28. Cesser of right of executor to prove ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 13
29. Express renunciation of right to probate ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 13
30. Constructive renunciation ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 13
31. Retraction of renunciation ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 13
32. Withdrawal of renunciation ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 14
33. Revocation of grants and removal of executors ... ... ... ... ... ... 14
34. Executor of executor represents original testator ... ... ... ... ... 14
35. On failure of executors ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... is
36. Appointment of administrator of intestates estate ... ... ... ... ... ... is
37. Grant of special administration ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... is
38. Payment of costs relating to special administration ... ... ... ... ... 16
39. Case of infant being being sole executor ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 16
40. Appointment of administrator pendente lite ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 16
41. Administration pending appeal ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 16
42. Prohibition of executor acting pending administration ... ... ... ... ... 16
43. Rights and liabilities of administrator ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 17
44. Legal proceedings after revocation of temporary administration ... ... ... 17
45. Caveats ... ... ...... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 17
46. Power to require administrators to produce sureties ... ... ... ... ... 17
47. Effect of guarantee... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 17

PART IV.
SEALING OF GRANTS BY BRITISH COURTS OUTSIDE HONG KONG.

48..........Interpretation .................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 17

49...............................Scaling of grants by British courts outside Hong Kong ... ... ... ... 18

so........................Conditions to be fulfilled before sealing ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 18

51.....................Application of sections 46 and 47 ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 18

52. Duplicate or copy admissible ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 18





Section. Page.
PART V.
POWERS, RIGHTS, DUTIES AND OBLIGATIONS OF PERSONAL RESPRESENTATIVES.

53. Rights of action of personal representative ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 18

54. Power of personal representative to dispose of property ... ... ... ... 18
55. Purchase by personal representative of deceased's property ... ... ... ... 19
56. Duty of personal representative as to inventory ... ... ... ... ... ... 19
57. Protection of persons acting on probate or administration ... ... ... ... 19
58. Liability of a person fraudulently obtaining or retaining estate of deceased 20
59. Liability of estate of personal representative ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 20
60. Allowance of remuneration to executor, administrator or attorney ... ... 20

PART VI.

ADMINISTRATION OF
ASSETS.

61............................Property of deceased is asset for payment of debts ... ... ... ... ... 21

62.................Duties of representatives ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 21
63.................Administration of assets ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 22

64.................................Charges to be paid primarily out of the property charged ... ... ... 22

65.....................Contracts by personal representative ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 23

66............................Assent or conveyance by personal representative ... ... ... ... ... 23

67.....................................Right to follow property and powers of the court in relation thereto ... 24

68...............................Powers of personal representative as to appropriation ... ... ... ... 25

69............................Power to appoint trustees of infant's property ... ... ... ... ... 27

70. Powers of personal representative as to giving possession of land and powers

of the court ............................. ... ... ... ... ... ... 27

71...................Power to postpone distribution ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 28

PART VII.

MISCELLANEOU
S.

72. Probate rules and orders ................. ... ... ... ... ... ... 28

73. Depositing and inspection of wills ....... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 28

74. Copy of will, etc . ...................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 28

75. Saying ................................... ... ... ... ... ... ... 28

Schedule............................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 29





CHAPTER 10.

PROBATE AND ADMNISTRATION.

To consolidate and amend the law relating to probate and letters of
administration and to the administration of the estates of deceased
persons.

[7th October, 1971.]

1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Probate and Administration
Ordinance.

2. In this Ordinance, unless the context otherwise requires

'administration' includes any letters of administration of the estate of a
deceased person, whether with or without a will annexed, and
whether granted for general, special or limited purposes;

'administrator' means a person to whom administration is granted;

&&court' means the Supreme Court;

,$estate' or 'property' of a deceased person means the movable and
immovable property passing on the death of such person;

'estate duty' means estate duty under the Estate Duty Ordinance;

'executor' means a person to whom the execution of the last will of a
deceased person is, by the testator's appointment, confided;

'grant' means a grant of probate or of administration;

'intestate' includes a person who leaves a will but dies intestate as to
some beneficial interest in his estate;

'non-contentious or common form probate business- means the
business of obtaining probate and administration where there is no
contention as to the right thereto, including the passing of probate
and administration through the court in a contentious case where
the contest has been terminated, and all business of a non-
contentious nature in matters of testacy and intestacy not being
proceedings in any action, and also the business of lodging
caveats against the grant of probate or administration;

'personal representative' means the executor, original or by
representation, or administrator for the time being of a deceased
person;

'probate' means a grant under the seal of the court authorizing the
executors therein named to administer the testator's estate;

'Registrar' means the Registrar of the court and any Deputy or
Assistant Registrar thereof;





'Registry' means the Probate Registry of the court;

'representation' means the probate of a will and administration, and the
expression 'taking out representation' refers to the obtaining of the
probate of a will or of the grant of administration;

'trust corporation' means

(a) the Public Trustee in England;

(b)a corporation appointed by the court in any particular case to
be a trustee (if authorized by its constitution to act as trustee);
and

(c)any trust company registered under Part VIII of the Trustee
Ordinance;

'will' includes any testamentary instrument of which probate may be
granted.

PART 1.

JURISDICTION AND POWERS OF THE
COURT.

3. (1) The court shall have jurisdiction in all matters relating to
probate and administration of deceaseds' estates, with power to grant
probates of wills and letters of administration to the estates of deceased
persons and to alter or revoke such grants.

(2) The court shall have jurisdiction to make a grant of probate or
administration in respect of a deceased person notwithstanding that the
deceased person left no estate.

(3) The court shall have jurisdiction to reseal grants of probate and
letters of administration made by a court of probate in any part of the
Commonwealth or by a British court having jurisdiction outside the
Commonwealth in pursuance of an Order in Council (whether made
under any Act of the Parliament of the United Kingdom or otherwise) in
accordance with the provisions of Part IV of this Ordinance.

4. All probates, letters of administration, orders and other
instruments, and copies thereof and all exemplifications and copies
thereof, shall be sealed with the seal of the court; and any such
document purporting to be so sealed shall be received in evidence in
any proceedings without further proof thereof.

5. (1) Subject to section 6, a grant of probate or administration may
be made, amended or resealed by the Registrar in the name and under
the seal of the court.

(2) The Registrar may, in any case in which he has jurisdiction
under this section, exercise all such powers as are ancillary thereto
which the court or a judge may exercise in like circumstances.





(3) Nothing in this section shall-

(a)limit or prevent the exercise by a judge of any jurisdiction
conferred upon the Registrar by this section; or

(b) confer upon the Registrar jurisdiction to revoke a grant.

(4) In this section and in section 6 'grant' means a grant, or the
resealing of a grant, of probate or administration or any amendment
thereof.

6. (1) No grant shall be made by the Registrar under section 5

(a)in any case in which there is contention, until the contention
has been disposed of;

(b)if it appears to the Registrar that the grant ought not to be
made without the direction of a judge; or

(c)if the person applying for the grant or to whom the grant has
been made is the Official Administrator acting under Part H.

(2) The Registrar, where he exercises jurisdiction under section 5

(a)shall refer the matter to a judge if it appears to the Registrar

(i) to be doubtful whether or not a grant should be made;

(ii) that a grant ought not to be made without the direction
of a judge; or

(iii) that a question of special difficulty arises in relation to a
grant; and

(b)may refer to a judge any matter which appears to him to be
proper for the decision of a judge.

(3) If a matter is referred to a judge under subsection (2) the judge
may either dispose of it himself or refer it back to the Registrar with such
directions as he thinks fit.

7. (1) The court may, on motion or petition or otherwise, in a
summary way, whether any proceedings are or are not pending in the
court with respect to any probate or administration, order any person to
produce and bring into the Registry, or otherwise as the court may
direct, any paper or writing being or purporting to be testamentary which
may be shown to be in the possession or under the control of such
person.

(2) If it is not shown that any such paper or writing is in the
possession or under the control of such person, but it appears that there
are reasonable grounds for believing that he has knowledge of any such
paper or writing, the court may direct such





person to attend for the purpose of being examined in open court or
upon interrogatories respecting the same, and such person shall be
bound to answer such questions or interrogatories, and, if so ordered, to
produce and bring in such paper or writing, and shall be subject to the
like process of contempt in case of default in not attending or in not
answering such questions or interrogatories, or not bringing in such
paper or writing, as he would have been subject to in case he had been a
party to an action in the court and had made such default.

(3) The Registrar may, whether or not any proceedings are pending
in the court, issue a subpoena requiring any person to produce and
bring into the Registry any paper or writing being or purporting to be
testamentary, which may be shown to be in the possession, within the
power, or under the control of such person; and such person, upon
being duly served with the said subpoena, shall be bound to produce
and bring in such paper or writing, and shall be subject to the like
process of contempt in case of default as if he had been a party to
proceedings in the court, and had been ordered by a judge to produce
and bring in such -paper or writing.

8. The court shall have power to summon any person named as
executor in a will to prove or renounce probate of the will, and to do
such other things concerning the will as the I-Egh Court in England may
do with regard to such matters.

PART II.

THE OFFICIAL
ADMINISTRATOR.

9. (1) The Registrar shall be ex officio Official Administrator under
this Ordinance.

(2) In all cases the Official Administrator shall be subject to the
immediate control and act under the direction of the court.

(3) The Official Administrator may employ a solicitor or other agent
to do any business which may be sanctioned by the court.

(4) An application by the Official Administrator to the court may be
made personally, and without notice or other formality; but the court
may in any case order that an application be renewed in a formal manner,
and that such notice thereof be given to any person likely to be affected
thereby as the court may direct.

(5) For the purpose of subsection (1) the term 'Registrar' does not
include Deputy or Assistant Registrar, but the powers and duties of the
Official Administrator may be exercised by a Deputy or Assistant
Registrar.





10. Where any person dies, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere,
leaving estate in Hong Kong in respect of which he dies intestate, such
estate shall vest in the Official Administrator

shall

who may, if he thinks fit, receive and take possession of the same until
administration is granted in respect thereof.

11. All property vested in the Official Administrator for the time
being by virtue of any grant of administration made to him or any
predecessor in office or otherwise shall, on his vacating or otherwise
ceasing to hold the office, be deemed to be vested in his successor
without any further transfer or conveyance.

12. (1) The Official Administrator may, whenever he thinks it
expedient to do so and upon such evidence of death as he deems
sufficient, take possession of the movable property of a deceased person
which may be found within Hong Kong, and provide for the safe
custody thereof until probate of the will of such deceased person or
administration of his estate has been granted by the court:

Provided that the Official Administrator may, in lieu thereof if he
thinks fit, issue forthwith a commission of appraisement of all or any of
such property.

(2) In the case of the death of any person who is the national of a
State to which section 3 of the Consular Conventions Ordinance applies
or of the United States of America, the Official Administrator shall, as
soon as conveniently may be after the fact of such death has come to his
knowledge, inform the nearest consular officer of the State of the same.

(3) A consular officer of the United States of America shall have the
right to appear, either personally or by delegate, in any proceedings on
behalf of the absent heirs or creditors, until they are otherwise
represented, of a citizen of the United States of America who dies in
Hong Kong.

13. Any person who, without lawful authority or reasonable excuse

(a)removes or attempts to remove out of Hong Kong any such
property as is mentioned in section 12; or

(b)destroys, conceals, or refuses to yield up any such property on
demand to the Official Administrator,

shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine of
two thousand dollars and to imprisonment for six months.

14. The Official Administrator shall have a lien upon all property
mentioned in section 12 for the reasonable expenses incurred by him in
carrying out the provisions of that section, and such expenses shall also
constitute the first charge on the estate of the deceased person, before
the payment of debts having priority.





15. (1) The Official Administrator may where the whole of
an estate does not, in his opinion, exceed twenty thousand dollars
in value, without any legal formality, get in and administer the same
in a summary manner, for the benefit of the persons he may deem
interested therein, without a grant or other legal formality.

(2) Any balance of such estate which remains unclaimed shall be
paid to the Treasury and, at the expiration of five years from the date of
the getting in of the estate, be transferred to the general revenue of the
Colony. (Added, 71 of 1971, s. 3.)

16. (1) On application made by the Official Administrator, the court
shall, unless it sees good reason to the contrary, grant to him
administration in any of the following cases

(a)where a person dying intestate, whether in Hong Kong or
elsewhere, has left property situate in Hong Kong and no next
of kin of such person are resident in Hong Kong;

(b)where a person dying intestate, whether in Hong Kong or
elsewhere, has left property situate in Hong Kong and the next
of kin of such person who is resident in Hong Kong files in the
Registry a request for or consent to the making of such grant,
in writing signed by him;

(c)where a person dying intestate, whether in Hong Kong or
elsewhere, has left property situate in Hong Kong and no
person has, within twelve months after the death of such
person, obtained administration of his estate; and

(d)where a person dying intestate, whether in Hong Kong or
elsewhere, has left property situate in Hong Kong and the next
of kin is resident in Hong Kong and is an infant.

(2) The provisions of this section shall apply, with the necessary
modifications, in the case of a person who dies testate, whether in Hong
Kong or elsewhere, but without appointing an executor, or whose
executor, if appointed, refuses, neglects, or is unable to act.

17. Nothing in this Ordinance shall be construed to enable or
require the Official Administrator to obtain administration of the estate of
any person dying in any of Her Majesty's forces or of any deceased
seaman or apprentice for the administration of whose estate provision is
made by any Act.

18. Any grant made to the Official Administrator under this
Ordinance may be limited in such manner as the court may direct.

19. A commission at the rate of five per cent on the first one
thousand dollars, two and one half per cent on the next four thousand
dollars and one per cent on the balance, or such lower rate or rates as
the court may approve on the application of the





Official Administrator in the case of any particular estate, shall be
chargeable on the gross value of all property of whatsoever nature
received or taken possession of, or realized or otherwise dealt with, by
the Official Administrator under this Ordinance.

20. (1) The Official Administrator shall keep a general register of all
estates under his administration, a cash book, and a ledger or account
current book, and such other books as he may find necessary or may be
prescribed.

(2) He shall enter in books, to be kept by him for that purpose,
separate and distinct accounts of each estate and of all property of every
description which may come to his hands, and also of all payments made
by him on account of each estate, specifying the dates of such receipts
and payments respectively.

(3) Each book shall be kept in the Registry and shall be open during
office hours for the inspection of any person who has occasion to
inspect the same, on payment of the prescribed fee.

21. (1) The Official Administrator shall give to any person who
applies for the same copies of all documents and accounts 'm his
possession relating to any estate under his administration or to any
property which he receives or of which he takes possession under this
Ordinance, on payment of the prescribed fees.

(2) If any such copy is refused, the applicant may petition the court
in a summary way for an order on the Official Administrator to give such
copy; and the costs of any such petition and order shall be paid by the
Official Administrator, if the court so directs.

22. No action shall be brought against the Official Administrator for
anything done bona fide by him in the execution or the intended
execution of any power vested in him by this Ordinance or for anything
done by him in the exercise of his office as administrator under any grant
of letters of administration made to him under this Ordinance, but any
person who feels aggrieved thereby may apply for redress to the court
by summary petition, verified upon oath, and the court may thereupon
take such evidence and may make such order in relation to the matter as
it thinks fit.

23. A grant of administration to the Official Administrator, whether
the name of the officer holding the appointment at the time of the grant
is or is not mentioned therein, shall be deemed to have been made to him
and his successors in office.

23A. (1) If the Official Administrator has been granted
administration of an estate under section 4.6 and a balance of such estate
remains unclaimed in his hands, he shall pay that balance into the
Treasury or into the account of the Government at such bank as the
Accountant General may direct.





(2) If a balance of an estate paid into the Treasury or to a bank in
accordance h subsection (1) exceeds five hundred dollars, interest shall
be paid thereon at the rate for the time being allowed by the
Government in re respect of sums bearing interest and deposited with
the Accountant General.

(Added, 71 of 1971, s. 3)

23B. (1) If the Official Administrator has been granted ad-
ministration of an estate under section 16 and-

(a)a balance of such estate exceeding five hundred dollars remains
unclaimed; and

(b) the persons entitled thereto are not known to him,

the Official Administrator shall cause advertisements to be published in
accordance with subsection (2).

(2) An advertisement-

(a)shall be published in Hong Kong and in any other place where
the Official Administrator has reason to believe that the
persons entitled to claim the balance of the estate may be
found; and

(b)shall be to the effect that if no claim is made to the Official
Administrator within five years from the first publication of the
advertisement in Hong Kong the balance from the estate will be
transferred to the general revenue of the Colony.

(3) If at the expiration of a period of five years from the date of the
first publication of an advertisement under subsection (2), the Official
Administraton or is of the opinion that no claim can reasonably be
expected against the estate he may transfer the balance of the estate to
the general revenue of the Colony.


(Added, 71 of 1971, s. 3)

23C. The Official Administrator may, at any time, transfer the
balance of any estate not exceeding five hundred dollars remaining
undistributed to the general revenue of the Colony.

(Added, 71 of 1971, s. 3)

PART III

GRANTING AND REVOCATION OF PROBATES,
ETC.

24. (1) An application for the grant or revocation of probate or
letters of administration shall be made through the Registry.

(2) No application under subsection (1) shall be submitted in the
form of a petition.





25. (1) Probate or administration shall not be granted to
more than four persons in respect of the same property, and
administration shall, if there is a minority or if a life interest
arises under the will or intestacy, be granted either to a trust
corporation, with or without an individual, or to not less than
two individuals:

Provided that the court in granting administration may act
on such prima facie evidence, furnished by the applicant or any
other person, as to whether or not there is a minority or life
interest, in accordance with probate rules and orders.

(2) If there is only one personal representative (not being a
trust corporation) then, during the minority of a beneficiary or
the subsistence of a life interest and until the estate is fully
administered, the court may, on the application of any person
interested or of the guardian, committee or receiver of any such
person, appoint one or more personal representatives in addition
to the original personal representative in accordance with probate
rules and orders.

(3) This section applies to grants of representation made
after the commencement of this Ordinance whether the testator
or intestate died before or after such commencement.

26. (1) The court may-

(a)where a trust corporation is named in a will as executor.
whether alone or jointly with another person, grant
probate to the corporation either solely or jointly with
another person, as the case may require; and
(b)grant administration to a trust corporation either solely
or jointly with another person,

and the corporation may act accordingly as executor or admin-
istrator, as the case may be.

(2) Probate or administration shall not be granted to a syndic
or nominee on behalf of a trust corporation.

(3) Any officer authorized for the purpose by a trust corpora-
tion or the directors or governing body thereof may, on behalf of
the corporation, swear affidavits, give security and do any other act
or thing which the court may require with a view to the grant to
the corporation of probate or administration, and the acts of an
officer so authorized shall be binding on the corporation.

(4) This section shall apply whether the testator or intestate
died before or after the commencement of this Ordinance.

27. (1) Where probate is granted to one or some of two or
more persons named as executors, whether or not power is reserved
to the others or other to prove, all the powers which are by law
conferred on the personal representative may be exercised by the





proving executor or executors for the time being and shall be
as effectual as if all the -persons named as executors had concurred
therein.

(2) This section applies whether the testator died before or
after the commencement of this Ordinance.

28. Where a person appointed executor by a will-

(a)survives the testator but dies without having taken out
probate of the will; or

(b)is cited to take out probate of the will and does not
appear to the citation; or
(c) renounces probate of the will,

his rights in respect of the executorship shall wholly cease, and
the representation to the testator, and the administration of his
estate shall go, devolve, and be committed in like manner as if
such person had not been appointed executor.

29. (1) Any person who is or may become entitled to
representation may expressly renounce his right to such representa-
tion.

(2) Such renunciation may be made orally on the hearing
of any petition or probate action by the person renouncing or
by counsel on his behalf, or in writing signed by the person so
renouncing and attested by a solicitor or by any person before
whom an affidavit may be sworn. 1

30. (1) Any person having or claiming any interest in the
estate of a deceased person may cause to be issued a citation
directed to the executors appointed by the deceased's will calling
upon them to accept or renounce their executorship.

(2) Any person so cited may enter an appearance to the
citation, but if he makes a default in appearance thereto, he shall
be deemed to have renounced his executorship; and if, having
appeared, he does not proceed to apply for probate, or having
applied has failed to prosecute his application with reasonable
diligence, the person so citing may apply for an order that the
person cited, unless he applies for and obtains probate within a
time limited by the order, shall be deemed to have renounced his
right thereto, and an order may be made accordingly.

31. A renunciation of probate or administration may be re-
tracted at any time on the order of the court:

Provided that leave may be given to an executor to retract a
renunciation of probate after a grant has been made to some other
person entitled in a lower degree only if the court is satisfied that
such retraction is for the benefit of the estate or persons interested
therein.





32. (1) Where an executor who has renounced probate has been
permitted, whether before or after the commencement of this Ordinance,
to withdraw the renunciation and prove the win, the probate shall take
effect and be deemed always to have taken effect without prejudice to
the previous acts and dealings of and notices to any other personal
representative who has previously proved the will or taken out letters of
administration, and a memorandum of the subsequent probate shall be
endorsed on the original probate or letters of administration.

(2) This section applies whether the testator died before or after the
commencement of this Ordinance.

33. (1) Where it appears to the court that a probate or administration
either ought not to have been granted or contains an error, the court may
call in the probate or administration and if satisfied that it would be
revoked at the instance of a party interested, may revoke it.

(2) A probate or administration may be revoked under subsection
(1) without being called in if it cannot be caned in.

(3) The court may, if satisfied that the due and proper administration
of the estate and the interests of the persons beneficially entitled thereto
so require, suspend or remove an executor or administrator (other than
the Official Administrator) and provide for the succession of another
person in place of such executor or administrator and for the vesting in
that other person of any property belonging to the estate.

34. (1) An executor of a sole or last surviving executor of a testator
is the executor of that testator.

(2) Subsection (1) shall not apply to an executor who does not
prove the will of his testator, and, in the case of an executor who on his
death leaves surviving him some other executor of his testator who
afterwards proves the will of that testator it shall cease to apply on such
probate being granted.

(3) So long as the chain of such representation is unbroken, the last
executor in the chain is the executor of every preceding testator.

(4) The chain of such representation is broken by

(a) an intestacy; or

(b) the failure of a testator to appoint an executor; or

(c) the failure to obtain probate of a will,

but is not broken by a temporary grant of administration if probate is
subsequently granted.

(5) Every person in the chain of representation to a testator





(a)has the same rights in respect of the estate of that testator as
the original executor would have had if living; and

(b)is, to the extent to which the estate of that testator has come to
his hands, answerable as if he were an original executor.

35. (1) Where-

(a) no executor is appointed by a will;

(b)all the executors are legally incapable of acting as such, or
have renounced;

(c) no executor survives the testator;

(d)all the executors die before obtaining probate or before having
administered all the estate of the deceased;

(e)the executors have failed to appear to a citation to prove or
renounce probate; or

(f) the executors do not apply for probate,

letters of administration with the will annexed may be granted to such
person or persons as the court thinks fit.

(2) Where letters of administration with the will annexed are
granted, the will of the deceased shall be performed and exercised in like
manner as if probate thereof had been granted to an executor.

36. Where a person dies wholly intestate as to his estate or leaving
a 'I affecting estate but without having appointed an executor thereof
willing and competent to take probate, or where the executor is, at the
time of the death of such person, resident out of Hong Kong, or where it
appears to the court to be necessary or convenient to appoint some
person to be the administrator of the estate of the deceased person or of
any part of such estate, other than the person who, if this Ordinance had
not been passed, would by law have been entitled to a grant of
administration of such estate, the court may, subject to section 25,
appoint such person as the court thinks fit to be such administrator, on
his giving such security, if any, as may be required under this Part or as
the court may direct, and every such administration may be limited in
such manner as the court thinks fit.

37. (1) If at the expiration of twelve months from the death of a
person any personal representative of the deceased to whom a grant has
been made is residing out of Hong Kong the court may, on the
application of any creditor or person interested in the estate of the
deceased, grant to him special administration of the estate of such
deceased person.





(2) The court may, for the purpose of any legal proceedings to
which the administrator under the special administration is a party, order
the transfer into the name of the Registrar of any money or securities
belonging to the estate of the deceased person and all persons shall
obey any such order.

(3) If the personal representative, capable of acting as such, returns
to and resides within Hong Kong while any legal proceedings to which a
special administrator is a party are pending, that personal representative
shall be made a party to the legal proceedings.

38. The costs of and incidental to the grant of special administration
and the legal proceedings to which a special administrator is a party shall
be paid by such person or out of such fund as the court in which the
proceedings are pending may direct.

39. (1) Where an infant is sole executor of a will administration with the
will annexed shall be granted to his guardian,or to such other person as
the court thinks fit, until the infant attains the age of twenty-one years,
and on his attaining that age,and not before, probate of the will may be
granted to him.

(2) Where a testator by his will appoints an infant to be an
executor, the appointment shall not operate to transfer any interest
in the property of the deceased to the infant or to constitute him a
personal representative for any purpose unless and until probate is
granted to him under this section.

40. (1) Where any legal proceedings touching the validity of the will
of a deceased person, or for obtaining, recalling, or revoking any grant
are pending the court may, subject to section 25, appoint an
administrator of the estate of the deceased.

(2) An administrator so appointed shall have all the rights and
powers of a general administrator, other than the right of distributing the
residue of the estate.

(3) Every such administrator shall be subject to the immediate
control of the court and act under its direction.

41. All the provisions of section 40 relating to grants of
administration pending action shall be deemed to apply to the case of an
appeal to Her Majesty in Council from any decision of the court.

42. Where administration has been granted in respect of any estate
of a deceased person, no person shall have power to bring any action, or
otherwise to act as executor of the deceased person in respect of the
estate comprised in or affected by the grant, until the grant has been
recalled or revoked.





43. Every person to whom administration of the estate of a
deceased person is granted shall, subject to the limitations contained in
the grant, have the same rights and liabilities and be accountable in like
manner as if he were the executor of the deceased.

44. If, while any legal proceeding is pending in any court by or
against an administrator to whom a temporary administration has been
granted, that administration is revoked, that court may order that the
proceeding be continued by or against the new personal representative
in like manner as if the same had been originally commenced by or
against him, but subject to such conditions and variations, if any, as
that court directs.

45. A caveat against a grant of probate or administration may be
entered in the Registry.

46. As a condition of granting administration to any person the
court may, subject to the provisions of section 47 and subject to and in
accordance with probate rules and orders, require one or more sureties
to guarantee that they will make good, within any limit imposed by the
court on the total liability of the surety or sureties, any loss which any
person interested in the administration of the estate of the deceased may
suffer in consequence of a breach by the administrator of his duties as
such.

47. (1) A guarantee given in pursuance of any requirement under
section 46 shall enure for the benefit of every person interested in the
administration of the estate of the deceased as if contained in a contract
under seal made by the surety or sureties with every such person and,
where there are two or more sureties, as if they had bound themselves
jointly and severally.

(2) No action shall be brought on any such guarantee without the
leave of the court.

(3) No sureties shall be required where administration is granted to
the Official Administrator or to the consular officer of a State to which
section 3 of the Consular Conventions Ordinance applies or in such
other cases as may be prescribed by probate rules and orders.

PART IV.

SEALING OF GRANTS BY BRITISH COURTS OUTSIDE HONG KONG.

48. In this Part

'British court in a foreign country'' means any British court having
jurisdiction out of the Commonwealth in pursuance of an Order in
Council;





'court of probate- means any court or authority, by whatever name
designated, having jurisdiction in matters of probate;

'probate' and 'letters of administration' include confirmation in
Scotland, and any instrument having in any other part of the
Commonwealth the same effect which under English law is given to
probate and letters of administration respectively;

'estate duty' includes any duty payable on the value of the estate and
effects for which probate or letters of administration is or are
granted.

49. Where a court of probate in any part of the Commonwealth, or a
British court in a foreign country, has granted probate or letters of
administration in respect of the estate of a deceased person, the probate
or letters so granted may, on being produced to, and a copy thereof
deposited with, the court, be scaled with the seal of the court, and
thereupon shall be of the like force and effect, and have the same
operation in Hong Kong as if granted by that court.

50. The court shall, before sealing a probate or letters of
administration under this Part, be satisfied that estate duty has been
paid in respect of so much, if any, of the estate as is liable to estate duty
in Hong Kong and may require such evidence if any as it thinks fit as to
the domicile of the deceased person.

51. As a condition of scaling letters of administration under this
Part, the court may exercise the powers conferred on the court by
sections 46 and 47 in the same manner as if it were granting an
administration under this Ordinance.

52. For the purposes of this Part, a duplicate of any probate or
letters of administration sealed with the seal of the court granting the
same, or a copy thereof certified as correct by or under the authority of
the court granting the same, shall have the same effect as the original.

PART V.

POWERS, RIGHTS, DUTIES AND OBLIGATIONS OF PERSONAL
REPRESENTATIVES.

53. Subject to the provisions of any other Ordinance, a personal
representative has the same power to sue in respect of all causes of
action vested in and surviving the deceased.

54. (1) No conveyance of immovable property of a, deceased
person dying after the commencement of this Ordinance shall be made
without the concurrence of all the personal representatives of the
deceased or an order of the court.

(2) Notwithstanding subsection (1), where probate is granted to
one or some of two or more persons named as executors, whether





or not power is reserved to the other or others to prove, any conveyance
of the immovable property may be made by the proving executor or
executors for the time being, without an order of the court, and shall be
as effectual as if all the persons named as executors had concurred
therein.

(3) Save where subsection (1) or (2) applies, where there are several
personal representatives the powers of all may, in the absence of any
direction to the contrary in the will or grant of administration, be
exercised by any one of them.

(4) A personal representative may charge, mortgage or otherwise
dispose of any property vested in him, as he may think proper, subject to
any restriction which may be imposed in this behalf by the will of the
deceased and to the provisions of this section:

Provided that an executor may dispose of any property
notwithstanding any restriction so imposed, if he does so in accordance
with an order of the court.

(5) The disposal of property by a personal representative in
contravention of the provisions of this section shall be voidable at the
instance of any other person interested in the property.

55. If a personal representative purchases, either directly or
indirectly, any of the property of the deceased, the sale shall be voidable
at the instance of any other person interested in the property sold.

56. The personal representative of a deceased person shall, when
lawfully required so to do, exhibit, by affidavit filed in the court, a true
and perfect inventory and account of the movable and immovable
property of the deceased, and the court shall have power as heretofore
to require personal representatives to bring in inventories.

57. (1) Every person making or permitting to be made any payment
or disposition in good faith under a representation shall be indemnified
and protected in so doing, notwithstanding any defect or circumstance
whatsoever affecting the validity of the representation.

(2) Where a representation is revoked, all payments and
dispositions made in good faith to a personal representative under the
representation before the revocation thereof are a valid discharge to the
person making the same; and the personal representative who acted
under the revoked representation may retain and reimburse himself in
respect of any payments or dispositions made by him which the person
to whom representation is afterwards granted might have properly made.






(3) All transfers and conveyances of any interest in property made
to a purchaser either before or after the commencement of this Ordinance
by a person to whom probate or letters of administration have been
granted are valid, notwithstanding any subsequent revocation or
variation, either before or after the commencement of this Ordinance, of
the probate or administration.

(4) This section takes effect without prejudice to any order of the
court made before the commencement of this Ordinance and applies
whether the testator or intestate died before or after such
commencement.

58. If any person, to the defrauding of creditors or without full
valuable consideration, obtains, receives or holds any movable or
immovable property of a deceased person or effects the release of any
debt or liability due to the estate of the deceased, he shall be charged as
executor in his own wrong to the extent of the property received or
coming into his hands, or the debt or liability released, after deducting

(a)any debt for valuable consideration and without fraud due to
him from the deceased person at the time of his death; and

(b)any payment made by him which might properly be made by a
personal representative.

59. Where a person as personal representative of a deceased
person (including an executor in his own wrong) wastes or converts to
his own use any part of the property of the deceased, and dies, his
personal representative shall, to the extent of the available assets of the
defaulter, be liable and chargeable in respect of such waste or
conversion, in the same manner as the defaulter would have been if
living.

60. (1) Subject to subsection (2), the court may allow to any
executor or administrator, including an administrator appointed pendente
lite under section 40 (or to a person acting under a power of attorney as
attorney for an executor or administrator in the matter of the sealing of a
probate or administration under Part IV or in the matter of the realization
and administration of an estate under a probate or administration so
sealed) such remuneration out of the estate of the deceased person as
the court thinks fit.

(2)(a) No allowance shall be made to any executor or administrator
or attorney who neglects to pass his accounts at such time, or
to dispose of any moneys, goods, chattels, or securities with
which he is chargeable in such manner as may be required by
probate rules and orders.

(b)No such remuneration shall exceed five per cent on the first one
thousand dollars, two and a half per cent on





the next four thousand dollars and one per cent on the balance
of the gross value of all property of whatsoever nature
administered.

PART VI.

ADMINISTRATION OF
ASSETS.

61.(1) (a) The property of a deceased person, to the extent of his
beneficial interest therein, and the property of which a
deceased person in pursuance of any general power disposes
by his will, are assets for payment of his debts and liabilities,
and any disposition by will inconsistent with this Ordinance is
void as against the creditors; and the court shall, if necessary,
administer the property for the purpose of the payment of
debts and liabilities.

(b)This subsection takes effect without prejudice to the rights of
incumbrancers.

(2) If any person to whom any such beneficial interest devolves or
is given, or in whom any such interest vests, disposes thereof in good
faith before an action is brought or process is sued out against him, he
shall be personally liable for the value of the interest so disposed of by
him, but that interest shall not be liable to be taken in execution in the
action or under the process.

62. (1) On the death of a person intestate as to any property, such
property shall be held by his personal representatives--

(a)as to the immovable property upon trust, subject to section 54,
to sell the same; and

(b)as to the movable property upon trust to call in, sell and
convert into money such part thereof as may not consist of
money,

with power to postpone such sale and conversion for such a period as
the personal representatives, without being liable to account, may think
proper, and so that any reversionary interest be not sold until it falls into
possession unless the personal representatives see special reason for
sale.

(2) Out of the net money to arise from the sale and conversion of
such movable and immovable property (after payment of costs), and out
of the ready money of the deceased (so far as not disposed of by his
will, if any), the personal representatives shall pay all such funeral,
testamentary and administration expenses, debts and other liabilities as
are properly payable thereout, and out of the residue of the said money
the personal representatives shall set aside a fund sufficient to provide
for any pecuniary legacies bequeathed by the will (if any) of the
deceased.





(3) During the minority of any beneficiary or the subsistence of any
life interest, and pending the distribution of the whole or any part of the
estate of the deceased, the personal representatives may invest the
residue of the said money; or so much thereof as may not have been
distributed, in any investments for the time being authorized by any
Ordinance for the investment of trust money, with power, at the
discretion of the personal representatives, to change such investments
for others of a like nature.

(4) The income (including net rents and profits of immovable
property after payments of rates, taxes, rent, costs of insurances, repairs
and other outgoings properly attributable to income) of so much of the
movable and immovable property of the deceased as may not be
disposed of by his will, if any, or may not be required for the
administration purposes aforesaid, may, however such estate is
invested, as from the death of the deceased, be treated and applied as
income, and for that purpose any necessary apportionment may be made
between tenant for life and remainderman.

(5) Nothing in this section affects the rights of any creditor of the
deceased or the rights of the Government in respect of estate duty.

(6) Where the deceased leaves a will, this section has effect subject
to the provisions contained in the will.

63. (1) Where the estate of a deceased person is insolvent his
estate shall be administered in accordance with the rules set out in Part 1
of the Schedule.

(2)(a) The right of retainer of a personal representative and his
right to prefer creditors may be exercised in respect of all
assets of the deceased but the right of retainer shall only
apply to debts owing to the personal representative in his own
right whether solely or jointly with another person.

(b)Subject as aforesaid, nothing in this Ordinance affects the
right of retainer of a personal representative or his right to
prefer creditors.

(3) Where the estate of a deceased person is solvent his estate
shall, subject to rules of court and the provisions hereinafter contained
as to charges on property of the deceased, and to the provisions, if any,
contained in his will, be applicable towards the discharge of the funeral,
testamentary and administration expenses, debts and liabilities payable
thereout in the order mentioned in Part II of the Schedule.

64. (1) Where a person dies possessed of, or entitled to, or, under a
general power of appointment, by his will disposes of an interest in
property which at the time of his death is charged with the payment of
money, whether by way of legal mortgage, equitable charge or otherwise
(including lien for unpaid purchase





money), and the deceased has not by will, deed or other document
signified a contrary or other intention, the interest so charged shall, as
between the different persons claiming through the deceased, be
primarily liable for the payment of the charge; and every part of the said
interest, according to its value, shall bear a proportionate part of the
charge on the whole thereof.

(2) Such contrary or other intention shall not be deemed to be
signified

(a)by a general direction for the payment of debts or of all the
debts of the testator out of his movable property or of his
residuary estate; or

(b) by a charge qf debts upon any such estate,

unless such intention is further signified by words expressly or by
necessary implication referring to all or some part of the charge.

(3) Nothing in this section affects the right of a person entitled to
the charge to obtain payment or satisfaction thereof either out of the
other assets of the deceased or otherwise.

65. (1) Subject to the provisions of section 54 every contract
entered into by a personal representative in the due administration of an
estate shall be binding on and be enforceable against and by any other
personal representative for the time being of the deceased, and may be
carried into effect or be varied or rescinded by any other such personal
representative as if it had been entered into by himself.

(2) Nothing in this section shall affects the right of any person to
require an assent, transfer or conveyance to be made.

(3) This section applies whether the testator or intestate died
before or after the commencement of this Ordinance.

66. (1) A personal representative may assent to the vesting in any
person who (whether by devise, bequest, devolution, appropriation or
otherwise) may be entitled thereto, either beneficially or as a trustee or
personal representative, of any immovable property to which the testator
or intestate was entitled or over which he exercised a general power of
appointment by his will and which devolved upon the personal
representative.

(2) The assent shall operate to vest in that person the estate to
which the assent relates, and unless a contrary intention appears, the
assent shall relate back to the death of the deceased.

(3) An assent to the vesting of a legal estate shall be in writing,
signed by the personal representative, and shall name the person in
whose favour it is given, and shall operate to vest in that person the
legal estate to which it relates; and an assent not in writing or not in
favour of a named person shall not be effectual to pass the legal estate.





(4) A conveyance of a legal estate by a personal representative to a
purchaser shall not be invalidated by reason only that the purchaser may
have notice that all debts, liabilities, funeral and testamentary or
administration expenses, duties, and legacies of the deceased have been
discharged or provided for.

(5) An assent or conveyance given or made by a personal
representative shall not, except in favour of a purchaser of a legal estate,
prejudice the right of a personal representative or any other person to
recover the estate to which the assent or conveyance relates, or to be
indemnified out of such estate against any duties, debts or liability to
which such estate would have been subject if there had not been any
assent or conveyance.

(6) A personal representative may, as a condition of giving an
assent or making a conveyance, require security for the discharge of any
such duties, debt or liability, but shall not be entitled to postpone the
giving of an assent merely by reason of the subsistence of any such
duties, debt or liability, if reasonable arrangements have been made for
the discharging of the same, and an assent may be given subject to any
legal estate or charge by way of legal mortgage.

(7) This section applies to assents and conveyances made after the
commencement of this Ordinance, whether the testator or intestate died
before or after such commencement.

67. (1) An assent, transfer or conveyance by a personal
representative to a person other than a purchaser does not prejudice the
rights of any person to follow the property to which the assent, transfer
or conveyance relates, or any property representing the same, into the
hands of the person in whom it is vested by the assent, transfer or
conveyance, nor of any other person (not being a purchaser) who may
have received the same or in whom it may be vested.

(2) Notwithstanding any such assent, transfer or conveyance the
court may, on the application of any creditor or other person interested

(a)order a sale, exchange, mortgage, charge, lease, payment,
transfer or other transaction to be carried out which the court
considers requisite for the purpose of giving effect to the
rights of the persons interested;

(b)declare that the person, not being a purchaser, in whom the
property is vested is a trustee for those purposes;

(e)give directions respecting the preparation and execution of any
conveyance or other instrument, or as to any other matter
required for giving effect to the order;

(d)make any vesting order or appoint a person to convey in
accordance with provisions of the Trustee Ordinance.





(3) This section does not prejudice the rights of a purchaser or
a person deriving title under him, but applies whether the testator or
intestate died before or after the commencement of this Ordinance.

68. (1) The personal representative may appropriate any part
of the movable or immovable property, including things in action,
of the deceased in the actual condition or state of investment thereof
at the time of appropriation in or towards satisfaction of any legacy
bequeathed by the deceased, or of any other interest or share in his
property, whether settled or not, as to the personal representative
may seem just and reasonable, according to the respective rights of
the persons interested in the property of the deceased.

(2) Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (1)-

(a)an appropriation shall not be made under this section so
as to affect prejudicially any specific devise or bequest;

(b)an appropriation of property, whether or not being an
investment authorized by law or by the will, if any, of the
deceased for the investment of money subject to the trust,
shall not (save as hereinafter mentioned) be made under
this section except with the following consents-
(i) when made for the benefit of a person absolutely
and beneficially entitled to possession, the consent of that
person;
(ii) when made in respect of any settled legacy, share
or interest, the consent of either the trustee thereof, if any
(not being also the personal representative) or the person
who may for the time being be entitled to the income,

and if the person whose consent is so required as afore-
said is a minor or a mentally disordered person, the con-
sent shall be given on his behalf by his parents or parent,
testamentary or other guardian, committee or receiver, or if,
in the case of a minor, there is no such parent or guardian,
by the court on the application of his next friend;

(c)no consent (save of such trustee as aforesaid) shall be
required on behalf of a person who may come into exist-
ence after the time of appropriation, or who cannot be
found or ascertained at that time;

(d)if no committee or receiver of a mentally disordered
person has been appointed, then, if the appropriation is
of an investment authorized by law or by the will, if any,
of the deceased for the investment of money subject to
the trust, no consent shall be required on behalf of the
mentally disordered person;





(e)if, independently of the personal representative, there is no
trustee of a settled legacy, share or interest, and no person of
full age and capacity entitled to the income thereof, no consent
shall be required to an appropriation in respect of such legacy,
share or interest so long as the appropriation is of an
investment authorized as aforesaid.

(3) Any property duly appropriated under the powers conferred by
this section shall thereafter be treated as an authorized investment, and
may be retained or dealt with accordingly.

(4) For the purposes of such appropriation, the personal
representative may ascertain and fix the value of the respective parts of
the movable and immovable property and the liabilities of the deceased
as he may think fit, and shall for that purpose employ a duly qualified
valuer in any case where such employment may be necessary, and may
make any transfer or conveyance (including an assent) which may be
requisite for giving effect to the appropriation.

(5) An appropriation made pursuant to this section shall bind all
persons interested in the property of the deceased whose consent is not
hereby made requisite.

(6) The personal representative shall, in making the appropriation,
have regard to the rights of any person who may thereafter come into
existence, or who cannot be found or ascertained at the time of
appropriation, and of any other person whose consent is not required
by this section.

(7) This section does not prejudice any other power of
appropiiation conferred by law or by the will (if any) of the deceased,
and takes effect with any extended powers conferred by the will (if any)
of the deceased, and where an appropriation is made under this section
in respect of a settled legacy, share or interest, the property appropriated
shall remain subject to all trusts for sale and powers of leasing,
disposition and management, or varying investments, which would have
been applicable thereto or to the legacy, share or interest in respect of
which the appropriation is made, if no such appropriation had been
made.

(8) If after any immovable property has been appropriated in
purported exercise of the powers conferred by this section, the person to
whom it was transferred or conveyed disposes of it or any interest
therein, then, in favour of a purchaser, the appropriation shall be deemed
to have been made in accordance with the requirements of this section
and after all requisite consents, if any, had been given.

(9) In this section, a settled legacy, share or interest includes any
legacy, share or interest to which a person is not absolutely entitled in
possession at the date of the appropriation, also an annuity, and
'purchaser' means a purchaser for money or money's worth.





(10) This section applies whether the deceased died intestate or not,
and whether before or after the commencement of this Ordinance, and
extends to property over which a testator exercises a general power of
appointment, and authorizes the setting apart of a fund to answer an
annuity by means of the income of that fund or otherwise, but is subject
to the provisions of section 54.

69. (1) Where an infant is absolutely entitled under the will or on the
intestacy of a person dying before or after the commencement of this
Ordinance (in this subsection called 'the deceased') to a devise or
legacy, or to the residue of the estate of the deceased, or any share
therein, and such devise, legacy, residue or share is not under the will, if
any, of the deceased, devised or bequeathed to trustees for the infant,
the personal representatives of the deceased may appoint a trust
corporation or two or more individuals not exceeding four (whether or
not including the personal representatives or one or more of the personal
representatives), to be the trustees of such devise, legacy, residue or
share for the infant, and may, subject to the provisions of section 54,
execute or do any assurance or thing requisite for vesting such devise,
legacy, residue or share in the trustee or trustees so appointed; and on
such appointment the personal representatives, as such, shall be
discharged from all further liability in respect of such devise, legacy,
residue or share, and the same may be retained in its existing condition or
state of investment, or may be converted into money, and such money
may be invested in any authorized investment.

(2) Where a personal representative has before the commencement
of this Ordinance retained or sold any such devise, legacy, residue or
share, and invested the same or the proceeds thereof in any investments
in which he was authorized to invest money subject to the trust, then,
subject to any order of the court made before such commencement, he
shall not be deemed to have incurred any liability on that account, or by
reason of not having paid or transferred the money or property into
court.

70. (1) A personal representative, before giving an assent or making
a conveyance in favour of any person entitled, may permit that person to
take possession of the land, and such possession shall not prejudicially
affect the right of the personal representative to take or resume
possession, nor his power to convey the land as if he were in
possession thereof, but subject to the interest of any lessee, tenant or
occupier in possession or in actual occupation of the land.

(2) Any person who, as against the personal representative, claims
possession of immovable property, or the appointment of a receiver
thereof, or a transfer or conveyance thereof, or an assent to the vesting
thereof, or to be registered as proprietor thereof, may apply to the court
for directions with reference thereto, and the court may make such
vesting or other order as may be deemed





proper, and the provisions of the Trustee Ordinance, relating to vesting
orders and to the appointment of a person to transfer or convey, shall
apply.

(3) This section applies whether the testator or intestate dies before
or after the commencement of this Ordinance.

71. Subject to the provisions of this Ordinance, a personal
representative is not bound to distribute the estate of the deceased
before the expiration of one year from the death.

PART VII.

MISCELLANEOUS.

72. (1) The Chief Justice may make rules and orders (in this
Ordinance referred to as probate rules and orders), for regulating the
practice and procedure of the court and the Registry with respect to non-
contentious or common form probate business and generally for the
better carrying out of the provisions of this Ordinance.

(AA)

(2) In 411 such business in respect of which no provision is made
by probate rules and orders, the practice and procedure for the time
being in force in the Probate Registry in England shall be deemed to be
in force in the court and the Registry.

73. All original wills and other documents which are under the
control of the court in the Registry shall be deposited and preserved in
such places as the Chief Justice may direct, and any wills or other
documents so deposited shall, subject to the control of the court and the
provisions of probate rules and orders, be open to inspection.

74. An official copy of the whole or any part of a will, or an official
certificate of the grant of an administration, may be obtained from the
Registry on the payment of such fees as may be fixed for the same by
probate rules and orders.

75. (1) Nothing in this Ordinance shall be taken to affect the
application of the provisions of

(a)Part 11 of the New Territories Ordinance to land to which Part
II of that Ordinance applies and which has not been exempted
by the Governor under subsection (2) or (3) of section 7 of that
Ordinance from the provisions of Part II of that Ordinance;

(b)the Administration of Estates by Consular Officers Ordinance;
or

(c) section 42 of the Police Force Ordinance.





(2) The said provisions shall continue to apply to the same extent
and with the same effect as if this Ordinance had not been enacted.

(3) In this section 'land' has the meaning attaching to it under
section 2 of the New Territories Ordinance.

SCHEDULE. [s. 63.1

PART I.

Rules as to payment of debts where estate is insolvent.

1. Subject to the provisions of section 14, the funeral, testamentary, and
administration expenses have priority.

2. Subject as aforesaid, the same rules shall prevail and be observed as to the
respective rights of secured and unsecured creditors and as to debts and liabilities
provable and as to the valuation of annuities and future and contingent liabilities
respectively, and as to the priorities of debts and liabilities, as may be in force for
the time being under the law of bankruptcy with respect to the assets of persons
adjudged bankrupt.

PART 11.

Order of application of assets where the estate is solvent.

1. Property of the deceased undisposed of by will, subject to the retention
thereout of a fund sufficient to meet any pecuniary legacies.

2. Property of the deceased not specifically devised or bequeathed but included
(either by a specific or general description) in a residuary gift, subject to the
retention out of such property of a fund sufficient to meet any pecuniary legacies,
so far as not provided for as aforesaid.

3. Property of the deceased specifically appropriated or devised or bequeathed
(either by a specific or general description) for the payment of debts.

4. Property of the deceased charged with, or devised or bequeathed (either by a
specific or general description) subject to a charge for the payment of debts.

5. The fund, if any, retained to meet pecuniary legacies.

6. Property specifically devised or bequeathed, rateably according to value.

7. Property appointed by will under a general power, rateably according to
value.

8. The following provisions shall also apply-

(a) the order of application may be varied by the will of the deceased;

(b)this Part of this Schedule does not affect the liability of immovable
property to answer the estate duty imposed thereon in exoneration of
other assets.
Originally 26 of 1971. 71 of 1971. Short title. Interpretation. 1925 c. 49, s. 175(1). 1925 c. 23, s. 55. (Cap. 111.) 1925 c. 49, s. 175. 1925 c. 23, s. 55. 1925 c. 49, s. 175(1). 1925 c. 23, s. 55. 1925 c. 23, s. 55. (Cap. 29.) 1925 c. 49, s. 157(1). Jurisdiction of the court in probate and administration. 1932 c. 55, s. 2. Sealing of documents. 1925 c. 49, s. 174(2). Registrar may exercise jurisdiction in certain cases. Restrictions upon exercise of jurisdiction by Registrar. Power of ordering production of testamentary writings. 1857 c. 77, s. 26. 1858 c. 95, s. 23. Summons of executor to prove or renounce. 1925 c. 49, s. 159. Registrar to be Official Administrator. Vesting of estate of deceased person in Official Administrator. Re-vesting of property on vacation of office. Power to take possession of property until grant; procedure relating to deaths of nationals of certain foreign States. (Cap. 267.) Unlawfully removing property of deceased from Hong Kong. Lien on property of deceased person for expenses incurred under section 12. Summary administration of estates not exceeding $20,000. Cases in which Official Administrator is entitled to administration. Saving as to estates of certain persons. Power of limiting grant. Commission on moneys received. Keeping of books of account. Copies of documents and accounts. Redress against Official Administrator. Effect of grant to Official Administrator. Payment into Government account of unclaimed balance of intestate's estate. Advertisements as to unclaimed balance of intestate's estate. Transfer of unclaimed balance not exceeding five hundred dollars. Application for grants. [cf. 1925 c. 49, s. 150.] Number of personal representatives. 1925 c. 49, s. 160. Grant of representation to a trust corporation. 1925 c. 49, s. 161. Right of proving executors to exercise powers. 1925 c. 23, s. 8. Cesser of right of executor to prove. 1925 c. 23, s. 5. Express renunciation of right to probate. Constructive renunciation. Retraction of renunciation. Withdrawal of renunciation. 1925 c. 23, s. 6. Revocation of grants and removal of executors. 1956 c. 46, s. 17. Executor of executor represents original testator. 1925 c. 23, s. 7. On failure of executors. 1925 c. 49, s. 166. Appointment of administrator of intestate's estate. 1857 c. 77, s. 73. Grant of special administration. [cf. 1925 c. 49, s. 164.] Payment of costs relating to special administration. 1925 c. 49, s. 164. Case of infant being sole executor. 1925 c. 49, s. 165. Appointment of administrator pendente lite. 1925 c. 49, s. 163. Administration pending appeal. Prohibition of executor acting pending administration. 1925 c. 23, s. 15. Rights and liabilities of administrator. 1925 c. 23, s. 21. Legal proceedings after revocation of temporary administration. 1925 c. 23, s. 17. Caveats. 1925 c. 49, s. 154. Power to require administrators to produce sureties. 1925 c. 49, s. 167(1). Effect of guarantee. 1925 c. 49, s. 167(2). (Cap. 267). Interpretation. Sealing of grants by British courts outside Hong Kong. Conditions to be fulfilled before sealing. Application of sections 46 and 47. Duplicate or copy admissible. Rights of action of personal representative. [cf. 1934 c. 41, s. 1.] Power of personal representative to dispose of property. [cf. 1925 c. 23, s. 2(2).] Purchase by personal representative of deceased's property. Duty of personal representative as to inventory. 1925 c. 23, s. 25. Protection of persons acting on probate or administration. 1925 c. 23, s. 27(1). 1925 c. 23, s. 27(2). 1925 c. 23, s. 37(1). 1925 c. 23, s. 37(2). Liability of a person fraudulently obtaining or retaining estate of deceased. [cf. 1925 c. 23, s. 28.] Liability of estate of personal representative. [cf. 1925 c. 23, s. 29.] Allowance of remuneration to executor, administrator or attorney. Property of deceased is asset for payment of debts. [cf. 1925 c. 23, s. 32.] Duties of representatives. [cf. 1925 c. 23, s. 33.] Administration of assets. 1925 c. 23, s. 34. Schedule. Schedule. Charges to be paid primarily out of the property charged. 1925 c. 23, s. 35. Contracts by personal representative. Assent or conveyance by personal representative. [cf. 1925 c. 23, s. 36.] Right to follow property and powers of the court in relation thereto. 1925 c. 23, s. 38. (Cap. 29.) Powers of personal representative as to appropriation. [cf. 1925 c. 23, s. 41.] Power to appoint trustees of infant's property. [cf. 1925 c. 23, s. 42.] Powers of personal representative as to giving possession of land and powers of the court. [cf. 1925 c. 23, s. 43.] (Cap. 29.) Power to postpone distribution. 1925 c. 23, s. 44. Probate rules and orders. [cf. 1925 c. 49, s. 100.] Depositing and inspection of wills.[cf.1925c.49,s.170.] Copy of will, etc.[cf.1925c.49,s.171.] Saving (Cap.97.)(Cap.191.)(Cap.232.)

Abstract

Originally 26 of 1971. 71 of 1971. Short title. Interpretation. 1925 c. 49, s. 175(1). 1925 c. 23, s. 55. (Cap. 111.) 1925 c. 49, s. 175. 1925 c. 23, s. 55. 1925 c. 49, s. 175(1). 1925 c. 23, s. 55. 1925 c. 23, s. 55. (Cap. 29.) 1925 c. 49, s. 157(1). Jurisdiction of the court in probate and administration. 1932 c. 55, s. 2. Sealing of documents. 1925 c. 49, s. 174(2). Registrar may exercise jurisdiction in certain cases. Restrictions upon exercise of jurisdiction by Registrar. Power of ordering production of testamentary writings. 1857 c. 77, s. 26. 1858 c. 95, s. 23. Summons of executor to prove or renounce. 1925 c. 49, s. 159. Registrar to be Official Administrator. Vesting of estate of deceased person in Official Administrator. Re-vesting of property on vacation of office. Power to take possession of property until grant; procedure relating to deaths of nationals of certain foreign States. (Cap. 267.) Unlawfully removing property of deceased from Hong Kong. Lien on property of deceased person for expenses incurred under section 12. Summary administration of estates not exceeding $20,000. Cases in which Official Administrator is entitled to administration. Saving as to estates of certain persons. Power of limiting grant. Commission on moneys received. Keeping of books of account. Copies of documents and accounts. Redress against Official Administrator. Effect of grant to Official Administrator. Payment into Government account of unclaimed balance of intestate's estate. Advertisements as to unclaimed balance of intestate's estate. Transfer of unclaimed balance not exceeding five hundred dollars. Application for grants. [cf. 1925 c. 49, s. 150.] Number of personal representatives. 1925 c. 49, s. 160. Grant of representation to a trust corporation. 1925 c. 49, s. 161. Right of proving executors to exercise powers. 1925 c. 23, s. 8. Cesser of right of executor to prove. 1925 c. 23, s. 5. Express renunciation of right to probate. Constructive renunciation. Retraction of renunciation. Withdrawal of renunciation. 1925 c. 23, s. 6. Revocation of grants and removal of executors. 1956 c. 46, s. 17. Executor of executor represents original testator. 1925 c. 23, s. 7. On failure of executors. 1925 c. 49, s. 166. Appointment of administrator of intestate's estate. 1857 c. 77, s. 73. Grant of special administration. [cf. 1925 c. 49, s. 164.] Payment of costs relating to special administration. 1925 c. 49, s. 164. Case of infant being sole executor. 1925 c. 49, s. 165. Appointment of administrator pendente lite. 1925 c. 49, s. 163. Administration pending appeal. Prohibition of executor acting pending administration. 1925 c. 23, s. 15. Rights and liabilities of administrator. 1925 c. 23, s. 21. Legal proceedings after revocation of temporary administration. 1925 c. 23, s. 17. Caveats. 1925 c. 49, s. 154. Power to require administrators to produce sureties. 1925 c. 49, s. 167(1). Effect of guarantee. 1925 c. 49, s. 167(2). (Cap. 267). Interpretation. Sealing of grants by British courts outside Hong Kong. Conditions to be fulfilled before sealing. Application of sections 46 and 47. Duplicate or copy admissible. Rights of action of personal representative. [cf. 1934 c. 41, s. 1.] Power of personal representative to dispose of property. [cf. 1925 c. 23, s. 2(2).] Purchase by personal representative of deceased's property. Duty of personal representative as to inventory. 1925 c. 23, s. 25. Protection of persons acting on probate or administration. 1925 c. 23, s. 27(1). 1925 c. 23, s. 27(2). 1925 c. 23, s. 37(1). 1925 c. 23, s. 37(2). Liability of a person fraudulently obtaining or retaining estate of deceased. [cf. 1925 c. 23, s. 28.] Liability of estate of personal representative. [cf. 1925 c. 23, s. 29.] Allowance of remuneration to executor, administrator or attorney. Property of deceased is asset for payment of debts. [cf. 1925 c. 23, s. 32.] Duties of representatives. [cf. 1925 c. 23, s. 33.] Administration of assets. 1925 c. 23, s. 34. Schedule. Schedule. Charges to be paid primarily out of the property charged. 1925 c. 23, s. 35. Contracts by personal representative. Assent or conveyance by personal representative. [cf. 1925 c. 23, s. 36.] Right to follow property and powers of the court in relation thereto. 1925 c. 23, s. 38. (Cap. 29.) Powers of personal representative as to appropriation. [cf. 1925 c. 23, s. 41.] Power to appoint trustees of infant's property. [cf. 1925 c. 23, s. 42.] Powers of personal representative as to giving possession of land and powers of the court. [cf. 1925 c. 23, s. 43.] (Cap. 29.) Power to postpone distribution. 1925 c. 23, s. 44. Probate rules and orders. [cf. 1925 c. 49, s. 100.] Depositing and inspection of wills.[cf.1925c.49,s.170.] Copy of will, etc.[cf.1925c.49,s.171.] Saving (Cap.97.)(Cap.191.)(Cap.232.)

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2225

Edition

1964

Volume

v2

Subsequent Cap No.

10

Number of Pages

30
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:04:41 +0800
<![CDATA[JUDGMENTS (FACILITIES FOR ENFORCEMENT) (VICTORIA) ORDER]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2224

Title

JUDGMENTS (FACILITIES FOR ENFORCEMENT) (VICTORIA) ORDER

Description






JUDGMENTS (FACILITIES FOR ENFORCEMENT)
(VICTORIA) ORDER.

(Cap. 9, section 6).

[20th May, 1927.]

1. This Order may be cited as the Judgments (Facilities for
Enforcement) (Victoria) Order.

2. The Ordinance shall extend to judgments obtained in superior
courts in Victoria.
Proc. 3/27. Citation. Extension of Ordinance to Victoria.

Abstract

Proc. 3/27. Citation. Extension of Ordinance to Victoria.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2224

Edition

1964

Volume

v2

Subsequent Cap No.

9

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:04:41 +0800
<![CDATA[JUDGMENTS (FACILITIES FOR ENFORCEMENT) (SINGAPORE) ORDER]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2223

Title

JUDGMENTS (FACILITIES FOR ENFORCEMENT) (SINGAPORE) ORDER

Description






JUDGNIENTS (FACILITIES FOR ENFORCEMENT)
(SINGAPORE) ORDER.

(Cap. 9, section 6).

[2nd November, 1950.1

1. This Order may be cited as the Judgments (Facilities for
Enforcement) (Singapore) Order.

2. The Ordinance shall extend to judgments obtained in superior
courts in Singapore.
G.N.A. 245/50. Citation. Extension of Ordinance to Singapore.

Abstract

G.N.A. 245/50. Citation. Extension of Ordinance to Singapore.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2223

Edition

1964

Volume

v2

Subsequent Cap No.

9

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:04:40 +0800
<![CDATA[JUDGMENTS (FACILITIES FOR ENFORCEMENT) (SARAWAK, SABAH AND BRUNEI) ORDER]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2222

Title

JUDGMENTS (FACILITIES FOR ENFORCEMENT) (SARAWAK, SABAH AND BRUNEI) ORDER

Description






JUDGMENTS (FACILITIES FOR ENFORCEMENT)
(SARAWAK, SABAH AND BRUNEI) ORDER.

(Cap. 9, section 6).

[1st January, 1955.1

1. This Order may be cited as the Judgments (Facilities for
Enforcement) (Sarawak, Sabah and Brunei) Order.

2. The Ordinance shall extend to judgments obtained in superior
courts in Sarawak, Sabah and Brunei, in the like manner as it extends to
judgments obtained in a superior Court in the United Kingdom.
G.N.A. 163/54. Citation. Extension of Ordinance to Sarawak, Sabah and Brunei.

Abstract

G.N.A. 163/54. Citation. Extension of Ordinance to Sarawak, Sabah and Brunei.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2222

Edition

1964

Volume

v2

Subsequent Cap No.

9

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:04:39 +0800
<![CDATA[JUDGMENTS (FACILITIES FOR ENFORCEMENT) (NORTHERN TERRITORY OF AUSTRALIA) ORDER]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2221

Title

JUDGMENTS (FACILITIES FOR ENFORCEMENT) (NORTHERN TERRITORY OF AUSTRALIA) ORDER

Description






JUDGMENTS (FACILITIES FOR ENFORCEMENT)
(NORTHERN TERRITORY OF AUSTRALIA) ORDER.

(Cap. 9, section 6).

[1st June, 1957.]

1. This Order may be cited as the Judgments (Facilities for
Enforcement) (Northern Territory of Australia) Order.

2. The Ordinance shall extend to judgments obtained in superior
courts in Northern Territory of Australia in the like manner as it extends
to judgments obtained in a superior court in the United Kingdom.
G.N.A. 123/56. Citation. Extension of Ordinance to Northern Territory of Australia.

Abstract

G.N.A. 123/56. Citation. Extension of Ordinance to Northern Territory of Australia.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2221

Edition

1964

Volume

v2

Subsequent Cap No.

9

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:04:39 +0800
<![CDATA[JUDGMENTS (FACILITIES FOR ENFORCEMENT) (NEW ZEALAND) ORDER]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2220

Title

JUDGMENTS (FACILITIES FOR ENFORCEMENT) (NEW ZEALAND) ORDER

Description






JUDGMENTS (FACILITIES FOR ENFORCEMENT)
(NEW ZEALAND) ORDER.

(Cap. 9, section 6).

1st June, 1957.1

1. This Order may be cited as the Judgments (Facilities for
Enforcement) (New Zealand) Order.

2. The Ordinance shall extend to judgments obtained in superior
courts in New Zealand, in the like manner as it extends to judgments
obtained in a superior court in the United Kingdom.
G.N.A. 43/57. Citation. Extension of Ordinance to New Zealand.

Abstract

G.N.A. 43/57. Citation. Extension of Ordinance to New Zealand.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2220

Edition

1964

Volume

v2

Subsequent Cap No.

9

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:04:38 +0800
<![CDATA[JUDGMENTS (FACILITIES FOR ENFORCEMENT) (NEW SOUTH WALES) ORDER]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2219

Title

JUDGMENTS (FACILITIES FOR ENFORCEMENT) (NEW SOUTH WALES) ORDER

Description






JUDGMENTS (FACILITIES FOR ENFORCEMENT)
(NEW SOUTH WALES) ORDER.

(Cap. 9. section 6).

[11th September, 1925.]

1. This Order may be cited as the Judgments (Facilities for
Enforcement) (New South Wales) Order.

2. The Ordinance shall extend to judgments obtained in superior
courts in New South Wales.
Proc. 9/25. Citation. Extension of Ordinance to New South Wales.

Abstract

Proc. 9/25. Citation. Extension of Ordinance to New South Wales.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2219

Edition

1964

Volume

v2

Subsequent Cap No.

9

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:04:38 +0800
<![CDATA[JUDGMENTS (FACILITIES FOR ENFORCEMENT) (FEDERATION OF MALAYA) ORDER]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2218

Title

JUDGMENTS (FACILITIES FOR ENFORCEMENT) (FEDERATION OF MALAYA) ORDER

Description






JLTDGMW2C5 (FACILITIES FOR ENFORCEMENT)
(FEDERATION OF MALAYA) ORDER.

(Cap. 9, section 6).

[2nd August, 1950.1

1. This Order may be cited as the Judgments (Facilities for
Enforcement) (Federation of Malaya) Order.

2. The Ordinance shall extend to judgments obtained in
superior courts in the Federation of Malaya.
G.N.A. 168/50. Citation. Extension of Ordinance to Federation of Malaya.

Abstract

G.N.A. 168/50. Citation. Extension of Ordinance to Federation of Malaya.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2218

Edition

1964

Volume

v2

Subsequent Cap No.

9

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:04:37 +0800
<![CDATA[JUDGMENTS (FACILITIES FOR ENFORCEMENT) (CEYLON) ORDER]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2217

Title

JUDGMENTS (FACILITIES FOR ENFORCEMENT) (CEYLON) ORDER

Description






JUDGMENTS (FACILITIES FOR ENFORCEMENT)
(CEYLON) ORDER.

(Cap. 9, section 6).

[23rd January, 1925.]

1. This Order may be cited as the Judgments (Facilities for
Enforcement) (Ceylon) Order

2. The Ordinance shall extend to judgments obtained in superior
courts in Ceylon.
Proc. 2/25. Citation. Extension of Ordinance to Ceylon.

Abstract

Proc. 2/25. Citation. Extension of Ordinance to Ceylon.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2217

Edition

1964

Volume

v2

Subsequent Cap No.

9

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:04:37 +0800